IMAGE EVALUATrON 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 // /> 
 
 K 
 K 
 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 |5 ™^= 
 
 M 
 IM 
 
 1.8 
 
 
 1-25 1.4 1.6 
 
 
 ■• 6" 
 
 1^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 <? 
 
 /i 
 
 ^>, 
 
 ^ .-% ^'V 
 
 /^ 
 
 4' ^ 
 
 *^ .is^"^ 
 
 '■^ 
 
 y 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 \ 
 
 d 
 
 V 
 
 <t>^ 
 
 <N 
 
 
 33 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (7t6) 872-4503 
 
 

 Q< 
 
 i/.x 
 
 CIHM 
 Microfiche 
 Series 
 (l\Aonographs) 
 
 ICMH 
 
 Collection de 
 microfiches 
 (monographles) 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / institut canadien de microreproductions historiques 
 
Technical and Bibliographic Notes / Notes techniques et bibliogiaphiqups 
 
 The Institut)! has atlempicd to obtain the best original 
 copy available for filming. Features of this copy which 
 may be bibliographically unique, which may alter any 
 of the images in the reproduction, or which may 
 significantly change the usual method of filming, are 
 checked below. 
 
 D 
 
 Coloured covers/ 
 Couverture de couleur 
 
 Covers damaged/ 
 Couverture endommagee 
 
 Covers restored and/or laminated/ 
 Couverture restauree et/ou pelliculee 
 
 □ Cover ti 
 Le titre 
 
 tie missing/ 
 
 de couverture manque 
 
 D 
 D 
 D 
 
 n 
 
 Coloured maps/ 
 
 Caites geographiques en couleur 
 
 Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ 
 Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) 
 
 Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ 
 Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur 
 
 Bound with other material/ 
 Relie avec d'autres documents 
 
 0: 
 
 ight bii ding may cause shadows or distortion 
 
 long interior margin/ 
 La reliure serree peut causer de I'ombre ou de la 
 distorsion le long de la marge interieure 
 
 D 
 
 Blank leaves added during restoration may appear 
 within the text. Whenever possible, these have 
 been omitted from filming/ 
 II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajoutees 
 lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte, 
 mais, lorsque cela etait possible, ces pages n'ont 
 pas ete filmees. 
 
 Additional comments:/ 
 Commentaires supplementaires: 
 
 Some text in French. 
 
 This Item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ 
 
 Ce document est filme au taux de reduction mdique ci-dessous. 
 
 10X 14X 18X 
 
 L'Institut a microfilmi le meilleur exemplaire qu'il 
 lui a ete possible dc se procurer. Les details dc cet 
 exemplaire qui sont peut £tre uniques du point de vuc 
 bibliogiaphique, qui peuvent modifier une image 
 reproduite. ou qui peuvent exiger une modification 
 dans la methode normale de f ilmagc sont indiques 
 ci-dessous. ^ 
 
 □ Coloured pages/ 
 Pages de couleur 
 
 n 
 
 Pages damaged/ 
 Pages endommagees 
 
 Pages restored and/or laminated/ 
 Pages restaurees et/ou pellicul^es 
 
 B Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ 
 Pages decolorees, tachetees ou piquees 
 
 D 
 
 Pages detached/ 
 Pages detachees 
 
 Showthrough/ 
 ransparence 
 
 0n 
 
 Quality of print varies/ 
 Qualite inegale de I'imp 
 
 n 
 
 □ Includes inde> 
 Comprend un 
 
 mpression 
 
 Continuous pagination/ 
 Pagination continue 
 
 Bx(es)/ 
 Comprend un (des) index 
 
 Title on header taken from:/ 
 Le titre de I'en-tCte prowient: 
 
 □ Title page of issue/ 
 Page de titre de la livraison 
 
 □ Caption of issue/ 
 Titre de depart de la li 
 
 □ Masthead/ 
 Generique (pi 
 
 vraison 
 
 eriodiques) de la livraison 
 
 22X 
 
 26 X 
 
 30X 
 
 12X 
 
 16X 
 
 y 
 
 20X 
 
 24 X 
 
 28 X 
 
 32 X 
 
re qu'il 
 6e cet 
 int de vuc 
 nagc 
 fication 
 liques 
 
 The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks 
 to the generosity of: 
 
 National Library of Canada 
 
 The images appearing here are the best quality 
 possible considering the condition and legibility 
 of the original copy and in keeping with the 
 filming contract specifications. 
 
 Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed 
 beginning with the front cover and ending on 
 the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
 sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All 
 other original copies are filmed beginning on the 
 first page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
 sion, and ending on the last page with a printed 
 or illustrated impression. 
 
 The lasi recorded frame on each microfiche 
 shall contain the symbol -^ (meaning "CON- 
 TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), 
 whichever applies. 
 
 Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at 
 different reduction ratios. Those too large to be 
 entirely included in one exposure are filmed 
 beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to 
 right and top to bottom, as many frames as 
 required. The following diagrams illustrate the 
 method: 
 
 L'exemplaire film6 fut reproduit grdce d la 
 g6n6rosit6 de: 
 
 Bibliothdque nationale du Canada 
 
 Les images suivantes ont 6t6 reproduites avec le 
 plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et 
 de la nettet6 de l'exemplaire film6, et en 
 conformity avec les conditions du contrat de 
 filmage. 
 
 Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en 
 papier est imprim6e sont film6s en commenpant 
 par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la 
 dernidre page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second 
 plat, selon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires 
 originaux sont filmds en commengant par la 
 premidre page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par 
 la dernidre page qui comporte une telle 
 empreinte. 
 
 Un des symboles suivants apparaitra sur la 
 dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le 
 cas: le symbole — »► signifie "A SUIVRE ", le 
 symbole V signifie "FIN". 
 
 Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent Stre 
 filmds d des taux de reduction diffdrents. 
 Lorsque le document est trop grand pour Stre 
 reproduit en un seul ciich6, il est film6 d partir 
 de I'angle supdrieur gauche, de gauche d droite. 
 et de haut en bas. en prenant le nombre 
 d'images ndcessaire. Les diagrammes suivants 
 illustrent la mdthode. 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 22 1 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
y^Z'i'^'^t^^ 
 
 
 1^ 
 
 ssii.^a""^'^ .*sr™''°™'= 
 
 - ■ 
 
 \ 
 
 ■ I 
 
 ll 1 > 
 
 ! Fl 
 
 .—' '' i f. 
 
\ i 
 
 I 
 
 Wi^'^ 
 
 '\ 
 
 §^^ 
 
 COURSE 
 
 OF THE 
 
 FRENCH LANGUAGE: 
 
 INTRO,tiT«CtORY TO 
 
 ^ .^^■'-■i 
 
 If x 
 
 FASQUELLE'S LARGER FRENCH COURSE. L 
 
 BY" 
 
 LOUIS FASOtrjilLLE, LL.d] 
 
 rROFESSOR OP MObBRN LANG.TAOBP AnV XITBRATtTRB IK THH UN.VRRsJr 
 
 CuOR'oK'.'^^rKr'l "^^'"'*'' "" '"« ''AT.ONaL ,NHmtT«7 ^' ^ 
 LA>OrAaB, TIIR COLLOQUIAL KRRNCII UBADER." ^ "^ 
 
 MAK'JAL OF FRENCH CONVERSATION " 
 
 KTC, ETC., ETC. ' , ,7/ 
 
 
 DAWSON BROTIIEUS, PUBLISHERS, 
 
 MONTItEAL. 
 1880. 
 
\ 1 
 
 ^^V 117 J 
 
 • •.♦. 
 
 t I 
 
 • • < 
 
 I • 
 • t * • • 
 
,>fr-^ 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 Sevkn years liaTO now cln,;)!5i;4 ;sinco tho publication of tlio "Novr 
 Prench Method" or Larger (J&^i'rftc ; it has ah'caily passed through 
 more i\M\ flf^y larw edit ions', ih' tiUs country, and Ijeen several times 
 rcpuhlisiicd in England.* Tili-i.li'Juiost general approbation bestowed 
 upon " Fasquello's French CduVso;" and tho increasing popularity of 
 liis other text-books, induced !.tJ\o author, nearly two years ago, to 
 commence tho preparation ot'aj\ 'easier work for cluldren ; and, after 
 a longer delay than ho had anticipated, ho has now the pleasure of 
 presenting tho Introductory 'CtlUi'se to the numerous friends of hia 
 French Series. .'..., 
 
 The boolc is intended to impai-t to tho young student tlio easier 
 principles of the French langO!,i:'i'f;;,and to give him a g(;od knowlodgo 
 of the regular verbs, and of those irregular verbs which may bo 
 classified ; in short, to fonn .•a'ii" introduction to tho " Xew Mclliod" 
 or Larger Course. Tho aim Of" tho author, in tho whole course of 
 the work, has been to give simple precepts, such as childnm may 
 easily undcrsiaiul, and to illustrate tho same by copious exuinples, 
 easy to bo imitated. Repetition in tho rules has not i^eeu a\oided 
 where such repetition would render tho meaning more intelligiblo. 
 Tho frequent repetitions in tho vocabularies arc also intt ntional ; 
 and ufier the nouns, in these, the gender is indicated. This method 
 has been preferred to that of placing tho article before such nouns. 
 
 * By the enterprising and popular publisher, Mr. Casscll, of Lud^rato Hill, 
 London. First in his "Popular Ednmtor," and afterwards in honk firm, in 
 two p:ii'!s. Mr. Cubidi hua ui ,u icimbiioiicd Mr, Wuudbury'^i cicclkui GL-rmau 
 t«ixt-buuku. 
 
it 
 
 PREF AC Fl. 
 
 riiioing the proper article, ]iossesslvc or (lomnnstratlvc mljcctlvo be 
 fore the nouns, will furnish tlic i)Ui)il witii nn iidaitioual and very 
 beneficial exercise. Tlie explanation of the few grannnatieal terms 
 used in the work has been left for tlio instructor. 
 
 In tlie first part of the work, the i>rineii)al rules of pronunciation 
 have 1)ecn },Mven in the plainest nuuincr, and exercises on the rules 
 placed after them. In this, the pupil should 1)C thoroughly exer- 
 cised before proeccdin- to the oilier k-ssons. The puj)!!, of course, 
 should always bo perfectly fanijiiar'.with one lesson before takin-,' 
 another. Every exercise in traftShtJton from En-lish into French 
 Bhould always be recited two tf. jhVec times. After a r jw lesson 
 has been said, the exercise of thj; i)rLj.-eding one bIiouUI be reviewed, 
 und if there bo time, that of thd (css/)n ].reccding the last. Where 
 the same is practicable, the cxeru.s.,-s of the day should be committed 
 
 to writing. ' 
 
 The young pupil should bo tliOTUughly exercised in putting the 
 stem or first part of ditlerent verbs, to the terminations i)roper to 
 Ihem. One of the principal aims.'t;,o author has had in view in the 
 preparation of this Introiluctor{r 'Course, has been to give the pupil 
 a good knowledge of the verbs, 5o rarely to be met with, yet without 
 wliieh no studeut can ever bo coiwcriant with any language. 
 
 L. F. 
 
 University of Michuiax, '. . 
 ' Ann Arbor, November 17th, 1858. 
 
niljcctivo i)C- 
 ii;il mill very 
 iiiatical terms 
 
 pronunciation 
 on tlio rules 
 roughly cxer- 
 |)il, of course, 
 helbru taking 
 I into rrench 
 a r jw lesson 
 1 he reviewed, 
 last. Where 
 he eoiuinitted 
 
 in putting,' tho 
 ons ^jroper to 
 in view in tho 
 give tho pujjil 
 h, yet without 
 
 i,'uago. 
 
 L. F. 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 contents: 
 
 Prcftico, I I t t » ; 't k k • I I . 3 
 
 LESSON I.— Tho Alphabet.— Ok>" Names of tho Letters.— New 
 Names of the Consonants, . 9 
 
 LKSSON II. — rrouuneiution.--l'lM) Consonants. — Tho Sunplo 
 
 Vowels, . . . . 10 
 
 LESSON IIL— Tho Accents.— The A.postrophc.— The Diaurcsls. la 
 
 LESSON IV. — Diphthongs and •Coiubined Vowels, ... 15 
 
 ].ESSON v.— The Nasal Sounds, 16 
 
 LESSON VI.— The Licpiid Z.— T-l>c Soft Ti, .... 21 
 
 LESSON VII.— The Silent Z".— Tlio Final Consonants, . . 23 
 
 LESSON VIII.— Tho Artiele.-^endcr, ..... 2t> 
 
 LESSON IX. — Gender continued.— Un, Uno ; A or An, « , 2& 
 
 LESSON X.— Place in tho Scntoaon of tho Naino of Material of 
 which an Object is Compo3f'cl.— The I'rescnt Tense of tho 
 Verb Avoir, Conjugated Interrogatively, . . . . 31 
 
 LESSON XL — Tho Compound Artiel' ' i ; uho, de T, de la, . 34 
 
 LESSON XII.— Place in the Sentence of tho Object Possessed 
 and of the Name of tho Possessor. — Compound Article Aa ; 
 also, a V and aU, 37 
 
 LESSON XIII. — Place of tho Noun in a Question. — Kepetition of 
 
 the Article, 40 
 
 LESSON XIV.— Tho Possessive Adjectives.— Mon, Ton, Son, 
 
 &c., 43 
 
 LESSON XV. — Tho Possessive Pronouns. — Lc mien, La micnne, 
 &c., 17 
 
 LESSON XVI. — Tho Demouatrativo Adjectives. — Cc, Cettc, «&c.. 
 
 This, lYiat, , 60 
 
lii 
 
 A!^ 
 
 Vl CONTENT!:}. 
 
 fAOH 
 
 LESSON XVIT.— Form of tlio Nogntlvo SontenM— No, Pus, 
 
 Kien, a 
 
 LESSON XVin. — (iuclqu'un, .Sowtf om; Somrfmly. — I'orrtouiio, 
 
 Nuhody^ C7 
 
 LI'^SSON XIX.— I'iH do, point dc, Xo, not any, — Quul, qnullc, 
 
 Which, ■what, • . . . » I'i 
 
 LESSON XX.— Avoir r.,liii, fn .ko* huHijri/.—XyoxT soil', Tn fm 
 
 thirsty, ike, . . .;.;,;;' 04 
 
 LESSON XXI.— rrcHoiitoftho'Tiivlicativo ofCtrc, 7?< //<■.— Intcr- 
 rOjjiitivo Foriii. — Neiriitivo'l^'biiii. — Xej,'ativo iiml lulcrroirii- 
 livo Form.— Order of Woi^l^;; ji'^ a Qiu tiou butjiuuiiig with 
 OCi, Ulwre, . . ..•".' 03 
 
 LESSON XXII.— FciniiiinoFoiW oT A. IJL'ctlves, ... 71 
 
 ].ESSON XXIII.— Irregular AJ^et^rives, 75 
 
 LESSON XXIV.— I'lacu of the Adjwtivo, 73 
 
 LESSON XXV.-Tiie Plural.-ri\;u Noim.-Tlu! Article, . . 81 
 
 LESSON XXVL-Tho Plural; MiUluiKid.— Irreu'iilar I'hu-al, . 81 
 
 LESSON XXVII.— The Plural, con/imunl.— Plural of Adjectives, 88 
 
 LESSON XXVIII.— The PlurAt,''t<nirumcd.-lrrugular I'lural <,f 
 
 Adjectiven, . . .' <ji 
 
 LESSON XXIX.— Tho Plural _ (■oiitiuiicd.—PosAc.s:^Ivo Adjcc-- 
 
 tivea and Pronouns, . ' ' j 
 
 LESSON XXX.— The Plural, fontiimc 1.— Denionstratlvo Adjec- 
 tives and Pronouns, 99 
 
 LESSON XXXI.— Conjupitiou of Verbs.— First Conjugation, 
 ending in er. — Present of Indicative of Pnt(r, iJonner, and 
 Ikmander, 103 
 
 LESSON XXXTI. — First Conjugation of Verbs, oontinuod. — In- 
 terrogative Form, 107 
 
 LESSON XXXIII.— Verbs of First Conjugation, continued.— 
 
 Negative, and Negative and Interrogative Form, . . . Ill 
 
 LESSON XXXIV.— Irregular Voi-l)s.— ./?/.';., Cnnvrlr, CueilVu; 
 
 &o., lir, 
 
 LESSON XXXV.— Verbs of Second Conjugation, ending in ir. 
 
 Present of Judicative of i*«/ii/'uud/'i/ii/', , , , .119] 
 
 i 
 
1»A<IM 
 
 CO— Xc, Pus, 
 
 
 . 
 
 ii 
 
 y.— I'crrtoiuio, 
 
 
 • • • 
 
 57 
 
 Quel, quelle, 
 
 
 • • • 
 
 fl 
 
 ;r suit", To b<i 
 
 
 • • • 
 
 Ci 
 
 X, In:. — Intcr- 
 
 
 ikI liilcrroira- 
 
 
 jgluuin? Willi 
 
 
 • • • 
 
 03 
 
 • • • 
 
 71 
 
 • • • 
 
 r.5 
 
 • • fl 
 
 7S 
 
 Lrticlo, . . 
 
 81 
 
 nr I'lural, . 
 
 8i 
 
 of Adjectives, 
 
 bS 
 
 iihir I'lural (if 
 
 
 . 
 
 Ul 
 
 •SHivo Ailjcc- 
 
 
 • • • 
 
 '.'J 
 
 tra'.ivo Atljec- 
 
 
 • • • 
 
 99 
 
 ('oiijti!,'ation, 
 
 
 , Bonner, ami 
 
 
 • • • 
 
 v<i 
 
 ntlnnod. — Tn- 
 
 
 • • • 
 
 107 
 
 coutinued. — 
 
 
 1, . . . 
 
 111 
 
 vrtr, CueilUr, 
 
 
 , 
 
 115 
 
 ending iu ir. 
 
 
 1 » • 
 
 iiy 
 
 CONTKNTS yii 
 
 TERSOX XXXVI.-Scconcl Conjugation, continued.-Vorbs end- "" 
 uig m tu'.-.Sorllr and J'artir j.,3 
 
 LKSSON XXXVII._.Sec.oud Conjugation, ' con'tinued.-Verbs' 
 
 cndmtfmcnir.-l^mirimd'Jhur, . ,.,- 
 
 LKSS(,N XXXVlIL-^Tlurd Conjugatlou.-N-eW.: ending U. .ir. " 
 Devoir and Jicccvoir, , . „ 
 
 LESSON XXXIX^VerlHofFou;,i,c^nju;ation,cndin,;n.«; ''' 
 M-ntcndre and Perdn; ..'.■; 
 
 LESSON XL^Fonrth Conjugatio,!; ii.ntinu.d.l^•erl.s ending ''' 
 LESSON XLL-Fourlh Conjugation, .opl.tinued.lverbH ending' 
 
 LESiONXLlI -Fourth Coi.jugati./,,;,t6;uiauc.d.-Verbs o'ndln- 
 in xndrc.—Pecndra and Craindr({ /- 
 
 LESSON XLIIL-Tho Personal Pronou;s.l Their Pkee, ." * 152 
 
 LESSON XLIV.-Pcr.sonuirrouou.,,.cuntinued, . . ."isg 
 
 LESSON XLV.-Kespcetivo Place ct Pxnouua, . . jgo 
 
 LESSON XLVL-TLo Past Participlc.-Thc Past Indefinite, .' 104 
 
 LESSON XLVII.-The Present PaHi.:i..e.-Tho Lnperfee of 
 
 the Indicative, ... , 1 ui 
 
 LESSON XLVIII.-Thofep:rfec;o6ntin.c:i.-;rregi;iar Verbs; Z 
 LESSON XLIX.-Tbe Pluporfcct.-Plaeo of Adverbs, • 179 
 
 LESSON L.-Tho Past Dcfinitc-Its Use, ... '132 
 
 LESSON LI -The Past Deflnite, continued-Second and Fourth' 
 
 Conjugatious.-i^,Vi;;. and Vendrc.-Conduire and Peindre.- 
 
 yenir, . . . 
 
 LESSON LIL-Tho Past Definite, coutinued.-Third Conjur^a- ^^^ 
 
 ' 191 
 
 LESSON LIII.-ThePastAnterior.-Aussi,^.,.pius,J/,..,^.e., 195 
 
 LESSON LIV. The Future.-First and Second Conjugations 
 
 -Ponner and Finir, . 200 
 
 LESSON LV._The Future, continned.-Tliird and Fourth Con- 
 jugations.- 6^(;«t^.„j>e, ConnaHre, Peindre, Avoir, Eire, . 204 
 
 LESSON LVI -The Future Anterior.-Autont de, As much ; 
 riusdc, M'a; Moiuadc, Zc5*, '209 
 
vm 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 213 
 223 
 
 223 
 
 223 
 237 
 
 242 
 
 PAOB 
 
 LESSON LVIL— Tho Conditional.— First and Sacond Conjuga- 
 tions. — Sentir, Ouvrir, &c., 213 
 
 LESSON LVIIL— Tlio Conditional, continued.— Third and 
 Fourth Conjugations. — Condulre, Connaitre, Pelndre, . 
 
 LESSON LI X.— Conditional Past.— Relative Pronouns, 
 
 LESSON LX.— The Imperative.— Tlio Four Conjugations.— 
 Bonner, Finir, Eecevoir, pnd Vendre, 
 
 lESSON LXI.— The Imper'atiVje, coutinued.-Irregular Verba.— 
 Avoir, Eire, . . 
 
 LESSON LXIL— Place of Pi-6ft0un3 with tho Imperative, . 
 
 LESSON LXIIL— Tho Sutjuhcfive.— First and Fourth Conjuga- 
 tions. — Otivrir, CaeiUir/<Scc!, 
 
 LESSON LXIV.— Tho SubjuiictivCj continued.— Second and 
 Third Conjugation. — djhna,ttre ; Avoir, Eire, 
 
 LESSON LXV.— Tho Pastf of tho Subjunctive, .... 
 
 LESSON LXVL— The Impeffo'ct of the Subjunctive.— First Con- 
 jugation, . .'■'.■ 
 
 LESSON LXVIL— Imperfect of the Subjunctive, continued.— 
 Second and Fourth CoB^u^iitions, ...... 
 
 LESSON LXVIIL— Imperfect of the Subjunctive, continued.— 
 Third Conjugation, ..' 
 
 LESSON LXIX.— Tho Pluperfect of the Subjunctive, 
 
 Al'l'ENDIX. 
 
 I.— The Days of the Week, . 
 
 II.— The Months of the Year, 
 
 III. — The Seasons, .... 
 
 IV.— The Numbers, 
 
 v.— Tlie Auxiliary Verbs, 
 
 VI.— Tho Four Conjugations of Verbs, 
 
 VII. — Conjugation of a Passive Verb, 
 
 VIII.— Coujugatiou of a Kcllcctivo Verb 
 
 247 
 
 
 252 
 
 1 
 
 257 :. 
 
 A, 
 
 ah, 
 
 261 
 
 J, 
 
 266 
 
 jeo 
 
 271 J 
 
 s, 
 
 * 
 1 
 
 ess, 
 
 276 1 
 
 
 276 ? 
 
 2 
 
 276 
 
 
 277 
 
 
 297 
 
 and 
 
 287 
 295 ! 
 
 B, 
 
 898 : 
 
 
 K 
 
TkOV 
 
 Qd Conjuga- 
 
 
 • • • 
 
 213 
 
 Tliird and 
 
 
 idre, . 
 
 213 
 
 ns, 
 
 223 
 
 j ligations. — 
 
 
 • • • 
 
 223 
 
 liar Verba. — 
 
 
 • • • 
 
 223 
 
 ative, . 
 
 237 
 
 rtli Conjuga- 
 
 
 • • • 
 
 242 
 
 Second and 
 
 
 • • • 
 
 247 
 
 • • • 
 
 252 
 
 —First Con- 
 
 
 • • • 
 
 257 
 
 continued. — 
 
 
 • • • 
 
 261 
 
 continued. — 
 
 
 • • • 
 
 266 
 
 e, . . 
 
 271 
 
 t • • 
 
 276 
 
 • • • 
 
 276 
 
 • • • 
 
 276 
 
 • • • 
 
 277 
 
 • * • 
 
 297 
 
 ♦ • • 
 
 287 
 
 t • • 
 
 295 
 
 » • • 
 
 298 
 
 FASQUELIE'S 
 
 INTEODUCTORY FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 «» ♦ *» 
 
 LEgON I. LESSON I. 
 
 THE ALPI/A.I]^!'. 
 
 ] . The French Liriguage has twenty-five letters : 
 
 A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, 
 ah, bay, say, day, eh, eff, jay,* ash, ee, 
 
 J, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, 
 
 jeo,* kah, ell, erain, enn, p, pay, ku, err, 
 
 i S. T, U, V, (W), X, Y, Z. 
 
 I ess, tay, u, vay, double vay, eeks, egrec,zed. 
 
 ! 2. The alphabet is divided into six vowels ; 
 I A, E, I, O, U, Y, 
 
 I and nineteen consonants : 
 
 B, C, D, F, G, 11, J, K, L, M, N, P, 
 Q, R, S, T, V, (W), X, Z. 
 
 3. The new names given to the French consonants 
 I are taken from their sounds in words. They may 
 
 ♦ J like s iu pleasure. 
 
! ;! 
 
 10 FASQtJELLE'B I N t K D C T O fiV 
 
 generally be found by pronouncing a word, in English, 
 ending with the required consonant and a silent e. 
 
 The new name ofB, therefore, is pronounced liko be 
 in the word r/lobe ; that of D like ck in glade ; F like 
 fe in chafe ; G like gue in league, &c. II is pronounced 
 nearly like hu in the vfordhurrg. 
 
 4. The new names ^ of ^ the French consonants are 
 eeldom used. -..., 
 
 • 1 <« » • 
 
 ■' E XE R C I S E 1. 
 
 Give the common ot^oja names of the lettcrs.-Rulc 1. 
 
 The vowels. 
 
 The consonants, "jy 
 
 The new names of the consonants.— Rule 3. 
 
 4 
 
 LEgON II 
 
 LESSON II. 
 
 PRONUNCIATION.— THE CONSONANTS.— THE SIMPLE 
 
 VOWELS. 
 
 1. B, D, F, G before a and o, K, L/'' M, N, P, T,t 
 Z, at the beginning of words or syllables, are pro- 
 nounced as in English. 
 
 2. C is hard as in English bcfor > «, o, w, and soft be- 
 
 o Not liquid. See Lesson VT, Rule 1. 
 
 f Not before ion, ial, id. See Lesson VI, Ilule 4. 
 
1, in English, 
 silent e. 
 imccd like he 
 lade ; F liko 
 s pronounced 
 
 nsonants are 
 
 tcrs. — Rule 1. 
 
 .le 3. 
 
 )N II. 
 
 FHK SIMPLE 
 
 M, N, P, T,t 
 bles, are pro- 
 
 11^ find soft bc- 
 
 Rulo 4. 
 
 FRENCH COURSE. 11 
 
 fore e and i. With the cedilla (9) it is also soft before 
 a, 0, u. 
 
 3. G before e and ^ is pronounced like s in/y/eas«re. 
 
 4. II is silent or mute in most words. It is aspirate 
 or pronounced slightly in others. See list in Fascpielle'.s 
 
 f New French Course, page 25. The words comnien- 
 \ cing with h aspirate will be in the vocabularies of this 
 book marked with an asterisk (*). 
 
 5. J is always pronounced like s in pleasure, or z in 
 J azure. 
 
 I G. R is pronounced more distinctly than in English. 
 It has in French something of the trill or roll given to 
 that letter by the Irish. 
 
 V. S at the beginning of a word, and when not be- 
 tween two vowels, is pronounced as in the English 
 Avord sun. Between two vowels it is pronounced like 
 s in rose. 
 
 8. V is softer in French than in English. 
 
 9. X at the beginning of words is ]-)ronounccd liko 
 (jz. In the middle of words, generally like ks. 
 
 10. Ch is pronounced generally as .s7t in English. - 
 Gn like ni in the English Avord minion. 
 Gu is pronounced generally as (j in get. 
 Ph like/, as in English. 
 Qu is generally pronounced like h in king. 
 Til is pronounced like t. 
 
it 
 
 1 i 
 
 12 
 
 fasquelle's intboductobt 
 
 11. A iu French, Bounds as a in the English words mat, rat. 
 
 (at tlio fnd of words ) ~, 14 " " 
 
 ■" ( ul une gyllttblu, lu 
 
 cur. 
 
 I nearly like 66 " " " r6edy cr6ed. 
 
 O between o in 7wr, and o in no 
 
 U has no exact representative in English. To 
 pronounce it, the hps slioukl be compressed 
 a httle more closely than in whistling. 
 
 
 E 
 
 X E R C I S E 
 
 2. 
 
 
 Ba 
 
 be 
 
 bi 
 
 bo 
 
 bu 
 
 Ca 
 
 ce 
 
 ci 
 
 90 
 
 5U 
 
 Ch:i 
 
 chc 
 
 chi 
 
 cho 
 
 chu 
 
 Da 
 
 de 
 
 di 
 
 do 
 
 du 
 
 Fa 
 
 fe 
 
 fi 
 
 lb 
 
 fu 
 
 Ga 
 
 go 
 
 gi 
 
 go 
 
 gu 
 
 Gna 
 
 gno 
 
 gni 
 
 gno 
 
 gnu 
 
 Gua 
 
 guo 
 
 gui 
 
 guo 
 
 
 Ila 
 
 lie 
 
 hi 
 
 lio 
 
 hu 
 
 Ja 
 
 je 
 
 ji 
 
 jo 
 
 j« 
 
 Ka 
 
 ko 
 
 ki 
 
 ko 
 
 ku 
 
 La 
 
 le 
 
 li 
 
 lo 
 
 la 
 
 Ma 
 
 mo 
 
 mi 
 
 mo 
 
 rail 
 
 Na 
 
 ne 
 
 ni 
 
 no 
 
 na 
 
 Pa 
 
 po 
 
 pi 
 
 po 
 
 pa 
 
 riui 
 
 pho 
 
 l)hi 
 
 pho 
 
 phu 
 
 Qua 
 
 que 
 
 qui 
 
 quo 
 
 quu* 
 
 Ra 
 
 re 
 
 ri 
 
 ro 
 
 ru 
 
 TII 
 1. 
 
 2. 
 chani 
 
 * rronounccd liko ku in French iu the wordB piciilro or piquure, j 
 stiny ; quelqu'uii, some o)ie, &(;. 
 
OBT 
 
 FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 13 
 
 nat^ rat. 1 
 
 Sa 
 
 se 
 
 si 
 
 so 
 
 su 
 
 w. 1 
 
 Ta 
 
 te 
 
 ti 
 
 to 
 
 tu 
 
 'eedy creed. 1 
 
 Tha 
 
 the 
 
 tin 
 
 tho 
 
 Ihu 
 
 H 
 
 Va 
 
 vo 
 
 vi 
 
 vo 
 
 vu 
 
 English. To 1 
 
 Za 
 
 ze 
 
 zi 
 
 zo 
 
 zu 
 
 B compressed 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 tling. 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 bu 
 
 911 
 elm 
 
 
 du 
 
 ;a 
 
 fii 
 
 ; 
 
 gu 
 
 ' 
 
 gmi 
 
 
 hu 
 
 '^ 
 
 ku 
 
 - 
 
 lu 
 
 1 
 
 niu 
 
 ' J 
 
 nu 
 
 '' 1 
 
 pu 
 pliu 
 
 1 
 
 quu' 
 ru 
 
 piildro or piquur^ 
 
 LEgON III. LESSON" III. 
 
 THE ACCENTS. — THE ArOSTROniE. — THE DIAERESIS. 
 
 1. The French language has three accents : 
 
 1. The acute ('), from right to left, and used only 
 over e ; thus, e. 
 
 2. The grave (^), from left to right, used over «, 
 e, u ; thus, a, e, u. 
 
 
 
 3. The circumilex ('^), tho other two united, used 
 over «, e, i, 0, ii ; Ji, e, i, 6, il. 
 
 2. The grave accent on a (a) and u (oil) does not 
 change the pronuuciation of those vowels. 
 
 8, A is pronounced as «, in the English words /rtr, rather. 
 e " 
 c " 
 6 " 
 i " 
 
 u is lonjrer than the unaccented ii. 
 y at the end of a syllabic is pronounced like thQ 
 French /, 
 
 
 " a 
 
 
 
 (( 
 
 tnate, table. 
 
 
 " e 
 
 
 
 u 
 
 met, bet. 
 
 
 " a 
 
 
 
 (( 
 
 dare, fare. 
 
 
 " ee 
 
 
 
 (( 
 
 eel, feel. 
 
 
 " 
 
 
 
 (C 
 
 no. 
 
it t 
 
 1 I 
 
 fe' 
 
 14 
 
 pasquelle's introductoey 
 
 4. E without an accent, at the end of a word of more 
 than one yyUable, is silent. 
 
 5. The apostrophe (') shows the elision or leaving 
 out of e in words of one syllable ;* of « in la before a 
 vowel or silent h; and of i in si before il and Us. 
 
 G. The diccresisC) is put over a vowel to separatG it 
 in pronunciation from a preceding vowel. 
 
 Exercise 
 
 3. 
 
 u 
 
 U 
 
 b6 
 
 bo 
 
 bi 
 
 bO 
 
 bi\ 
 
 ca 
 
 c6 
 
 c6 
 
 CO 
 
 ci 
 
 qu 
 
 qa 
 
 cli;1 
 
 chu 
 
 chc 
 
 cho 
 
 chi 
 
 cho 
 
 chu 
 
 da 
 
 do 
 
 de 
 
 do 
 
 di 
 
 do 
 
 du 
 
 m 
 
 £6 
 
 fb 
 
 fo 
 
 fi 
 
 fij 
 
 fu 
 
 ga 
 
 go 
 
 g^ 
 
 go 
 
 g^ 
 
 go 
 
 
 gna 
 
 gnu 
 he 
 
 gne 
 he 
 
 gno 
 he 
 
 gni 
 
 hi 
 
 gnu 
 ho 
 
 gnu 
 hu 
 
 j^ 
 
 jo 
 
 .)o 
 
 jo 
 
 
 • A 
 
 JO 
 
 j^i 
 
 m 
 
 16 
 
 Ic 
 
 le 
 
 li 
 
 16 
 
 111 
 
 raa 
 
 me 
 
 mo 
 
 mo 
 
 mi 
 
 m6 
 
 mil 
 
 nfi, 
 
 no 
 
 ne 
 
 ne 
 
 ni 
 
 n6 
 
 nil 
 
 p^ 
 
 pe 
 
 pe^ 
 
 PO^ 
 
 pi 
 
 A 
 
 po 
 
 pu 
 
 X 
 
 pha 
 
 ph6 
 
 phe 
 
 phe 
 
 phi 
 
 pho 
 
 phu 
 
 qua 
 
 quo 
 
 quo 
 
 quo 
 
 qui 
 
 quo 
 
 qii 
 
 r^ 
 
 ro 
 
 1-6 
 
 r6 
 
 li 
 
 r6 
 
 ru 
 
 * Also in paree que, quoiq^ie, puisque, jusque— oue is not elided 
 before oui. Ex, jo dis quo oui, / say it is so ; le, la aro not elided 
 before onze, onzieme. 
 
FRENCH COUKSE, 
 
 15 
 
 OET 
 
 ivord of moro 
 
 m or Icrwing 
 n la before a 
 and Us. 
 
 to separatG it 
 
 sa 
 
 so 
 
 so 
 
 86 
 
 si 
 
 so 
 
 su 
 
 ta, 
 
 t6 
 
 to 
 
 to 
 
 ti 
 
 to 
 
 til 
 
 tlia 
 
 tho 
 
 tho 
 
 tho 
 
 till 
 
 tho 
 
 thu 
 
 va 
 
 
 VO 
 
 v6 
 
 vi 
 
 v6 
 
 vu 
 
 x£i 
 
 x6 
 
 x6 
 
 xe 
 
 * 
 
 XI 
 
 xo 
 
 xu 
 
 za 
 
 zc 
 
 z6 
 
 z6 
 
 zi 
 
 zo 
 
 ru 
 
 
 bi\ 
 
 u 
 
 (^a 
 
 ho 
 
 chu 
 
 16 
 
 du 
 
 D 
 
 iu 
 
 '*", 
 
 g^^^ 
 
 ;n6 
 
 gml 
 
 LO 
 
 hii 
 
 6 
 
 
 [6 
 
 111 
 
 no 
 
 mil 
 
 10 
 
 nil 
 
 A 
 
 po 
 
 pii 
 
 pho 
 
 phu 
 
 quo 
 
 qu 
 
 r6 
 
 ru 
 
 —que. 
 
 is not elided 
 
 :e, to arc not elidea 
 
 LEgON IV. LESSON IV. 
 
 DirilTIIONGS AND COMBINED VOWELS. 
 
 Pronounce : 
 1. ai ] 
 
 eai 
 
 ci 
 
 •'ly i 
 
 ey J 
 
 ai I followed by s, d, t, x, like ai in tho English 
 
 eai ) word ixdr. 
 
 like the letter a in the English words fatc^ 
 table. 
 
 2. au 
 e 
 
 3. cu 
 ceu 
 
 I nearly like o iu the English words oh. Iiome. 
 auf , 
 
 i nearly like u in the English word wicff-. 
 
 4. oi, nearly like loa in was. 
 
 5. ou, hke oo in the English word cool, 
 
 6. ia, nearly like ia in the English word medial. 
 
 ♦ ^ in the verb avoir lijie the FreDch umvu. 
 
W pasquellk'h inteoductob* 
 
 V. ie like ce in the English word bee. 
 
 8. im ) the ^l is prononncca lightly, though distinctly, 
 uo j" the a or o more stroiiiriy. 
 
 0. ui 
 
 I have no equivalent in English. 
 
 10. In ay, ey, oy, ny, followed by a vowel, y is pro- 
 nounced like two -i's : moyen, citoyen, are pronounced 
 moi-ien, citoi-ien ; pays, paysage, paysan, etc., are p-o- 
 nounced pai-is, i)ai-isage, pai-isan. 
 
 11. Gua, gu6, gui, guo, are pronounced like gah, m, 
 gee, go ; gue is pronounced like giie m tongue. T!io 
 u after g is not sounded before the othe" vowels. 
 
 E X E Pw C I S E 4, 
 
 bai 
 
 bais 
 
 ban 
 
 beau 
 
 boeu 
 
 * 
 beu - 1 
 
 9ai 
 
 9ais 
 
 can 
 
 ccau 
 
 coeu 
 
 ceu 1 
 
 dai 
 
 dais 
 
 dau 
 
 deau 
 
 da3u 
 
 deu f 
 
 fei 
 
 fais 
 
 fan 
 
 fai 
 
 foeu 
 
 feu 1 
 
 geai 
 
 geais 
 
 geau 
 
 gai 
 
 gCEU 
 
 1 
 geu 1 
 
 guai 
 
 guais 
 
 gau 
 
 gei 
 
 gueu 
 
 ^^y 1 
 
 gnai 
 
 gnais 
 
 gnau 
 
 gneau 
 
 gnocu 
 
 gneu u 
 
 jai 
 
 jf»is 
 
 jau 
 
 jeau 
 
 ja3u 
 
 jeu m 
 
 lai 
 
 lais 
 
 lau 
 
 leau 
 
 loeu 
 
 leu 1 
 
 mai 
 
 mais 
 
 mau 
 
 meau 
 
 mam 
 
 meu 1 
 
 nai 
 
 nais 
 
 nau 
 
 neau 
 
 noeu 
 
 n&u 9 
 
UCTOBt 
 
 ee. 
 
 though (listinctJy, 
 
 ish. 
 
 a vowel, 7/ is pro- 
 1, are pronounced 
 'san, etc., are p'o- 
 
 
 
 FRENCH 
 
 COURSE. 
 
 
 buo 
 
 bia 
 
 bio 
 
 biia 
 
 bui 
 
 buo 
 
 ^uo 
 
 cia 
 
 cio 
 
 cua 
 
 cni 
 
 cuo 
 
 duo 
 
 dia 
 
 dio 
 
 dua 
 
 dui 
 
 duo 
 
 fue 
 
 fia 
 
 fie 
 
 fiia 
 
 fill 
 
 fuo 
 
 gne 
 
 gia 
 
 gio 
 
 gua 
 
 gill 
 
 go 
 
 gue 
 
 gu6 
 
 gu6 
 
 gna 
 
 gill 
 
 geo 
 
 gnue 
 
 gnia 
 
 gnie 
 
 gn6 
 
 gni 
 
 gno 
 
 jue 
 
 jia 
 
 jio 
 
 jna 
 
 j'»i 
 
 juo 
 
 hie 
 
 Ha 
 
 lie 
 
 hia 
 
 hii 
 
 hio 
 
 mue 
 
 mia 
 
 mie 
 
 raua 
 
 mul 
 
 muo 
 
 nuo 
 
 nia 
 
 nio 
 
 nua 
 
 nui 
 
 nuo 
 
 17 
 
 ced Hke gaJi^ an,, 
 I in tongue. T!iq 
 he" vowels. 
 
 bOBU 
 
 beu 
 
 3(EU 
 
 ceu 
 
 l03U 
 
 dcu 
 
 oeu 
 
 feu 
 
 ^ODU 
 
 geu 
 
 ^ueu 
 
 ^^y 
 
 fnocu 
 
 gneu 
 
 ODU 
 
 jeu 
 
 3DU 
 
 leu 
 
 tlGOU 
 
 meu 
 
 oeu 
 
 nfeu 
 
 E X E U C I S E 5. 
 
 pai 
 
 pais 
 
 pau 
 
 pcaii 
 
 pnoii 
 
 pen 
 
 l)hai 
 
 phais 
 
 phaii 
 
 pheaii 
 
 phoDU 
 
 pheii 
 
 quai* 
 
 • 
 
 qnais 
 
 quau 
 
 queau 
 
 quoDu 
 
 queu 
 
 rai 
 
 rais 
 
 ran 
 
 reau 
 
 roDU 
 
 reii 
 
 sai 
 
 sais 
 
 sau 
 
 seau 
 
 sa3u 
 
 sou 
 
 tai 
 
 tais 
 
 tau 
 
 teau 
 
 tODU 
 
 tea 
 
 thai 
 
 thais 
 
 than 
 
 thcau 
 
 thoQU 
 
 then 
 
 vai 
 
 vais 
 
 vau 
 
 veau 
 
 vceu 
 
 veu 
 
 • 
 
 ka 
 
 • 
 
 ga 
 
 ki 
 
 £73 
 
 (70 
 
 xai 
 
 xais 
 
 xau 
 
 xeau 
 
 xani 
 
 xeu 
 
 zai 
 
 zais 
 
 zau 
 
 zeau 
 
 zocu 
 
 zeu 
 
 pnc 
 
 1 
 
 pia 
 
 pie 
 
 pua 
 
 pui 
 
 puo 
 
 phue 
 
 pliia 
 
 phie 
 
 pliua 
 
 l)hui 
 
 l)huo 
 
 que 
 
 quia 
 
 quie 
 
 qua 
 
 qui 
 
 quo 
 
 ruo 
 
 ria 
 
 rio 
 
 rua 
 
 rui 
 
 ruo 
 
 sue 
 
 sia 
 
 sie 
 
 sua 
 
 sui 
 
 suo 
 
18 
 
 pahqukllb's introductoet 
 
 tue 
 
 tia 
 
 tie 
 
 thuo tl 
 
 vue 
 
 9* 
 
 xue 
 
 iia 
 
 via 
 
 9' 
 
 xia 
 
 1.1 
 
 110 
 
 VIO 
 
 fa 
 xie 
 
 tiia 
 
 tl 
 
 lua 
 
 tui 
 
 tl 
 
 vua 
 
 9' 
 
 xua 
 
 nil 
 
 VUl 
 
 tllO 
 tl 
 
 1110 
 
 VllO 
 
 XI 
 
 xo 
 
 zue zia zio zua zui zuo 
 
 f 
 
 m 
 
 LEgON V. LESSON V. 
 
 THE NASAL SOUNDS. 
 
 1. The nasal sounds are : 
 
 am 
 
 an 
 
 ean 
 
 em 
 
 en 
 
 y pronounced nearly like cm m want anu pant. 
 
 en, after i, at the end of a word, is pronouiicud 
 nearly like an in sanJc^ crank. 
 
 > nearly like an in sanh^ crank. 
 
 2. aim ^ 
 ain 
 cin 
 im 
 in 
 
 3. eon 
 
 om J- nearly like on in somj^ wrong. 
 on 
 
 sran 
 
CTOET 
 
 Liii 
 
 tllO 
 
 Jiui 
 
 tliuo 
 
 /ui 
 
 vuu 
 
 t 
 
 ffs 
 
 £1 
 
 \0 
 
 PBENCII COURSE. 
 
 19 
 
 :iu 
 
 ziio 
 
 4. urn ) pronounced nearly like ten in hunting^ 
 ini ) lorwKj. 
 
 6. When the m or n of tho above combinations ia 
 loublotl, there is no nasal sound, and the vowel ia 
 jiioiter than in the nasal syllable. 
 
 iC. When those combinations are followed by a vowel 
 r a silent A, the m or n is carried to the next syllable, 
 Jliul the preceding vowel has its proper sound. 
 
 SON V. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 •t 
 
 
 
 Exercise 
 
 6. 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 )lan 
 
 blcn 
 
 bicn* 
 
 bain 
 
 bin 
 
 bein 
 
 bon 
 
 brnn 
 
 
 d 
 
 'ran 
 
 (J an 
 
 cien* 
 
 cain 
 
 cin 
 
 cein 
 
 cen 
 
 clun 
 
 
 1 
 
 lau 
 
 don 
 
 dien* 
 
 (hum 
 
 din 
 
 dein 
 
 den 
 
 dun 
 
 \ want auu j->a?it. f 
 
 'ran 
 
 Iron 
 
 llan 
 
 laim 
 
 lui 
 
 frein 
 
 fen 
 
 fum 
 
 
 m 
 
 >;eau 
 
 gan 
 
 gron 
 
 grain 
 
 gin 
 
 gein 
 
 gen 
 
 gun 
 
 
 W 
 
 i^uau 
 
 o-nan 
 
 gnon 
 
 gnain 
 
 gnin 
 
 gnein 
 
 gnen 
 
 gnuu 
 
 is pronoun' 
 
 w^ W 
 
 jeau 
 an 
 
 jain 
 len 
 
 jon 
 Ion 
 
 jain 
 lain 
 
 lin 
 
 jein 
 lien* 
 
 jen 
 lam 
 
 jun 
 lun 
 
 E-X E R C I S K 7. 
 
 L 
 
 men mien* main min mon mcin mun 
 nen nain naim nin non nym mm 
 pieu pain pen pin plon ploin plun 
 
 tin an 
 |nan 
 ]»laii 
 Iquan quen quain quien* quin qu'on qu'en qu'un 
 
 Iran 
 
 ren 
 
 ram 
 
 nen 
 
 * 
 
 rni 
 
 ron 
 
 rem 
 
 run 
 
 (/' 
 
 * See en, lust line of No, 1 of tbia lesaou. 
 
20 
 
 FlflQUKLLB's INTRODDCTORT 
 
 11 
 
 Itl:^i 
 
 Ban son 
 
 sain 
 
 sien* sin 
 
 son 
 
 sc'in sun 
 
 tan toni 
 
 tain 
 
 tien* tini 
 
 ton 
 
 It'in tini 
 
 van A en 
 
 vain 
 
 vii'n* vin 
 
 von 
 
 vein vun 
 
 «aa 2cm 
 
 zaiii 
 
 isien zin 
 
 ;:on 
 
 mn zuu 
 
 
 E 
 
 Xr. lie I HE 
 
 8. 
 
 
 ruban 
 
 • 
 
 
 turban 
 
 
 brandon 
 
 crauito 
 
 
 l>lainto 
 
 
 fciiite 
 
 bontu 
 
 
 oncio 
 
 
 monde 
 
 aucun 
 
 1 • 
 
 
 tribun 
 
 
 lundi 
 
 loin 
 
 combicn* 
 
 anibigu 
 
 • 
 
 coin 
 
 gardien* 
 
 encoro 
 
 
 foin 
 
 niaintion* 
 
 entree 
 
 cni])n-o 
 bonin 
 
 
 cmbl6?no 
 
 
 empli 
 
 
 malin 
 
 
 imbu 
 
 iiombro 
 braiilu 
 
 
 ombro 
 fantomo 
 
 
 pronom 
 li'iand 
 
 plaindro 
 
 
 craindro 
 
 
 romain 
 
 montro 
 parfuni 
 
 • 
 
 
 fliucon 
 quclqu'un 
 
 
 fac;on 
 iniportun 
 
 pompon 
 
 
 tenioin 
 
 
 loin tain 
 
 italien* 
 clentisto 
 
 
 ancien* 
 cncre 
 
 
 coiaerlien* 
 
 temple 
 
 
 temp^to 
 
 
 emploi 
 
 impur 
 
 
 timbre 
 
 
 enclin 
 
 coton 
 
 
 bonbon 
 
 
 daim 
 
 ♦ &.- 
 
 ^ w. last lino of No. 1 of this lesson. 
 
• IT C T R T 
 
 VnESCU COUKSB, 
 
 81 
 
 sciii sun 
 
 tt'iii tdii 
 
 vein vnn 
 
 zein znu 
 
 hraiuhn 
 
 ft'into 
 
 nioiido 
 
 luiuli 
 
 foin 
 
 niiiintiun* 
 
 cntreo 
 
 enipli 
 
 imbu 
 
 prononi 
 
 liiaud 
 
 I'oniaiu 
 
 fayon 
 
 iniportun 
 
 loin tain 
 
 coincrlien* 
 
 omploi 
 
 enclin 
 
 claim 
 
 LEgON VI. LESSON VI. 
 
 TIIK LIQUID Z.—TIIK SOFT T/. 
 
 \. Lot U precudca by i {il, «7/), not in tho begin. 
 |iiii«,', but in the middle or at the end of word.s,* has tho 
 ji'liild sound found in the English words, William, 
 
 priUiant. 
 
 '% 
 
 2. Many of tho French give to the liquid / tho sound 
 pfyeinthc English word ei/c. This pronunciation is 
 iiow so common, that it is no longer deemed wroii"- 
 
 n. Al, e/, preceding the liquid /, have not their com- 
 mon sound {a in fate) ; al hus the sound of a in fat, 
 mid ei of G in there. Tho i seems merely to indicate 
 tlie liquid sound of the /. 
 
 4. T is pronounced like c in cedar, or 5 in sir, in tho 
 combinations tial, tiel, tlon, in the middle or at the end 
 of words; as, portion, jyartial, essentiel. If these syl- 
 lables are preceded by ,.- or n-, the t is hard. In 2)citient, 
 patiefice, Gratien, initier, J^m/ptien, ttc, it is also pro-^ 
 jounced like s in sir. Tiio French words in which tho 
 fabovo combinations occur are very much like the 
 |English words which have tho same meaning, and in 
 |Nvhich ti has the sound o^ sh. 
 
 , * Zr is not liquid in fil, Brcsil, Nil, mil, milk, ville, profil, trarifjuille, 
 ^0. It is silent iu baril, chtnil, couUl, fils, fusil, gril, outil, persil, 
 
 I 
 
 esson. 
 
 Ipouls, auut, sourcil. 
 
22 
 
 tabquelle's inteoductoet 
 
 !'• 
 
 ' (il 
 
 •4 
 
 tKENCU WORDS. 
 
 Nation 
 
 Notion 
 
 Itation 
 
 l*atienco 
 
 Conlidcnticl 
 
 ENGLISH WORDS. 
 
 Natioih 
 
 llatlon 
 
 Patience 
 
 Confidential 
 
 5. In words ending with tU (in l^nglisli cy), t is also 
 l)ronounced like c in cedar : aristocratic, aristocracy ; 
 democratic, democracy. 
 
 Exercise 9. 
 
 "bataillo 
 Tbataillon 
 
 travail 
 
 eventail 
 
 detail 
 
 vieillard 
 
 fauteuil 
 
 linceul 
 
 cercueil 
 
 scuil 
 
 deuil 
 
 muraille 
 
 ceil* 
 
 ecureuil 
 
 sorameil 
 
 bouteillo 
 
 oseillo 
 
 cerfeuil 
 
 ail 
 
 postilion 
 
 cotillon 
 
 ]mpillon 
 
 Bastille 
 
 famillo 
 
 fillo 
 
 grille 
 
 jonquille 
 
 raantillo 
 
 tailleur 
 
 portail 
 
 serail 
 
 abeillo 
 
 corbeillo 
 
 oreillo 
 
 nierveille 
 
 ineilleur 
 
 conseil 
 
 raonille 
 
 citrouillo 
 
 grenouille 
 
 patrouille 
 
 bouillon 
 
 fcuille 
 
 cueillirf 
 
 fcuillaGce 
 
 nic'daille 
 
 nu'daillon 
 
 echantillon 
 
 million 
 
 paille 
 
 portail 
 
 orgueil* 
 
 ecueilf 
 
 bail 
 
 utio 
 luti( 
 tiaditi 
 altcnt 
 O0nsol 
 oondit 
 action 
 lilicti 
 Hinnit' 
 
 fsolu 
 losti 
 liiixtic 
 lastio: 
 
 * ffi" in ceil, and we in orgudi, are pronounced nearly like w in hud. 
 f Cue in tliia verb and its derivatives, as also in ccrcudl, is pro- 
 uoLjhcod ucarl_)' like cu in cu v. 
 
 i 1. -^ 
 0f moi 
 
 ■ 2. J 
 
 : 3. I 
 
 tcconc 
 
 je n'' t 
 
UCTORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 IGLISII W0UD9. 
 
 
 
 f K E N C II 
 
 C U 11 s E . 
 
 23 
 
 itlon 
 
 
 
 Exercise 10. 
 
 
 )tlOil 
 itlOil 
 
 
 ,ution 
 
 addition 
 
 diplomatic 
 
 Graticn 
 
 itlcnce 
 
 ablution 
 
 conviction 
 
 emotion 
 
 insatiable 
 
 nfidentlal 
 
 tradition 
 
 Dalinatie 
 
 discretion 
 
 minutie 
 
 attention 
 
 dalmatien 
 
 partial 
 
 national 
 
 glisli cy), t is also 
 
 cc 
 
 msolation 
 
 ITelvetio 
 
 partiel 
 
 Titien 
 
 atic, aristocracy ; 
 
 oc 
 
 )ndition 
 
 lielvctien 
 
 diiferentiel 
 
 congestion* 
 
 
 a( 
 
 Jtion 
 
 aristocratic 
 
 Beotio 
 
 digestion* 
 
 
 afiiiction 
 
 prophetic 
 
 beotien 
 
 fraction 
 
 
 munition 
 
 venitien 
 
 quotient 
 
 fliction 
 
 
 rf'soliition 
 
 Kijcyptien 
 
 patience 
 
 sat i etc 
 
 patrouille 
 
 bouillou 
 
 feuille 
 
 ID 
 
 b. 
 
 lest ion* 
 
 ixlion* 
 
 istion'^' 
 
 initial 
 
 initiation 
 
 contidentiol 
 
 Diocleticn 
 
 Domitien 
 
 initier 
 
 rationnel 
 
 convcntionnel 
 
 initiation 
 
 cuoillir- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 feuillago 
 
 niedaillo 
 
 niedaillon 
 
 echantillon 
 
 million 
 
 l)aillo 
 
 portail 
 
 orgueil* 
 
 c'cueilf 
 
 bail 
 
 . nearly like u in hud. 
 Iso iu ccrcucil, is pro 
 
 LEgON VII. LESSON VII. 
 
 TUK SILENT B. — THE FINAL C'ONSOXA^"TS. 
 
 I 1. -27 without an accent is silent at the end of words 
 (|f more than one syllable. Ek., ptnmc, volume.^ nijimem 
 
 2. 7i' after i is generally silent. Ex., 6a/^, ^?«/cm(;?i^. 
 
 J 3. In conversation and lamiliai-, reading the e of the 
 iecond monosyllabic is frequently dropped. : je nc h (Its 
 ,Jw.s',J(3 710 sals pas^ may be pronounced J;3 ;i' le ills pas^ 
 ^e II? sals pas. 
 
 * See the secoiul part of Rule 4, 
 
lilll 
 
 9 I 
 
 tM ii 
 
 'i iiiii^ 
 
 I '■ ■;! 
 
 w. 
 
 24 
 
 parquellk's INTHODUCTOEY 
 
 4. i: is frequently silent at tlic end of a syllable In 
 tliG middle of a word, but in that case its suppression 
 sliould occasion no liarsh sound ; appeler may be pro 
 nounced app'le)% but jvenant should Z»y no means bi 
 ■^Yonownaad jyr'nant, No general rule can be given oi^ 
 this point. 
 
 5. A consonant at the end of a word is generally 
 silent. 
 
 6. The letters r,/, /,* r,f arc generally pronoimeed 
 at the end of words. 
 
 v. A final consonant is generally pronounced witii 
 the vowel, or silent A, which begins the next word 
 This connection docs not take i)lace, however, when 
 there is a pause between the two words. In conver- 
 sation and familiar reading, this connection is often dis 
 peused with, as it would appear too formal. 
 
 8. When d, /, g, s, x, are to be joined to the vowel, 
 or silent A, which commences the next word, d sounds 
 like t, f like v, g like A-, s like 2;, x like z. 
 
 9. The t o^et is never iironounccd. 
 
 10. The n of mon, ton, son, un, on, en, See, is pro- 
 nounced with the next word, commencing witii a vowel. 
 or a silent h, ns if ihat word besian with an n^ without 
 however ■changing the nasal sound of the preceding 
 
 l^ord 
 cono 
 ioan 
 
 jriSG 
 |founi 
 iioire 
 
 raise 
 
 Jlgiui 
 
 ere 
 
 ere 
 te 
 
 ^blo 
 
 icz 
 
 lible 
 
 i * Ti 
 cinsr 1 
 
 * See 1st Note, Lesson YI. 
 
 f R precoUud by c ia isilcut except In atmr, cher, cuUler,fe), enjer, 
 hiver, &a 
 
 n t s 
 
 : t S 
 
 I ITI 
 ^omu 1 
 
 >. 
 t ** 
 
 in chef 
 
 i^#H 
 
)UCTOE"P 
 
 FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 25 
 
 311(1 of a syllable in 
 iase its siippressioii 
 'ppeler may bo pid 
 tl by no means bi 
 ulc can be given op 
 
 word is generally 
 
 lerally pronounced 
 
 T pronounced Avitl 
 n3 the next word, 
 !e, however, when 
 ^vords. In conver 
 lection is often dis 
 formal. 
 
 )lncd to the vowel, 
 .'xt word, d sound; 
 
 Tyord : so7i argent^ un honnete hommc^ en arrivant^ are 
 pronounced, son nargent^ un nhomute homrne^ en nar- 
 
 ricant. 
 
 Exercise 11. 
 
 on^ c;?, ttc, i.s pro- 
 
 iciuiif with a vowel. 
 
 with an ;<, without 
 
 of the precediiiu 
 
 clier^ cuiller,fe7, enjer^ 
 
 ^riso 
 
 passable 
 
 front 
 
 huit 
 
 chef 
 
 mer 
 
 ]|onime 
 
 possible 
 
 poulet 
 
 neuf 
 
 plaisir 
 
 a3uf 
 
 iK)ire 
 
 notre* 
 
 baril 
 
 quatre 
 
 franc§ 
 
 parasol 
 
 .|-aise 
 
 votre 
 
 fusil 
 
 soufro 
 
 pouvoir 
 
 baptomcff 
 
 Kgume 
 
 centre 
 
 filsf 
 
 blanc§ 
 
 messager 
 
 ba})tiserff 
 
 pere 
 
 theatre 
 
 os;: 
 
 tard 
 
 admirer 
 
 coniptef" 
 
 
 montre 
 
 banc§ 
 
 lard 
 
 chercher 
 
 exomptff 
 
 Ate 
 
 poutre 
 
 dos 
 
 fard 
 
 banquier 
 
 aro-ent 
 
 Igue 
 
 inauvais 
 
 dix 
 
 second* 
 
 amateur 
 
 chapelet 
 
 tible 
 
 moiit 
 
 six 
 
 fecond* 
 
 soif 
 
 voix 
 
 Bez 
 
 fond 
 
 cinq 
 
 port 
 
 clef** 
 
 poix 
 
 fiible 
 
 pr6t 
 
 deux 
 
 fort 
 
 cerf** 
 
 fer 
 
 6table 
 
 pont 
 
 sept 
 
 bref 
 
 boeuf 
 
 cher 
 
 * TVe, at tlio end of words, sooma to bo almost whispered, the e not 
 leiiig heard. 
 
 f Sinfils is pronounced by some, and dropped by others. 
 
 ■};. S'la silent iu this word, except before a vowel. 
 
 g is silent in banc, blanc, franc, estomac, iahac, &c. 
 
 |] The last consonant is sounded in these words, except when they 
 tome before a consonant. Pin sept, septieme, <ic., is silent. 
 
 •^r sounds like g in these words. 
 
 ** Fia silent m clef, ccrf, and in the plural words <xu/s, loeufs, also 
 in chef-doiuvre, 
 
 \\ P is aileut. 
 
26 
 
 FASQUELLE's INl^BObUOTOBT 
 
 m 
 
 I 
 
 Mi.:, 
 
 mcs,,aini3 
 iios^oiifaiits 
 
 un^Anglai.s 
 ees^Angiais 
 cc'sjioiiuncs 
 en^argcnt 
 
 vosjibrieots 
 
 tonjirdoiso 
 
 bonjiabit 
 
 ccrtainjrlandais 
 lo.s^Espno-noIs 
 
 Exercise 12. 
 
 loiirs^cfforts 
 
 leursjtlc'e.s 
 
 inosJiahitH 
 
 los^youx 
 
 il ostjci 
 
 cet_es|)rit 
 
 tout Jl A-ous 
 
 ilsj)nt 111 
 
 iious^avons 
 
 vous^a\c'z 
 
 iious^avions 
 
 vous^avicz 
 
 vousjiimez; 
 
 cinq livres 
 
 nons^aimong 
 
 graiul^liommo 
 
 iieunioinnios 
 
 dix^enfants 
 
 Koptjiommcs 
 
 liiut^hoiames 
 
 <luu\-^amis 
 
 .si.v'ju-Joisc's 
 
 cliagi-in^amer 
 
 cluf do fcr 
 
 clu.'f-d'oDuvre 
 
 pain blanc 
 
 manvais tabac 
 
 «ix livres 
 
 LE(-;OK YIII. LESSO^sT YIII. 
 
 THE ARTICLE.— GENDER. 
 
 1. Ill Frcncli, as well as in English, the names n' 
 males belong to the masculine gender, and those d 
 leinales to the feminine gender. 
 
 lAiy 
 Urn 
 Cot 
 Coi: 
 Kpc 
 Kj)c 
 Fen 
 Fill 
 Fre 
 (iar 
 Ger 
 Gra 
 
 / 
 Gra 
 
 MAfiCl'LlXE. 
 
 Ilommc, 'ma?f. 
 
 I-io", lion. 
 
 Femme, woman. 
 
 Lionne, lioness. 
 
 2. The article has a different form for each o-ender I 
 
 Masculine, Le ; Feminine, La."/,,. 
 
 ho hoj], (Ac lion. La lionne, the lioness. 
 
ObUOTOEY 
 
 9 
 
 nons^aimons 
 
 grand^hoinino 
 
 iieufjiouiines 
 
 clix^eiilhnts 
 
 Rei)t^liommos 
 
 luiitjioinmes 
 
 (leiix^amis 
 
 sixjirdoises 
 
 cliagrin^ainer 
 
 clef de for 
 
 clu.'f-d'oGiivre 
 
 pain blanc 
 
 inanvais tabac 
 
 six livres 
 
 O^ VIII. 
 
 EK. 
 
 lish, the namos nf 
 der, and tlioso d' 
 
 ', 'looman. 
 
 lioness. 
 
 for each gender, 
 nine, La. (he. 
 inc, the Uo7Kss. 
 
 S* R E N C II C O U 11 S E . 
 
 27 
 
 3. Before a masculine or feminine noun, comnien- 
 ciiig witli a vowel or silent h (Lesson II., Rule 4), the 
 article is /'. 
 |L' Anglais, the Enrjlisliman. L'Anglaise, the EiKjUshwoman. 
 
 V O G A n r L A U Y . 
 
 m. indicates a nuisculiiK; ; f. a feminine noun. 
 
 |Ai<^lo, m. Eagle. 
 |]>rii, f JJavghtcr-vi-km. 
 iCousin, in. Cousin. 
 [Cousine, f. Cousin. 
 lEpoux, m. Ilusbcunl, 
 JEpouso, f. IF/'/'j. 
 
 Ilorloger, ni. Walchina/ccr. 
 I\Iari, ni. llushaud. 
 IMarraine, f. Godmother* 
 Mere, f. Mother. 
 Oncle, ni. Uncle. 
 Ortevrc, ni. Gohhnilfh. 
 
 Fenime, f. U7/'', Woman. Orpiielin, ni. 0)'/)h(/n boy. 
 iFille, f. J)aiif/h,t(n\ Girl. Orplidine, f. OrpJian girl. 
 Frcrc, m. Brother. Parent, m. Helatlon. 
 
 Garden, ni. Bog. Parento, f. Bdatlon. 
 
 Gendre, ni. iSo i-ln-Iaio. Pavrain, m. GoJj'aihcr, 
 Gi'and-pere, ni. Grand- Pero, ni. Eathcr. 
 
 father. Sceur, f. Sister. 
 
 Grand-mere, f. Grand- Veuf, m. Wldoicer, 
 
 mother. Veuve, f. Widow, 
 
 \ Lo frcrc. 
 
 Exercise 13. 
 
 2 La srenr. o L'or[)lieHn, 4 Lc cousin. 
 5 L'aiglo. G La pai-cnto. 7 Le pore. 
 9 La cousine. 10 L'epoux. 
 L'lionnne. l?> L'orfevro. 
 
 8 La brn. 
 
 11 L'epouso. 12 
 
 14 L'horloger. 
 
 15 La 
 
 lennno. 16 La tiiie. 17 Le garf;on, 18 Lo gcndre. 
 19 Lo veuf, 20 La vouvu "21 Le ])arent. 22 Lo 
 
; In 
 
 28 PASQUELLe's iNTEODtrOTORt 
 
 mari. 23 Lc i)arraiu. 24 La marraiiie. 25 La mere 
 20 L'oncle. 
 
 Ex 
 
 E li C I 8 E 
 
 14. 
 
 3. ] 
 
 iJ'ai 
 Tu 
 III a 
 Ell( 
 
 ■4. 
 
 1 The uncle. 2 The father. 3 The mother. 4 Th 
 Bister. 5 The brother. G Thegrandfatlier. 7 The grand- 
 mother. 8 The daughter. 9 The husband. 10 The wife, ., 
 11 The godmother. 12 The boy. 13 The gh-1. 14 The 
 Bon-in-law. 15 The daughter-in-la.v. 16 The goldsmith. 
 11 The orj^han boy. 18 The orphan girl. 19 Tlie 
 watchmaker. 20 The widow. 21 The widower. 22 The 
 cousin, m. 23 The cousin, /. 24 The godfather. 25 The 
 eagle. 26 The relation, m. 27 The relation, f. 
 
 gar 
 
 Ml I I 
 
 .f 
 
 lili fill i 
 
 'l!'""Hil 
 
 LEgON IX. LESSON IX. 
 
 GENDER CONTINUED.— UX, UNE ; A, AiV, ONS. 
 
 1. There is in French no neuter or third gender; the 
 names of things are either masculine or feminine. 
 
 ^6 
 
 MASCrHNE. 
 
 Le papier, the ijciper. 
 L'arbi-e, the tree. 
 Le livre, the hook. 
 
 FEMININE. 
 
 La plume, tlie pen. 
 La branche, tlie branch. 
 L'aiguillo, the needle. 
 
 2. Vn before a masculine noun, une before a fominino ,p ]}i3i 
 noun, answer to the English «, an, one. f B^j, 
 
 MA8CULINF, FEMININK. H Cuf 
 
 TTn tailleur, a tailor. Une modiste, a milliner. 1 Che 
 
 Uu crayon, apenciL Une ardoise, a date. f Coi 
 
DUOTO il t 
 
 t'REisrcn course!. 
 
 2U 
 
 raino. 25 La mere. 1 3- Present tense of Avoir, to uaye. 
 
 Ij'ai, I have. Nous avoiis, Wc have. 
 
 , ' |Tu as, Thou hast. Voiis avez, You have. 
 
 Ill a, He has. lis out, They in. Af«'^. 
 
 [EUo a, IShe has. Ellus out, 'Thei/ f. Aaw. 
 
 rho motlior. 4 The 
 itlier. 7 'riiG grand' 
 band. 10 The wife. 
 3 The girl. 14 The 
 16 The goldsmith, 
 ban girl. 19 The 
 e widower. 22 The 
 godfather. 25 The 
 3 relation, /', 
 
 f 4. The e of Jc, 7, is dropped before a vowel or a 
 silent h. 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 
 SSON IX. 
 
 ; ^, AN', ONE. 
 
 ' third gender ; thi; 
 or feminine. 
 
 lie, the pen, 
 nclie, the branch. 
 He, the needle. 
 
 i before a feminine 
 
 'le. 
 
 femininf:. 
 
 •diste, a milliner. 
 lioise, a date. 
 
 ,i Ic papier. 
 
 us avons un llvrc. 
 
 rarcoii a I'arlji'e. 
 
 fiUo a, uuo pliimo. 
 
 us iivc'Z rar'jreut. 
 
 oat I'of, 
 ^ioi'plioliu a la maison 
 Ife out le jai'din. 
 EHli'.- out le p.'iiu. 
 
 I have ihc paper. 
 Wc have a hook. 
 Tha hoy has the tree. 
 The girl has a pen. 
 Yo'o have the money or silver. 
 They have the gold. 
 The orphan has the house. 
 Tliey have the garden. 
 They (f.) have tha hread. 
 
 L't'iifaiit a la viandc, la cuiller Tlie child has the meat, the spoon 
 et la fourchcLtL'. and the fork. 
 
 ^'"oC AKULAll Y. 
 
 Arbre, m. Tree. 
 
 Assiette, f Plate. 
 \ ]j!il.'ii, m. Broom. 
 % Beurre, ni. Butter. 
 I BaMif, m. Beef. 
 I Cute, m. Cofce. 
 
 Chocolai, ni. Chocolate, 
 
 Couteau, ni. luiljc. 
 
 Cuiller, f. ^poon. 
 Ean, f Water. 
 Et, and. 
 
 Eourcliette, f. ForJc. 
 .Tardin, m. Garden. 
 Lion, ni. Lion. 
 3l()uton, m. Mutton. 
 I'oulet, m. Chicken. 
 
:4l 
 
 I'iili! 
 
 ,1 : i| 
 
 ^ 
 
 1l 
 
 m 
 
 80 
 
 ^ASQUELLE'S INTBODUOTOBV 
 
 I'iilt, 111. Z'/5/i. 
 
 Tabic, t; 7J<^/^,. 
 Veau, 111. r(.(^/. 
 
 Verre, m. Glass. 
 ViaiKle, t: Meat. 
 VolaiUo, f. Po^^/^ry. 
 
 Before translating tlic exercise, tin pupil will ^ivo , 
 
 nouns 1,1 the vocabulary with le Ja JX''^^^SI^ct 
 
 a. or a., before thcni. ' ' ' ^^''' ^' "'^' "^ 
 
 Exercise 15. 
 
 1 L'onfant a le pain. 2 L'orpl.elin a le cafl' i V. 
 voiaillo. \ ous avcz e Dainer '7 Pii« t i 
 
 couicau. 18 Le pere a le chooolot la t 
 l'arbr(> on t , • ^'iocoiat. 10 La mere 
 
 1 ai 01 c. 20 La cousine a le plat. 
 
 Exercise 16, 
 1 The boy has the bread. 2 Yon hivn iU. 
 .TI.tatherhastheco..e.4The^^^^ 
 C We have the chocolate. W^ have the pen 7 ' 
 child has the butter. 8 He has the ^ o ' 
 liave the fork, lo She lias the mutton, n The wr' 
 mker has the gold. 12 The goldsmith has the si'!;' 
 13 lou have the plate. 14 We have the <! 
 
 ; ^,!:'V'''7 ^^'l '^'''^'''- '' ^^'« -^'"-l '^^^ the cr: 
 1 7 J he boy has the voal. 13 I have the dish l o 
 
 orphau-boy has the bool.- 20 Thu orphaii-gii'i hu« 
 
RODUOTOBV 
 
 3rre, ra. Glass. 
 •I'ltle, t Meat. 
 )l:iille, f. Poultrij. 
 
 .tl'opupihvillgivci 
 la, 1', ;/ie, or uu, m 
 
 15. 
 
 3Hn .1 lo cafo. n X. 
 ancle. 5 La fille a 
 7 EIIg a le choco: 
 )ns le moutou. lol 
 or. 12 J'ailebeni: 
 ■s ont ]o plat. 15 
 balai. 17 Ji ;i 
 lat. 10 La mere 
 
 I 
 
 6. 
 
 ^OTi havo the mr 
 
 lother has tile spc 
 ave tlic pen. 7 T 
 the gold. Y 
 oil- 11 The watti 
 niith lias the silvt 
 '0 have the diJ 
 gh'l lias tlio cofri 
 the diyh. ig'llj 
 &rphau-^arl has lii 
 
 PEENCII COURSE. 
 
 81 
 
 peedlo. 21 The brother lias tlie table. 22 Wc have 
 iiie money. 23 You have a knife. 24 The tailor has 
 |i book. 25 Tho watchmaker ha8 a table. 20 They 
 
 bavc a garden, 
 
 LEgox X. 
 
 NAME OP irATERIAL. 
 
 LESSON X. 
 
 -AVOIR INTERUOGATIVELY. 
 
 I 1. The name of the matci'ial of Avhieh an olyoet is 
 ^composed follows tlio name of the olject, the two 
 M'ords being joined by ih before a consonant, or (?' be- 
 fore a vowel or a silent h, 
 
 Uno robe de soie, A silk dress. 
 
 La plume d'acier, The stedpen. 
 
 Literally: A dress of silk ; The pen. of steel. 
 
 2. PllESENT TENSE OP A VOIR INTTKRROGATIVELY. 
 
 Ai-je ? Have I? Avons-nous ? Have loe ? 
 
 As-tu ? ILxst thou ? Avez-vous ? Haw you ? 
 A-t-il ? Has he ? Ont-ils ? Hu^c 'they ? 
 
 Ont-elles ? Hare they f 
 
 A-t-elle ? Has she ? 
 
 3. When, in asking a question, II or die comes im- 
 mediately after a verb ending ^v^it:• u vo^w.^1, -t- is ])Ut 
 between that vowel and the aci .. 
 A-t-il 1( 
 
 7VQ 
 
 A-t-clle le bois ? 
 
 IfAs he the hoolc f 
 Has she the woodf 
 
82 
 
 pasquelle's intboductobt 
 
 Model '^entences. 
 
 'i' 
 
 Lo taillcar n I'liabit do drap. 
 La blanoliisscusc a Ic mouchoir 
 
 de batiste. 
 La dcmoisello n la robo d'in- 
 
 dieniic. 
 Avez-vou3 la haguo d'or ? 
 Avons-nous lo couteau d'ar- 
 
 gent? 
 Ont-ils uiio maison do briiiuo ? 
 Ai-jo la pluuio d'or '( 
 
 T/ie tailor has the cloth coat. 
 The 'Washerwoman has the can 
 
 hric handkerchief. 
 TJie yuuH'j lady has the cull 
 
 dress. 
 Have you the yold riiuj? 
 IIuvo we the siloer kui/e ? 
 
 Have they a hrlck house ? 
 JIavG I the gold jJcn ? 
 
 V O C A 13 U L A li Y , 
 
 Acicr, m. Steel. 
 Argent, m. Clancy, silver. 
 Baguo, f. Bhuj. 
 Batiste, f. Camhrlo. 
 Blanchisseuse, f. Washer- 
 
 icoman. 
 Bois, m. Wood. 
 Briquo, f. Brich. 
 Canif, 111. Penknife, 
 Cravate, f. Cravat. 
 Demoiselle, f. Young lady. 
 Dentellc, f. Lace. 
 Drap, ra. Cloth. 
 Indienne, f. Prints calico. 
 
 1 L 
 
 line 
 
 is. 
 ons 
 ibbe < 
 
 tBi voi 
 11 Av 
 
 IBaisoi: 
 |i Ell 
 
 fiot d 
 . II 
 
 iiic pi 
 
 Gilut, m. Yest. 
 Ivoiro, f. Ivory. 
 Maison, f. House. 
 Monsieur, ni. Sir, gentleman 
 Mouchoir, m. Handkerchief 
 Non, Ko. 
 Oui, Yes. 
 Or, m. Gold. 
 Plume, f. Pen. 
 Soie, f. Silh. 
 Tablicr, m. Apron. 
 Tailleur, m. Tdlor. 
 Velours, m. Velvet. 
 Voile, m. Veil. 
 
 Put the proper article Uy la^ l\ or un^ une, before, 
 the nouns. 
 
 15 Th 
 
 " idy h: 
 
 lie a 
 
 lo lie 
 
9 
 
 iUCTOET 
 
 CES. 
 
 has the doth coat, 
 
 'rwoman has the can 
 
 idkerchief. 
 
 I lady has the c«/ 
 
 the (jold rliuj ? 
 he silocr haj'a ? 
 
 a brick house ? 
 ! gold 1)011 ? 
 
 FRENCH COURSE, 
 
 Exercise 17. 
 
 33 
 
 11 La ilcmoisolle a lo moiuOioir do soio. 2 Lo taillcur 
 uno maison do Lri(|uc. 3 Vous avez une maison do 
 bciis. 4 Avcz-vous r.no baguo d'argoiit ? 5 Nona 
 av(»iis la dc'utello do soic. La blaneliisscuso a uno 
 lOhu d'indionno. 7 Avoz-vous iin couteau d'acier? 
 $ Non, Monsieur, j'ai uu couteau d'ivoiro. 9 A-t-elhj 
 liBi voilo do dentello ? 10 Ello a un voilo do batiste. 
 11 Avons-nous la luaison de bois ? 12 Vous avez la 
 IB.'iisou do briqiie. 13 La fillc a un tablier do bati-sto. 
 |4 Ello a uu tablier d'iudieuno. 15 Lo gargon a uu 
 [ilet do drap. 10 Lo monsieur a uu mouclioir do soio. 
 17 II a un mouclioir do batiste. IS La domoisollc a 
 lie plumo d'or. 10 lis out uuc plume d'acior. 
 
 Vest, 
 loory. 
 \ House. 
 
 ,m.Sir,f/entkmriri 
 ', m. Ilandkcrchuj 
 
 old. 
 Pen. 
 \lk. 
 
 II. Ajyron. 
 11. y^'ilor. 
 11. Velvet. 
 Veil. 
 
 :>X icn^ ime, before 
 
 ■'J'^ 
 
 Exercise 18. 
 
 ■ 1 Have you the steel ring ? 2 No, sir, I have the 
 j|old ring. 3 The young lady has the silver ring. 4 Has 
 he the cambric handkerchief? 5 No, sir, she has 
 Hie silk handkerchief. G The washerwoman has tho 
 :,eel knife. Y Tho tailor has the brick house. 8 Havo 
 rou a wood liouse ? 9 Xo, sir, wg have a brick house. 
 [o Tho young lady has a print dress. 11 You havo au 
 r"ory knife. 12 He has a silk cravat. 13 You have a 
 anibric handkerchief. 1 i Tho boy has a cloth vest. 
 ,5 The gentleman has ,a velvet vest. IG Tho young 
 idy has a velvet dress. ,1 7 She has a silk veil. 1 8 Has 
 lie a gold pen? 19 No, sir, she has a steel pcu. 
 So Have you a silk apron ? 21 No, sir, I havo a cam- 
 
84 
 
 J'asquelle's I 
 
 NTBODUCTOKY 
 
 1 
 
 ^iic n])mn. 22 Wo 1 
 
 tlio 
 
 I'l'int dress. 21 Shu h 
 
 lavotlio ,silk 1; 
 
 iius the LTold 
 
 nn. 
 
 ;is tlie silk dr 
 
 ICO. 2;] Youl 
 
 i;i\ 
 
 OSS. 25 ISiiJ 
 
 I^KgON XI. 
 
 LESSON" XI. 
 
 ^9 - 4 
 
 ^>^', I>K lA BE i.v ; .^ .,,^, ^^,,„ ,,,^^ ^^.^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^ 
 I. Jk-foro a masculino noun in tlio sinoni.... . 
 of the, some or any Z^^^-T. ' '" ""^'•'^ "•^^"'^ ^''1 
 
 7^n,» •• W the garden. 
 
 T\„ , „• ^ tne joiner. 
 
 2 Doforo a feminine nonn, in tlio sinm.ln,. i. • • 
 ^v.lh a consonant, or a Dro lounoed ' t'"""'" 
 
 ,Jorofthe, some or any. ^"'"'""^^'^^ /'' ^^'^ ^'^ is usedf 
 
 1^0 la feninio, n^ .j 
 
 ■n„ ,„ . ., ' ^J the wo7naA. 
 
 ■iJe la toile, v.^ 7- 
 
 > ^ome linen. 
 
 Do I'homme, np 4i 
 
 7)o i5o . i J ^he man. 
 
 iJe i'arfrent. « f 
 
 "= ' . oome money. 
 
D U C T K Y 
 
 '■'t;o. 2.3 You I,a\-, 
 silk Jrc'ss. I'o 8Ji.l 
 
 FRKXCII COUUSM. 
 
 lianging iho monninj? of the sentence, du, dk 
 fust Jihvays bo used in Frcncli. 
 
 8d 
 
 I.A, DK I, 
 
 Vous avcz <lu j)a])ier, 
 
 Arez-vous du la eire ? JL 
 
 You have (some) paper. 
 
 lis ont do Taim'nt. 
 
 we you {any) icax, 
 
 They have {some) money. 
 
 SOX XI. 
 
 ^^in.i»tdar, not coiJ 
 is always used foj 
 nevc)' used, 
 e (janlen. 
 G joiner, 
 bread. 
 
 |,t,nilar, l)o,f,dnnin J 
 «, i>ii: LA is usodl 
 
 woman, 
 inen. 
 
 )mmcnoing witlj 
 
 ' tOC>/7/!6, 5w/jej 
 
 loney. 
 
 ' cx])rcssod 1)0. 
 ^G put \vithout 
 
 But (/f (or cr before a vowel or silent h) alone i.s used 
 hen the noun following is preceded by an adjective ; as, 
 Donnez-nioi do bon pain. Give me good bread. 
 Jo bois d'oxcellento bi<5re. I drink exo.ellent beer. 
 11 posscde do bollos raai- lie posses'^is beautiful 
 
 ^^"'^' houses. 
 
 5. A noun preceded by some or any, exprcissed or 
 inderstood, is said to be used in the partitive sense. 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 'ai paric du mddccin. 
 'oils avcz parle do la dame. 
 int-ils parld de riioniinc ? 
 
 !iC marcliand a do la ♦oile. 
 Lvons-iious (Ic, la dcntclle ? 
 j'cpicier a du poivrc. 
 tom-neiu' a de I'ivoire. 
 
 / hive spoken af the r^hpsicim. 
 YoH have spoken nj t'le !<i(/if. 
 llarc they spoken oj the 'unr. f 
 Tlie merchant luu (souitA Ur.T^ 
 I lane we {any) Iwe 'f 
 Tlie ij )cer has {some) pepuu^ 
 The turner has {some) ivoru 
 
 ^cbete, Bought 
 Lpportd, Brought. 
 Joulanger, ni. Baker. 
 Jle, m. Wheat. 
 ^halenr, f. Heat. 
 )ire, f. Wax. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 Huile, f. Oil 
 Madame, Madam., Zhs, 
 ^Mademoiselle, Miss. 
 Medecin, m. Physici(/M 
 Morceau, m. Pieee. 
 ^ Oi-ge, f. Barley. 
 
 :;onfiseur, m. Confectioner. Parlo, Spoken. 
 
 Ausinicre, f. Cook. V\xxiq, f. Pain. 
 
 )rap, m. Cloth. Sarrasin, m. Buckwheat 
 
 Hiiniicr, m. Farmer. Soiglo, ni. Rye. 
 
 waiter. Sucre, ni. Sugar. 
 
 M 
 
 rn 
 
 
 ' iri 
 
w 
 
 ill 
 
 36 i-ASQUELLE'^.l^NTRODUCTOftV 
 
 V 
 
 Toile, f. Linen. 
 Verre, m. (?/«s5. 
 
 Viantlc, f. J/tv/^. 
 Vinaigrc, m. Vlncr/ar. 
 
 Put dii, do la, tlu 1', of the, some or any, before i\\ 
 nouns in the vocabulary. 
 
 j E X E E c I s E 19, 
 
 1 Nous avons j^arlo du verre. 2 Vons avo;; pai^k 
 de la chaleur. 3 Lc mudecin a parle du drap. 4 Jj 
 gallon a paric de la pluio. 5 Avez-vous de I'caul 
 C Non, monsieur, j'ai de I'liuilc. 7 La cuisiniero a di 
 vinaigrc. 8 Le fermier a du ble. 9 Avons-nous 1 
 seigle ? 10 Non, mademoiselle, nous avons du sarrasl 
 11 Le boulanger a du pain de seigle. 12 Le confiscii 
 a da Sucre d'orge. 13 Avez-vous achete de la toilc) 
 14 Non, madame, j'ai achete du drap. 15 Avez-voij 
 de I'or ? 16 Non, monsieur, j'ai de I'argent. 1 7 Avcl 
 vous de la cire ? 18 Avez-vous apporte de l'eai| 
 19 Oiii, madame, j'ai apporte un verre d'eau. 20 l| 
 gargon a apporte un morceau de bois. 21 Le fermig 
 a apporte un morceau de viande. 
 
 E X E E c I s E 20. 
 
 1 Have you vinegar, sir? 2 No, sir, wd liave o- 
 3 The merchant has cloth. 4 The baker has rye-brc;i 
 6 No, madam, he has wheat bread. 6 The confti 
 tioner has barley sugar. 7 The mercl- ,nt has silk lari 
 8 Have y.ou spoken of the lady ? 9 We liavc spok^ 
 of the mbn. 10 You have spoken of the physiciaj 
 1 1 The farmer has brought buckwheat. 1 2 The waitf" 
 
 '*^^^g 
 
V 
 OtJCTOftV 
 
 f. Meat. 
 3, m. Vinegar. 
 
 or «;??/, before tl« 
 
 PKKNCII COUIJSE. 
 
 37 
 
 2 Voiis five;; pav^ 
 irle du drap. 4 Iil 
 ^'ez-vous de I'cau 
 La cuisinierc a (!| 
 9 Avons-nous k 
 s avous du sai-rasi 
 . 12 Le confiseii 
 achetc de la toikl 
 ap. 15 Avez-vol 
 'argent. 1 7 Avt^ 
 ipportc de l'eai| 
 3rre d'eau. 20 II 
 s. 21 Le fermii 
 
 >, sir, we liavo o| 
 
 ikcr lias rye-brc; 
 6 The confoi 
 
 3h ,nt has silk lar 
 We liavc spok 
 of tlie physicia 
 
 %. 12 The wait 
 
 Las brought a glass of water. 13 Have you bought 
 doth? 14 I have bought linen. 15 The cook has 
 [bought a piece of meat. IG She has bought poultry. 
 17 Tiie cook lias brought the oil. 18 You have 
 brought oil. 19 The young lady has spoken of tho 
 bilk lace. 20 The gentleman has bought silk lace. 
 21 Have you brought meat? 22 I liavc brought a 
 piece of meat. 23 I have spoken of the rain. 24 I 
 have wax, 25 The physician has money. 
 
 LEgON XII 
 
 LESSON XII. 
 
 PLACE OF OBJECT POSSESSED. — AU, A LA, A L' ; AT QVi 
 
 TO THE. 
 
 A\ The name of the possessor must, in French, follow 
 the name of the object possessed; they are joined by 
 
 DU, DE LA, DE L'. 
 
 Le fusil du soldat. The soldter''s gun. 
 
 Le chapoau de la dame, The lady''s hat. 
 L'ecorce de I'arbre, The bark of the tree. 
 
 Literally: Tlie gun of the soldier; The hat of the 
 lady^ ifec. 
 
 2. The preposition A, to or at., and tlie article le, the^ 
 are before a masculine noun beginning Avith a consonant, 
 contracted mto au, to the^ at the. S^^ A le is never 
 used. .^^^ ' 
 
 Au libraire> To the bookseller^ 
 
 Au heros. To the hero. 
 
 • 
 
 K\ 
 
 ! 
 
"^ 
 
 as 
 
 ^asqusllb's iNtsoDDctoar 
 
 ^'llt?'", 1 T"' <""™'""=i"S "illi a vowel, or nfom™ 
 
 ■Lo the lady. L^^^ 
 
 Model S 
 
 Nous avons Ic gant da monsieur. 
 
 Avez-vouslaclcfdolaporto? 
 J'ai I'eventail de la dame. 
 ■'^I a parle au mcdeciu. 
 ^lie a parle a I'Anglais. 
 ^onnez le livre a I'horloger. 
 Vousave2loclievaldufc°-micr. 
 
 E N T E X C E S . 
 
 We have the gentleman's ghve. 
 Have you the key of the door? 
 I have the lady's fan. 
 He has spoken to the physician. 
 She has sjjoken to the Englishman 
 
 Gi^<^ the book to the watchmaker. 
 You have the farmer's horse. 
 
 O C A Ji U h XllY . 
 
 AH 
 
 Anglais, 111. EmjUshman. 
 Arbre, m. Tree. 
 Aubergistc, m. Innkeeper 
 Boulanger, m. leaker. 
 Cafo, m. Cofee. 
 Chapeau, m. Ilat^ bonnet. 
 Che\al, m. Horse. 
 Chocolat, m. Chocolate. 
 Coiipo, Cut, 
 Cuisiniore, f! Cooh. 
 
 Ecorco, t Bark. 
 J^^cossais, m. Scotchmm, 
 
 Evcntail, 111. Fan. 
 I^'^ii'iiie, f. Flour. 
 
 I^^isil, m. Gun. 
 <^>int, 111. Glove. 
 Libraire, m. BookselUr, 
 T^ivre, 111. Booh. 
 Maison, f. 7/o?<6^(?. 
 Marechal, ni. Blacksmith. 
 Montro, f. TF«#c'/i. 
 Nt'igo, f. Snow. 
 Oifc'vre, in. Goklsmith.. 
 
 1 Ha 
 
 Cook's 
 
 The li 
 
 ^oung 
 
 ?entlerr 
 
 Dhocolai 
 
 ^ent u b 
 
 I 
 
3t7CT03T 
 
 FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 39 
 
 nth a vowel, or nfommier, m. Apple-tree. Soldat, m. Soldier. 
 no contraction oigupitre, ra. iJesfc. Trouvc, Found. 
 
 irrurior, m. Locksmith. Vent, m. Wind, 
 
 watchmaher. 
 lady. 
 
 e gentleman's ghve. 
 ^ie ketj of the door ? 
 ady'sfan, 
 
 'en to the physician. 
 '<in to the Englishman. 
 >k to the watchmaher. 
 ■a farmer's horse. 
 
 1. Fan. 
 
 ^'lour. 
 
 * Farmer'' s wife. 
 
 y 
 
 run. 
 
 'love. 
 
 . Bookseller, 
 ^ook. 
 
 To use. 
 
 1. Blacksmith. 
 
 Vatch. 
 
 ov\ 
 
 Ooldsmith. - 
 
 4 Put du, de la^ de l\ belbro the nouns in the voca- 
 J|ulary. 
 
 i 1 Le serrurier a la clef do la maison. 
 
 E X E R c I s E 21. 
 
 2 Nous avons 
 
 forme du boulanger. 3 Avez vous le gant de la 
 luisiiiiere ? 4 Non, mademoiselle, j'ai le chapeau de la 
 He. 5 Avez-vousdu chocolat? G Oui, monsieur, j'ai 
 11 chocolat et du cafe. 1 Avez-vous envoye un livro 
 ,u libraire ? 8 Non, monsieur, j'ai prete un livre a la 
 jrmiere. 9 Avez-vous I'eventail de la demoiselle ? 
 Donnez la montre a I'orfevre. 11 J'ai donne le fer 
 ,11 marechal. 12 Nous avons prete de I'argent a I'au- 
 •ergiste. 13 Avez-vous parl6 a I'J^cossais ? 14 Nous 
 vons parle de la neige. 15 Vous avez parle du vent. 
 6 Vous avez coupe I'ecorce du pommier. 17 Le 
 ierrurier a coupe I'ecorce de I'arbre. 18 J'ai perdu la 
 ilef de la porte. 1 9 Vous avez trouvc la clef du pupitro. 
 
 Exercise 22. 
 1 Have you the girl's glove ? 2 No, sir, I have the 
 cook's hat. 3 Have you lost the key of the house ? 
 ' The locksmith has found the key of the house. 5 The 
 roung lady lias found the gentleman's glove. G The 
 gentleman has lost the young lady's flin. 7 Have you 
 chocolate, sir ? 8 No, madam, I have tea. 9 Have you 
 fent abook? lo I have lent a book to the farmer's 
 
 'nil; 
 
40 
 
 m 
 
 I 9 
 
 '!■■: "iljl 
 
 '; : "KiilH 
 
 * ■#■ 
 
 ^ASQUBLLB»8 INTEODUCTOBT 
 
 81, I have spoken to the Scotchman. 13 Have v^l^ou 
 the farmer's horse ^ 14 Th« n , ."^ ^^^e yof- 
 f..,'^^ , u """'^- ^4 ihQ blacksmith has til" pai 
 larmer's horse TiThQT?r,^ri , "*^t« utis tiM >■ 
 
 " Have yo:;:u^tf'r,''ru::fr;r^^^^^ 
 
 I have mutton 2 1?!?"",°" " ^°' "^^'« 
 seller ? 22 1 1 ave Ie»^ m ^ , ",* """'^ '» ««' »«'o 
 
 key of the desk? o/t^T^' 2* ^avo you lost th 
 / teaesk? 20 I have found the key of the door 
 
 /imprii 
 iG char 
 ki dam 
 /a tant( 
 ic mon 
 
 appoi 
 ous ai 
 
 mago 
 ^1 a par 
 
 dame 
 
 I-EgON XIII. LESSON XIII 
 
 -"OB OP A KOU., ,^ ^ QU.=ST,0,,.-„Bp^,o; OP 
 
 ARTICLE. 
 
 J:Ju " ''"'f""' *■"= ''"'>'" ('"'tO'- <>■• doer) if J 
 noun, IS generally placed at the berinnine of .h» 1 
 tenee, the verb follows, and after the vlh '™l^' ^"^ 
 
 Fonoun having the same gender and J,»K """'''lAcier, 
 
 ove"r;;oro";v'er^':L°,''.:if.^--P-ted before! !«olie. 
 
 Encre, 
 
 "^^ligiiiiufi:,.;,. . 
 
► DUCTOBT 
 
 goldsmith? 12^8 
 »an. 13 Have y( 
 Jiacksmith has tL 
 
 has the soldier's gu^ 
 ree? 17 We hav, 
 Give the watch h 
 f? 20No,madai 
 money to the bool 
 i blacksmith. 23 
 i Have you lost thf, 
 .he key of the doori 
 
 l^RENCH COURSE, 
 
 41 
 
 I couteau et la fourchette, The knife and fork. 
 \\\ pain et du beurre, Bread and butter. 
 
 I'homrae et a la femme, To the man and looman. 
 
 Literally : Tlie knife and the fork ; Some bread and 
 mie biitt&r. 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 
 ON XIII. 
 
 —REPETITION OP 
 
 tor or doer) if 
 nning of the seJ 
 he verb comes A 
 i number as the! 
 
 >r a needle? 
 iner a bonnet? 
 
 •^ The milliner 
 
 of :'\e, some orl 
 repeated belbrei 
 
 I'imprimeur a-t-il un crayon ? 
 iQ charpentier a-t-il du bois ? 
 la dame a-t-elle un canif ? 
 la tante a-t-elle un cheval ? 
 le monsieur et la dame ont-ils 
 
 apporte de I'argent ? 
 
 ous avez du pain et du fro- 
 
 mage. 
 
 a parle au monsieur et a la 
 dame. 
 
 Has the printer a pencil? 
 
 Has the carpenter ivood ? • 
 
 Has the lady a penknife? 
 
 Has the aunt a horse? 
 
 Have the gentleman and lady 
 
 brought money ? 
 You have bread and cheese. 
 
 He has spoken to the gentleman 
 and lady. 
 
 Vo 
 
 |A, To. 
 
 Acier, m. Steel, 
 
 I Apporte, Broughty 
 
 |Ble, m. Wheat. 
 
 iCasse, Broken^ 
 
 Couteau, m, Knife, 
 
 Cuivre, m. Brass. 
 
 Dentiste, nu Dentist. 
 
 Donne, Given. 
 
 Kcolier, m. Scholar, 
 ^ . ' . J 
 
 iiiCiil, Writttti... 
 
 Encre, f. Ink, 
 
 CABULARY. 
 
 Epce, f. Sinord. 
 Farine, f. Flour. 
 Fourchette, f. Fork, 
 Gout, m. Taste. 
 Meunier, m. Miller. 
 Monnaie, f. Change. 
 ' Peche, f. Beach. 
 Peintre, m. Painter^, 
 Pomme, f. Apple. 
 Portrait, ni. Portraity 
 PiesiJent, ui. President. • 
 Professeur, m. Professor, 
 
 "1 r 
 
 ,! 
 
 w 
 
 
42 
 
 P, 
 
 ASQtJBLLB's INTnODUCTORY 
 
 Sabr.. ,n «r 7 , fablea.>, m. Picture. 
 
 ".'DK, ,„. M road-sword. Vu, &<,„. 
 
 ^ m », « to, a ., before the nouns in the voc. 
 
 Exercise 23. 
 
 1 La (lame a-t-elle dii rroiU 7 o n - 
 dameadiiffout -^ tT ?, 2 Om, monsieur, : 
 
 ;!:;::" fir °^ « j^" appo-tHe iit:n; 
 
 monsieur, j'ai une tabatiore d'or , >''"^'^ .^ ^o" 
 
 profcsseur. 13 Avirv„ '^ »' 'I™"*; lap6cho a„ 
 
 lo dentate ot ,t ^7'' rr"'-^''^' " ■^'""■" 
 tableau? 16 Onl ,ZT" , ^" '"""'™ ••^'-» '" > 
 
 Exercise 24. 
 1 Has the ladychan<To? 9 v^o t 
 l.as change. 3 L ti.e cLtem.' "f '■""• ,"'» '"''j' 
 4 Ti,e gentleman has gold J™ T '"'' '''™'-' 
 tl'onnne.. buckwheat C/T'iClir, \ "" 
 wi^eat flo«r and wheat flour. '7^1 ^^ Zo"; 
 
 i 
 
 hvcn \ 
 
 |o Ila^ 
 
 I'okon 
 
 ;\vord ' 
 
 4 Has 
 
 man hi 
 
 tvritten 
 
 ;he pai 
 
 md qu( 
 
 1 I 1 
 
 [22 Ha) 
 
 written 
 
 you br 
 
 paper, 
 
 L] 
 
 the 
 
DUCTORY 
 
 , ni. Buckwheat, 
 •0, r. Snuff-box. 
 • ni. Picture, 
 I. 
 
 loans in tho voca 
 
 FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 43 
 
 Oiii, monsieur, ]| 
 in sabre dccuivrel 
 ler. 5 Avez-voiil 
 
 de I'encro et dij 
 argent? 8 Noiii 
 
 Le mennier a-t-i 
 e bl6. 11 A qui 
 lonnu Ja peche ai| 
 ste? 14 J'aivil 
 peintre a-t-il im; 
 2 a le portrait diil 
 '? 18 J'ai ocrit^ 
 argei*? 20 J'ai; 
 
 :iven tlio apple ? 8 We liavo given the apple to tlio 
 
 jady. 9 Have you given the peach to the professor ? 
 
 |o Have you brought tlie knife and fork? 11 I liavo 
 
 *iroken the knife and fork. 12 Has tiie soldier a steel 
 
 iword? 13 The soldier has a steel broadsword. 
 
 4 lias the gentleman a gold snuff-box ? 15 Tiie gentle- 
 
 inan has a silver snuff-box. IG To whom have you 
 
 rt-ritten? 17 I have written to the pahiter. 18 Ilaii 
 
 ;he painter the king's picture? 19 lie has the king 
 
 md queen's portrait. 20 Have you seen the professor ? 
 
 1 I have seen the professor and the physician. 
 
 [22 Have you written to the dentist? 23 I liavo 
 
 written to the dentist and to the physician. 24 Ilavo 
 
 |you brought paper ? 25 AVc liave brought ink and 
 
 paper. 
 
 atl.im, tho lady 
 'Jtl and silver? 
 papei-. 5 Hasi 
 iillcr has buck- 3 
 horn have you 
 
 LEgON XIY. LESSOX XIV. 
 
 THE rOSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE. — MOX, TON, SON; MY^ 
 TITY^ HIS, HER. 
 
 1. The possessive adjectives in French are : 
 MoN, My ; ) Before a masculine noun, or a 
 
 T/uj ' > feminine noun bcolnniiiix with 
 
 His, Ilcr ; ) a vowel or a silent h, 
 
 My; ) p o ... 
 
 f iierore a lennnme noun commen- 
 cing with a conso7iant. 
 
 Ton, 
 Son, 
 Ma, 
 Ta, 
 
 Sa, 
 
 His, Iler ; j 
 
 Notre, Our y 
 YoTKE, Your / 
 Lkuu, Their; 
 
 Before a noun of either gender. 
 
 M 
 
 h h 
 
 vmk\ 
 
I ! 
 
 44 
 
 r-ASQlTELLE's INTRODUCTORY 
 
 2. The possessive adjectives tako ilm «^ i ^ 
 
 number of the object possessed n 1 no asTp"' /'T^ 
 that of the possessor. ' '" Enghsh^ier, n 
 
 Mon livre, J/w book -kit i ^"' ^^• 
 
 ' -iwy oooa:. Ma plume, J/V oew it. »' 
 
 vowel^,/™', * '; "'"''*'"S °f t^™ vowel.,, «,. of Ijourd 
 
 beCl w""' ' '""• '' P"' ■■'^ """"i°"«d above'* «"' 
 ailemA " ' "°"" """""^'i-'S witha„<«,,or*Ic.„u 
 
 Men me, M, „,.. So„ „abitude, ^^ „. ,^ ,,j, lis, m. 
 
 4. -1''° possessive adjectives are not used witho„f, I, r""' '^ 
 
 [lordonr 
 Pousin, 
 [Crayon, 
 Cncre, f 
 
 Mon ptire et ma mere, 
 Son oncle et aa tante, 
 
 My father and {my) mother. 
 His uncle and (his) aunt. 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 
 Quel habit avez-vous ? Wf,»f .^ , 1 
 
 J ai 1 habit de mon cousin r j,^ . 
 
 A f .-1 1 1 , ^"usm. / Aave mw cousin's coat 
 
 Elicit r- '" '°" "*'» ' ''^' »'" "- *«'*«■* 1. » 
 
 EUealemoucho,.desamere. ,.*. ;,^ ,., notkersLn^m,, 
 Nous^avons la tasse de notre We have our father's .u,. 
 
 Tut tl 
 
 J'ai vu votre frdrc ct 
 soeur. 
 
 1 Le 
 
 «ion epi 
 .vous vu 
 [cousine. 
 parlo a 
 lliabit ? 
 
 Si. 
 
 
 ammmmsm s mmi Slt^i t 
 
 \ 
 
•UOTORT 
 
 FBjiiNClI COURSE 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 40 
 
 5 Iho gender ancf 
 not, as in Englisl.^ier, m. Steel 
 Sjjrii, ra. Friend. 
 
 My pen. - jlportts Bromjht. 
 
 Hk or her pen. ^doise, f. Slate. 
 
 vowels, or of ateourd'hui, To-day. 
 n of the possessiv{.#fi"-p^''«> ni. Father-in- Oncle, m. UneU 
 nentioned above *^f^^^' Oublie, Forgotten 
 
 with a voioel or a^'l^c-niorc, f. Mother-in- Parle, Spoken. 
 
 Enfant, m. Child. 
 £pee, f. Sword. 
 Fini, Fi/iished. 
 Neveii, ni. JVcphcio. 
 Niece, f. Niece. 
 
 e, Bis or her hahit. 
 
 used without tlio, 
 y noun or word 
 
 'd {my) mother, 
 i (his) aunt, 
 
 8. 
 
 ve you f 
 uiris coat. 
 isivUs dress ? 
 isin's hat. 
 •other's shoe ? 
 mother's hamUcer- 
 
 I law. 
 
 )is, m. Wood. 
 lotte, f Hoot. 
 lupitaine, m. Captain. 
 fasse, Ih'oJten. 
 
 Pardu, JLost. 
 Pistolet, m. Pistol. 
 Quel, Whaty which, 
 Regii, lleceioed. 
 Relieur, m. JJooIchinder. 
 
 Pordonni ^r, m. Shoemaker. Secretaire, m. Secretary, 
 pousin, m. Cousin. Soeur, f. Sister, 
 
 h-ayon, ra. Pencil. Soulier, m. Shoe. 
 
 incre, f. Ijik. Vu, ScC7i. 
 
 Put the article le, la, l\ before the nouns. 
 
 Exercise 25. 
 
 • mother's glass .? 
 
 ither's cup. 
 
 'Our brother and 
 
 2 A-t-il 
 4 Avez" 
 
 1 Le secretaire a mon crayon ct mon enpi^. 
 
 on epee ? 3 II a I'epee de son ca|iiljd,ine. _ 
 
 ous vu notre oncle aujourd'hui? If J'ai vu votre 
 
 [cousine. 6 Ont-ils parle a leur beau-pere r 7 lis ont 
 
 jparle a leur belle-more. 8 Le tailleur a-t-il fiiii mon 
 
 ^liabit ? 9 II a fini I'habit de notre frere. 10 Lccor^ 
 
 donnier a fini ma botte. 11 Le relieur a fiui le livrg 
 
40 
 
 ^ INTnonucTOBT 
 
 v.. la maison do Jeur rovcu " , 7 V, , '^""M 
 
 It'll!' iiit'co IS fint :? ■ " J ai vii la maison ij 
 
 >o Hs o,:; o"bn?';: r::':'' ,'■'''•'«"'/'" ''--1 
 
 J^XEECISE 26. 
 
 1 Who has my slato aLcl penciP o Thn .. . • 
 Ji.is your slato. 3 Tiio tailor l.n« ^ ^^P**"^'^ 
 
 tailor ].as broken yonVlfZrirT'l' ' "^'^ 
 lias broken my slate r TT n ^^ ^'^^'^^^"^ tailoi 
 
 I'o.-so. 11 Have vo„ 1, " ^ ','"'"' '"^"'^ '""d" 
 
 12 What i.o.iirLt 'r b..:f"r™°'^" ''°'- 
 
 l"okcn your steel pe, kni^r 4 w! , " Y" '""l 
 sister's penknife 1.5 ItJ.i ," ^^^ '"'ve lost oJ 
 
 n Have you seen my „,ot J "j.o f^ '™,/°" f'-[ 
 «oe„ your sister's house and crarden Vo XV ■ ° '""1 
 your failier and mother 20 Hn ^^ """^ ^«™ 
 
 2' We have gold a d'paper '^We'r™'^"'"-' 
 sentleman and ladv 21 7^ "^ '"'™ ««<"» the) 
 
 ^.voseeuhis.thei^.„.r::rcrx."^i 
 
> n p c T R T 
 
 I 'n.-x lotti'o ? 1 o jj 
 "t'l cauiravez-voiij 
 mv. 10 Avcz-voi 
 ^'Jii vu h maiaon 
 ^mcv ct do I'oncrtj 
 3m' pa]Hor, 20 jJ 
 
 ' 2 The captall 
 ir pencil. 4 Whd 
 fy brother's tailcl 
 I'etary brought Iiii 
 3iicil. 8 lie ha 
 lave yju seen mi 
 I- cousin's woodei 
 I's Avooden horse 
 ?' 13 Wo havl 
 have lost our 
 ker brought m) 
 ►tten your shooj 
 ; 18 Wo have 
 9 We have seenj 
 gold and silver ?j 
 e have seen thej 
 ^ sword ? 24 li 
 ior-ia-la\v. 
 
 FllENCII COUllSK. 
 
 47 
 
 LEgOX XV. 
 
 LESSON XV. 
 
 niE rossKssiVE ruoxouxs. — lk miex, la mii:nxk, 
 
 1. The possessive pronoinis do not uoiuu bcturo 
 )uns, but merely refer to them ; they are : 
 
 MASCULINB. 
 
 Lk mien, 
 
 Le tiex, 
 
 . Le siK>r, 
 
 . Lb n6tiie, 
 
 , Le v6tre, 
 
 Lk leub, 
 
 FEMININR, 
 
 Lv mienne, 
 La tiknne, 
 La sienne, 
 La notue. 
 La v6tre, 
 La leur, 
 
 Mine. 
 
 Thine. 
 
 Ills or Jicrs. 
 
 Ours. 
 
 It^ours. 
 
 Theirs. 
 
 2. The possessive pronoun and tlio article wliicli it 
 pntrans take the gender and number of the noun to 
 r'hich it refers. 
 
 Votre pore et le mien, Your father and mine. 
 
 Sa mere et la mienne, Ills mother and mine. 
 
 3. The contraction of the article with de and a must 
 ilso take place. See Lesson 11, Rule 1, and Lesson 
 2, Rule 2. 
 
 'ai parle do son pore et Ihavesjjoken of his father 
 
 du mien, and of mine. 
 
 'ous avez ecrit i son frere You have written to his 
 
 et au mien. brother and to mine. 
 
 \ \ " 
 
 4. In the adjectives v^re^ notre. there is no uccont 
 
tl.o^^,.ono„„,, take the circumflex (>), fo „,,„, , 
 Notre livro et lo v.Hro, 0,c,- book and yours. 
 
 Model Sentences, 
 
 « :;:r:™ ™"^'"""" ' fr ^- - «^ .»*»? 
 
 A . . ^ ^'«^e sec/i his or ;te;-6' 
 
 Avcz-vous cent ;, son cousin ? yft™ y„„ „,„.,,„, ,„ ,, . . 
 
 J«..c„taum,on. Ih„.e ,.ri,tc„ u„ni„ 
 
 T- • , JJe has ,s2)oIcm of Im. 
 
 u ai votro cncrior pf lo m!nn r; . , 
 
 11 a mon arwnt et lo si^n n^ i 
 
 Ti » "'- ^i- '^ situ. jje has my money and hi'j, 
 
 II a ma plume ct la sicnno // ;,-. 7 * 
 
 r tia&icnuc. -ti^ has my pen and his. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 Achetc', Bought. 
 Ain^uille, f. Medle. 
 Cafe, m. Coffee. 
 Cufetiore, f. Coffee-pot. 
 Cocher, m. Coachman. 
 Dccouix:., Cut up, carved. 
 Domestiqno, m. and f. Ser- 
 vant. 
 
 ^critoire, f. Inkstand. 
 Encrier, m, Likstojid, 
 
 Fruit, m. F'niit. 
 T^Gttre, f. Letter. 
 Modiste, I 3Iilliner. 
 Nettoye, Cleaned. 
 Oil, Or. 
 
 Panic.-, 111. 7?«sX-e^. 
 Paysan, m. Countrymati. 
 Paysanne, f. Countrywo- 
 man. 
 
 Til.. 
 
 Fouet, 
 
 m. Tf^^^A 
 
 Perdu, Zo5^. 
 
 ^ 
 
 |Vi:uulc, 
 ^^)iturc, 
 
 Soie, f. ; 
 
 Put t 
 
 nouns in 
 
 1 Vol 
 Ic niiuii. 
 votre let 
 ou Ic mi' 
 uublio 8 
 vous de 
 viando < 
 notre vo 
 13 Ave2 
 la siennt 
 paile du 
 cate a s 
 du cafe i 
 plume e' 
 
 \i 
 
 1 Ila^ 
 mine ar 
 carriage 
 the surv 
 yours a 
 
 / 
 
 ■^;^- , _ .-;-»••-■««- 
 
i 
 
 ? T R r 
 
 PllENClI COURSE. 
 
 40 
 
 I Voiturc, i. Carrktfjc. 
 and yours. ^"^^' ^- ''^^^*^^' 
 
 Put the possGssivo adjectives ??ion, r/ia, before the 
 nouns in the vocabulary. 
 
 ic and ours. 
 
 Tasse, f. Cup. 
 The, m. Tea. 
 Thcierc, f- Tea-pot. 
 
 "ny garden ? 
 Dr hers. 
 
 m to his cousin f , 
 9 mine. 
 
 of your friend, 
 fhb. 
 
 land and mine. 
 
 •■stiind and mine. 
 
 y and his. 
 nd his. 
 
 liner, 
 ed. 
 
 l:et. 
 
 ntryman. 
 
 Countrywo- 
 
 EXERCISE 27. 
 
 1 Votro ami a-t-il men fruit ? 2 II a votre fruit ct 
 lo mien. 3 Avez-vous rcf;u ma lettre ? \ J'ai re^u 
 votre lettre ct la sienne. 5 Avez-vous casse son fouet 
 ou le mien ? G J'ai cassc le vutrc. 7 Le paysan a-t-il 
 oublio son panier ? 8 II a oubliu le niiui 9 Avez- 
 vous decoupu ma viando ? 10 J .u decoupo votro 
 viando et la sienne. 11 Votro cochor a-t-il nettoyo 
 notre voiture ou la votre? 12 II a nettoyo la notre. 
 13 Avez-vous aclietu ma soie ? 1-t Nous avons acheto 
 la sienne. 15 Avez-vous pailc de mon ami ? IG J'ai 
 parlc du votre et du mien. 17 Avons-nous donno du 
 cafe a son cousin? 18 Nous avons donne du the et 
 du cafe au mien. 19 Voua avez sou livro et lo notre, sa 
 plume et la mienne, 
 
 Exercise 28. 
 
 1 Have you broken my cup? 2 I have broken 
 mine and yours. 3 Has the coachman broken your 
 carriage ? 4 He has broken yours and ours. 5 lias 
 the Hervaiil cleaned ray coffee-pot ? 6 She has cleaned 
 yours and mine. 7 Have you broken my tea-pot? 
 
 I 
 
 ^f I 
 
 I 
 
 / 
 
50 
 
 ^ASQtJBLLB's KVtn !> tJ CTO U Y 
 
 1 H thT ''r"" '" ^"^^ your noodle L<J^ 
 1 1 lias the countryman forgotten my basket ? 1 2 tt 
 has forgotten his and yours 1^ lu T -^^ -^^^i 
 
 lost his whip? 14 TI,r. 1 ! *'" coachman 
 
 wuipr 14 liio coachman has lost m^ ,.i- 
 
 a"d !.«. 15 Has the millino.- my silk J, o,-s , ^« si''' 
 nas hors and vonrs UTTo, ""'"cisi' issiio 
 
 stand or of you,3" ,s I f T "''*"" °'" "^ ''"''^ 
 mine 19 H "„ ! "^ '''°''™ "^ J'"'"' »"'' of 
 
 mo. 10 Have yon broken niino or hers f 2n t i„ 
 broken yours and hers 9 7 tt. ™''-. 20 I have 
 friend or to he«? 22 / ""^ J;"" ^"■■«<^" «» »y 
 ''ers,a„d to m, 23 11 '7' '"'"'"" '" ^'"'"•"* 
 
 «i. the oU,d.s .neat. 20 I ,„ '^t . , ri^;^^'^ 
 
 LEgOxV XVI. LKs«o.V XVI. 
 
 THE i>K,,O.VSTn.VTIVn Ar,.,K..T,v,«,-c., CCT, ,;„.„. • 
 
 Tins, THAT. ' 
 
 ^' ^^° ^lemonstrativG adjectives arc ; 
 
 CJe, T/iis, (hat ; l^''^^'^ ^ masculino noun con,- 
 
 ) mcncing witl, a consonanf. 
 
 Cct, 77a5, ?/i«^y [^^^oro a mascnline noun bc.-i,,. 
 
 ) "'"S with a voioel or a silen^t /.. 
 Cmrr^. ms, that ; before a feminine noun. 
 
 2. The demonstrative adjective al^vays preccclc3 
 
FRENCH COURSE, 
 
 61 
 
 nouns or other words used as such, find mnsl bo re 
 'peated before every one. 
 .. Ce charpentier, This or that carpenter. 
 
 Get orfovre, This or that goldsmith. 
 
 Gette cuishiiere, This or tJuit cook. 
 
 Get or et cet argent, That gold and (that) silver.^ 
 
 3. Ci or LA joined with the hyphen (-) to the noun, 
 will make, in French, the difference existing in English 
 bet\VGen here and there, 
 
 Ce livre-ci, This hooh {here). 
 
 Cette plume-la, That pen {there) . 
 
 4. The demonstrative pronouns are never placed 
 before nouns, but take the place of nouns mentioned 
 before, and must be in the same gender and number. 
 They are : 
 
 Gelui, \rhis., that^ ) 
 
 Celui-ci, This one^ that one, \ 
 
 Celle, This, that, In , , 
 
 Gelle-ci, This one, that one, ) 
 Mon livre ct celui de votro My hook and your sisfcr'^. 
 
 soDur, 
 
 Literally : 3Ty book and that of your sister. 
 Ma lettre et ccUe-la, My letter and that 07ie- 
 
 for the masculine, 
 he feminine. 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 
 Avez-vous rencontre ce gargon? Have you met that boy f 
 J'ai rencontre cette fille, / have met this or that girl 
 
52 
 
 Avez-vous leur ardent ? rr 
 
 J'ai oelui do leur S :^ " T "f """"'^ ^ 
 
 ui unu -L have their hrothpr\^ 
 
 Avons-nousceIui-cioucc.lui-Ii?/7«,, 3,,, 'if 
 
 No 
 
 (one) .? 
 
 («?iO or /Aa/ 
 
 us avons celui do nntm Tf. 7 
 
 cousin 
 
 a«c^ our 
 
 friend's. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 Agneau, m. Z«mi. Uivm'I t\ 
 
 Aussi, ^^,0. ^J'"' "'^'^^' "^- J^lacJcsmith. 
 
 n;^f . J>loiiton, in. /S/ie.^?; 
 
 Drap, „.. Clotk. ^ f!rf' ''f • 
 
 Gilet, m. Fes^. 
 Laine, f. Wool. 
 Lion, m. Zw;^. 
 Lionne, f. Lioness. 
 
 Rencontre, J/e#. 
 Soie, I Silk. 
 Tapis, m. Cmpet. 
 Trouvo, Foimd 
 
 Put the article fc, ^ ;., before the no,,,,,, above. 
 
 EXEECISE 29, 
 
 ^ Quel tapis avez-vou<!? o t»„- 
 3 Notre f,.6,.i a-t.il trou:? Lt ois^uV" t\ '''": 
 
 ^wu. avons celle d„ mouton. 7 Ave..vo„« I^^si la 
 
 "%lii»to« 
 
'* money ? 
 
 'Other's. 
 
 iw {one) or 
 
 ousin's. 
 
 that 
 
 my pen ? 
 
 w {one) and our 
 
 FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 53 
 
 Uenne? 8 Nous avons la votre et celle de votro 
 3ur. 9 Avez-vous achetu ce gant ? 10 J'ai acheto 
 gant-ci et celui-la. 1 1 Le tailleur a-t-il cette soie ? 
 h. Non, monsieur, il a ce drap. 13 Quel gilet avez- 
 [ous acliete? 14 J'ai acheto celui-ci et celui-lii. 
 (o Avez-vous rencontre ce mareclial ? 16 Nous avons 
 lencontru celui-ci. 1 7 Avez-vous vu mon dictionnaire ? 
 18 J'ai vu celui de votre cousinc. 19 J'ai votre mau- 
 [eau, Ic mien, et celui de votre sojur. 
 
 !' 1 
 
 Clocih. 
 
 J^lacksmith. 
 
 keep, 
 nl. 
 'ittk. 
 ohieh, 
 
 't. 
 
 r 
 
 I above. 
 
 E X E .. V i ri £ 30. 
 
 1 Have you seen that lion ? 2 We have seen that 
 llion and that lioness. 3 Have you met that blacksmith ? 
 1 4 My sister has met that blacksmith. 5 What waist- 
 coat have you? 6 I have mine and your father's. 
 ^ 7 Have you my brother's ? 8 I have your brother's 
 I and your cousin's. 9 Have you their money ? 10 Wo 
 I Lave their sister's. 11 Which lamb have you ? 12 Wo 
 have this (one) and that (one). 13 Have you bought 
 that little lamb? 14 We have bought that sheep. 
 15 Which carpet has your sister? 16 My sister has 
 that small carpet. 1 1 Has the tailor your silk or mine ? 
 18 He has this or that. 19 Has the lady that cloth? 
 20 She has that cloth and that wool. 21 Who has 
 that bird ? 22 The tailor has my bird, and his brother's. 
 23 Who has my sister's cloak? 24 We have your 
 sister's and your cousin's. 25 Wc have this and that. 
 
 3 1'agneau ? S 
 >«s aussi la 
 
'y 
 
 64 
 
 rm 
 
 
 fasquelle'b in 
 
 TBOT)UCTOBr 
 
 l-ECON XVII. LESSON XVII 
 
 two i:.r;""' " "■"^"" -°-'"-. ti.o F,.e„oi, „j 
 
 Wlinn ii.„ • ''"™P'">o" Of two Words. 
 W.o„ there ,s no verb, ,>e is not used. 
 
 NEGATIVELY. 
 
 I have not. 
 Thou hast not. 
 J^a has not. 
 She has not. 
 
 Jo n'ai pas, 
 Tu n'as pas, 
 II n'a pas, 
 Elle n'a pas, 
 
 t iiio uuiiiiary and participle. 
 
 iw i .;iii. 
 
 HMI 
 
UCTOBT 
 
 ON XVII. 
 
 '^S, EIEN, ETC. 
 
 tlie French ns 
 
 Jo^ amj thing. 
 
 'iG vei-b, and tliii 
 'len the verb Jiasl 
 ^ word and th 
 ids. 
 
 ' ^ Nothing. 
 )IR, ro ITAVS. 1 
 
 ot. 
 
 lot. 
 
 ^*' See Lesson 
 
 PllENCIl COURSE. 
 
 55 
 
 Nous n'avons pas, 
 Vous n'avcz pas, 
 lis* n'ont pas, 
 Ellesf n'ont pas, 
 
 NEGATIVELY AND INTERUOOATIVELY, 
 
 N'ai-jo pas ? 
 N'as-tu pas ? 
 N'a-t-il pas ? 
 N'a-t-elle pas ? 
 N'avons-nous pas ? 
 N'avez-vous pas? 
 N'ont-ils* pas? 
 N'ont-cllesf pas ? 
 
 We have not. 
 You have not. 
 They have not. (tn.) 
 They have tiot. (f.) 
 
 Have I not ? 
 Hast thou not ? 
 Has he not f 
 Has she not ? 
 Have ice not ? 
 Have you not ? 
 Have they not ? (ni.) 
 Have they not ? (f.) 
 
 4. QuELQUE CHOSE, Something^ any thing., is not used 
 ifler ne with the meaning oinot any thing; kien must 
 )e used. 
 (Vous n'avez rien apporte. You have not hrowjht any thing. 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 
 N'avcii-vous pas men choval ? Ilave you not my horse ?■ 
 
 I J'ai colui do votrc associc. / have your partner's. 
 
 \ Avez-vous quelquc chose ? Have you any thing ^ 
 
 \ Je n'ai rien. Iliave not any thing. 
 
 N'avez-vous pas vu ma cravute? Have you not seen my cravat? 
 
 Nous n'avons pas Ic bouquet. We have not the bouquet. 
 
 Je n'ai jamais vu votro jardin. / have never seen your garden. 
 
 N'a-t-ellc pas ma clef? Has she not my hey ? 
 
 Elle n'a jamais vu votre clef. She has never seen your key. 
 
 Nous n'avons pas votre rasoir. We have not your razor. 
 
 
 
 
 ill 
 
 
 
 ♦ For tho masculino. 
 
 \ For tho fomiuiuo. 
 
66 
 
 ^^squbllb' 
 
 LB'S I 
 
 WrE0Dt7CT0B 
 
 ^on, Good 
 Chasseur, m. 77,,,,^,^. 
 ' CJiat, m. CV;^. 
 
 Chocolat, m. aoco/a^,. 
 
 ^olher, m. Collar. 
 
 Cuivro, m. Mrass. 
 
 Cuir, m. Leather, 
 Dochirt:., 7b;vi. 
 ^^•«ip, ni. (7/o^/i. 
 infant, ni. Child. 
 
 J oil, Pretty. 
 
 Q;^'> que, TF/.«^, e,^,.,^. 
 itopandu, ^S^//;. 
 Jiobe, f: 7)rm. 
 
 Exercise 31, i 
 
 ««"■•. il n-a pas son JZml !. '"-^ " ^°"' "o"" 
 
 8 Je n-a, pas la robe de la 1™? „ f "'"'' "^^'"^ ? 
 
 " Nous n-avons pas vu k T-! "'"''" '" "'^ne? 
 <3ochi.-6 Ja v<5t,-o j 3 J, "■"• ^^ Nous avous 
 
 fri™ n'a-t-il pas tud Jo ioTn , P"''""'- ^^ ^otro 
 
 ^« « "'a pas t„6 CO ui do t:::"' '^ "" """ >^'s-»- 
 
 "P-'s pas ropandu uofo choLl ',,"'• '" -'^'^'■°'«- 
 P^du lo v6tro, io mien ot oe .*i '" ^""^ " -'^ ''- 
 
 > a cc,„, do voire gouvernante. 
 
 w? 
 
 Jie doi 
 
 ^^^M? '^ ■"" '■■■- ""■ 
 
>tJCTofiy 
 
 PBENCU COURSE. 
 
 67 
 
 'nto, f. Governess 
 'fi/- 
 
 • Jielatloii, 
 ^M^ little. 
 
 • Pigeon. 
 What, which, 
 Spilt, 
 ress, 
 a. 
 
 he above nouns J 
 
 cWon de men I 
 4 ^on, mon- 
 *'e. 5 Le chat! 
 ^at a un petit I 
 ecettedame?) 
 3 n'ai pas cello 
 " Ja rnienne?! 
 ^ous avonsj 
 men parent ? 
 t* 15 Votro 
 ^on fi^ro n'a 
 mon pigeon. 
 19 :N-'avons- 
 ous a iz rc- 
 
 ouvernante. 
 
 EXEKCISE 32. 
 
 1 Have you not my pretty dog ? 2 I have not seen 
 [our dog, ray child. 8 Have you seen my sister's good 
 log ? 4 I have not seen your sister's. 5 I have seen 
 *ours and your cousin's. G Have you any tiling, my 
 ;ood child ? 7 I have nothing, sir. 8 Has the gover • 
 less any thing? 9 She has chocolate. 10 Has the 
 ihild seen my garden ? 11 The child has never seen 
 our garden. 1 2 Has he not seen my cousin'ii ? 13 Ho 
 las not seen the Imnter's garden. 14 Have you not 
 he dog's leather collar ? ] 5 We hr.ve the dog's brass 
 lollar. 16 What collar has the cat? 17 The cat has 
 ;i pretty cloth collar. 18 Has the lady torn her dress? 
 9 The lady has not torn lier dress. 20 What have you 
 orn? 21 I have torn nothing. 22 Has not the gover- 
 Iness seen my relation ? 23 She has not seen your re- 
 lation. 24 What dog has the hunter killed ? 25 Ho 
 has killed your brother's. 26 You have not spilt my 
 tea, you have spilt my sister's chocolate, 
 
 LEgON XVIir. LESSON XVIII. 
 
 QUKLQU'L'N ; SOME 5(?Z>y.— PERSONNE ; NOBODY. 
 
 1. QiTELQu'uN means \ 
 
 \ 
 
 some body. 
 
 any body. 
 i some one, 
 [ a7iy one. 
 
 8* 
 
 \ 
 
58 
 
 ^^^OVBtts; IKTEODUOTOBT 
 
 J'ai vu quelqu'un. r i. 
 
 Avez-vous rencontre quelqu'un? // ' ''''' '''"'^'^^• 
 
 quciqu un ? J/ave you met any body) 
 
 f nohody. 
 
 J 2. Ke—persoxne is used for { ^^^^ ^^'^V ^^'■'^V- 
 i • I ?io one. 
 
 y not cmy one. 
 
 3. The first word, ,^,, ], p,t before the verb inJ 
 
 the second, i^ersonne, after it.* ' "^ 
 
 Je n'ai vu porsonno / ; 
 
 Tr> n'„; , I' ^ ''"^^ *^^^ nobody. 
 
 When thc-c .s „o verb, n. is not used. , 
 
 Qu.avc.z-vou.vu? Porsonno. IF/,o„, A.„.y„„,^j ^„J 
 
 -1. Quelqu'un is not used aftei- ne in tl,„ J 
 
 -Nous n'avons vu nersonnf. \v„ i. . * 
 
 Pe^sonne. PFe Aai-e not seen any one. 
 
 5. Ne, before the verb-QUE, aaer it ; only hut i 
 «re the verb-.., repeated^flel-t/^^^^^^^^^^^^ 
 
 Sucre. ,, "■^I'l'nGr ttie coffee nor\ 
 
 the swjar, 
 
 Mol^Et SENTENCES. 
 
 Qu'avez-vous sur la table ? 
 Nous n'avons rien. 
 
 '^^at have you on the table? 
 We have nothing. 
 
 J.oT.=:L:;s:u»r' "^-^ '^= - -- 
 
 3. 
 
 T' 
 
5UCT0EY 
 
 FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 50 
 
 ve seen somelody. 
 s you Viet any hody\ 
 
 >hody. 
 
 't any body, 
 one. 
 t any one. 
 
 re the verb, anj 
 
 nobody. 
 
 mhen to any body, 
 
 ed. 
 
 you seen? JVohodji\ 
 
 in the sense o 
 "fE must Le used 
 sem any one. 
 
 ; only, bid. 
 after it; iiezfhcrl 
 
 the sugar. 
 
 her the cofee noil 
 
 loz-vous blcssc qnclqu'uu ? 
 [us n'avons blcsso pcrsonnc. 
 
 a t'crit unc lettre u inon 
 )6re? 
 rsonno. 
 
 ivez-vous tcrit a pcrsonnc ? 
 n'ai que co livro. 
 bus n'avons vu quo notro 
 :ousin. 
 
 )U3 ii'avous ni I'cncro iii Ic 
 lapier. 
 l)us n'avcz vu ui riiommc ui 
 
 femme. 
 
 Have you wounded any body ? 
 ]Ve have not wounded any one. 
 Who has written a letter to my 
 
 father ? 
 No one. Nobody. 
 Have you not written to any body? 
 I have only that book. 
 We have seen only our cousin. 
 
 We have neither the ink nor tho 
 
 paper. 
 You have seen neither the man 
 
 nor the woman. 
 
 V o c A n u L A R Y . 
 
 on the table f 
 
 ro tho ne. Per- 
 
 3. 
 
 jchctc', Jlou.(/ht. 
 )[)orti'', Jh'oiKjht. 
 
 ujourd'liui, To-day. 
 
 iiainbre, f. Room. 
 ocolat, m. Chocolate, 
 inmodo, f. Bureau, 
 
 drainers, 
 
 'ame, f. Lady, 
 
 ans, In, 
 
 Ian, f. ^Vater. 
 jcrit, Written. 
 'roniago, ni. Cheese. 
 
 ier, Yesterday. 
 
 Lcttrc, f. Lettre, 
 JMousiour, in. Gentleman. 
 On, Or. 
 l*ago, f. Paye. 
 l*ain, in. Bread. 
 Parle, Spoken. 
 Poivre, m. Pepper. 
 l*oc]ie, f. Pocket. 
 Ilicn, Nothiny. 
 Sel, m. Salt. 
 Temps, m. Time. 
 Troiive, Found. 
 Vinaigre, m. Vinegar, 
 
 1 
 
 \i 
 
 ^it the aJjectivuiJCiJ, cette^ before the iju 
 
 uns. 
 
60 
 
 FASQUEtLB's INTBODUOTOET 
 E X E II C I S E 33, 
 
 1 Avc.-von.s qnolqn'un clans votro chambro ? o 
 n ai jicrsonno ;t Mm. ft.-... , '"'i^i - 
 
 I ,; , , i'''^^-"^-™"" tro„v6 dans votn: pi J 
 
 II Jo n-ai nun trouvi Jan.s la n.icnnc. 12 QuC 
 
 ous dans notro chapoau ? i,, Uien. uH 
 
 a,ons no,,. ,5 Avez-vous I'eau ou lo vinait 
 
 Jo n-a, pas ..ea,. j-ai ,0 vinaig,.. n Avon:.::: 
 ram ou lo fromago V 18 N^^, „, . 
 
 -0 Wous n'avons non apporto aujourd'hui mais ,„ 
 avons achoto cjuol.juo ohoVo hier. ' 
 
 
 ExEltCISE 34. 
 
 1 Ila, your brother any thing i„ his buroa,, f 2 
 b.othor l,as nothn,g i„ I,i, buroau. 3 Has he sd 
 any body to-day ? 4 He ha. only «oe„ his b™t | 
 6 lave you not seen ydur father? I have si 
 
 lottei. She has wntton nothing. 10 IRvo ^f 
 vmegar and w.ater? „ I have only water 12 
 
 r-age to-day. 14 Has any one spoken to my mothc 
 15 .1^0 person has spoken to your mother, la So.L 
 body has spoken to mine. 1 7 Hnv„ ,„ ■ 
 
 II 
 
 '^ 
 
 r 
 
 x. 
 
DUOTOBY 
 
 5. 
 
 •e chambro ? 2 1 
 I persopfio. 4 
 
 a Qnel]u'un a-l 
 l)arlu ii votrc j)J 
 Jo ii'ai vu qu'i 
 ans votn; poclii 
 no. 12 Qu'avoJ 
 Itien. 14 Js( 
 
 ou Ig vinaiffil 
 
 O 1 
 
 17 Avons-nous 
 ons ni le pain nil 
 ortu anjourd'liij 
 ird'hui, mais uq 
 
 fBENCn COURSE. 
 
 61 
 
 10 salt? 18 Wg have neitlier tho pepper nor tlio 
 Ut. 19 Wo have only the chocolate. 20 Your sister 
 las only chocolate. 21 What have we found in our 
 i)ureau ? 22 Wo have found nothing in our bureau. 
 >3 Have you found anyone in the house? 24 No- 
 body. 25 Yesterday we (have) found nobody in the 
 louse, but to-day we (have) found somebody. 
 
 LEgON XIX. LESSON XIX. 
 
 PAS DE ; iVO, NOT ANY. 
 
 1. Pas de ) . , ^. 
 
 ■.^ y IS used lor no, not any. 
 
 TOINT DE [ •> J 
 
 Pas de soupe, 
 l*as d'argent, 
 Je n'ai pas do crenie, 
 
 Ko soup. 
 
 JVb nionei/. 
 
 I have no crecun. 
 
 i bureau ? 2 
 3 Has lie 8c| 
 
 ?een his brotlij 
 (J I have se| 
 
 ster written 
 
 me to write 
 
 10 ITave )j 
 water. 12 l| 
 
 e has writtcul 
 to ray mothtJ 
 
 her. 16 Son] 
 
 'U the jjupper 
 
 2. The French do not put an article before a noun 
 following 7il in those cases where, in English, tl)e Avord 
 an]/ may be put before that noun, without changing 
 
 the meaning. 
 
 lln'a 
 
 ni ami ni cnncmi, 7/e has neither (any) friend nor 
 
 (any) enemy. ( 
 
 Vous n'avcz m maison ni jar- You have neither house nor gnr- 
 din, den. 
 
 3. Quel, before a masculine noun, ) ,.-., . , , , 
 r. in r • • Y frnich, lohat. 
 
 Quelle, beiore a lemmme noun, ] 
 
 Quel journal avez-voug lu ? What journal have you read f 
 Quelle rieur avons-nous ? Wiatjiower have we ? 
 
 I 
 
 l.i 
 
 I ; 
 
.1 i 
 
 
 ^2 ^asqubllk's 
 
 ■^i^ O D E L S 
 
 t-aaainon-t-cllounovoituro? 
 La danio n'a pa.s d,, voituiv. 
 
 Ayons-nousik'chirolamousso- 
 linc ? 
 
 Nous n'avons pas do mousse- 
 ' Ime. 
 
 Avcz-vousapportodu fruit? 
 Jo n'ai pas do fruit. 
 J'ai do la salade. 
 Jo u'ai pas do salado. 
 Avons-nous do I'Jauilc et du 
 
 vinaigre ? 
 Vous n'avoz ni liuile ni vinaigro. 
 
 Vous n'avcz ui I'hndc ni lo vi- 
 naigre. 
 Quelle cuillor avons-nous ? 
 Quel plat avca-vous cassu ? 
 
 INTiJODUCTOilt 
 E N T i: X c E 8 . 
 
 //(M the lady a carriage ? 
 Tlie lady has no carriage. 
 • Have we torn the nuisiin ? 
 
 ■ IFe have no muslin. 
 
 Have yon brouyht {any) fruit n 
 
 I have no fruit, 
 I have (some) salad. 
 I have not any salad. 
 Have we oil and vinegar ? 
 
 you have neither (any) oil «J 
 
 (any) vinegar, 
 you have neither the oil nor (hi 
 
 vinegar. 
 Which or ivhat spoon have yuuJ 
 What dish have y<ju broken.^ 
 
 Acler, ni. Steel. 
 
 Bean, irandsome. 
 
 l^on, Good. 
 
 Cadean, ni. Present. 
 
 Caraarade, m. School-mate. 
 
 Canif, ni. Penknife. 
 Casquette, f. Cap. 
 Casse, Broken. 
 Chapcau, in. Hat. 
 Ecolier, m, Scholar. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 Enfant, m. Child. 
 l^'er, ni. Iron. 
 Fillo, f. Daughter. 
 Fils, m. Son. 
 Grand, Larrje. 
 Jardin, m. Garden. 
 Montre, f. Watch. 
 Oublie, Forgotten. 
 Parlo, Spoken. 
 Pauvre, Poor, 
 
uctoiit 
 
 FRENCH COURSE 
 
 83 
 
 ES. 
 
 y a carrkujc ? 
 s no carridf/e. 
 Vi the muslin ? 
 
 muslin. 
 
 ou/jhi {any) fruit ?\ 
 
 lit. 
 
 I salad. 
 
 iij salad. 
 
 tnd vinegar ? 
 
 ither (any) oil no\ 
 
 ar. 
 
 'her the oil nor th\ 
 
 it spoon have yijii!t 
 ^0 you broken / 
 
 kdu, Lost. RL"f;u, liecdiml 
 
 fctit, Small, little. Hieii, Kot/uny. 
 
 \m\\i.\ i Pen. Ties, Very. 
 
 IPut the po.ssesiiivc adjectives, son^ sa, before tlio 
 |ovc nouns. 
 
 Exercise 35. 
 
 1 Avez-vous vii leur gifind jardin ? 2 i n'r it pa% 
 
 grand jardin. 3 lis n'ont qu'iui ires | v-tit jardin. 
 
 N'avez-votis pas un bean cliapeau ? 5 Je n'ai pas 
 
 : cliapcau, je n'ai qu'une cas(pietto. Quelle montro 
 
 ez-vous? 7 Je n'ai pas de nionire. 8 Avez-vous 
 
 rle de mon canif ? 9 Je u'ai parle do rien. 10 Lo 
 
 arechal a-t-il du fer ou do I'acier? 11 II n'a ni fer iii 
 
 ier. 12 II n'a pas d'acier, il a du fer. 13 Quel canif 
 
 .'ez-vous casse? 14 Jo n'ai pas casse do canif. 
 
 Avez-vous oublio voire cadeau ? 10 Je n'ai i)as 
 
 cu de cadeau. 17 La pauvre femme a-t-clle un bon 
 
 is? 18 Cetto i)auvro fenime n'a pas d'enfant. 
 
 9 Quelle pluino avez-vous? 20 J'ai la mienne et 
 
 |elle de votro camarade. 21 Jc n'ai ui la voire ni la 
 
 uur, j'ai cellc du bon ecolier. 
 
 Exercise 36. 
 
 1 Has the poor woman a son or a daughter ? 2 The 
 [)oor woman has no daughtei-. 3 She has only a son. 
 
 Wiiat tree have yon in your small garden ? 5 1 
 lave no garden. 6 My sister has no tree in her largo 
 p-den. 7 Have you spoken of my jook? 8 We have 
 
7 ' ill 
 
 m 
 
 >■ "/ 
 
 64 
 
 PASQUELLE'S INTB D ITCTO ET 
 
 . Tli( 
 
 noes: 
 
 not spoken of any thing. 9 Has your brother for^ott, 
 
 his cap? 10 My brother has no cap, he has a ]) 
 
 11 Have you forgotten your pen ? 12 I have no p 
 
 13 Have you not a steel pen ? U I have neither p- • , 
 
 nor paper. 15 Has that poor woman's son lost '" ^ '^' 
 
 present ? 16 That poor woman's son has received 
 
 present. 17 My school-mate has neither father „ 
 
 mother. 18 Have you a brother or a sister ? 19 
 
 have neither brother nor sister. 20 Have we lost oi 
 
 handsome book? 21 We have no book. 22 Ha 
 
 you forgotten your watch ? 23 I have no watcl. 
 
 have brought my brother's. 24 Have we the steel' 
 
 the iron ? 25 We have neither the steel nor the iro 
 
 otre frerc 
 
 Ivcz-vous 
 
 pous n av' 
 
 LEgoiS" XX. 
 
 LESSON XX. 
 
 AVOIR PAIM, AVOIR SOIF ; TO BE UUmBY^ TO BE 
 THIRSTY^ ETC. 
 
 1. The French say; 
 
 J'ai faim, 
 
 H a soif, 
 
 Vous avez chaud, 
 
 ISTous avons froid, 
 
 lis ont peur, 
 
 J'ai hf ; te, 
 
 Vous avez sommeil, 
 
 II a raison, 
 
 Elle a Lort, 
 
 // xve hunger, 
 He has thirst, 
 You have warmth, 
 We have cold, 
 Tliey have fear, 
 I have shame, 
 You have sleep, 
 He has reason, 
 ^She has lorong, 
 
 for 
 
 lam hungry. 
 He is thirsty. 
 You are warn 
 We are cold. 
 They are afra\ 
 lam ashameii 
 You are sleepm 
 He M right. 
 She is Wrong, 
 
 Lvez-vous 
 \o\\, 1110ns 
 avcz-voii 
 fon, mada 
 Lvez-vous : 
 
 J 
 
 )ui, inadau 
 
 fe n'ai pas 
 )o quoi av( 
 [c n'ai ni p 
 ravez-vou 
 ^011, madoi 
 ^u'avez-voi 
 U n'ai rien 
 
 '—'-^^ ■-'■"•-■■" ifltnUilM 'Mnil ... 
 
DTICTOET 
 
 FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 65 
 
 2. The vcrl) avoir is also used in the following sen- 
 tnces: 
 
 Ihava something. 
 |ai quclque chose, \ Somdhiiuj ails me. 
 
 Somethinj is the matter with me. 
 
 Have you any thing ? 
 [vcz-vous quclque chose? \ Does any thing ail you? 
 
 Is any thing the matter with you ? 
 
 We have nothing. 
 
 Noil ling ails us. 
 
 Kolhing is the matter with us. 
 
 Your brother has nothing. 
 Nothing is the matter tviih your 
 
 brother. 
 Nothing ails your brother. 
 
 lous n avons rien. 
 
 [ otro frerc n'a rien. 
 
 Ill 
 i i 
 
 IX 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 
 vez-vous faim ? Are you hungry ? 
 
 on, monsieur, j'ai soif. JVo, sir, lam thirsty. 
 
 'avez-vous pas chaud ? " Are you not xoarm f 
 
 on, madame, j'ai bicn ffoid. No, madam, lam very cold. 
 
 vez-vous peur, mon petit ami ? Are you afraid, my little friend ? 
 
 ui, madame, j'ai peurduchien. Yes, madam, lam afraid of the 
 
 dog. 
 
 e n'ai pas peur, j'ai sommcil. lam not afraid, lam sleepy. 
 \. quoi avez-vous honte ? Of ivhat are you ashamed ? 
 
 e n'ai ni peur ni honte. lam neither afraid nor ashamed. 
 
 '"^'avez-vous pas tort ? Are you not wrong ? 
 
 on, mademoiselle, j'ai raison. No, miss, lam right. 
 !u'avez-vous, monsieur ? What is the matter with you, sir f 
 
 h n'ai rien, madame. Nothing is the matter with me, 
 
 madam, 
 
 'i: 
 
 m I 
 
66 
 
 ^^SQUELLE'S INTRODrCTOBY 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 Anim.ll, m. A?iwira. 
 
 AMJourd'Jiui, 2h-cla>/. 
 
 Bunquiei-, m. Mcmker. 
 
 Cliion, m. Doff. 
 
 Colombo, f. Dove. 
 
 Conduite, i: Conduct. 
 ^HJeuno, breakfasted 
 Donni, A'/e^j)^. 
 
 Fermier, m. i^w/^vie?-. 
 Gros, Z«r^6', i/y. 
 Joli, T^re^^y. 
 
 T^ibrairo, m. Boohseller. 
 
 Marchana, m. J/tv•c/.a;^^. 
 
 Niiit, f: Mght. 
 
 Ouvriei- m. Tror/.7«a^i. 
 
 i arce que, iJemi^^.,,. 
 
 I'cintre, jii. Painter, 
 r*etit, Z/«/e, s/««/;. 
 I'ourquoi, Why, 
 Renard, m. Fox. 
 Sellior, m. Saddler, 
 Tr6s, Fery. 
 
 m 
 
 vo^t*;:'*'^ "'- ' '"■ " '' «- «- -.... in ti 
 
 EXEECISB 87, 
 
 a-t-il honto do sa conduite ' « I Z u^"""" "1 
 
 co.^.uto rA-.i,.o„tod;eoV'd:rcot:^^^^ 
 
 H No'fo ,„a,.eh „f; , "™"^ P""- "" g- chiJ 
 13 Ave.-vous sommeil mon petit ami ? 140 1 
 
 auquiei a-t-ii quelque chose ^ i « T ^ 1 -J 
 
 •«■ 
 
\] i. 
 
 DUCTOBY 
 Y. 
 
 S m. Boohsdler. 
 ii^, ni. Merchant 
 Night. 
 
 "1. Workman, 
 lie, Because. 
 "1. Painter, 
 'ttle^ small. 
 
 , Tr%. 
 
 . Saddler, 
 
 5 the nouns in ti 
 
 PREJS'Cll COURSfi. 
 
 67 
 
 ^n> monsieur, H 
 
 f". 5 Kotre aiiL 
 pas honte de ,s] 
 '3 cousin ? 8 
 ^ De quoi avoa 
 ^11 gi-o.s chiwil 
 ? 12 IlatorJ 
 
 H Oui, monj 
 'I'mi cette nuit 
 Le banquic'l 
 
 I'ien. 1 7 
 
 braire a-t-il pcur de ce joli petit animal? 18 Avez- 
 ^us pcnr ou lionto? 19 Je n'ai ni peur ni honte. 
 Lo sellier a-t-il raison outort? 21 Le sellier a 
 lison, mais I'ouvrier a tort. 
 
 Exercise 38, 
 
 1 Are you afraid of that dove ? 2 I am not afraid 
 the dove, I am afraid of the fox. 3 Is your painter 
 Jeepy ? 4 Why is he sleepy ? 5 "Secause he has not 
 slept to-day. 6 Of what are you ashamed ? 7 I am 
 Hot ashamed, sir, I am afraid. 8 Why arc you hungry, 
 my child? 9 I am hungry, sir, because I have-not 
 reakflisted. 10 AVhat is the matter with the banker ? 
 1 Nothing ails him. 12 Is any thing the matter with 
 lat dog? 13 Something is the matter with him. 
 4 Is the i^erchant right or Avrong? 15 The mer- 
 iliant is ri^t, but the banker is wrong. IG Are you 
 ot afraid of that large dog ? 1 7 We arc afraid of the 
 ttle fcpc. 18 My sister is afraid of that pretty little 
 nimal. 19 Are you afraid or ashamed? 20 I am 
 either afraid nor ashamed. 21 Is your sister right or 
 ivrong? 22 My sister is right, she is not wrong. 
 3 Is any thing the matter with the saddler ? 24 Noth- 
 ng ails him, but something is the matter with the 
 lookseller. 25 Nothing jg tUo matter with we, 
 
 f 
 
 I I 
 
 "I 
 
ip 
 
 ^9 
 
 ^ASQtlELLE's INTBOni 
 
 U C 1 B t 
 
 LEgOK XXI. 
 
 LESSOK XXI. 
 
 6tue ; TO BE. 
 1. PkESEXT of TflK LVI,,CATIVK. 
 
 AFFIIi.MATIVKLY. 
 
 ^^ est, 7^. ,-^^ 
 
 E"c est, ,S7^e /... 
 
 Nous sommes, Wc are 
 Vous etes, You are. 
 11^ sont, (m.) They are. 
 '^Vl^^ sont, (t:) They arc. 
 
 iNTEr.nnr,AT:rr;i,r. 
 
 ^^^^^-]<^'^ Ami? 
 
 ■Ke S( 
 iN'ett 
 JNe sc 
 jNe sc 
 
 13. In 
 
 ay be 
 
 ^sson : 
 
 jOi'i esi 
 iMou r 
 
 I>i sh 
 
 'le 
 
 2. 
 
 Est-ellc ?' 
 
 Sommes-nons? .dre^'^V-^j 
 
 «ont-iIs ? (m.) .1,,, ;/^, J 
 
 Sont-elles ? ([;) .i;,, ^/,,^i 
 
 Jo no suis pas, 
 Tu n'cs pas, 
 II n'est i)a.s, 
 Kilo n'cst pas, 
 Nous no sonnncs pas, 
 Vous iretcs pas, 
 lis no sont pas, (?«.) 
 EJIes no sont jjas, (/) 
 
 NKGATIVL'I.V. 
 
 J^am not. 
 Thou art not. 
 
 J!c is 7iOt. 
 
 Me is not. 
 We arc not. 
 i'bu arc not. 
 They are not. 
 They are not. 
 
 NKGATIVELY A.XD I.rTiJRUOOATIVKLV 
 
 Ne suis-jo pas ? ^,,, j , 
 
 N'es-tnpas? Art n 
 
 \r,„ . ., „ -^^ f thou nr 
 
 N'cst-cllopas? I,,kano-f 
 
 111 est no 
 I est dan 
 u avez-A 
 
 et ma r 
 
 sont d. 
 |s ne son 
 'a mere 
 
 elles ici 
 llles sont 
 
 ma soeu 
 
 u etes-vi 
 
 [e suis da 
 
 otre die 
 
 1 est dans 
 
 _ ^ At^ it 
 jtittentiii 
 
> B i; c 1 o a f 
 
 PllENCH COURSE. 
 
 6d 
 
 3S0N XXI. 
 
 JNo sommcs-nous pas ? 
 JN'etes-vous pas ? 
 [Ne sont-ils pas ? (;?i.) 
 JNe sont-elles pas ? {/.) 
 
 Are we 7iot ? 
 Are you not ? 
 Are they not ? 
 Are they not ? 
 
 tNTrnnor,ATjrri,r. 
 
 
 Am I? 
 
 
 Art thou 
 
 
 Is he ? 
 
 p 
 
 I she .? 
 
 -nous ? 
 
 Are loe ? 
 
 s? 
 
 Are yon 
 
 (ni.) 
 
 Are they 
 
 « ? (t:) 
 
 Are they 
 
 I not. 
 
 
 I art no 
 
 t. 
 
 5' 7iOt. 
 
 
 s not. 
 
 
 're not. 
 
 
 nre not 
 
 
 arc not. | 
 
 dre Dot 
 
 1 
 
 I.V. 
 
 1 
 
 'not ? 
 
 1 
 
 on nr 
 
 1 
 
 lot .> 
 
 1 
 
 lot? 
 
 ■ 
 
 3. In a question beginning with oir, where., the worda 
 Jiy be arranged as in English, or according to liulc 1, 
 'sson 13. 
 
 lOii est mon mouchoir ? Where is my hcmdkerchlef ? 
 |Mou mouchoir ou est-il? Where is my handkerchief ? 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 
 |u est notrc jardinier ? 
 est dans votre jardin. 
 
 (a avez-vous laisso mon pere 
 et ma mire ? 
 sont dans la cour, 
 
 [s ne sont pas ici. 
 
 [a mcTe et ma cousino sont- 
 elles ici ? 
 
 lUes sont dans la chambro dc 
 ma soeur. 
 
 'u etes-vous, mon ami ? 
 [e suis dans la bibliothequc. 
 
 otre cheval ou est-il ? 
 est dans le champ. 
 
 Wliere is our gardener ? 
 
 He is in your garden. 
 
 Wiere have you left viy father 
 
 and {my) mother? 
 TJiey are in the yard. 
 Tliey are not here. 
 Are my mother and (my) cousin 
 
 here ? 
 TJiey are in my siiter'^s room. 
 
 Wliere are you, my friend? 
 I am in the library. 
 Wliere is your horse ? 
 He is in the field. 
 
 YOCABULARY. 
 
 , At^ in. 
 
 Vttcntif; Attoitioe. 
 
 Banc, m. Bench. 
 Bibliothoque, f. Library, 
 
 
FASQUELLB'S INTB D tTOT OBT 
 
 Bien,_ Well. jamais, JVevcr, ever. 
 
 Biscuit, m. J]lscuif. Laissc. Left 
 
 Bnve^un. Office. Mess^.u^,, Gentlemen. 
 
 Content, I^leased, con- Mis, P««^ 
 
 Cordonn^er,m.^/.,,;,^a/,,,. Office, f. P«,,,,^. ,5«^^,,,' 
 
 ^ncore, m. Pourquoi, 7F7^. 
 
 Fatigue, Tirea, s„,. ^.^ ', ,/ 
 
 C^ant^m. G:o;c. Tiroir, m. i>.a^.en 
 
 ^'^' '^'■''- Trcs, F.ry. 
 
 Put the article le, la, l\ before the nouns. 
 
 Exercise 39. 
 
 1 Votro f,-6re est-il ici ? 2 Non, mademoiselle, 
 n est pas rci. 3 On est-il ? 4 II est a son bureau oj 
 au mien. 5 O.i avez-vous mis votre gant ? 6 Mod 
 gant est dans le^ tiroir. 7 Ou est mon cordonnier 
 8 Votre cordonnier est a Ne^v York, et le mien est , 
 
 cnta ^ 10 f" •'"? .-'^tes-vous pas attemif, nio 
 entant ? 10 Je suis fatigu6, monsieur. 11 Avez^voiJ 
 apportc du pain et du biscuit ? 12 Le pain et e b 
 -u sent dans ^office. 13 Les dames neLt-elles p] 
 
 n us p'as be: Z rifo""" "' '' ^' ^^"^^'^J 
 bien i. ?T "' ^^««^^»i-«' vous e* ^ trc. 
 
 bienici. 7 Le petit gargon est-il content? ^ onl 
 monsieur il n'est .-amais content. 19 -W. do 
 mon mouchoir ? Vous avp^ in,-..' . " ! 
 
 Mu- In ba-ir 'v T 1 ^^^"^ ^''*''-^ muuchoi^ 
 
 --" *v uaiio uauij iu jardm. 
 
in. UandkcYchu 
 
 PRENCn COURSE. 
 
 Exercise 40. 
 
 n 
 
 1 Whcro is the bread? 2 It is in the pantry. 
 Wh>;rc aic my friend and yours ? 4 My friend is in 
 ^lc gJfTvkn, and yours is in the library. 5 Is not your 
 |.uther iiere ? G No, sir, my father and (my) mother 
 Ve in (a; New York. Y Wiiy is not the little boy 
 fere ?^ 8 The little boy is tired. 9 Why is he not 
 Attentive? 10 He is never attentive, sir. 11 Is my 
 landkerchief in the office? 12 You have left your 
 handkerchief on the table in the office. 13 My hand- 
 kerchief is in tho pantry. 14 Is the bread in the 
 bantry? 15 The bread and butter are in the pantry. 
 [6 Is the biscuit in the drawer ? 17 The biscuit is not 
 the drawer, it is on the benr"). 18 Is not your 
 rather in his office? 19 My father and (my) brother 
 lire in the office. 20 Where are my father and (my) 
 fiiother? 21 They are in the library. 22 Is your 
 Ihoemaker tired ? 23 Yes, gentlemen, my shoemaker 
 Is very tired. 24 Are your brother and (your) sister 
 |icre ? 25 No, sir, my brother and (ray) sister are 
 bever here, 
 
 
 If -. ^ 
 
 LEgON XXII. LESSON XXII. 
 
 FEMINIXE FORM QF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 1. The adjective does not change in English, but in 
 prench it takes tho o-ond^r nn/i nnmV.r.,. ^f 4^i.„ ^„,-_ +^ 
 micn it belongs. 
 
72 
 
 PASQUELLE'S INrEODUOTOET 
 
 2 /An adjective belonging to a feminine noun, t J 
 tlie fe.ninme form by adding c. ' 
 
 Le petit gar^on, La petite fille, 
 
 ^he little boy. 7%, ^^-^^^^ ^ .^.^^ 
 
 Le garc;on est petit, La fiJIe est petite, 
 
 ^he boy is small. ^ ,ji,i ,•, ^^^^^ 
 
 3.^ An adjective e,)ding in e without an accent, is \ 
 . cl.anged for the feminine j ' 
 
 Le pauvre homme. La pauvre femme, 
 
 Ike poor man. The poor woman. 
 
 L homme est pauvre. La femme est pauvre, 
 
 The man zs poor. The ^ooman is poor.. 
 
 Le gar^on est actif, La fille est active. 
 
 The boy is active. . The yirl is actiol 
 
 also. ^^'''' '""^"'^^ "' '"' '^^'"^' ^ "^^^ ^' ^"^ '-^^^'1 
 
 Cet homme est ],eureux, Cette femme est heureusJ 
 Uat man is happy. That woman is happrj. 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 
 Avez-vous une petite pomme ? Have you a small appU f 
 Ma pornme est tr^s petite. My apple is very sZu 
 Notie maison est grande. 0«r house is Urge 
 
 Nous avons une grande maison. We have a Urge house 
 ^^et ecoher est diliffent. T^m ..;,.7„„ .-. j.-,... , 
 
 JVotre soeur est diligente. Our sister is diligent. 
 
t*RENCn COURSE. 
 
 73 
 
 t an accent, is nl 
 
 into Vj and add 
 
 to 5, and add 
 
 soklat est fort timido. TJie soldier w very timid. 
 
 f.'mme est fort tirnide aussi. His wife is very timid also. 
 
 lion n'est pas craintif The Hon is not timorous. 
 
 Colombo est bien craintivc. The dove is very timorous. 
 
 It'tte demoiselle est-elle peu- Is that young lady fearful? 
 rouse ? 
 
 I't'CoUer n'est pas poureux. Tlie scholar is notfearfvl. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 Lttentif, Attentive. Nappo, f. Tahhi-cloth, 
 
 lanchisseuse, f. Washer- Nouvellc, f. News. 
 woman. 
 
 >otte, f. Boot. 
 
 )onteu\', Doubtful. 
 
 ^Icolier, m. Scholar. 
 
 ^coliore, f. Scholar. 
 
 spouse, f. Wife. 
 
 u '■ 
 
 Parcsseux, Idle., lazy, 
 Pensif, Thourjlitful. 
 Pcurcux, Fearful. 
 Rencontre, Met. 
 Soulier, m. Shoe. 
 Silr, Sure^ certain. 
 
 [iidiistrienx, Industrious. Table, f. Ihhle. 
 Feunc, Young. Tirnide, Timid. 
 
 \Iari, m. Husband. Vache, f. Cow. 
 
 Give the above nouns with notre^ our ; votre^ your ; 
 yta\ their ; before them. 
 
 Exercise 41. 
 
 1 Avez-vons une grande 'Mile? 2 Nous avons une 
 !|)etite table et une grande u.\|jpe. 3 Avez-vous rencon- 
 Lic Ic jjunc coolicr? 4 Nous avons rencontre la jeiuie 
 lecoliere. 5 Votre petite fille est-elle attentive ? G Mon 
 
u 
 
 Hi*. 
 
 I' 
 
 luD 
 
 *-SQUKX.LE-s INTBODUCIOBT 
 
 petit gar^on est ti-cs attcntif i M. • „ 
 
 « Kilo o.stt,.6,i„J,^; ,'::'■'"■'"■•- -'■olloindustricu.o 
 
 '« AIo^ cousin „v.st ,L pcn,f Tv'" ""i' ^^^'q 
 ^0K„o a ton d^avtifllrXTe, "*=*'- 
 
 EXEBCISE 42, 
 
 1 Is your little girl timid ? 2 Mv IJtH • , • ' 
 timid, but my little bo: is v.ry tLld Tl fu'^ '' ""'^ 
 scholar here? 4 Tho V timiu. arstheyoun' 
 
 «ster is i„ W , *„„?'' .^"""S ^';.*.- i» i.e,-e, and hS 
 6 My little gi,.] i, v" i^,! T'"' ° S..-I industric us ? 
 
 "gilt. n Is your b,-„tl„r' V "'' '"'> '■'■« " 
 
 l»-othc.-'« shoo is^^ W ■'.'' "'''"^ 12 My, 
 
 ™tor-s dross is now "u I ' """" ," ""' "^■'^- » % 
 tabic? 15 My brother te ,^ If ""er a verv largo 
 "otthat news certain? i^ k':- ' 'P """'^- '« I' 
 certain, it is very doubtful ,«' 7' ""'"' '^ ""' 
 
 fearful? 19 No TT • ^' ^''"■'' ^e''*-- (/:) 
 
 «fi.„:j -^ . °' ^"' she IS not fearful - ^^ 
 
 ?— IT- -s_ETT III mTr .1 n — - 
 
 rour dc 
 sir, my 
 :;ousin'!! 
 Lhoughl 
 
 "i-^a ui 
 
 myavg? 21 No 
 
 > sir, she is uot afr 
 
 ia 
 
 Sht 
 
 aid of I 
 
 LI 
 
 1. A( 
 double 1 
 
 EL, 
 EIL 
 EN, 
 ET, 
 ON, 
 
 2. Th 
 more in 
 
 Blanc 
 
 Doux, 
 
 Faux, 
 
 Frais, 
 
 i^'ranc 
 
 Gras, 
 
 Gros, 
 
 Loner, 
 
 Sec, 
 
trCTOBT 
 
 ■■'» petite fillo n'eJ 
 -tJllo i/idu8tricusc| 
 lari est iaresseu.v| 
 ■ Non, monsieur 
 '» cst-il pensifJ 
 s 8on opouse esj 
 
 >otte est neuvej 
 vache? n LJ 
 ^coliure n'cst-ellti 
 et clle a tort] 
 
 PRENCII COURSE. 
 
 W 
 
 (•our dog. 22 Is your sister's husband idle ? 23 No, 
 Bir, luy sister's husband is industrious. 24 Is your 
 :;ousin's wife thouglitful ? i.'5 My cousin's wife is 
 thoughtful, but my cousin k not thoughtful. 
 
 Ittio girl is noi 
 3 Is the yonn^j 
 ^lere, and hlJ 
 J"l industrious?! 
 your mother'4 
 Si;'.! is very iu-i 
 es, sir, sLe i.s| 
 
 w? 12 J\ly| 
 nt;\^^. 13 Myj 
 
 r a very large f 
 table. 16 jJ 
 
 news is notj 
 
 scholar (/), 
 on T„ -1 
 
 ^ot afraid of 
 
 LEgON XXIII. LESION XXIII. 
 
 IRREGULAR ADJEOTTVES. 
 
 1. Adjecjves having the following terminations, 
 [doublo the 1;.^,. consonant and add e fur the feminine; 
 
 MASCULIME. FEUIMINE, 
 
 'Icl, Telle, Such. 
 
 I'areil, Pareille, Zii-e. 
 
 Chret: Gln-etienno, C/irlstlan. 
 
 Muet, Muette, JluVi. 
 
 Bon, Bonne, Good. 
 
 £L, 
 
 EIL, 
 
 EN, 
 
 ET, 
 
 ON, 
 
 2. The feminine form of tlio following adjectives \a 
 more irregular still : 
 
 Blanc, White, maJves in /he fe7ninine, Blanche. 
 
 Dou.x, JSioeet, soft, 
 
 Faux, Mtlse, 
 
 Frais, Fresh, 
 
 Franc, Frank, 
 
 Gras, Fat, 
 
 Gros, Lurrje, big, 
 
 Sec, I^njt 
 
 (C 
 
 a 
 
 u 
 
 u 
 u 
 
 
 Douce. 
 
 Fausse. 
 
 Fruiche. 
 
 Franche. 
 
 Grasse. 
 
 Grosse. 
 
 Longue. 
 
 Seche, 
 
 ■ r. 
 
 ^ 
 
76 
 
 T!:f 
 
 PASQrELLK's INTnODUCTOBT 
 
 .^. The following adjoctives liavo three terraiaationsl 
 
 MAgrLMSR 
 
 llflorc u CDiijMj- Hi 
 uuut. 
 
 Bcati, 
 
 lore a vowel, 
 
 tir silcUt h. KKMININK. 
 
 Jiollo. 
 
 Bel, 
 
 !;;«", Fol, Folio, 7<W/M. 
 
 M.)u, Mol, JVIollo, .S'oA 
 
 Jsouveau, Kouvel, Nouvollo, New, 
 
 Vieux, Viell, VieiUe, Old. 
 
 IlamUome^ beautiful 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 
 Ma cousino a une bollo robe. 
 
 Votre cravato n'est pas seche. 
 
 Vous avez une tros bonne 
 plume. 
 
 II a une mauvaise pomme. 
 
 Sa pomme est ties mauvaise. 
 Cette mauvaise poire est yrosse. 
 Cette grosse poire est mauvaise. 
 Son cousin a un bel habit. 
 Son habit est tres beau. 
 Cette petite fille est muette. 
 La belle dame est petite. 
 Cette bonne uouvelle cstfauose 
 
 My cousin has a handsome dre4 
 Your cravat ia not dry. 
 You have a very good pen. . 
 
 He has a had apple. 
 
 His apple ii very had. 
 
 TJiat had pear is large. 
 
 lliat large pear is had. 
 
 Ilvi cousin has a handsome coal 
 
 Hvi coat is very handsome. 
 
 Tliat little girl is dumh. 
 
 The handsome lady is small. 
 
 Tliat good news is false. 
 
 VOCABULAIIY. 
 
 Abricot m Apricot. Dentelle, f. Zace. 
 
 Cense, f. Cherry. Dou.v, .%...,, r^^ud. 
 
 Chanibre, f. Boom. Frais, I^resh. 
 
 Court, Short. Vy^\<in p au j 
 
 n •ii- n. 7 ■, ^ -1^1 ai.se, t. btraiohcrrn. 
 
 ClU3llll, Picked. Chlthfrpfl Pi.^m^-^Scr o -r. / 
 
CrCTOBT 
 
 FRENCH COUKSE. 
 
 irco terminationaBani^'o, Fatcn. 
 ort, Dead. 
 
 dsomey bcautifu\ 
 ish. 
 
 3S. 
 
 s a handsome drem 
 M not dry. 
 'ery goodjjcn. . 
 
 apple. 
 >ery bad. 
 " is large, 
 xr is bad. 
 s a handsome coat 
 7/ handsome, 
 is dumb, 
 lady is small. 
 's is false. 
 
 Lace. 
 , mild 
 
 awhcrry. 
 MasjjbeiTij. 
 
 Vo\\\\ f. Pvar. 
 
 I'oinuu', 1'. ^{jtple, 
 ouillr, Wet. Sue, Dry, 
 
 uet, 31ute. Siir, aS'oio'. 
 
 oir, Black. Voix, f. Voice, 
 
 'echc, f. Peach. Vu, Seen. 
 
 Give the noiiiis in the vocabulary with ce, cet^ cette^ 
 leforc thum. 
 
 Exercise 43. 
 
 1 La robo clc ma cousinc cst-ello Irop longue ? 
 
 Non, monsieur, olio u'est pas trop loiii^ue. 3 Ello 
 st trop courte. 4 Cetto dcntcUo cst-elle bl'cIio ? 
 
 Xon, luademoisellc, ello est encore mouillee. Co 
 C'l nrbrc est-il mort ? 7 Non, ni;ul:vmo, cc bul arbro 
 I'cst pas raort. 8 N'est-il pas tres beau ? 9 Oni, nion 
 clier monsieur, cet arbre est beau ct grand. 10 Qu'avez- 
 vous cueilli dans votrc grand jardin? 11 Nous avons 
 ciieilli uno grosse cerise. 12 Mon frerc a cueilli wn^ 
 grosse fraise et uno petite framboise. 13 Avez-vous 
 apporto une bonne cerise? 14 J'ai apporto une i>etite 
 cerise. 15 Cette cerise est blancbo et votrc cerise est 
 noire. 16 N'avez-vous pas mange lo bel abricot? 
 17 Le bel abricot est sur la petite table. 18 A qui 
 avcz-vous donne la belle pcclio? 10 J'ui donnu la 
 mauvaise pecbe au petit garqon. 20 Ccttc ])omrae est- 
 cUe douce? 21 Non, monsieur, elle est tr6s sure. 
 22 Mon frere a un bel liabit. 23 La cravate est blanche. 
 24 Ma sanu" a une robe blanclie. 25 Ccttc eau est 
 fraichc, 20 Cc poisson n'cst pas frais. 
 
,/Kl 
 
 \ 
 
 78 
 
 Exercise 44. 
 
 »r;^^^^^^ ^^^ si. I have 
 
 very sweet. 5^'^^''''!^^'' ^ Yes, sh, j 
 « Is you. siste.. ^:':^V'J^^^^ ^^ ^^ -t s J 
 ^^ not white, it is black l\ru ?' '"^^••^'^' ^^^r J 
 ' It is on the table ttourJItT " '"' ^^^ ^^^4 
 young lady mute? 11 S^TsIT ■''"^- '^ ^« ^ij 
 ^« very sweet. 13 Is not !^ . f^^'- ^^ Her void 
 ^^ ^o, nnss, her d.t -s now f' ''''' ''' '^4 
 ;^ I« that good neTs irp'^^, J^"f V' *^^ ^^^1 
 ^^^«^. 17 Have you picS , r '^' '^"^^ ^^«^^« I 
 Wieisiine,buti^svi^;st'J^V^^^^^^ 13 Thi 
 ^ou^n's handsome coat? ^n j ' ^"^^ ^^« ««^n n J 
 Jiandsome coat, I have seon h \ . "^^ «^'e» ^^1 
 
 you fresh wate ? 22 Th^w \' '^-^ ''''''■ '' ^4 
 
 f-'^. 23 Is this pi g^o? r'r f r'' '"^ '' ^^ - 
 
 ^-fgo, but it is not good 25 V '' ^' '' ''^^' 
 
 wmo is dry, * ' ^^ \ ^°"^' cravat is wet, auc 
 
 LKSSm XXXV. 
 
 PLACE OF THE ADJECTIVE. 
 
 1- The adjective, in Frenoli . 
 noun: ''''^^^^' commonly follows tho 
 
 Un chapeau noir, . ,, , 
 
 Une robe blanche 1 "^' ^'''^^ 
 
 I>c I'eati fruiehe, ' t 'f' '^'^'''• 
 
 ■preah water. 
 
 jette gran 
 ICette belle 
 cour, 
 
 I Arausant, 
 tainini 
 Bleu, Bh 
 Chien, m 
 Commod 
 
 / 
 
'UCrORT 
 
 •^'^) sir, I ijavo 
 • 4 Yes, sir, it, 
 "I*, it is not swec; 
 , madam, iier Jaci 
 
 tlie fine apricot, 
 ^°"^- 10 Is thai 
 e- 12 Hervoici 
 
 tlress too long 
 ?) it is too shor. 
 iie ])acl news k 
 pple? 18 Thil 
 ive you seen m^ ' 
 e not seen h'u 
 I vat. 21 Ilav 
 ><3. but it is noi 
 
 2-i It is ver 
 vat is Av^et, and] 
 
 f RENCil COURSE 
 
 70 
 
 2. The following adjectives, however, are generally 
 it before the noun : 
 
 iBeau, JTandsome^fine. 
 Bon, Good. 
 Brave, Worthy. 
 Cher, Dear. 
 Grand, Large., great. 
 Gros, Large.) big. 
 
 Jeune, Young. 
 Joli, Pretty. 
 Mauvai;^, JJad. 
 Meilleui-, Better. 
 Petit, iSinull, little. 
 Vieux, Old. 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 
 la socur a unc rose blanche. 
 7ous avez apporte une pomme 
 
 douce, 
 "■^ousavonsvule brave homme. 
 
 vez-vou3 apporte une tulipe 
 
 rouge ? 
 
 ila soeur a une tulipe bleue. 
 I a tcrit sur du papier jaune. 
 'c jeune bona no a tort, 
 a grosse peche est mfire. 
 iette grande maison est belle. 
 [Cette belle maison a une petite 
 
 cour. 
 
 Ify sister has a ivhite rose. 
 
 You have brought a sweet apple. 
 
 We have seen the worthy man. 
 Have you brought a red tulip? 
 
 My sujkr ha- a blue tulip. 
 2l0^ writte7i on yellow paper, 
 *tlmt young man is wrong. 
 Tlie large peach is ripe. 
 TJiat large house is beautiful 
 That beautiful house has a small 
 yard. 
 
 lit' 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 Amnsaiii, Amusi7ig, e)iter- Conduite, f. Conduct. 
 
 taining. Cour, f. Yard. 
 
 Bleu, Blue. Cueilli, Picked, gathered. 
 
 Chiuii, m. Log. Eau, f. Water. 
 
 Commode, CoiiveJiient. Indienne, f. Printed calico. 
 
§0 
 
 •[•"•<Jin m. Garden. 
 Prune, f. Pi,,^^.^^ 
 
 
 ^o^e, f; Sim. 
 
 TuJipo, I Tulip, 
 l^^^'^. t Cow. 
 Give f J.o ,. ^''■^' ^'^^^^2. 
 
 '^'^'^ boforGtheai. 
 
 I AvGz-vous ,)eur ,7o .. 
 
 :««pot.-to„fant:!nt:;? tr ''°"" »-- j'.-2'' 
 
 ocJteet commode. lo Avc/v„ ,^ '"""'" '""'■»o» c.t 
 
 ' "f the w.od„„r,„^;;;-o, «,.!„,„ 
 
 "^ lae I'ud cow. 
 
 "■"-^e^ii^^^j^,. 
 
Jied. 
 
 '• Satin, 
 Silk, 
 
 Tulip, 
 
 Cow. 
 "-en, 
 
 them. 
 
 ^^^■^ ^''ere a-t-i 
 ^'e sa mativai,so| 
 
 ^ S^-'-^^a jardfn 
 
 ''°"- JO Kou.sl 
 ^'^^e prune e.i., 
 '^;«- 13 Avez. 
 
 'o_ "laison est 
 ■oj^'o blaiiclio? 
 |;^iennc bleue. 
 ivi-e nouveaii 
 ^ petite cour. 
 
 V 
 
 FRENCH COUESE. 81 
 
 fs the beautiful peach ripe ? 4 The beautiful yellow 
 kh is ripe. 5 The small green apple is not ripe. 
 Wliere have you picked the beautiful rose ? 7 In 
 br small garden, sir. 8 Is the httle young lady 
 3? 9 The handsome young lady is right. 10 la 
 iur little sister ashamed? 11 My Httle sister is 
 bamed of her bad conduct. 12 Have you blue 
 nt? 13 We have no blue print, we have blue silk 
 tl blue satin. 14 Have you fresh water ? 15 Wc 
 vc no fresh water, sir. 16 The water is not fresh. 
 Is your large house convenient ? 18 Our beautiful 
 use is not convenient. 19 Have you white linen, 
 ? 20 We have no Avhite linen, madam. 21 Is that 
 bv book amusing ? 22 That old book is amusing. 
 Have you a handsome yellow tulip ? 24 1 have no 
 |eIlow tulip, I have a red tulip. 25 Is that blue plum 
 fpe ? 20 The blue plum is not lipe, the green plum 
 ripe. 
 
 I ^' sh', r am 
 ■^^' J"t-'cl cow. 
 
 LEgON XXV. LESSOX XXV. 
 
 THE PLUEAL. 
 
 ^ 1. The general way of making a noun plural is, in 
 Vejich, as in English, by adding s to the singular. 
 
 2. A noun ending with s, a-, or 2, is not changed for 
 lie plural, 
 
 a. Lies, tlu\ is always the plnral of /e^, la, or l\ uiul is 
 [placed before masculine or feminine nouns. 
 
 
 M 
 
82 
 
 ■i^XBODtTCrORf 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 ^^ ^^ison, t/ie house T ■ '"''''"^^ i 
 
 ^- VO.X, ,/, ,,,,^^ ^ K .^. .,, ,,, i 
 
 MODE^ SENTENCES. I 
 
 Avez-rous les poires du far Fr 
 
 J'ailespommesdeladame r? ., 
 
 ^es charpentiers sont-iJs il'? I'^'Z " ^^^^"'^ «-^^^^^- 
 
 I^es menuisiers sont dans In ^ ' .^^'f '"'^^^^^^'•^ ^ere f 
 
 maison. ^"' '^ ^*e.;oe;ier. are in the home 
 
 I^es dames ont-clles raison ? Arethrl r 
 
 I'es demoiselles ont tort t "'^''' ^^^^^ -^ I 
 
 ^iles n'ont pas faim, elles onf 77 
 soif. ' °"^ ^-y are not hungry, they « J 
 
 O^'sontleshabitsdemonfrere^ v'r'^' 
 l^ '^ont dans ma chambre " n """' ""'^ ^'''^''^'^ <^oais ? 
 0^^ avez-vous plante les arbres ? Wh T '" '^^ '''"'■ I 
 
 I^^ns les champs de n.ou S' l^rfT/',"^^"^^^^/- ^ 
 
 • ^'^ "'y ^roth^r\, fields. ' 
 
 ^^^''^n^P, m. Field p^'' '"' ^Z^^'^^'^^. 
 
 ^«"'^ine, I Cousin. i^T^''''';^ ^' Gooerness, 
 
 -^<-''noiseJlo f K. t , Ji'ibit, m. CW^ 
 
 i--Gttx 
 
 ^) '. 
 
 -Letter. 
 
PLURAL. 
 
 ^ons, the houses, 
 -'^■, the brothersA 
 '^i the sisters. 
 
 the stockinQk 
 ' the voices. 
 
 PEENCH COURSE. 
 
 83 
 
 ES. 
 
 ^ 9(irdcncr's pcars\ 
 
 '^y's apples. 
 "Mers here f 
 '■e in the home. 
 
 right f 
 
 ^ies are wrong, 
 ^'s sisters hungry n 
 
 hungry, they ar\ 
 
 [agcasin, m. Store. Oublic, Forgotten. 
 
 [essieuis, m. Gentlemen, Ouvrier, m. Workman^ 
 
 [is, Put. Tailleur, ra. Tailor. 
 
 [odiste, f. Milliner. Velours, in. Velvet. 
 
 [onsieur, m. Gentleman. Vert, Green. 
 
 [ousseline, f. Muslin. Vu, Seen. 
 
 Give the nouns in the vocabulary with the plural 
 Irticle les. 
 
 Exercise 47. 
 
 1 Les ouvriers du tailleur sont-ils ici ? 2 lis ont 
 luhliu les habits de mon frere. 3 Les modistes sont- 
 lUes dans les magasins ? 4 EUes sout dans les maga- 
 dns. 5 Cette dame a-t-elle les livres de notre biblio- 
 lieque ? G Elle a les livres de la votre. 7 Oi^i avez- 
 ous mis les lettres ? 8 Dans la chambre de votre 
 ousine. 9 Les scours de ce mousieur sont-elles ici ? 
 Non, monsieur, elles ne sont pas ici. 1 1 Ou sont- 
 elles? 12 Elles sont dans la chambre de leur gouver- 
 inante. 13 Les demoiselles ont-elles froid ? 14 Lea 
 messieurs ont froid. 15 Les demoiselles n'ont-elles pas 
 tort? IG Les petites fillcs ont tort et honte. 17 Les 
 tailleurs ont du fil, de la sole, du drap et de la toilo. 
 18 Les modistes ont du velours, mais elles n'ont pas de 
 drap. 19 Les marciiauds ont de bon drap, de belle 
 mousseline et de la sole verte. 
 
 Exercise 48. 
 
 1 Have the ladles good velvet ? 2 The tailor's 
 workmen have good velvet, 3 Have you seen th^ 
 
 ] 
 
 
 I ^ 
 
 i! 1 
 
84 
 
 
 tailor's sisters? 4 t , 
 
 ^v'liere are they 9 5 ti '" '''" ^''" '''^'b's sis, J 
 
 « Have the IacL4i;^i;,fr-^ 
 
 «ilk, they have green silk « a ^^''^ ^''''^ "o b!a] 
 
 ;TheMe.are.^otcoi: 'heA.t:^ 
 Wrs right or wrong? if T "" '' ^^'•^' 4 
 
 tliey are not wrono- .% XV '''"''■' ^^'■^' ^'^ 
 
 '' Are they not in'thei^ IT^ '" ^^^^ >'«''"^- ^* J 
 '^-^am, they are not in .f "r""'^ '■^^'" ' ^^ 4 
 c-nts handsome muj? tI. ' i ''"" ^^"""1 
 y What have they? i. T/ 1 ^^ ^'"^'^^ ^'<^ "^"^'J 
 ;"-ead,and good velvet ^rnr" ^^^^^ ^^^>th, goo 
 
 ^ooksofyourJiba "''L ' "' ^'''''''' '' '^M 
 »'-e Avarm. 24 Whova ) ^ "^'"^'^^^ ar« not cold, tho 
 
 ^^eON XXVI. ,ESSO.V XXVI. 
 
 THE PLUB^^, CONTIXLm 
 
 ^' ^oims endincr with 
 Xo martoaM./;:ItT'^ ^"' '"''-'•o'- the ,,,„, 
 
 l^e chapoau, me te r " "''"•'-"•^■. '/« /-««««. 
 
 •^ "" Lies leiLY. //.^ ^ 
 
 2. Kouns endin. i„ ,; '^'■'^* 1 
 
 in n,.^ ° ^^ % gcneralbj form fi- • - I 
 
^''« ^•'I'b'.s sistci 
 
 ^^'^y iiave no b!a, 
 ' t^^e Jadit's col 
 
 '^'■"'- lOAretiJ 
 ^ai-mcTs arc ri- 
 tJio young- JadiVj 
 ' I'ooin Y 14 Yj 
 ^'5 ^J'-^vo the niei 
 J^'-'^vo no miij' 
 
 good cloth, rrool 
 
 ibrai' 
 
 ■so ml 
 ■y. 21 TJ, 
 •e tlie gentlemeJ 
 ' "ot cold, tlioj 
 i'PiittlieJetteri 
 
 FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 85 
 
 marechal, the black- Les marcclmux, the black- 
 mith. smiths. 
 
 capital, the capital. Les capitaux, the capitals. 
 
 [3. mjoic, cailloUf chou, genou^ hiboUfjoujou^ take jc 
 [• the plural. 
 
 bijou, the jewel. Les bijoux, the jewels. 
 
 joujou, the plaything. Les joujoux, the playthings. 
 
 4. Travail makes ti'avaux, del makes cieux, and ceil 
 lakes yeicx for tbe plural. 
 
 Le travail, the loorl: Les travaux, the loorks. 
 Le ciel, the heaven. Les cieux, the heavens. 
 L'ceil, the eye. Les yeux, the eyes. 
 
 For further rules and exceptions, see " Larger 
 !ourse," pp. 47, 280 and 287. 
 
 5. Des, of the^ some^ is the plural of du, de la^ de l\ 
 Aux, at the^ to the^ is the plural of au., a la^ a l\ 
 
 Tliey are placed before masculine or feminine nouns. 
 )es livres, i^some) books. Aux livres, to the books. 
 )e9 amis, of t/t€ friends. Aux amis, to the friends, 
 )os dames, (some) ladies. Aux dames, to the ladies, 
 De leSy a les^ are never used. ^^^ 
 
 
 .^ A 
 
 ;f (I 
 
 i < 
 
 4 
 
 ^11 id 
 
 their 
 
 |jluraij 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 
 [les dames ont-elles des cha- Have the ladies silk hats ? 
 
 peaux de sole ? 
 
 Elles ont des manteaux de Tfiey have velvet cloaks. 
 
 velours. 
 
 Avcz-Tous des bijoux d'or ? Hicve you gold jewels ? 
 
 Nous avons dcs jurjoux de bois. We lave wooden 2>hy-things. 
 
 ■1 
 
 ik* 
 
 p 
 
 ■*l 
 
 i 
 
 ■ 
 
 L 
 
 1 
 
lesneveuxnosontp.^ioi. 
 
 ^7 avez casse les manches 
 
 des marteaux. 
 ^yez-vous apporte des mar- 
 teauxdebois? 
 
 J'^iparJeauxfr^res des dames. 
 
 II^TRODtTCTOBr 
 
 !^e nephetas are not here, 
 ^havese the lady, 
 
 ^t "^^^^^nUh, l^roiers 
 here. 
 
 ^ou have Iroken the ham, 
 handles. 
 
 VooABUr.ARv 
 
 A.-senaI, m. ^,,,,^^,; • 
 
 Bijou, m. Jetoel, -MaiUeaii, m. Clouk. ' 
 
 Castor, m. i?,a„,,,' ''■ ^^""^a", m. //™»««, 
 ti-ambro, f: ^„„„,, ^«™", m. yep/,c„. 
 
 '* '^"> rv/iere. 
 
 Fait, JTaf^-g, 
 
 Porte, TTo/v?. 
 Q«j, Who. 
 
 ncvei 
 1 cliape! 
 I sole ? 
 ftux de ( 
 [Les bij( 
 
 ■us donn 
 arteaux 
 
 nlloux ? 
 
 ius vu 1 
 
 Bneraux. 
 Elles o 
 
 )U3 VU k 
 
 uii arsei 
 heuaux. 
 
 Give the aW. ^'^'^^^'^' Eyes. 
 
 ' above nouns preceded by d.. f. 
 
 ^y ^^* (some, any). 
 
 E'^ERCISE 49, 
 
 * J^es tailleurs ont-ih ^^ 
 ont les mnnt«n.'- ^ "i^nteaux de snip . . r, 
 
 iys marcchaux. 3 4 
 
 vez-vous parlo 
 
 1 Have 
 
 'cn tlie ( 
 ;? 4 ' 
 ■enerals S( 
 lospitals. 
 ipoken to 
 fhe ladies 
 1 To whc 
 lavo given 
 
 3 Have 1 
 
 4 Tliey h 
 _ 'ou seen 
 inephews' 1 
 pitals? li 
 
I>nCTOBY 
 
 ews are not here, 
 n the lady's eyes. 
 Smiths' brothers 
 
 ^>'ohen the harm 
 
 ^roitqht wooden A 
 
 '°^<^n to the ht 
 
 FEENCH COURSifl. 
 
 B1 
 
 a. CloaJc. 
 
 n. J^lacksmithl 
 • J^Tammer, 
 
 Nephew, 
 
 ncveiix des generaux ? 4 J'ai parlo aux nieces 
 
 chapeliers. 6 Le chapelier a-t-il fait des chapeaux 
 
 soie ? 6 II a fait des chapeaux de soie et des clia- 
 
 aux de castor. 7 Les bijoux des dames sont-ils ici ? 
 
 jGS bijoux et les joujoux sont ici. 9 A qui avez- 
 
 lus donne les marteaux ? 10 Nous avons donne lea 
 
 ^rteaux aux marechaux. 11 Avez-vous jete des 
 
 ^lloux? 12 Nous avons jeto des cailloux. 13 Avez- 
 
 ius vu les neveux des generaux? 14 J'ai vu les 
 
 heraux. 15 Les dames ont-elles oublio les ciseaux? 
 
 EUes ont donne les ciseaux aux tailleurs. 17 Avez- 
 
 busvu les hupitaux? 18 Nous avons vu un hopital 
 
 un arsenal. 19 Mon frere a vu des hopitaux et des 
 
 Neuaux. 20 New York a un bel arsenal. 
 
 Exercise 50. 
 
 1^ 
 
 rotten, 
 n. 
 
 1 Have we seen the tailor's cloaks? 2 We have 
 
 en tlie cloaks. 3 Have the blacksmiths worn silk 
 
 lats ? 4 They have worn beaver hats. 5 Have the 
 
 ;enerals seen the hospitals? 6 They have seen the 
 
 ospitals. 7 To whom have you spoken ? 8 We have 
 
 |poken to the generals. 9 Have you not spoken to 
 
 he ladies?. 10 We have not spoken to the ladies. 
 
 1 To whom have you given the playthings? 12 We 
 
 (some, any).Uavo given the playthings and the jewels to the ladies. 
 
 3 Have the ladies' nephews thrown the pebbles? 
 
 4 They have thrown the pebbles. 15 Where have 
 t'OH seen the ladies' scissors? 10 In their (leurs) 
 
 Inephews' rooms. 17 Has your brother seen the h(*s- 
 jpitals? 18 He has seen the hospitals and the arseii.'ik 
 
 3S 
 
 Snip 9 n Ti 
 
 'z-vous parloi 
 
 f 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 
 
 'It 
 
 if 
 
 .. : 
 
 1 
 J 
 
 
 '» I ( 
 
wr 
 
 msmsm 
 
 dd 
 
 '*''"""--'» — .o„<>». 
 
 noplieiv,? 22jf,,,f, . . ,-' **^'"-'''« »'■« the OTio. J 
 
 ' ^^^^^"- LESSON XXVH. 
 
 ■""= '•'•™AL, CONTI.Vl-ED. 
 
 PJ^-^.'^m^'^;^::' ^-' ^^"^ the a^eetive J 
 
 i-ia belle dame y i-htkal. 
 
 f ^^ /^««,r^..;,^, laa !;7 ^;^'"^'-^ dame... 
 
 J--1 i-obe noire. ^ '^ 'handsome ladles 
 
 TJie black dress tf ^ '"^^^^ "oi'-o«. 
 
 . ^ ' ^^'^ ^idck dresses. 
 
 SINGULAn. 
 
 tTn raauvais Jivre r p^^ai.. 
 
 ^1 *«f? ^oo/t,-. * t!^"'^' ni'-iuvais Jivros 
 
 U" honime heureux r^"'' ^'''^ ^^'^^•*'- 
 
 lV0Z-VOU3 
 
 noisettes 
 Pai cueilli 
 JoivG scet 
 guillcs. 
 iLes envelo 
 petites ? 
 I EUes sont 
 I Avez-vous 
 pomraes 
 ! Les pomm 
 
 vaises. 
 
 Les petites 
 
 reuses ? 
 
 EUes sont 
 
 Les enfant 
 
 reux. 
 Les cerises 
 Avez-voua 
 terelles i 
 
 Apporto, 
 Attentif, 
 
'MS. ^ I 
 
 ^ t; * o ft Y 
 
 eyes? 20l/,ai 
 ' are the gonciJ 
 k cloaks ? 2.J ij 
 I' Jjas made bead 
 ^ Jjospital. 
 
 PRENCII COURSE. 
 
 80 
 
 8INUULAK. 
 
 Lo urand arbre. 
 
 ^ ^XVII. 
 
 4. Other raasculiiio adjectives (not eiidhig with cau 
 iid al) take s for the pkirah 
 
 PLUIUL. 
 
 Les grands arbres. 
 The large tree. The larje trct.^. 
 
 Le jardin est petit. Les jardins sent pctits. 
 
 The (jarden is small. 2Vie ardens are sinall. 
 
 ]\IoDEL Sentences. 
 
 Lvoz-vous cueilli les belles Ilave you gathered the heautifal 
 
 noisettes? hazel-nuts? 
 
 Tai cueilli les gros abricots. I have picked the large. apricoU. 
 Joiva soeur a les bonnes ai- Your sister has the good needles. 
 
 guillcs. 
 JLes enveloppes sont-elles trop Are the envelopes too small f 
 
 petites ? 
 
 lEUes sent trop etroltes. They are too narroio. 
 
 I Avez-vousmangelesmauvaises Have you eaten the bad apples? 
 
 pommes? 
 Les pommes no sont pas man- Tlie apples are not bad. 
 
 vaises. 
 Les petites fllles sont-elles hcu- Are the liltle girls happy ? 
 
 reuses ? 
 Elles sont tres malheureuses. They are very iinhappy. 
 Les enfants sont toujours lieu- Tlie children are alivays happy. 
 
 reux. 
 Les censes sont-elles mures ? Are the cherries ripe ? 
 Avez-vous vu les jolies tour- Have you seen the pretty doves ? 
 
 terelles ? 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 Apporte, BronghJ. 
 Attentif, AttetiHve. 
 
 Blanc, W/ufe. 
 Botte,/. Boot. 
 
 II 
 
IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-S) 
 
 
 /. 
 
 
 < < 
 
 A 
 
 C* 
 
 
 1.0 ^ 
 
 I.I 
 
 1.25 
 
 ■ 50 '""^^ 
 
 M 
 
 21 
 
 114 ^ 
 
 lAo 12.0 
 
 - 6" 
 
 JA III 1.6 
 
 V 
 
 <^ 
 
 /: 
 
 ^> 
 
 % ^7 J" 
 
 
 vy «>, 
 
 >> 
 
 ^' 
 
 rnuiugrapiinj 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 23 WEST N,AIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 ,\ 
 
 m 
 
 .'^ 
 
 <* 
 
 * 
 
 \ 
 
 :\ 
 
 
 
„^^. 
 
 0\% 
 
 ^4 
 
 <? 
 
 C/j 
 
Enyeloppe, t Envelop t'T'' ^- '^PP^e. 
 Joli, Pretty. ^ i^oixh^v, m. Shoe 
 
 ^/?on, I Zesson. «tudieux, Studious. 
 
 f ang6, :Eaten. 
 
 ^;^^:^cul,X>oor, 
 
 •Ai'Os, Very 
 
 ^^v^<^ tie «ou„s with ;^o;^,;^«^, ' 
 
 ^' ^'^«) «efoj-e them. 
 
 /^^"jours, Always, 
 -lourterelJe f 7^„..7 , 
 Tr6s, F..y; ^"'^^^-^^^^ 
 
 Exercise 51. 
 
 ^«« bottes neuves? i t ' ' ^" ^^^^"vous mis (]2 
 «ouIiers neuf.? //.f^ -''Bonnie,, a-t-il Il^./^^l 
 «ont excellentes ]« 7 ""^"^'^^^^s ? 15 j^ "^^ 
 
 ^8 Avez-vous mange Jes bonn ^'"'^' ^^"veloppo, 
 
 — ' i-'vxiiiaes, 
 
 1 Are 1 
 
 lod. 3 
 [en my 
 len youi 
 ^se youi 
 Are the 
 ^ous and 
 ipe pears 
 (aten the 
 Are th 
 ipe. 16^ 
 [ipples ? 
 |rou torn t 
 ^00 {trap 
 Shoes? 2 
 laker brc 
 lew boots 
 Ivery whit< 
 
 LEgo 
 
 1. Adj( 
 masculine 
 
 Leli 
 The: 
 Le h 
 T/iei 
 
^^CTOBY 
 
 FBENCH COUBSB. 
 
 01 
 
 eio. 
 
 ^^^11, little. 
 
 ' ^Pple. 
 
 '• Shoe. 
 
 StucUouR. 
 
 ^niioer. 
 
 ■^hoays. 
 
 ■» ^- Turtle-dovi, 
 
 G them. 
 
 ' ElJes ne sontl 
 
 'S belles touij 
 ches de votref 
 
 "s mis {2nn)\ 
 ^^ 8ont dans 
 
 apporte Jesj 
 iliers neufi. 
 
 ^es poircs 
 belles en ve. 
 enveJoppcs. 
 " ^^'s mau- 
 ies, 
 
 EXEBCISE 52. 
 
 1 Are the apples good ? 2 The apples arc not very 
 )od. 3 They are not yet {encore) ripe. 4 Have you 
 [en my brother's pretty turtle-doves ? 6 We have 
 len your pretty cousin's white turtle-doves. 6 Are 
 lose young ladies pretty ? 7 They are very pretty. 
 Are they not very studious ? 9 They are very stu- 
 ious and very happy. 10 "Where have you put tho 
 Ipe pears? 11 In my mother's room. 12 Have you 
 iten the good j)ears? 13 I have eaten the ripe pears. 
 Are the pears very good, sir? 15 They are not very 
 ipe. 16 Why (jpourquoi) have you not eaten the large 
 ipples? 17 They are not good, sir. 18 Why have 
 jovi torn the small envelopes ? 19 They were {etaient) 
 too {trap) small, madam. 20 Where are the new 
 shoes? 21 They are in your room. 22 Has the shoe- 
 laker brought the new boots? 23 He has brought the 
 lew boots and the new shoes. 24 Are the turtle-doves 
 ivery white ? 25 They are very white and very beautiful. 
 
 LEgON XXVIII. LESSON XXVIII. 
 
 THE TLUKAL, CONTINUED. 
 
 1. Adjectives ending with cau^ add x for the plural 
 masculine. 
 
 SIKQULAB, PLUnAL. 
 
 Le livre nouveau. Les livres iiouveaux. 
 
 The new book. Tlie new books. 
 
 Le beau cheval. Les beaux chevaux. 
 
 The beautiful horse. The beautiful horses. 
 
 - ^ 
 
02 
 
 - -« T E D D C T B y 
 
 i 
 
 r -(^«.-«;„^:,:'"- J^™ officii gu„0,.a,„. 
 
 •^^^'- (General officers. 
 
 3. An adjective belonrrincr to twn . 
 
 "ouns is put in the pluraf " ""^ '"^'"^ ^'"^^"i«' 
 
 i-a rose et ia pecho ^onf -77 
 
 belles, ^ ^"^ ^'^^ ^-^^^ «'"^ i^eac/i 
 
 Lc chevil nf I. T beautiful. , 
 
 black. ' 
 
 the masculine Jllural "°""^' ^^' "^'^^^ ^^ P"t i,. 
 
 I^G gar^on et la fillo sont 77,w 
 bons, ^"^ ^'^ ^^^ «'"^ ^"-Z are good, 
 
 1^0 cliat et la vache sonf 7v 
 blancs, '^"^' ^'^^^^^ «^^^^ ^/^^^ -.e. an 
 
 white. . 
 
 II n'a pas de cerises, rr, j 
 
 ^' -^^e has no cherries. 
 
 ^OBEL Sentences. 
 Ou sont les beaux habits? tt'5; 
 
 Vous n'avezpasdc bcauxhabits y- ''r'*'''^'^^^^''';A?o/oa^.s/ 
 
take aux for tlj 
 
 ers gt'iiuraux. 
 officers. 
 
 r more singnlaj 
 
 i>i<J 2?cach wf. 
 und iloy (iiyJ 
 
 iiasculinc noiini 
 uist be put ill! 
 
 'jlrl are good, 
 the -^oio are] 
 
 11 j) before a I 
 ^ good booh. 
 
 plural noun, 
 Grr'tQu. ' 
 
 'itifaldothpsf 
 tiful clothes. 5 
 
 I"KKNCI1 COURSE. 
 
 93 
 
 lous n'avons pas de chevaux. 
 Lc gar^on ct la fiUe sont at- 
 
 tentifs. 
 
 jcs pommcs sont-cllcs bonnes ? 
 je3 prunes et les cerises sont 
 
 blanches. 
 !ia pecliG et la prune sont 
 
 jaunes. 
 X' taillcur et la modiste sont 
 
 adroits. 
 
 Lc chion et la vache sont noirs. 
 iLe garcon et la lillc sont stu- 
 
 dieux. 
 
 We have no horsen. 
 
 Tlie boy and girl are attentive. 
 
 Are the apples good ? 
 
 The plums and cherries are luhite. 
 
 TJie peach and plum are yellow. 
 
 TJie tailor and milliner arc skill-' 
 
 fid. 
 The dog and cow are black. 
 Tlic hoy and girl arc studious. 
 
 VoCAr.ULAIlT. 
 
 Apporte, Brought. 
 l>lanc, White. 
 Cerisier, m. Cherry-tree. 
 Certaineinent, Certainly. 
 Clicvrc, f. Goat. 
 Exocllont, Excellent. 
 General, General. 
 Ileureux, Happy. 
 Ici, Here. 
 
 Inclustrieux, Industrious. 
 Jauno, Yellow. 
 Malheureux, Unhappy, 
 
 Marchand, in. Jlerchant, 
 Modiste, f. 3Iilliner. 
 Mouton, m. Sheejy. 
 Noir, Black. 
 Nouveau, Kein. 
 Officicr, m. Officer. 
 Peche, f. Peach. 
 Pommicr, m. Apjyle-tree. 
 Rouge, Bed. 
 Rose, f. Bose. 
 Vache, f. Coio. 
 Verger, m. Orchard. 
 
 Pat tliG article le, la^ if, before the nouns in the 
 
 vocabulary. 
 
 >«'!■ 
 
Exercise 53. 
 
 ^'"■t-ibici? 6 Le.Te™! ;,.. ^'' "^^"''^^^ S6nU 
 «n&nts sont-ils hourou,? e r ' '""' """•'■ ' ^l 
 
 "»' coriacs blanches dan •tl!'^""' ^^ ^™-voJ 
 •"»:'on8 pas do cerises blanche ^.T' '' N"" 
 conses „oi,« ., j^s cerises m" ^""^ ''™»-' 4 
 
 «on, cemmemem. °" '"" ? ^1 lis ont rai'.| 
 
 tifi?i ^"^ ■'■" '"■' '"" ""^"W"""' apples '211 
 
 t; W apples. 3 Your brother ' ""'^ ''° "x^M- 1 
 
 he merchant fine apple^t , " 'Jr ?"'"• * "»' 
 ^^ee^. He has excellent che'rrv J I "° "^f'^l 
 (w«) sisters happv ' « ' ™*"'y-'«es. 7 Are yo„r 
 
 .""•other and (Jy sister ar^f, "'' ""'' '"P"^' " «/ 
 •ndustrious/ ,1 Z t l^^^; " ^^ ^''o mi,li„e, 
 
 b'-other and she are industril 7 '"''"f' ™"»- 12 Her 
 '^-^whUe. „^„,:--j3_A.e,o„rb,.^^ 
 
 •^«SSi*i^ 
 
•^OToair 
 
 PEENCn COURSE. 
 
 95 
 
 bureaux. 2 Eli 
 3 beaux cerisieil 
 ^fficiers gen6raiil 
 ^t noirs. 7 ]^i 
 tes fi]Ies ne soJ 
 I sont tr^s mJ 
 Jes petites ml 
 
 clievre est-ellJ 
 on sont blanJ 
 •eaux? 14 ScJ 
 
 J 5 Avez-voiisl 
 
 '^ous avons dm 
 
 ^Q marchaiKi) 
 
 odiste sont ijij 
 
 21 Us ont raiJ 
 
 lave no bean- j 
 pies. 4 Has! 
 's no apple- 
 ^ Are your 
 :W. 9 My 
 ^''0 milliner 
 '• 12 Hor 
 ^i* brother's 
 15 He h.^ 
 
 white sheep. 16 Is your goat black or white? 
 
 My goat and (my) sheep are white. 18 Have you 
 ilack cherries in your orchard? 19 I have iine black 
 jlierries. 20 I have no white cherries. 21 Have you 
 lew books? 22 I have new books. 23 Are the general 
 bfficers in your room ? 24 The general officer is in my 
 loom. 25 Are the rose and the peach beautiful ? 
 b They are very beautiful. 
 
 S071, sa. 
 notre. 
 
 
 1^-^' ' 
 
 LEgON XXIX. LESSON XXIX. 
 
 TUE PLUKAL, CONTINUED. — rOSSESSlVE ADJECTIVES 
 AND PRONOUNS. 
 
 1. Mes, mij, is the plural of mo?i, ma. QJ 
 Tes, %, " '^ " ton, ta. 
 Ses, his, her " " " 
 Nos, our, " " " 
 Vos, your, " " " voire. Qa 
 Leurs, their, " " " leur. 
 
 The above words are put before plural nouns of either 
 gender, and must be repeated before every noun. 
 
 Mes amis, ses amis, leurs J/y friends, his or her 
 amis, friends, their friends. 
 
 2. Les miens, i7ii?ie, is the plural of le mien. 
 Les tiens, thi?ie, " " " le tien. 
 Les biENs, his, hers, " " " ' le sien. 
 
96 
 
 ^J^TRODUCTORY 
 
 . ■^"^^''^P^'ononns reforto moo r i 
 
 -the .a»e or i„ anothorter::'"" "°""^ ''''"M 
 
 «• -liES MIEJVNES w?/w/5 • , I 
 
 J-KS siEXNKs /^/6«, /ters, " « " f« ^^^^^4 
 
 Tiie above pronouns rol^ite tn f - - ''''""^ 
 
 T'-se pronoun. ..elate to p,„,,I '""""•''"'-"■■J 
 gender. ^" P'"^^^ nouns of eitlicJ 
 
 Vos neveux et les n6trn« t^ 
 
 MoBEL Se^te.vces. 
 Mes fleurs et Jes sionnes. j ., . 
 
 Ses tulipes et les miennes ^^>^^''^ "'^^ his or 7.er.9. 
 
 ^a place et la votre ' f^ T '' ^"^'^'' "^'^ ^^■«^- 
 
 I'os montres de I'horlo^er ct lii^'^''''^^^ V^^^^rs. 
 
 Sa patrie Pf ]„ ^:„„„ V^'^rs. 
 
 ^es v6tres. 
 Sa patrie et la mienne. 
 
 yours. 
 
 His or her native country an 
 mine. "^ 
 
 Our looUng glasses and his or 
 hers. 
 
 Your looking glass arcd his or 
 Avez-vous apporte ma lettro ? rr 
 
 Je n'ai pas apporte la Iftre T ^" '""^^'^ "^ ^^«- -^ 
 
 Vos cousiaes et les notro, " t ''''' ^'"^"^^^^ 3^«"''^. 
 
 ^ oziA- cousins and ours. 
 
 Nos miroirs et les siens. 
 ■^otre miroir et le sien. 
 
 "■^^Ay**-, 
 
^CTOBY 
 
 nouns proccilij 
 
 ^^roi and his. 
 
 "^^^^ ojla mienni 
 la tienxd 
 la 8ie)ui\ 
 
 le nouns. 
 'ers and nihic, 
 
 ' ^<^ur, la lenr. 
 )uns of eitliei 
 
 FRENCH COURflTC. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 97 
 
 liiiic, White. 
 
 [Jeiisier, ni. (J/terry-tree. 
 
 )uiiblc', liouhle. 
 
 'i(.'Ui', f, Flovier. 
 
 5niit, ni, Gloce. 
 
 liroik'o, f. GiUi/J!ower.[ 
 
 tniiid, Large. 
 [libit, in. Coat. 
 [iitliilgoiit, Ituhilf/ent. 
 
 anliii, ni. Garden. 
 Jamie, Yellov\ 
 is, in. Lily. 
 
 Moiichoir, m. Tlamlkerchicf. 
 Noiif, New. 
 G^illet, in. Pink. 
 On, Where. | 
 
 Parterre, in. Flower-garden. 
 Poirier, in. Fear-tree. 
 Poininier, in. Apple-tree. ' 
 Prunicr, m. Plum-tree. 
 liose, f, Jiuse. 
 Jloiige, ii'ec?. 
 Simple, Single. 
 Tulipe, f. 7W^)>. 
 
 c^o-s «y^c^ ow's.m '^^"^ ^'^^ article (?66* or les Ijcforc the nouns. 
 
 T^y letter f 
 
 '/ours. 
 
 urs. 
 
 Exercise 55. 
 
 1 Les tulipcs de votro frere sont-elles doubles? ; 
 12 Les siennes ne sont pas doubles. 3 Les micnnes I 
 pont simples. 4 Vos oeillets sont-ils rouges ou blancs ? 
 1 5 Los miens sont blancs, les votres sont rouges. 6 Oi\ 
 [sont vos lis et les siens ? 7 Les siens sont dans le par- 
 terre. 8 Les notres sont dans le grand jardin. 9 Votre 
 I araie a-t-elle de belles giroflees ? 10 Ses girofleea sont 
 I rouges et les miennes blanches. 1 1 Leurs lis sont-ils blancs 
 tou jaunes? 12 Les leurs sont blancs. 13 Les miens 
 ne sont pas jaunes. U Mes roses sont rouges et lea 
 vAtres sont blanches. 15 Mes poiriers, mes cerisiers, 
 ft mes pruniors sont eu flours (in the blow). IG Les 
 
ts 
 
 »A9()nElI.Il'B INTEODUCTOBT 
 
 m.<ms, OS v6tre,,, ot los siens „c sont pas en fl.,, 
 J 9 Mou iicro ct lua miro sout iu.lulgeuts. 
 
 j 't 
 
 Exercise 56. 
 
 ^ 1 Ilns your sister my bG^ntiful flowers ? 2 She liJ 
 hors mine, and yours. 3, Are your cherry-trees 
 the blow? 4 Mine are n^t^. the bio.. 6 Y^Js .1 
 m t^e blow. (3 Has not j^OV'cousin handsome rosJ 
 
 I Her roses are not handso^nle. 8 Mine are red I 
 ve,y handsome. Are your coats and handkerch'i 
 neu ? 10 My gloves and; liandkerchiefs are J 
 
 II Mme are not new, if'ni'imais) they are goo 
 12 Mme yours, and hers. n:-b wlnte. 13 Have 1 1,| 
 lihes m then- flower-garden ? 14 They have lilies al 
 roses m theirs. 15 I have ' beautiful yellow tuh> 
 rnrne^ IG My tulips are single and yours are doubli 
 17 Mme are not very beautiful. 18 My father a* 
 (ray) mother are in the flower garden. 1 9 My cherrl 
 trees and (my) apple-trees are in the blow 20 if 
 your gillyflowers double, sir? 21 Mine are not doubl 
 sir 22 Where are your new gloves? 23 Mine, youfi 
 and hers are here. 24 Your lily is white, but minei 
 yellow. 25 My brothers and my sisters are not in J 
 garden. 26 My roses arc yellow and yours are red. 
 
 I ai ceux-ci 
 
FBBNGII COUliSB. 
 
 00 
 
 LEgON XXX. LESSON XXX. 
 
 IK PLUUAL, COXTIXUED. — DKMONSTUATIVK ADJJitTIVJiS 
 AND niOXOUNS. 
 
 1. Ces, these, those, is llio plural oi ce, cet, cetfe. 
 
 Jit is put before plunil nouns, either masculiiio or 
 |rainino, and is repeatet] .liQi'ore every noun. 
 cs homracs et ces fenime's ; Those men and {those) 
 
 ', wo)nen. 
 [es clicvaux et ces vaclie?.* -r/iese horses a?icl{fhcsi) 
 
 cows. 
 
 2. Ceux, those, is the p^,u,i-fil o^ relal. 
 ! It refers to nouns mascrt/i^io plui al. 
 
 lea tapis et ceux de vot)e These cdrpets and you)* 
 soBur. " ■ , sister's. 
 
 Literally : These carpct^s and those of your sister. 
 
 3. Celles, those, is the plural o{ celte. 
 
 It relates to nouns in the plural fonilninf^. 
 pes maisons et celles do These houses and our 
 notre oncle. uncle's. 
 
 Literally : These houses and tho^^e of our uncle. 
 
 4. Ceux-ci, these, is the plural oPcelui-ci, this one. 
 Ceux-lA, those, " " " celui-ld, that one. 
 
 These words relate to nouns in the plural masculine, 
 iuels tapis avez-vous ? What or lohich carpets hai^e 
 
 you ? 
 ■'ai ceux-ci et ceux-Ia. Ihavie these and those. 
 
 V -I 
 
. I * 
 
 II 
 
 ^00 PASquKLLh's littnnurr 
 
 "• TRODU CTon Y 
 
 Tlicso pronouns reL f. , , '''^^^' -^'^''-^ - 
 
 «tu,]ion«esv '"'l'' l^^'''^ «•' ^^^urA y.,,,, 
 
 <^'<''"t's-ci ct celles-ia :*'.'^, '" ^''^ ^•''^^'^^V>«6'> 
 
 'i:-^^kese and those. 
 
 > • « « , 
 
 Mo.,E,. S-Mtence.,. 
 
 mode. '°"' "^ !«^^^*''-^^'^'-*«'-^/a6/..b«aW..^ ' 
 
 Avez-vous vu mes soeuM *.* vr, 
 cellos do votre ami? ^^'' ^°" *^^^ ^'^ -W. „^ 
 
 beaux. '°°^ ^^•^'^ ^'^'--^^^ ancZ (iUse) com J 
 
 Ces tapis sont-ilg neuft 9 , ^'^^fM. 
 
 Queues ardoi^es avez-vous ? u^' T' "^"^'^ '''"" •' 
 
 ^°"^? ^yf^<^tov which slates have yoA 
 
 ■Aiguia*:', Sharpened. 
 Assiette, f! i>/^^^, 
 ^'anc, 6Vett>,, ,^A.,v^. 
 ^^"gie, I Wax-Ucjht 
 
 'Vocabulary. 
 
 Casso, J?;-o^^e;?. 
 Commode, f! lUu-eau. 
 
t'BENCH OOUBSB. 
 
 101 
 
 i'cdle-ci, this o.-j 
 ' <'e//t' /</, tli.it „ 
 """■^ in the i; 
 
 fipicier, ra. Grocer. 
 
 Glace, f. Looking-glass. 
 
 Ilaut, ///^/i. 
 
 JMatelot, m. Sailor. 
 
 Mauvais, Had, jwor. 
 
 Meilleur, Better. 
 
 Hoiichoir, m. Handker- 
 chief. 
 
 IV'rruquier, m. Hair- 
 dresser, 
 
 Give the nouns in the 
 ceiie before them, 
 
 Petit, Little, small. 
 Quel, Whichy what. 
 llasoir, m. Itazor. 
 Sale, Soiled, dirty. 
 Serviette, 1". Dinner-napkin. 
 Soldat, m. Soldier. 
 Suif, in, Tallow. 
 Sur, Upon, on. 
 Tiroir, ni. Drawer. 
 Trop, Too, too much. 
 
 vocabulary with ce, cet, or 
 
 i I s 
 
 handle. 
 *tireaH. 
 ^oak. 
 
 Exercise 57. 
 
 1 Mes cartes et les votres sont-ellcs grandes ? 
 2 Lcs miennes sent ires grandes. 3 Cellos do votre 
 soDur sent pctites. 4 Ces commodos no sont pas belles. 
 6 Celle de notre epicler est trop haute. 6 Avez- 
 vous casse les glaces de ma soeur ? 7 J'ai casse celles 
 de votre cousine. *^ Nos serviettes sont-elles sales? 
 9 Celle de mon friire est blanche. 10 La miennc n'est 
 pas blanche. 11 Celles de notre cuisinier sont dans 
 le tiroir. 12 Avez-vous aiguiso les rasoirs? 13 J'ai 
 aiguise ceux-ci et ceux-ia. 14 Je n'ai pas aiguise ceux 
 du perruquier. 1 5 Ces soldats sont-ils braves ? 1 6 Ces 
 soldats et ces matelots sont tr6s braves. 1 7 Ces chan- 
 delles et ces bougies sont mauvaises. 18 Celles do 
 I'epicier sont mauvaises. 19 Ces assiettes sont belles, 
 niaia eellos-lu, tiout muiileures. 
 
102 
 
 < !/! 
 
 li] 
 
 I 
 
 Exercise 58, 
 
 1 Is yom- bureau too Iar<re9 o M„ >, 
 
 IS too high. 4 Where ir,. T ' ^°"'' '"•<>"";rt 
 inmyroV C You b Ife ,"' ""''' ' ' ^'^'»° "^ 
 bureau. 7 Are our lin f."™ "'""' th« smiH 
 
 brother's are dirty 9 r'T'^r "'™ ^ « ^ou 
 10 My brother., ,:dsi:te"^::t:r";^/'-.ea,,. 
 ^'■olAcr and those of rny sM n jf^'^'^ofm^ 
 
 dresser sharpened my r,.«ors/,oTf "•"" "'" ''""•■ 
 ">""=• J 3 He has llnvZ'l ''"«''««"«' sharpened 
 
 eo«si„.s. 14 Arc yt ' wat „ H '''""'"'^ ""-^ "^ 
 -•0 not good, bnt my L ,t:f t ="1 ' '' *«"« 
 ooki„g.g,as.,es are smaY n Tf '"°'- '" '^''°«° 
 '-•ge. 18 Are those ailo" »d ^r""r "•<' '"» 
 •"■ave? 19 These are brave 20 A ^T^ ,'""■"■''' 
 chiefs and napkins dean '^ f, ^^f '^'^'^ '""dier- 
 22 Those are not clea^i o,' W, , "f "^ '=''^'">- 
 24 I have tallo^v eaudies amr^T. r"."'^ ''"" y"" ? 
 -ax-Iights and your fi.renda" 20 If '' '^"^ 
 your cousin's. ' ^o. Mme, yours, and 
 
 I-SgOK XXXI. LESSON XXXI 
 
 CCVJUGATION OP VEBRS. 
 
 of ' JbrTieVif di'::!: '"''r'r^ -• -j-sations 
 
 their infinitives oriamet""' '^' """= ""*>'=''^ «'• 
 
' bureau is too 
 your brother's 
 5 3Iino are 
 pon the small 
 an ? 8 Your 
 ^•ft are clean. 
 [Those of mij 
 las the hair, 
 not sharpened 
 er's and my 
 
 '? 15 Mine 
 '• 10 Those 
 3i''s are too 
 se) soldier's 
 >se handker- 
 ai'e clean. 
 J have you ? 
 25 Those 
 yours, and 
 
 CXI 
 
 y ligations 
 idiligs of 
 
 PBBNCH COUitSE, 
 
 103 
 
 Ist 
 
 2d. 
 
 3d. 4th. 
 
 IK, OIR, RE. 
 
 Donn-or, to(7t-D«. Pnn-ir, toiwnjsA. Dev-oir, o owe. Vend-re, to «ej{. 
 
 Sic* 
 
 2. The terminations of the present of the indicative 
 of the regular verbs of the fir^t conjugation arc : c, C5, 
 e, ons, es, ewif. 
 
 3. Peesent of the Indicative op 
 Pb^t-er, to lend. 
 
 Je pret-e, 
 
 Tu pr6t-es, 
 II pr6t-e, 
 Elle pret-e, 
 Nous pret-ons, 
 Vous pret-ez, 
 lis pret-ent, 
 Elles pret-ent, 
 
 Ileml^ I do lendy or 
 
 lam loiding. 
 Thou lendest. 
 Tie lends. 
 She lends. 
 We lend. 
 You lend. 
 They (m.) lend. 
 They (f.) lend. 
 
 DONN-ER, TO GIVE. 
 
 Je donn-e, 7r//ye, I do gim, or 
 
 / am gimng. 
 Thou givest. 
 Tie gives. 
 She gives. 
 We give. 
 You give. 
 
 Tu donn-es, 
 II donn-e, 
 EUe donn-e, 
 Nous donn-ons, 
 Vous donn-ez, 
 lis donn-ent ' 
 
 They {m.) give. 
 
 -.^i 
 
 Elles donn-ent, They (f.) give, 
 
104 
 
 FASQUBLLE'S INTB D UCTOE Y 
 
 ClIEKCII-ER, TO SEEK, TO LOOK FOR 
 
 Jecherch-e, I look for. 
 
 I u cherch-es, 
 
 II cherch-e, 
 Elle cherch-e, 
 Nous cherch-ons, 
 Vous chei-ch-ez, 
 Us cherch-ent, 
 Elles cherch-ent, 
 
 Thou lookest for. 
 He looks for. 
 She looks for. 
 We look for. 
 Toil look for. 
 They (m.) look for. 
 
 They (f.) hok for. 
 
 DemanD-ER, to ask TO Jl<fjr vno ^^ 
 
 ) o/i, Yo» ASK FOR, TO REQUEST. 
 
 Je demand-e, 
 Tu demand-es, 
 II demand-e, 
 Elle demand-e, 
 Nous deniand-ons, 
 Vous demand-ez, 
 Us demand-ent, 
 Elles demand-ent, 
 
 I ask for. 
 Tilou askestfor. 
 He asks for. 
 She asks for. 
 We ask for. 
 You ask for. 
 Thexj (m.) ask for. 
 They (f.) ask for. 
 
 ofthe indicative. ^ ^''^ P'^*^^"' 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 Je donne uu Uvre a ma soeur. Igi.e a hook to mv s^lster 
 Vo-pr^tezle couteau . .on To. ... ..e :;it;..*. 
 
 ^Imtr '" '''' '' ^^^^^elooIcsfortHekeyofherroor. 
 
CTOBT ■ 
 
 FRENCH 
 
 E FOR. 1 
 
 'St for. 1 
 
 11 demande une pomme. 
 Nous demandons notre cousine 
 
 1 
 
 Yous cherchez lour soeur. 
 
 for, fl 
 
 Ma soeur cherche son amie. 
 
 1 
 
 Nous pretons notre argent. 
 Jo demande des fraises. 
 
 ^ookfor, ■ 
 
 Elles donnent des nok. 
 
 ok for. H 
 
 
 '0 REQUEST. I 
 
 VOCAI 
 
 estfor. 
 
 or. 
 
 or. 
 
 r. 
 
 or. 
 
 askfor. 
 
 s/cfor. 
 
 ■ donne, &q., 
 ' I give, do 
 
 and siniilai- 
 
 ■ the present 
 
 y sister. 
 
 to my hroiher. 
 
 ^f of her room. 
 
 COURSE. 
 
 105 
 
 He is ashing for an apple. 
 
 We {ask) are ashing for our 
 
 coitsin. 
 You loohfor or seeh their sister. 
 My sister looh^for her friend. 
 We lend our money. 
 I am ashing for strawberries. 
 They give nuts. 
 
 Argent, m. Money. 
 Avoine, f. Oats. 
 Chaise, f. Chair. 
 Cheval, m. Horse. 
 Couteau, m. Knife. 
 Cuisiniere, f. Cook, 
 Domestique, m. Servant. 
 Foin, ra. Hay. 
 Fourchette, f. Fork. 
 Grand, Large. 
 Oncle, m. Uncle. 
 Marechal, m. JBlacksmith. 
 
 Give the nouns with le^ la, or J' before them. 
 
 Panier, m. Basket. 
 Papier, m. Pajier. 
 Parapluie, m. Umbrella, 
 Parasol, m. Parasol. 
 Pauvre, Poor. 
 Petit, Small, little. 
 Pkime, f. Pen. 
 Soie, f. Silk. 
 Tante, f. Awit. 
 The, m. Tea, 
 Velours, m. Velvet, 
 Volaille, f. Poultry, 
 
 Exercise 59. 
 
 1 Je prete mon parapluie. 2 Ma soeur prete son 
 parasol. 3 Nous demandons notre argent. 4 Nous 
 donnons une chaise a, la pauvre femnie. 5 Yous donnez 
 le velours de soie. 6 Nous cherchons du the. 7 Nous 
 
 5* 
 
 I ^ 
 
 
106 
 
 INTRODUCTORY 
 
 klul 
 
 demanrlons de bon the. 8 Ma smn. ^ . I 
 
 volaille. 9 La cuisi„i6re chZlT! f ""'"^^ ^' H 
 ^0 Elle demande rnon 00.!%!"" ^''^"'^'I 
 
 la demoisfllo '13 Vols 1 r"" "" '''''' ^^'^^ ^ 
 
 niere dcmande les ^Ll . '"'''^'"'^- ^^ Ma 
 
 fourchettes. 19 J dTmando" ''"^ '' '^^ ^'"^"d- 
 ^ clemande mon papier et ma plume. 
 
 Exercise 60. 
 1 I ask for my iimbrelh o v 1 , 
 to my skter. 3 w" ask fn,. ,' '""'^ '"""' ''oo^' 
 
 4 You ask for ™y ^^^t 5 m"' '"■^'' ""^ P"™™'- 
 father. 6 Wo ni 7 f ^^ ™"™ "^^ks for mv 
 
 gives ottstftheE '7"';"'!'-- ^ Your servant 
 
 "You ,e„a moueXJp t trr^ " '^^ "-- 
 a chair to my uncle 19 r! i 1. ™™- ^1 You gh-o 
 
 «™t. 13 The cook als for ,"" """'" ""'' (-^) 
 looks for poultry i/^, Z™ S°°'' P°«l"y. U She 
 
 blacksmith. l« The hhli •?'" ^'^'^ """^^ '<> the 
 T7 T • , ^ blacksmiths look fn,^ +k i i 
 
 1^ I give a knife and (a) fork f A ? ^^'^ ^'°'*«««- 
 
 for the large knives an 1 V f ^^/ V' ''"^' ^^ ^ ^^ok 
 are looking for eT 2 W ' ''" 'rf '"•'^^- ^^ ^ou 
 21 I am asking f"- l\Yl "" 'T^''^ for good tea. ^ 
 am looking foVny Tn,v 7f ^'^^^^ «^«^^'-- 22 I 
 owtur giveii poultrv to thn ^^ ' '^'^ "*• 2o My 
 
 ^ ^ to the poor woman. 24 I look for 
 
PBENCH COURSE. 
 
 107 
 
 the large basket. 25 They lend their money to our 
 friends. 
 
 LEgON XXXII. LESSON XXXII. 
 
 VERBS OF FIRST CONJUGATION, CONTINUED.— INTERRa 
 
 gative form. 
 
 1. Present op the Indicative of Prater, Donner, 
 Chkrciier, Demander, interrogatively. 
 
 j Do I lend f or 
 
 Est-ce que je prote ? 
 
 Pr6tes-tu ? 
 Prete-t-il ? 
 Pr^te-t-elle ? 
 Pretons-nous ? 
 Pr6tez-vous ? 
 Pr6tent-i!s ? 
 Pr6tent-elles ? 
 
 ( am I lending? 
 Dost thou lend? 
 Does he lend? 
 Does she lend? 
 Do loe lend? 
 Do you lend? 
 Do they (m.) lend? 
 Do they (f.) Ie7id? 
 
 Est-ce que jo donne ? ] 
 
 Donnes-tu ? 
 Donne-t-il ? 
 Donne-t-elle ? 
 Donnons-nous ? 
 Donnez-vous ? 
 Donnent-ils ? 
 Ponnent-elles ? 
 
 Do I give? or 
 
 am I giving? 
 Dost thou give ? 
 Does he give ? 
 Does she give ? 
 Do loe give ? 
 Do you give ? 
 Do they (rn.) give ? 
 Do they (f.) (/ivc ? 
 
 > > 
 
108 
 
 m 
 
 iNTRODUCTORr 
 
 -^^•5^ ^/iou look for 9 
 
 Cherche-t-il ? 
 Cherche-t-elle? 
 Cherchons-nous ? 
 Cherchez-vous ? 
 Cherchent-iJs ? 
 Cherchent-elles ? 
 
 -^oes /ie look for 9 
 J^oes she look for f 
 ^0 toe look for ? 
 ^re you looking for ? 
 I>o they (m.) look for » 
 Are they (f.) look'my for ? 
 
 Est-ce que je demande? Do I ask for 9 
 
 — ^1? t thou asking for f 
 
 I>emande-tril ? 
 Demande-t eJle ? 
 Demandons-nous ? 
 Demandez-voiis ? 
 Demandeiit-ils ? 
 I>(3mandent-elles ? 
 
 — ""'i/^L 
 -«*' /ie asking for ? 
 Does she ask for ? 
 I>o loe ask for ? 
 Are you asking for ? 
 J)o they (m.) ask for ? 
 Are they (f.) ashing for ? 
 
 T?„4. . * brother 9 
 
 Est-ce que je cherche mon 2>a IlZk /• 
 livre ? " 1 ^0 y took for my boolc f 
 
 Est-ce quo „ou, dolZ; ;^^t '^f '"^ « *-'-^ 
 
'TORr 
 
 ■iJcfor? 
 for? 
 '^for ? 
 or? 
 
 infffor ? 
 look for ? 
 'ookiufj for ? 
 
 FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 
 109 
 
 Ju'est-CG quo jc chcrcho ? 
 Jue demandez-vous ? \ 
 
 Ju'est-ce que vous dcmandez? \ 
 Demandons-nou3 do I'argent? ^ 
 Est-ce que nous demaadons > 
 de I'argent ? ; 
 
 [Cherchez-vous votre frero ? 
 I Est-cc que vous cherchez votrc 
 fr^re ? 
 
 Pretez-vous tout votre papier? 
 Est-ce que vous prctez tout \ 
 
 votre papier ? 
 Quel livre cherchez-vous ? 
 
 VilMi am Iloohing for? 
 miat do you ask for ? or 
 What are yoa asking for f 
 
 Are we ashing for money ? or 
 Do we ask for mo7iey ? 
 
 'Do you look for your hroih- 
 
 er ? or 
 Are you looking for your 
 brother ? 
 
 \ Do yoio lend all your paper? or 
 / Areyoulending aUyour paper ? 
 
 Wliat hook do you seek? or 
 are you looking for ? 
 
 ^1 I 
 
 i:, A 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 for your 
 y hook ? 
 er? Is it 
 
 Armoire, f. Cupboard. 
 Botte, f. Boot. 
 Bouilli, m. Boiled meat. 
 Canif, m. PenhTiife. 
 Canne, f. Cane. 
 Clef, f. Key. 
 Cuisiniore, f. CooJc. 
 Dejeuner, m. Breakfast. 
 Diner, m. Dinner. 
 Enfant, m. Child. 
 Gant, m. Glove., 
 Garden, m. Boy, 
 
 Put the word notre, or 
 
 Jambon, ra. Ham. 
 Lampe, f. Lamp. 
 Legume, in. Vegetable. 
 Micl, m. Honey. 
 Plume, f. Pen. 
 Poisson, ra. Fish. 
 Que, What. 
 Qui, Whom. 
 Roti, m. Boast meat. 
 Salade, f. Salad. 
 Salon, m. Parlor. 
 Sonpe, fe Soup. 
 
 voire "before the nouns. 
 
1 
 
 "0 -ASQr...,.« ,„,„„,„^^^ 
 
 demandons pas de mid to T> ' ^ " N<>'« »«l 
 
 d" jambon a l-enfam ? 20 Jo r'''^"'" '" •"""'" ° 
 «t do la ^„p, ,„ j^^^.^ ^20 Jo doune d« r6ti a l.e„a„, | 
 
 ExEEoisE 62. 
 
 1 Whom aro you asking; fo,.f or , . 
 8 Does your brother ask foH.k „ ^ '* '^'' "^ "O"™. 
 f» his penknifo and his 1„ x?.?''""^ ' * He asks 
 -mbrella ? 6 My oousin h^ '^ '''' ^o" '"nd you, 
 
 'ooMns for your^g^^; "-""'"""• ^ ^- ^ 
 e ovos and my brother's ' 9 1)7: "^ .'"'"''"g for 0,. 
 •to child ? ,0 IVe gi™ bone? ^"^ '"'"^^ '» «'« 
 to the little boy. , j ml r^"^ '""at and roast meat 
 breakfast? /, ^, al'r r Ta' n ' ^'^""''^ ^°''' 
 '»ok for fish? USLoisLt- ,'^ ^^os the cook 
 «'«ta- looks for salad. XIT-!? f' /^''' '= ^o,. 
 
 'Sl'o you Jead your penknife 
 
 VEIIBS OF 
 ANI 
 
 1. Ind] 
 
 JUGATED : 
 
 Je ne c 
 Tunec 
 II ne cl 
 Elle ne 
 Nous n 
 Vous m 
 lis ne c 
 EUes ne 
 
 Je ne d 
 Tuned 
 II ne de 
 
 Elle ne 
 Nous nc 
 Vous m 
 lis ne d( 
 Elle ne 
 
CTOBT 
 
 ^e chercho votre) 
 -vous mon aiuiT 
 
 ' gants ? 8 d 
 ^'0"s Ja clef de 
 
 '^'«n- 11 qJ 
 "otre Jampej 
 
 14 II demandel 
 cherche-t-elle) 
 
 >n pour le (],^.[ 
 18 Nous nej 
 dubouiUioi, 
 
 'oti a I'eafant I 
 
 f my cousin. 
 
 4 He asks 
 a lend your 
 
 ^ Are yon 
 "g for our 
 >ney to the 
 I'oast meat 
 ^OKr) your 
 
 tJie cook 
 
 15 Your 
 ' penknife 
 
 J'REKcii cotrnsE. 
 
 Ill 
 
 lo the little boy? 17 Your brother is asking for his 
 books. 18 We are asking for our boots. 19 Are wo 
 jasking for honey ? 20 To (a) Avliom do you lend 
 jnioncy ? 21 Are you asking for roast meat ? 22 Wu 
 jask for boiled meat. 23 We arc looking for vegetables. 
 [21 Are you looking for your lamp ? 
 
 LEgON XXXIII. LESSON XXXIII. 
 
 ' VERBS OF FIRST CONJUGATIOX, CONTIXUED.— NEGATIVE, 
 AND NEGATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE FORM. 
 
 1. Indicative of Ciierciier and Demander con- 
 jugated : 
 
 NEGATIVELY. 
 
 Je ne cherche pas. lam not looking for. 
 
 Tu ne cherches pas. 
 II ne cherche pas. 
 Elle ne cherche pas. 
 
 Thou art not looking for, 
 lie is not looking for. 
 She is not looking for. 
 
 Nous ne cherchons pas. We are not looking for. 
 
 Vous ne cherchez pas. You do not look for. 
 
 lis ne cherchent pas. They (m.) do not look for. 
 
 EUes ne cherchent pas. They (f.) do not look for. 
 
 Je ne demande pas. I do not ask for. 
 
 Thou art not asking for. 
 
 He does not ask for. 
 
 She docs not ask for. 
 Kous ne demandons pas. We are not asking for. 
 Vous ne deraandez pas. You do not ask for. 
 lis ne demandent pas. They (ra.) do not ask for. 
 Elle ne demandent pas. They (f.) do ?iot ask for. 
 
 Tu ne demandes pas. 
 II ne demande pas. 
 Elle ne demande pas. 
 
 
 Ill 
 
W i 
 
 lid 
 
 |f3 
 
 
 i 
 
 I)as ? ^'^e J^o Snot fool- for f 
 
 5^ cherches-ti, pas ? 
 
 ^« ^'^erchons-nous n.s ? f "'" ^''^^ '^^e look for 9 
 
 ^^ c^-rche„t-ellei pas ? :^:f ^ 0-) not loo(l;. 
 pas ? "^^«^o ^^ ^^^^^ ^^^^.^^^^ ^ 
 
 ^« ^^cmandcs-t.i pas ? 
 
 ^^ clcnande-t-il pas v f;'^^f -- ^/o. aslfor., 
 
 ll ,^--d-vous pis • ^- - -^ -^4/0. . 
 ■^>e deniandent-ils pas ? "^ ^ '' '^^^ «^Vc>^- ^ 
 
PRENCIl COURSE. 
 
 113 
 
 Quo montrcz-vous -i votre 
 ecolier ? 
 
 Ju ne inontro rlon. 
 
 Plantcz-vous ilea rosiera ? 
 
 N'aimez-vous pas lo inouton ? 
 
 Ne parlez-vous pas franyais ? 
 
 Comment trouvez-vous co ga- 
 teau ?* 
 Nous trouvons ces pOclies tres 
 bonnes. 
 
 1 
 
 What do you show to rjour 
 
 pupil ? 
 I do not show anythimj. 
 Do yoH lAant rose-hushes? 
 Do you not like (fhr) mutton ? 
 Do you not speak French ? 
 How do you find {like) t/m cakef 
 
 We find these peaches very good. 
 We like these peaches very much. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 Allemand, m. Gcrmmi. Jardlnicr, m. Gardener. 
 Anglais, 111. Etujlish. Mauvais, Bad 
 
 BoDuf, m. Beef. Monde (tout le), Ecerybody. 
 
 Chevro-feuille, ni. Honey- Montrer, To show. 
 
 suckle. 
 Desirei-, To desire. 
 Done, Then. 
 Erable, m. 3faple-(ree. 
 Eapagnol, m. Sjxmish. 
 Fleur, f. Floioer. 
 Frangais, m. French. 
 Italien, ni. Italian. 
 Jardin, m. Garden. 
 
 Mouton, m. Mutton. 
 (Eillet, m. Pink. 
 Onne, m. Elm-tree. 
 Parler, To speak. 
 Parent, lielation. 
 Personno, Nobody. 
 Pommier, ni. Ajyple-tree. 
 Salade, f. Salad. 
 Tulipe, f. Tulip. 
 
 Give the nouns with the words mon or ma before them. 
 
 * After the word comment, how, and in some other cases, tho 
 French use the verb trouver, instead oi aimer, to like: 
 Comment trouvez-vous ce mouton? How do you like {find) this mutton f 
 
 Jo lo trouve exceUent. I ^ ^'^'^ ^'^ ^'^^y ^""^^'• 
 
 ) I find it excellent. 
 
 ! f 
 
114 
 
 
 "^ '"■^'^OUvcTOHt 
 
 ^ N»"3 mom 1, ' ''""' '»<">'.•« vol "".■' '''■"•••<»« 
 
 ,n„ ^""crsE 64. 
 
 Spanish, Italian F " , "''"'"^ Gonna/ j,^"'™'"' ? 
 
 It 
 
 ^'^^V i/oocl) 
 
rosy 
 
 e^-vou.s pas 
 
 '"aiivai.so. 
 ' ^ons no 
 
 '"« (lotiQ? 
 ''•s. 15 A 
 
 iardins et 
 augiais, 
 
 ''•, I do 
 spcak 
 speaks 
 man ? 
 speak 
 ' yon 
 
 ' ask 
 [the) 
 nut' 
 
 Hi) 
 
 »'*?. 
 
 FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 116 
 
 10 What tlo you find ? 17 We find flowers and trees. 
 18 Do you like tlinso peaclies ? {Do you Jind those 
 peaches good?) 19 I like these i)eache3 very much. 
 [Ifind th^ -e peachch- very yood.) 20 Arc wc not look- 
 ing for tho ,(,'ardcner? 21 We are lookuig for him. 
 22 Wliat do you plant ? 23 You plant elms and maple 
 trce.i. 24 What do we show to the gardener? 20 Wo 
 show to the gardener tho beautiful apple-trees. 
 
 LEgON XXXIV. LESSON XXXIV. 
 
 IRREGULAR VERnS. — ALLKR ; TO 00. 
 
 1. There fire verbs, in the several conjugations, which 
 do not, in all their tenses, end like tho model verb of 
 the conjugation to which they belong •, the/ are there- 
 fore called irregular verbs. 
 
 For a complete list of these, see Larger Course^page 
 .350 and following. 
 
 For the peculiarities of some verbs of tho first conju- 
 gation, see page 330 of the same book. 
 
 2. The only verb of tho first conjugation which is 
 irres.ularin the present of the indicative, is Aller, 
 
 TO o'O. 
 
 3. Present op the Indicative op Aller, to go. 
 
 AFFIEMATIVELY. 
 
 Je vais. I go or lam going. 
 
 Tu vas. Thou art going. 
 
 vn 
 
 II 
 
 Elle va 
 
 m 
 
 e is going. 
 
 tShe 
 
 IS 
 
 going. 
 
I" 
 
 mi 
 
 lie 
 
 ^NTBODtTcTOET 
 
 ^0"s allons. 
 lis vont. 
 
 Vas-tu? -^^'^ J^ going 9 
 
 Va-t-iJ? f'^f^^ou going? 
 
 Allons-nous ? ^^^* "^'/^e yo :? 
 
 Al/ez-vous ? "^^ ^^'^ ffo ? 
 
 Vont-iis ? ^'*^ 1/OU going 9 
 
 . ^- The fo]Jo„,i„_. , ^''^^^y^^P 
 J«.-ation take, in t1,e>. ""''''■ '''''' '^^ tl,o .,,,,. 
 
 '"'"'''^'^'^ncovcr.to discover P ' '^ ^^^'^^^. 
 
 J'offr-o. 
 
 Tu offi-es. 
 
 II offi--e. 
 Eile offr-e. 
 Kous offr-ong. 
 V"ous offr-ez. 
 lis offr-ent. * 
 
 Je cueiJI-e. 
 
 Tu cueiJI-es. 
 II cueiJl-e. 
 JElIe cijpiJj_« 
 
 Coffer. 
 
 Thou offercst. 
 J^G offers. 
 She offers, 
 
 We offer. 
 Tou offer. 
 They offer. 
 
 ^f^ithcr ovjjich. 
 
 J^hou gatherest. 
 ■^^6 gathers, 
 ^f^G gathers. 
 
 / 
 
 ^ 
 
)ET 
 
 PEENCH COURSE. 
 
 117 
 
 if 
 
 
 Nous cueill-ons. 
 Vous cueill-ez. 
 lis cLieill-ent. 
 
 We gather. 
 You gather. 
 They gather. 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 
 A qui offrez-vous des fleurs ? 
 J oiFre des fleurs i mes amis. 
 Est-ce que j'offre de I'argent? 
 Pourquoi ouvrez-vous la porte? 
 Nouscueillonsde bonnes poclies. 
 Nous aliens a Rome. 
 Nous allons a Turin et a Rome. 
 
 0,j allez-vous ce matin? 
 
 Je vais ii Londros. 
 
 Est-ce que je vais a New York ? 
 
 Tb whom do ijoii offer Jlowersf 
 
 I offer flowers to Dty friends. 
 
 Do I offer money ^ 
 
 Why do you open the. doorf 
 
 We pick yood peaches. 
 
 We are goiny to Home. 
 
 We are yoiny to 'I'ariii and to 
 
 Rome. 
 Where are you yoiny this morn' 
 
 iny ? 
 J am yoiny to London, 
 Am I yoiny to New York? 
 
 V O (J A 11 U L A R Y . 
 
 Aller, To go. 
 Annee, f. Year. 
 Bruxelles, Brussels. 
 Couvrir, To cover. 
 Cueillir, To gather, to pick. 
 Enfant, ni. Child. 
 Gateau, m. Cake. 
 Lentenient, Sloiohj. 
 Matin, m. 3Iorning. 
 Mendiant, Beggar. 
 Muison (a la), At home. 
 Maison, f. Ilouse, 
 
 Offiir, To ofer. 
 OrpliclMio, f. Orphan. 
 Ouvrir, 2h open. 
 Puree que, Bent use. 
 Pourquui, Why. 
 Pauvro, Poor. 
 Peu, Little. 
 Porto, 1". Door. 
 Prochain, Next. 
 Quund, When. 
 Uue, f. /Street. 
 geniaine, 1'. Week, 
 
 I * 
 
 iU 
 
 * 1 7i I ^ 
 

 
 Exercise 65 
 
 " Je couvro toujour If r""'"^^"™"^ votre Jivl, 
 
 E^EECISE 66 
 5 Wliero do we <rn n„ . 
 »■•<= going to New Yovk o Z^ ^ ' ^e^t week we 
 that poor orphan ? 4 ^1^^ '° ^'"' <"^- " te s 
 the beggar ? b We nil 7 ^ 1° ^o" "ff" money t„ ' 
 
 ou always go too quick 9 w,^^, ^ ^fo too quick ? / 
 ~~~~^._____y "" y^"'' "ot cover 
 
 * ^""i io^iours aaer the verb. 
 
rOBT 
 
 ae. 
 
 ^ ^a maison 
 
 '^? ^^om 
 
 Z-VOUS a CO 
 
 'n et de h 
 ^Gs fleurs ? 
 
 ^2 Xous 
 gateau a 
 15 Vous 
 
 J'e Jivre? . 
 
 nd allez. 
 semaino 
 
 ■s il cotte 
 
 eek ^YQ 
 Sowers 
 ney to 
 6 Wo 
 [Hick ? 
 cover 
 
 PRENCII COURSE, 
 
 119 
 
 your book ? 10 Why do you not open the door ? 
 11 Because I am not going home. 12 Do I offer too 
 much cake to the child ? 13 Do we go to Brussels or 
 to Paris? 14 We are not going to Turin and to 
 Rome. 15 Are you going into the street? 16 Wo 
 are going home. 17 You always* go too fast. 18 Our 
 friend goes too slowly. 1 9 We open the door because 
 our father is at home. 20 I am going to London. 
 21 You are not going home. 22 What do you offer 
 to your friend ? 23 I offer flowers. 24 I offer bread 
 and meat. 25 We open the door and offer meat to 
 the poor beggar. 
 
 LEgON XXXV. LESSON XXXV. 
 
 VERBS OP SECOND CONJUGATION. — ENDING IN IR. 
 
 i. The regular verbs of the second conjugation end 
 in the present of the indicative in, is, is, it, issons, 
 issez, issent. 
 
 2. Present of the Indicative of Punir, to pvmsir, 
 
 AND FiNIR, TO FINISH. 
 
 Je pun-is. I punish. 
 
 Tu pun-is. Thou art punishing. 
 
 II pun-it. He punishes. 
 
 Elle pun-it. She does pwilsh. 
 
 ♦ Put toiyours after the verb. 
 
 ;• 
 
 f ; 
 
 I % 
 
 1 .'J i i- 1 
 
 
 m 
 
 
 li:" 
 
 II 
 
J''^P"M-KSSGnt. 
 
 ■^"^'•^ Pun-issent. 
 
 '•^u /in-is 
 Ji fiii-Jt. * 
 J^lk tin-h. 
 
 -t's fin-issent. 
 i:/Ies Rn-isscnt, 
 
 -runis-tu ? 
 
 ^""issons-noiKs ? 
 ■f'*unissez-vou.s ? 
 
 ^unissent-elJes ? 
 
 -TillLS-tll ? 
 
 Finit-il ? 
 JJ'^"Jssons-nons ? 
 
 '^TRoniTcTOKY 
 
 ^'y h^^.) punish, 
 ^^'^y i^-) punish. 
 
 ^finish. 
 
 f^^ou dost finish. 
 
 f^^ ^^Mishinr/, 
 
 ^^^^Jinishcs. 
 '^^'ijinish. 
 ^^^'tjinish. 
 
 £?^^ (^■)Mish. 
 ^^''y (njinish. 
 
 ^ ^jnmish ? 
 
 ^''''fou punish? 
 ■^'''' ^^e punish :? 
 ■^^'^ she punish .9 
 -^''' ^e 2mnish ? 
 ^^^ you 2mnish .? 
 
 Zyi;-;) punish, 
 ^"^ '^'^y i^-) punish .f^ 
 
 ^0 J^ finish ? 
 
 ^ost thou finish > 
 
 ^^oes he finish? 
 ^oes she finish ? 
 -^^o toe finish ? 
 -^ you finish ? 
 '^Zy^^-')fi-ni.h? 
 
 i 
 
 J)o th 
 
 ''y K^-) finish f 
 
FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 121 
 
 4. For the Negative and the Negative and Interroga- 
 tive form, see the place of ne and tas in the 33d 
 Lesson ; as also Lesson 17, Rules 1 and 2. 
 
 5. Conjugate in the same manner all regular verba 
 of this conjugation, such as: 
 
 Avertir, to warn. Munir, to provide, 
 
 Guerir, to cure. Noircir, to blacken. 
 
 Embellir, to embellish. Blanchir, to bleach. 
 
 Cherir, to cherish. 
 Fournir, to furnish. 
 
 Unir, to unite, 
 Salir, to soil. 
 
 ]\IoDEL Sentences. 
 
 Finisscz-vons voire travail ? 
 
 Je finis ma looou. 
 
 Que finissez-vous ? 
 
 Nous finissons nos th6mes. 
 
 Est-ce que je punis Tenfant ? 
 
 Vous punissez lo petit garcon. 
 
 Nous blanchissons la toile. 
 
 Vous noircissez le papier. 
 
 Le raodecin guerit ses malades. 
 
 Ces enfants cherissent leur 
 
 mere. 
 Le boucher fournit la viande. 
 Les jardiuiers fournissent los 
 
 legumes. 
 
 Do you finish your work? 
 J finish my lesson. 
 What do you finish? 
 We finish our exercises. 
 Bo I punisli the child? 
 You pwmh ilie little hoy. 
 We bleach the linen. 
 You hlachen the paper. 
 TJie physicia)i cures his patients. 
 Tliose children cherish their 
 
 mother. 
 Tlie butcher furnishes the meat. 
 The gardeners furnish the vege* 
 
 tables. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 Arrivee, f. Arrival. Blanchir, To bleach. 
 
 Avertir, To inform^ to Boucher, m, I^utcher, 
 warn, Boulanger, m. Baker, 
 
 6 
 
 I 
 
 W 
 
 ' 
 
 li 
 
 ■i 
 
 III 
 11 
 
I 
 
 -l^^iouchojr, m jr „ 
 
 Go.,vc,-nanto, f: C?o„,„,,,, p™' '»■ -»''M<^. 
 J^»?on, i: z.„.„,. '"^- Q"«. If7<fA 
 
 M'-i-nd, .. M^rikan, Tot' fV"'- 
 «i™ the nouus in ,i "'"• 
 
 Exercise 67. 
 min c T " """n pain ? 7 n ,. . '^ ^o bou- 
 
 U Est-co one ;„ f . "" g"«-Wons „o, ™ , ? ' 
 
OBr 
 
 JJ'undker- 
 
 h. 
 
 cci, cette^ 
 
 ^e bou- 
 fceJIent 
 t cirap. 
 embol- 
 [2 Qui 
 
 5 Lgs 
 lissez- 
 [uand 
 ous ? 
 V"ous 
 
 r u 
 
 FRENCU COUBSE. 
 
 ExEncisE 68. 
 
 123 
 
 1 Do you finish your book ? 2 I do not finish my 
 
 )ok. 
 
 Wc finish 
 
 drj 
 
 I'awnig. 4 What do you 
 embellish ? 5 We embellish our dresses. G Do you 
 inform ray cousin of my arrival ? 7 I inform her of 
 your arrival. 8 Docs the physician cure his patients ? 
 9 The physicians cure their patients. 10 Do I cure 
 the patients? 1 1 You do not cure the patients. 12 Does 
 your gardener furnish you vegetables? 13 He does 
 not furnish me vegetables. 14 He furnishes me flowers. 
 15 Do yoi,' blacken your dress ? 10 We do not blacken 
 our dresses. 17 Do you soil your sister's handker- 
 chiefs? 18 I soil hers and mine. 19 Do you not 
 punish your scholars ? 20 I do not punish my scholars. 
 21 Does the butcher furnish you good meat? 22 Ho 
 furnishes me good meat. 23 The gardeners furnish us 
 good vegetables. 24 We finish our drawings. 25 You 
 do not finish your brother'^ drawings. 
 
 LEgON XXXVI. LESSON XXXVI. 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION, CONTINUED. — VEUBS ENDING 
 
 IN TIR. 
 
 1. The following verbs of the second conjugation, 
 ending in tii\ are irregular in the present of the in- 
 dicative, and conjugated according to the model given 
 on next page ; 
 
 :' 
 
 1 
 
 
 'I 
 
 

 P III 
 
 lit 
 
 "''"^■"'"•^ '"nonrcToj.* 
 
 
 Jc sor-s. 
 
 Tu sor-s. 
 II soi--t. 
 Elle sor-t. 
 ^ous sor-tona. 
 Vous sor tc'z. 
 Us sor-tont. 
 
 Jo j)ar-s, 
 
 I'll l)ar-s. 
 U pai'-t. 
 EIIg par-t. 
 Nous i)ar-tons. 
 Vous par-tc'z. 
 Us par-tent. 
 
 ^Aow ffoest out. 
 
 She goes out. 
 ^Ve go out. 
 You go out. 
 TJiey go out. 
 
 I set out. 
 
 Thou art setting out. 
 He is setting out. 
 She is setting out. 
 ^Ve are setting out. 
 You are setting out, 
 '^hey are setting out. 
 
 ^ I^•™KROOATIVE FORM. 
 
 Jist-ce quejesors? n^ r 
 
 Sors-tui' ^^o I go out? 
 
 Sort-il? ■'^^^^ thou go out? 
 
 Sort-elJo? ''^^^'^ going out? 
 
 J^s she going out ? 
 
 \ 
 
ht 
 
 1? It K N C 11 C O tJ li S E . 
 
 125 
 
 out again. 
 
 'ent. 
 
 out again, 
 
 'pent. 
 iudicativo 
 
 "0 GO OUT, 
 
 Sortons nous ? 
 Sortez-voiis ? 
 Sortent-ils ? 
 
 Est-ce quo jo pars? 
 Pars-tu ? 
 Part-il ? 
 Part-cllo? 
 Partoiis-nous ? 
 Partoz-vous? 
 ]*artoiit-elles ? 
 
 Are we going out ? 
 Arc you going out ? 
 Are they going out ? 
 
 Do I set out ? 
 Art thou setiiny oat? 
 Is he settiny out^ 
 Is she scttiny out ? 
 Do loe set out ^ 
 ])o you set out? 
 Do they set out ? 
 
 M o D i: li Sentences. 
 
 out* 
 
 Partcz-vous nujourd'hui ? 
 Je pars dcmain nuitin. 
 Est-cc que je sors trop tut ? 
 Vous sortez trop tard. 
 Nous no sentons pas lu froiil. 
 Vous soiitoz la clialeur. 
 Vous consentez a lua ileuianile. 
 Je consens a ccla. 
 A quelle hcure partons-noua? 
 Nous partons a inidi. 
 
 Do you go away to-day ? 
 I go away lO-morrow morning. 
 Am I going out too early ? 
 Ygu go out too late. 
 IFe do not fed the cold. 
 You fed the heat. 
 You comment to my rc(2ucst. 
 I consent to that. 
 At what hour do we set outf 
 We set out at uoou. 
 
 t. 
 
 V O C A li U I- A li Y . 
 
 Apros-domaln, the day Cinq, .Five. 
 
 after to-morrow. Deuiain, To-morroio. 
 
 Aujonrd'hui, To day. 
 Bon, Good. 
 Consentir, To consent. 
 Clmlour, f. Heat. 
 
 Diinanclie, ni. Sunday. 
 Hote, ni. Guest. 
 Joudi, m. Thursday. 
 Lundi, m. Monday. 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
116 
 
 JJardi, „,. Tuesday, 
 ;f;^^t'", in. Moml,,. 
 
 'Y') ^^ ^^^^^ « false, 
 hood. 
 
 \ 't'tir, To leave. 
 
 5,*^''t"', :7b go out. 
 
 Exercise 69 
 
 * Nou.,p.,,o„. mccredietlotr"' ••■"'" "" ""'•'«? 
 
 ™ rontons pas ic fi-oi.) „o, ""^ "" ™""" ? « I^oas 
 ""o.,;cpa,.to„t-iba„io„ i^^' IT '"'"'■ ' V-:., 
 
 JO Nous consentons -l „n! >'""■"'" *maDche ? 
 
 ^"-^ no sentent-cZpi ";j''o""'r'""- " ^^^ 
 «™tent trCs bon. ,3 CL "'' *^°"''<""-. •'"'■■s 
 
 " Vous somez ]o f oid eUa nr,'" '™^ '" ^'''"^''■■? 
 "«es no scntcnt pas bo„ ic ^ "'' '' '^^^ "^^""^ 
 houres. 17 Votre scDunirtl^/^-^P^rtons i cinq 
 
 ~vous. .0Ko^„3Cno"a^urL?r- 
 
 Exercise 70. 
 1 Do you go out to-day ^ o t ,1 
 ^fning, I am sick. 3 Do'vn 1 """^ ^° ^"^ ^Iiis 
 
 mornifli 
 
 o 1\ 
 
 ^fy sister leav 
 
 es 
 
PRE wen COURSE, 
 
 127 
 
 «^a«n, to 
 
 to-morrow morning. G We leave Sunday or Monday. 
 1 Does your brother leave Tuesday or Wednesday ? 
 8 He leaves Saturday. 9 Do I go back to-day? 
 10 You go back Thursday or Friday. 11 Do you feel 
 tlie cold, gentlemen {messieurs) ? 1 2 We do not feel 
 the cold. 13 Docs that rose smell good? 14 That 
 rose does not smell good. 15 Do you consent to go 
 away next Saturday? 16 I do not consent to go nt 
 Saturday. 17 Do I go out too {fmj^) late? 18 You 
 go out too late. 1 9 We go out at five o'clock. 20 Wo 
 Hct out at three o'clock. 21 Does your friend feel the 
 cold? 22 She does not feel the cold. 23 (The) good 
 children do not tell a falsehood. 24 We do not go 
 away to-day. 25 We go away the day after to-morrow. 
 
 Ill 
 
 LEgON XXXVII. LESSON- XXXVII. 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION. — VERBS ENDING IN J?^/^. 
 
 1. There are twenty-four irregular verbs of this con- 
 jugation which end in enir* 
 
 2. They arc all made out of Venir, to come, and 
 Tenir, to hold, and are conjugated like them. 
 
 * S'abstenir. 
 
 De venir. 
 
 Parvenir. 
 
 Soutenir. 
 
 Appartenir. 
 
 Disconvenir. 
 
 Prevenir. 
 
 Se souvenir. 
 
 Contenir. 
 
 Entretenir. 
 
 Provenir. 
 
 Subvenir. 
 
 Contrevenir. 
 
 Intervenir. 
 
 Rotenir. 
 
 Survenir. 
 
 Convenir. 
 
 Maintenir. 
 
 Se ressouvonir. 
 
 Tenir. 
 
 Detenir. 
 
 Obtenir, 
 
 Reveoin 
 
 Venir. 
 
 See List of Verbs, 
 
 Larger Course, i 
 
 oa<'e 356. 
 
 
■I ^ 
 
 128 
 
 FASQUBLi^B's INTRODU 
 
 rro RT 
 
 
 n. Tho tcrmirmtions of tl.o prosont of tlio i.i.li.-at 
 
 ill tlicso verbs ai 
 
 IV(» 
 
 «tv*.9, ee;/,,, icnf, oions, enez, tenueut. 
 
 4. Present of the Lvdicative of Vkmi:, to come 
 
 AND iK-aiW^ TO HOLD. ' 
 
 Jo v-icns.* 
 Tu v-icii,s. 
 II v-ient. 
 E!Io v-ient. 
 ^oiis v-enona. 
 Vous v-enez. 
 lis v-iennent. 
 
 Je l-iens. 
 Tu t-iens. 
 II t-ieiit. 
 Ello t-ieiit. 
 Nous t-enons. 
 Vous t-cnez. 
 lis t-iennent. 
 
 I come. 
 
 T/ioii (iH coining. 
 lie is com in (J. 
 ^he comes. 
 We come. 
 YoH come. 
 They come. 
 
 I hold. 
 Thou holilest. 
 Jle holds, 
 tike holds, 
 We hold. 
 Yoa hold. 
 Tliey hold. 
 
 INTEnnoOATIVR FORM. 
 
 Est-ce que jo viens ? Do I come ? 
 
 Viens-tu ? 
 
 Vient-il ? 
 Vient-elle ? 
 Venons-nous ? 
 Venez-vous ? 
 Vionnent-ils ? 
 
 Dost thou come f 
 Does lie come ? 
 Does she coine ? 
 Do loe come f 
 Do yoii come ? 
 Do they come ? 
 
 au tlie verbd giveu m uote, page 127. 
 
 
 
 E 
 T 
 T 
 T 
 T( 
 a\ 
 Ti 
 
 Que ten( 
 Jo tieiia 
 
 Obtcnons 
 
 Nou.s obt 
 
 I'a mall 
 
 liabits ? 
 
 I^a petit 
 
 bonne ? 
 
 Est-co qu 
 
 oiiinion 
 
 ISTous sout 
 
 lade. 
 
 Vous reter 
 
 Ce llvre ap 
 
 Les estamp 
 
 libraire. 
 
 Appai'teni 
 Argent, ni 
 Bientot, iS 
 iJoite, t: I 
 
E.st- 
 
 C(3 qiiojo tiuns? 
 
 -lioris-tu? 
 Ticnt-il ? 
 Tiont-ollo ? 
 Tunons-uoii.s ? 
 Tencz-vous ? 
 Tiuiinciit-ils? 
 
 U R8K. 
 
 I>o Ihold? 
 JMstthou holdf 
 Does he hold? 
 J^ocs she hold? 
 Ih) wc hold? 
 J^o you hold? 
 JJo they hold? 
 
 i 
 
 129 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 Que tenez-vous ? im , , , 
 
 J>^Uo™,„„p,„„„ ma do you hold, 
 
 liabits ? ■"'"' "" '' ""* '»«'<"« cMm ; 
 
 ^tinioT? '" '"'""''™ "°" ^» ^"-•"""■'' -y opinionf 
 
 Nous soutenons le pauvro nm- He /.e.n ,/n y; 
 lade. ^^^''^'^P^^Ptnepoorpatknt. 
 
 Vous retencz ces livres t- . . , 
 
 ^ "Vie appartient u nia sceur Thnf ;.«^7, ;, ; 
 Les estampes appartionnearau 7^^. "^' '' "^^ '^^'^• 
 
 V O C A B U L A U Y 
 
 iioite, i; ^«» ■ Compagnun, r,,. Companion. 
 
 '•■"«• Contonir, To contain. 
 
 I 
 
 iJl 
 
 ^? ii 
 
 
 til 
 
m 
 
 i 
 
 180 
 
 PASQUBLLB*S INTR OD UCTOR T 
 
 Ctiivi-e, Urass, copper. 
 Devenir, To become. 
 Fer, m. Iron. 
 Fer blanc, m. Tm. 
 Ferblantier, m. Tmman. 
 Walle, f. Trwik. 
 Marchand, m. Merchant. 
 Metaux, Metals. 
 Obtenir, To obtain. 
 Orftjvre, m. Goldsmith. 
 
 Plomb, m. Lead. 
 
 Quand, When. 
 
 Que, What. 
 
 Qui, Whom. 
 
 Kevenir, To return, to come 
 
 back. 
 Soutenir, To keep up. 
 Tenir, To hold, to keep. 
 Tout, All. 
 Venir, To come. 
 
 Exercise 71. 
 1 Venez-vous de New York ? 2 Nous venons de 
 Jirooklyn. 3 Notre compagnon revient de France 
 4 Quand obtenez-vous votre argent ? 5 Nous obte- 
 nons notre argent demain. 6 A qui appartient ce 
 iivre ? 7 II appartient a la petite fille. 8 Cette brosse 
 ne nous appartient pas. 9 Ces metaux appartiennent 
 aux marchands. 10 Le mar6chal tient le cuivre et le 
 fer. 11 Les ferblantiers tiennent le fer blanc. 12 Les 
 orfevres tiennent I'or, I'argent, et le bronze. 13 Que 
 contient cette boite? 14Ellecontientduplomb. 15Vos 
 ecohers deviennent-ils attentifs ? 16 Mes 6colieres de- 
 viennent tr6s attentives. 17 Quand revenez-vous d 
 i'aris? 18 Nous revenons dans une heure, 19 Nous ' 
 revenons bientot. 
 
 Ji 
 
 ill I 
 
 'I I 
 
 Exercise 72, 
 
 , \ ^^%^^ y°^ ^"^^ ? 2 I hold my pen and my 
 uook, 6 >viieu do you come to I>aris? \ We come 
 
PRENCII COUBSE, 
 
 131 
 
 ^1 
 
 to Paris to-morrow. 5 Does that box belon"- to 
 
 your 
 
 j brother ? G It belongs to ray mother. 7 What does 
 
 it contain? 8 It contains gold, silver, and copper. 
 9 Does not that tin belong to the tinman ? lo The tin 
 and copper belong to the tinman. 11 "What do tho 
 goldsmiths hold? 12 They hold bronze and gold. 
 13 The merchants keep copper and iron. 14 Tho 
 goldsmiths keep {the) gold and {the) .silver. 15 Does 
 your companion come soon? 10 He conies hi an 
 hour. 17 Are those liltle girls becoming attentive? 
 18 They are becoming very attentive. 19 Are you 
 coming to New York? 20 We are not coming to 
 Kew York. 21 We return to-morrow. 22 We obtain 
 {des) metals. 23 To whom docs that brush belong ? 
 24 It belongs to my father, 25 Those brushca belong 
 to my mother, 
 
 I I 
 
 m 
 
 LEgON XXXVIII. LESSON XX XVIII. 
 
 THIBD CONJUGATION. — ENDING 1\ Olli. 
 
 1. Tho regular verbs of the third conjugation end in 
 
 EVOIR. 
 
 2. In the present of the indioativo tho terminations 
 are, ois^ ois, oU, evons, eixz^ oivent. 
 
 3. In the verbs of this conjugation, tho r tak 
 cedilla ( 9 ) when it comes before o and u, 
 
 cs a 
 
^^2 FASQtJBLLis li^t^ortn - 
 
 4. Present of the Tv^t.. 
 Je d-ois. 
 
 Tu d.ois. ;^^^^- 
 
 II d-oit. ^'^" o^^es^. 
 
 Elle d-oit ^"^^ ^"'^*- 
 
 Nous d-evons. t*^" ^^^*- 
 
 Vous d-evez. i? ^'^^• 
 
 I^s d-oivent. if" ^^^^• 
 
 ■I hey oiae. 
 
 Je re^-ois. 
 
 Tu rey-ois. 
 
 IJ I'egoit. 
 
 Elle i-e^-oit, ' 
 
 Nous rec-evona. • . 
 
 Vous recevez. 
 
 J^ ^t^g-oivent. 
 
 fist-ce que je dois ? 
 
 I>ois-tu ? 
 
 Doit-il ? 
 I>oit-eIIo ? 
 I>evons-nous ? 
 Devez-vous ? 
 Doivent-ils ? 
 
 Est-cequejere^ois? 
 Jte^ois-tu ? 
 
 Kt'coit-il 'i 
 
 lie^oit-elle ? 
 
 ■^receive. 
 Thou receioeat. 
 -^ receives. 
 ^he receives. 
 ^Ve receive. 
 You receive. 
 They receive. 
 
 FORM. 
 
 ^o I owe ? 
 T>08t thou owe ? 
 J^oes he oioe ? 
 J^oes she owe ? 
 T^o loe oioe ? 
 ^o you owe ? 
 T>o they oice ? 
 
 Jh I receive? 
 T>ost thou receive f 
 T)oes he receive ? 
 Does she receive f 
 
fit 
 
 >ii{, TO owe^ 
 
 t. 
 
 FRENCU COUKSB, 
 
 133 
 
 Recevons-nous ? Do we receive f 
 
 Recevez-vous ? Do you receive f 
 
 Regoivent-ils ? Do they receive f 
 
 5. There are only seven regular verbs in this con- 
 jugation : 
 
 Apercevoir, to perceive. Percevoir, to collect duties, 
 Concevoir, to conceive. taxes. 
 
 Decevoir, to deceive. Recevoir, to receive. 
 
 Devoir, to owe. Redevoir, to owe ayain* 
 
 G. CoMBiEN ? How much ? how many f 
 Beaucoup. Much^ many. 
 
 Combien recevez-vous? How much do you receive? 
 Je re^ois beaucoup. I receive much. 
 
 7. Before a noun db follows comhien and beaucoup, 
 
 Combien de livres ? How many hooks f 
 
 Beaucoup de personnes. Many persons. 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 
 Combien devez-vous? 
 Je dois dix dollars. 
 A qui devons-nous ? 
 Vous devez a tout le monde. 
 Recevez-vous des lettres ? 
 Mon cousin recoit un billet. 
 Nous recevons de I'argent. 
 Vous n'apercevez pas I'enfant. 
 lis apery oi vent le chien. 
 Combien recevcz<vous ? 
 
 How much do you owe f 
 
 I owe ten dollars. 
 
 To whom do we owe ? 
 
 You owe every body. 
 
 Do you receive letters ? 
 
 My cousin receives a note. 
 
 We receive money. 
 
 You do not perceive the child. 
 
 They perceive the dog. 
 
 Mow much do you receive f 
 
 m 
 
134 
 
 Nous recevons six francs nr 
 
 Vous ne recevez rien ^' "'''''' '^f'^^<^' 
 
 xou receive nothing. 
 
 Apros-midi, f! .l/^e;vpoo;^. 
 Ai'gent, m. MoneT/. 
 Aujourd'hui, To-day, 
 Bagatelle, f. Trifie. 
 Capitaine, ni. 6V/^^^«/,,. 
 Cocher, m. Coachman. 
 
 Bomestique, m. Seruwit. 
 
 AJoIiar, m. ^o/fer. 
 I^ianc, in. i^ra^^c. 
 P'^tiro, m. J^rother. 
 G^-^ges, m. pi. Tfr«^^^^ 
 -onoraires, m. pi. jr^,,^ 
 
 l^ettre, f. Ze^er. 
 I-ibraire, m. Bookseller. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 Medeeuj n. Physician. 
 ^J^'Ue, Thousand. 
 ^"■e-qae, i?,,^, ^.^^^^ 
 ^^seau, m. ^/^^^^ 
 I'i-esque, .l^^^io^^. 
 
 Qnelque chose, .4,,y,/,^ 
 
 somethinrj. "^^ 
 
 Qui, T^/^o, ,Mo./i. 
 
 Kne, f. Street. 
 Six, /Siic. 
 
 Soldat, m. Soldier. 
 Soldo, Pay. 
 Toujours, -i^z^ay^. 
 
 1 
 
 Exercise 73. 
 
 *u^ millc <lonar.,/ 5 1 r'/ "'«''"'• * « doit '' 
 
 pas les oiseaux. n isro,,. -.r •^" "'apercois 
 
 - -^ ou„ apcxQevoiis nos amis dans la 
 
OBy 
 
 mc8. 
 
 FEENCH COURSE. 
 
 135 
 
 ung. 
 
 I 
 
 only. 
 
 'Anything, 
 
 not 
 
 any- 
 
 =>is rien. |( 
 II doit 
 tres CO 
 
 pergois 
 dans la 
 
 rue. 10 A qui devez-vous six francs ? 11 Je dois six 
 francs a raon libraire. 12 Ce soldat doit-il beaucoup ? 
 in II ne doit que deux dollars. 14 II no doit presquo 
 rien. 15 Est-ce que jo dois beaucoup? IG Vous no 
 devGz qu'une bagatelle. 17 Le capitaino ne revolt pas 
 sa soldo. 18 Les medecins reqoivont leurs honoraires. 
 
 19 Nos domestiques reqoivent toujoura lours gages. 
 
 20 Nous ne devons rien a notre coclier. 
 
 Exercise 74. 
 
 1 How much do we receive ? 2 We receive three 
 franca this afternoon. 3 Do you owe anything to tho 
 physician ? 4 I owe ray jDhysician ten dollars. ° (Liter- 
 ally : I owe ten dollars to my iihysidan) 5 Oin- phy- 
 sicians receive their fees to-day. G Do you not per- 
 ceive the bird ? 7 I perceive nothing. 8 Does not your 
 brother perceive the soldier in the street ? 9 Ho per- 
 ceives the physician. 10 Does not your physician re- 
 ceive^ his foe ? 1 1 The physician receives his foe this 
 morning. 12 Do you not owe much money ? l;} Wo 
 owe almost nothing. 14 Tho captains do not receivo 
 their pay. 15 Our coachman receives his wages. IG Do 
 you owe your servants anything? (In French, tho 
 words should be placed thus : Do you owe anything to 
 your servant?) 17 Wo owe ten dollars. 18 The 
 soldier does not owe much. 19 We only owe six dol- 
 lars. 20 How much does your bookseller owe ? 21 He 
 owes almost nothing. 22 We owe but a trifle. 23 Do 
 I owe anything? 24 You owe nothing, 25 I do not 
 receive anything to-day. 
 
 - 
 
 U 
 
 5! i. 
 
136 
 
 ^ '^TBODUcrOBT 
 
 '" '^NDEE and osDEB, ' ""J-Sation end mostly 
 
 2- Tlio terminations of ti,„ 
 »-. ^^^. *, .^. .&,«, .fe;2!r ''■■"^"' °^ tho indicative 
 
 ^' PfiKSE.VT OP Trrn T 
 
 J'enten-ds. 
 
 Tu enten-(.Is. 
 
 IJ onten-d. 
 
 Ei^G enton-d. 
 
 ^ous enten-dons. 
 
 voiis enten-dez. 
 lis enten-dent. 
 Je per-ds. 
 Tu per-ds. 
 II ])er-d. 
 Elle per-d. 
 ^ons per-dons. 
 V ous per-dez. 
 lis pei'-dent. 
 
 I hear. 
 
 Thou hearest. 
 -«'' hears, 
 ^hc hears. 
 We hear. 
 Ybii heari 
 "They hear. 
 
 Hose. 
 
 Thou losest, 
 ^ does lose, 
 '^he loses. 
 We lose. 
 You lose. 
 They lose. 
 
 TTcf . ''^^"""OOATIVK FORM 
 
 Entends-tu? -^olhear.P 
 
 Entend-il ? " '^^^^ ^^^^^<' hear, 
 
 Entend-elJe ? "^^^^ ^^^ ^^(^r ? 
 
 Does she hear f 
 
FBESrCH COURSIS. 
 
 137 
 
 Eu tendons-nous? 
 Entendcz-vous ? 
 Entendent-ils ? 
 
 Est-ce que je perds ? 
 Perds-tu ? 
 Perd-il ? 
 Perd-elle ? 
 I'erdons-nous ? 
 Perdez-vous ? 
 Perdent-ils? 
 
 Do we hear ? 
 Do you hear ? 
 Do they hear? 
 
 Do Hose? 
 Dost thou lose ? 
 Does he lose ? 
 Is she losing ? 
 Do we lose ? 
 Are you losing ? 
 Do they lose ? 
 
 3. Conjugate in the same manner : 
 Attendre, to wait for, to Pretendre, to pretend. 
 
 ^^P^^^' Rendre, to render, to return. 
 
 Descendre, to go or come Rdpandre, to spill, to sj^read. 
 f'^^^^' Kepondre, to answer. 
 
 Mordre, to bite, Veudre, to sell, &q. 
 
 Model S 
 
 Vendcz-vous beaucoup de 
 livres ? 
 
 Nous vendons beaucoup de 
 papier. 
 
 Perdez-vous vos livres ? 
 
 Nous perdons notre argent. 
 
 Descendcz-vous bientot? 
 
 Nous descendons dans un mo- 
 ment. 
 
 Nous attendons des livres. 
 
 Vous attendez voire fr^re. 
 
 ENTENCES. 
 
 Do you sell many books f 
 
 We sell much paper. 
 
 Do you lose your booJcs f 
 
 We lose our money. 
 
 Do you come down soonf 
 
 We are coming down in a mO' 
 
 ment. 
 We are expecting hooks. 
 You are expecting your brother. 
 
 'J 
 
 ■'III 
 
 m 
 
 im\ 
 
w 
 
 Est '^^^ODUcTOUt- 
 
 ^ous rendons I^t ' ''"• 'r;^" ^^'^ ^^ -^^ ^- ^ca. 
 V'ous descendez tron idt t '"'''"'■'' ^'^e 'noney. 
 
 Deux, noo. . q"!'' ?";""• ^f'/'^^.^/uH. 
 
 J" tout, ^^ «^^. ^^"dre, ro r,;^^, ^^ 
 
 c^cloclc. ' '^"^^' J^-'Pondre, To answer, to 
 
 ^mmm. (about tvvo Ti - ' f '"''• 
 pounds). "^^ ^^^^^ "1- ^^«. 
 
 I'ibraire, m. J^ookseller, Tr'fs'%f' ''''^''' 
 I^ivre, f, Pouna, tV !' '^''^^• 
 
 V endre, To sell. 
 
 E 
 
 ^ERCISE 75. 
 
 ^ Qui attendez vous P o at 
 
iear. 
 
 !/• 
 soon. 
 
 i 
 
 y, 
 
 any- 
 
 which. 
 
 to 
 
 ve- 
 
 % 
 
 to 
 
 'er, 
 
 to 
 
 ) as. 
 ma 
 
 PEEK en COURSE, 
 
 ill 
 
 139 
 
 soDiir. 5 Lo librairo vend-il dcs cnvcloppcs? G II 
 vond ties cnvcloppos et dii papier. 7 Lc chien no 
 mord-il pas? S II no mord porsonne. 9 A qucUo 
 heiirc dcscendcz-vous ? ] Je descends a trois hcures. 
 11 Lc fermier tond-il ses moutons ? 12 Son berger 
 tond les moiitons. 13 Poiirqnoi no rendez-vous pas lea 
 seize francs? 14 Est-co que jo roponds bien ? 15 Vous 
 rt'pondez correctement {correctly). 16 Que repondez- 
 vous a cela ? 1 7 Je no i oponds rien du tout. 1 8 Com. 
 bien de cafe vendez-vous ? 19 Nous vendons dijc 
 livres de cafe et deux kilogrammes de the. 
 
 Exercise 76. 
 
 1 Does that dog bite ? 2 My dog does not bite. 
 3 At what hour do you come down ? 4 We come 
 down at three o'clock {heures). 5 Do you not expect 
 the farmer? G We do not expect the farmer, we ex- 
 pect the shepherd. 7 Does not the shepherd shear 
 your brother's sheep ? 8 The shepherd shears ray 
 sheep. 9 Do I not answer well? 10 You do not 
 answer well. 11 My brother does not answer well. 
 12 Do you sell envelopes ? 1.3 I sell envelopes. 14 Do 
 you sell a kilogramme of tea ? 15 We sell a pound of 
 tea and a kilogramme of coffee. 16 What do you 
 spill? 17 I spill my tea and (my) coffee. 18 Do I 
 spill your coffee ? 19 Do I lose my money ? 20 Do 
 you expect any person ? 211 expect nobody. 22 Wo 
 expect our sister this morning. 23 Wh'at do you 
 answer ? 24 I answer nothing at all. 25 I am wait- 
 
 ir 
 
 
140 
 
 ^A8QUEt,r,E' 
 
 ing for 
 seller does 
 
 ^ '^TRODtrCTOR 
 
 my fiUhe,. and (,n,) „,,,,,^,. 
 
 "ot sell tea, 
 
 ■0 Tf.e book. 
 
 ft(0i 
 
 T^ESSOiV XL. 
 
 ^^QON XL. 
 
 » «-^> a,o in-S,:;,"" ''■""' »»"J"Kation, which end 
 2. The terminations of tl,« ... 
 
 Jo COIK ii.-.o '''*'• 
 
 Jg condui-s. 
 
 Tu condiii-s. 
 
 ■fi coiidui-t. 
 
 Elle condui-t. 
 ^ons cond.jksons. 
 ^O'ls condui-sez. 
 lis condui-sent. 
 
 Je tradui-s. 
 
 Tu tradui-s. 
 
 II ti-adui-t. 
 Elle tradni-t. 
 ^o".s tradiU-sons. 
 
 vous tradiii-sez. 
 lis tradui-sent. 
 
 ^(? lead, 
 ^ou lead 
 
 J translate. 
 Thou translates^ 
 ^te translates, 
 ^he translates. 
 ^Ve translate, 
 i^ou translate. 
 ^*<?y translate. 
 
FRENCH COURSE, 
 
 141 
 
 INTEKIIOOATIVE fOtiM. 
 
 Est-co quo jo conduis ? JJo Head ? 
 
 Conduis-tii ? 
 
 Conduit-il ? 
 
 Conduit-elle? 
 
 Conduisons-nous ? 
 
 Conduisez-vous? 
 
 Conduisent-ils ? 
 
 DoU thou had? 
 Does he lead? 
 Does she lead ? 
 Do uie lead? 
 Do you lead? 
 Do they lead ? 
 
 Est-co que jo traduis ? 
 Traduis-tu ? 
 Traduit-il ? 
 Traduit-elle ? 
 Traduisons-nous ? 
 Traduisez-vous? 
 Traduisent-ils ? 
 
 Do I translate ? 
 Dost thou translate ? 
 Does he translate ? 
 Does she tra)islate ? 
 Do loe translate ? 
 Do you tramhite ^ 
 Do theij translate? 
 
 4. Tho following verbs are conjugated like the above : 
 Construire, to construct. Instruire, to iiistruct. 
 Cuire, to cook. I*roduire, to produce. 
 Dotruire, to destroy. Red .lire, to reduce. 
 Introduirc, to introduce. Seduire, to seduce. 
 
 5. Que. Whom, tohioh. 
 
 L'enfant quo jo conduis. The child whom Head. 
 Le livre qua je traduis. The book i»fiich I translate 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 
 Oil conduisez-vous le gargon ? Where do you lead the hoy ? 
 Je conduis I'enfaiit dans le jar- 
 
 (^, 
 
 ! jar- / mnd^.id the c, 
 den. 
 
 ;,„'7.; Vj,,).^ J I. 
 
 
 gat'^ 
 
 M 
 
 li 
 
^^2 'ASQUKLLE'S 
 
 ^aruisez-vous cctto lettre ? 
 •Nous di^truisona ce livre 
 
 Instruisons-nousJesecoliers? 
 Quelle lefon traduisez-vous ? 
 
 J^3t-coquejotradui3bien? 
 i^a demoiselle traduit co livre. 
 
 Cotte terro produit beaucoup 
 ^ou^'conduisonsnoaamis. 
 Vous pr(Jseiite2 vos connaia- 
 sances. 
 
 V"U3 construisez une belle 
 maison. 
 
 INTRODUCTORT 
 
 ^^/jondrstroy that letter f 
 l^« are c;..^;.o^,-,^ ^;,^^ j^^^ 
 
 ^0 / tra?islftte well? 
 
 ^;f ^^^^^ produces very much. 
 
 ^'" ^'^^^oc^t.ce your acquaint, 
 ances. 
 
 ^'"'^ <^omiruci a beauh/ul house. 
 
 Assez, Enough. 
 fieaucoup, Jf,,,/,, ^ 
 Jf on, Very, ,oell, easy. 
 
 houhngev, m. Baker. 
 
 Combion, How much, hoio 
 many. 
 
 Conduiro, To conduct, to 
 
 fake, to lead 
 Cuire, To cook, to bake. 
 ^osespoir, m. Despair. 
 
 J'fecile, Difficiat. 
 Facile, ^s^^ 
 
 "V^OCABITLARY. 
 
 Introduire, ^c introduce. 
 InstTuiro, 7b ^V^,^,,,,;. 
 Jardm, m. Garden. 
 ^e9on, f. Zmo;?. 
 ^fnno, m. Vegetable. 
 
 Page, f! p^^^, 
 
 PJume, f: J>e7i. 
 
 Produire, 7b^,^^^^,,, 
 
 Q»e, Tn«., ^,hich, v,hom. 
 
 Recevon- 7b rece/y,. 
 
 Roduire, 7b refce. 
 
 Terre, f. Estate. 
 
 Tradnire, 7b ^m;^./«;e. 
 Viandp, f Tir^^f 
 
 I 
 
ffiENCII COURSJB* 
 
 U3 
 
 E 
 
 XERCI SE 
 
 77. 
 
 •^ 
 
 
 1 Est-co quo je traduis 7nal? 2 Non, mon enfant, 
 vous traUuiscz assez bien. 3 Traduisez-vous Ics livrun 
 que vous recevez? 4 Nous traduisons ceux quo nous 
 recevons. 6 Conduisez-vous vos enfUnts a I'oglise ? Jo 
 conduis ceux do man fiero H I'ccolo. 7 Traduisez-vous 
 line logon difficile ? 8 La lc<;on quo je traduis est bien 
 facile. 9 Votre jardin produit-il beaucoup ? lo II pro- 
 duit beaucoup do legumes. 1 1 Nous rCduisons nos amis 
 au d6sespoir. 12 Combien do pages traduisons-nous ? 
 13 Corabieu d'ocoliers instruisons-nous ? 14 Nous 
 cuisons des legumes. 15 Lo boulanger cuit lo pain. 
 10 Le four no cuit pas bien. 17 Cos legumes no 
 cuisent pas bien. 18 Pourquoi n'introduisoz-vous pas 
 votre frore ? 1 9 Pourquoi detruisoz-vons cette plume ? 
 
 Exercise 78. 
 
 1 How many s«holars do you instruct ? 2 I instruct 
 twenty scholars. 3 Do I cook the vegetables enough ? 
 4 You cook the vegetables enough. 5 The baker does 
 not cook the bread wc il. (Put bien hcforo pain.) 6 Do 
 you cook meat ? 7 No, sir, wg cook bread. 8 Whoro 
 do you take (conduct) your brother ? 9 I take him to 
 school. 10 Why do we not take our children to 
 church? 11 We take them to clinrch. 12 Why do 
 you not translate? 13 I am translating my lesson. 
 14 Am I translating? 15 How many pages do wo 
 translate? 16 The book which we aro tranp-lating is 
 not very difficult. 1 7 Does your garden produce good 
 
 
 V 
 
 
244 
 
 ® IJfTBODtJCTOBT 
 
 i 
 
 vegetables? I8rf„,„j 
 , J-^ oven bake JTI IvZit'"''- "> »- 
 25 Th, ''""'''''e f 24 Yon Z . "^'''"y 'he 
 
 --^e..o.3..eu..J:;.f:7;--^ 
 
 ij 
 
 ^ov^u co^jn ' WESSON XLI. 
 
 ^-'or:s:;i.fe[^^^^^^^^^^ »^ t^e fo„nb oo„j„. 
 
 Co"nait,-e. ,„ fe«„, ,„ ^^ 'erm,„atio„.. are; 
 
 ,«cguai,uecl v,Uh. ""'""nartre, «„ recognize. 
 
 D«pa,-aft,-e, «<, eS„p„_ ^ »"?' to grou,. 
 
 2 ,j,, grow less. 
 
 -n'.e3e::S«-<'^t'.epre.„toftbei„,ieati.e 
 
 Je conn-ais. , . ' 
 
 Tu conn-ais. l,^""^"^' 
 
 JJ conn-ait. -^hou hioioest, 
 
 ^^ie conn-aifc. ^^ '^''''^*- 
 
 i.\" 
 
19 Yon 
 20 Does 
 It much. 
 'roy the 
 
 books, 
 ifficult. 
 
 FRENCH COUIlsa. 
 
 145 
 
 m 
 
 Nous conn-aissons. 
 Vous conn-aissez. 
 lis conii-aissent. 
 
 Je cr-ois. 
 Til cr-ois. . 
 II cr-oit. 
 Elle cr-oit. 
 Nous cr-oissons. 
 Vous cr-oissez. 
 lis cr-oissent. 
 
 We know. 
 You know, 
 Tliey know. 
 
 I grow. 
 
 Tliou art growing. 
 
 lie grows. 
 
 She grovys. 
 
 We grow. 
 
 You grow. 
 
 They grow. 
 
 INTEEROOATIVE FOHM. 
 
 Est-ce que je connais ? Do I know ? 
 
 Connais-tu ? 
 Connait-il ? 
 Connait-elle,? 
 Connaissons-nous ? 
 Counaissez-vous ? 
 Connaissent-ils ? 
 
 Est-ce que je crois? 
 Crois-tu ? 
 Croit-il? 
 Croit-elle ? 
 Croissons-nous ? 
 Croissez-vous ? 
 Croissent-ils ? 
 
 Dost thou know f 
 JOoes he know ? 
 Does she know ? 
 Do we knoio f 
 Do you know ? 
 Do they know ? 
 
 Do I grow ? 
 Art thou growing f 
 Does he grow ? 
 Does she grow ? 
 Do we grow ? 
 Are you growing f 
 Do they grow f 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 
 Je connais voire frke. / am acqmvnkd with your 
 
 Oruincr, 
 Cunnaissez-vous cettc dame ? Do you know that hdy f 
 
 10 ^ 
 
h I 
 
 J 46 
 
 'WTBODtTCToBy 
 
 Vou3parai3se2W3fi,h^, 
 Coa lcsu.es credent rapide- 
 
 E31-1 r "'' '''='»o«lles. 
 
 33, n. 3, ^^® -Lesson 
 
 ^«connaissez-vouq Pof. 
 eiccofluaispersonneici 
 
 J^" «^i^ea. ver^ angry 
 
 ^'^'^-^S^^^lesgrou. rapidly, 
 f' %* decrease slowly 
 
 ■^0 you know that in,.. 
 
 "" "''^^ nouse again P 
 
 ^' y^^ recognize that streets 
 ^'^'^mi^cnohodyhere 
 
 
 1 
 
 ^entement, ^/,,^^ 
 
 ■t^araitrc, Tn ^.^ 
 seem. '®'^«' '<> 
 
 a'^'ae, m. Vegetabk, '-• " 
 
 
 fa 
 
 Qiuckly, 
 
onv 
 
 angry, 
 glad? 
 ouf rapidly, 
 
 hwly. 
 ^^ng ladies, 
 ^oiise again? 
 
 'I street? 
 ''re. 
 
 ^^f, to 
 
 ot 
 
 any. 
 
 Viize, 
 
 FRENCH COUESE, 
 
 14? 
 
 Ex 
 
 ERCISE 
 
 79. 
 
 Jo connais tous 
 quelqu'im ici ? 
 Les jours crois- 
 
 1 Connaissez-vous mon cousin ? 2 
 vos parents. 3 Connaissons-nous 
 4 Nous no connaissons pcrsonne. 5 
 scnt-ils rapidement ? G Les jours croissent lentement. 
 7 Le fruits et los legumes croissent rapidement. 8 Lo 
 brouillard disparait lentement. 9 Vous disparaissez 
 bient6t. 10 Reconnaissez-vous vos amis? 11 Je no 
 reconnais personne. 12 Ne reconnaissons-nous pas 
 cette demoiselle? 13 Est-ce que je parais triste? 
 14 Vous paraissez bien : 'isle. 15 Cetto demoiselle 
 parait toujours tr6s afP 16 Je ne reconnais pas 
 
 la raaison de votre oncle„ 17 Est-ce que je no recon- 
 nais pas raes habillements ? i 8 Vous ne reconnaissez 
 pas les tableaux de votre peintre. 1 9 Ces demoiselles 
 paraissent tres f5,ohees aujourd'hui. 
 
 Exercise 80. 
 
 1 Do I appear angry ? 2 You do not appear angry, 
 sir. 3 Do you not know your friend? 4 I always 
 recognize (put alimys after recognize in French) my 
 friends. 5 Do you know anybody here? G Your 
 brother knows nobody here. 1 Your cousin disap- 
 pears soon. 8 You disappear rapidly. 9 Our poor 
 sister appears very sad. 10 Do you recognize those 
 young ladies? 11 I recognize your friend's sisters. 
 12 Do not your children grow very rapidly ? 13 Those 
 little children grow very slowly, they are sick. 14 The 
 davs decrease slowlv in summer. 15 Those fruits and 
 (those) vegetables do not grow very fast. 10 Your 
 
 1 
 h 
 
tia 
 
 V i 
 
 '"TSODPotobt 
 
 "ot appear a«gr^. ""P^'^'' =»>g.y to-a^y ? 2, ,P;^^';;- 
 
 --- —no.. oo^...,_ J/;^^- 
 
 **^. tCindpfla"?" '™="''»- verbs ending i„ 
 
 •Atteindre, to vi>n^h * 
 
 tain. ^''^' '" '"■ ^^i'^dvo, to fei,,, , 
 
 n„- J /„., J .''''i"') to pre. 
 
 Cont..ai„d,.e, to constrain pTf'"' '"•'■'''«• 
 Jraindre, to fear. ' pf'"*'". -^Oi^-Jm?. 
 
 ^- The terminations l,/'"'""'"^' '"'"'• 
 
 Je crai-ns. 
 
 Tu crai-ns. -^/e^n 
 
 Jicrai-nt. '^^ou fearest, 
 
 JJJie crai flt, ^^^ fears. 
 
 ^^^e fears. 
 
'''^' 17 Do 
 g-nizG your 
 ^ anybody. 
 I recognize 
 's pJctiiie. 
 ^ He does 
 
 FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 149 
 
 'II. 
 
 ding in 
 o pre- 
 
 native 
 
 3, TO 
 
 
 Nous crai-gnons. 
 Vous crai-gnez. 
 lis crai-gnent. 
 
 Je pei-ns. 
 Tu pei-ns. 
 II pei-nt. 
 Elle pei-nt. 
 Nous pei-gnons. 
 Vous pei-gnez. 
 lis pei-giient. 
 
 INTEnnOOATIVE 
 
 Est-ce que je craius ? 
 Crains-tu ? 
 Grain t-il ? 
 Craint-elle ? 
 Craignons-nous ? 
 Craignez-vous ? 
 Craignent-ils ? 
 
 Est-ce que je peins? 
 Peins-tu ? 
 Peint-il ? 
 Peint-elle ? 
 Peignons-nous ? 
 Peignez-vous ? 
 Peignent-ils ? 
 
 They fear, 
 
 Ipaint. 
 
 Thou art painting. 
 
 He paints. 
 
 SJiep>aints. 
 
 We paint. 
 
 You are painting. 
 
 They paint. 
 
 FOKM. 
 
 Do I fear f 
 Dost thou fear ? 
 Does he fear ? 
 Does she fear f 
 Do ice fear ? 
 Do you fear ? 
 Do they fear ? 
 
 Do Ipaint ? 
 Dost thou paint f 
 Does hep)aint? 
 Does she paint ? 
 Are ice painting ? 
 Do you paint ? 
 Are they painting ? 
 
 M O D E L S E N T E N C K S . 
 
 Que peignez-vous ? What are you painting f 
 
 Je peins le portrait de votre / am paintiwj your hynfjipfa 
 fr6re, portrait. 
 
ISO 
 
 '"TBODrcroiT 
 
 Est-eoquojo poms Wen? 
 
 bion, ^'ooent pag 
 
 ?^«"^teignonsde]atoiIo 
 
 j^-eequej-,teinslaia:pe? 
 
 ^e^pet.t,arooneteintiao'.^ 
 
 ^ouscraignezJechien. 
 Dscraig:nent]eurp^re. ' 
 
 ^^ ^ paint weU? 
 
 '''""'"^«y'>'-t poor man, 
 '^'y''"'*n''foHuna,e^„„,„_ 
 
 "'"j^^.^rffoj, ■;;7^'• 
 ^^<^y«■»rf.Mrf,,l4*'• 
 '^'""'ioi/puUoutikeJndh 
 
 1 ^"Mrthedo!,. 
 ^»JMr their /aa„. 
 
 Attemdre, ?5, g,^ . 
 
 ^,'-<^ach, to ovenahn ' f'?' ">• ^^3.. 
 
 Indastrie, i; r„^ 
 
 J'each, to overtake. 
 Chandelie, f) Candle. 
 ^ \ovaI, m. 7Zo;..,. 
 
 Craindre, ^^y^,,,^^ 
 DociJe, Gentle. 
 
 ate. ' "• ^'y'^^^^- 
 
 i-"* o«<. -^ '*''• '0 Pai-co quo, ^,,«„,, 
 
 Portrait, m. i^<,4^; 
 
 Feu, m. ^^y^_ 
 
 /\1 
 
 I 
 
 t 
 
 I 
 
BY 
 
 '■^ poor man? 
 
 ^i<^ Woman. 
 
 ^V angry, 
 y ylad. 
 ivell. 
 
 e lamp f 
 ihe candle. 
 
 FKKNCH conns TC 
 
 161 
 
 II 
 
 fortu. 
 
 Pourquoi, Why. * Teindre, To dye. 
 
 Salon, ra. Drawiny-room. Teinturier, in. Dyer. 
 Tableau, m. Picture, Toile, f. Linen, 
 
 Exercise 81. 
 
 1 iStelgnez-vons la chandelle ? 2 Nous oteignong 
 la chandelle et le feu. 3 Le domestique cteint le gaz 
 dans le salon. 4 N'atteigncz-vous pas votre fr^re dans 
 ses etudes? 5 Nous n'atteignons pas notre frore. 
 6 Ne craignez-vous pas vos parents ? 7 Je Grains mos 
 parents. 8 Pourquoi craignez-vous ce chien? 9 Je 
 Grains le chien, parcc qu'il parait tres mediant. 1 Votre 
 peintre ne peint-il pas un portrait? 11 Nous peignons 
 un grand tableau. 12 Est-ce que je ne plains pas les 
 malheureux ? 13 Vous no plaignez pas les malheureux. 
 
 14 Nous plaignons les malheureux que nous connaissons. 
 
 15 La toile que nous teignons n'est pas bonne. 16 Nous 
 joignons nos moyens et notre Industrie. 17 Pourquoi 
 ne joignez-vous pas cos morceaux? 18 Est-ce que je 
 feins d'etre fiiche ? 19 Yous feignez d'etre bien lache. 
 
 EXEKCISE 82. 
 
 1 What are you painting ? 2 I am painting your 
 brother's portrait. 3 Does that painter paint a largo 
 picture ? 4 He paints his cousin's portrait. 5 Why 
 do you not put those pieces together {join those jnecc^)? 
 G I join all the i)iece8 which I have. 7 Do I fear that 
 large dog ? 8 You appear to (leave out to) fear ihu 
 dog. 9 Your friend does not appear to fear his father. 
 
 U 
 
 
rw,'' 
 
 162 
 
 
 ^0 Do you no, f -"""OTOBT - 
 
 I iinloitnnatoman? ig ly' i"' ^» yoii not pit. 'I 
 
 -^-y- 20 Do^: ^,°""°" '-'/p'-tend "to L ^""^' 
 dyes that elotl, I, , '^' ""« «'oth ? 21 ti.;"'^ 
 2s w • ^- We dves tu,« i ^"e dyer 
 
 ,f ^^-^ l"ty those ladies Ti ,. "''«' P'<'ees of hnen 
 
 tie caudle? 2^ 7r ^^ ^"ea the servi,,. ' 
 
 2o Uo p„t3 ^, se.vant put out 
 
 iS 
 
 
 I 
 
 t 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 com 
 
 tho;:r*'^'"^'>~..-onou,.a..e,a:e;.e.. 
 
 ^^' ^^^ ^c> me. 
 
 Vous, Kl;, . 
 
 T, ' ^'^^^'^^^ '"asculine or r • • 
 
 femi 
 
 3. 
 thin, 
 corr 
 
 A 
 J' 
 Y 
 J' 
 
 / 
 
 mae. 
 
 Me lo 
 Je ne 
 
 blft] 
 Est-c( 
 
 livp 
 Vous 
 
ot fear your 
 °" not pity 
 ^"fortunate. 
 "■ studies? 
 ^e put out 
 ^neans and 
 
 be very 
 The dyer 
 
 't put out 
 
 ri. 
 
 bef( 
 
 ore 
 
 '; 
 
 i 
 
 FRENCH COURSE, 
 
 153 
 
 1/ 
 
 Vous mo blamez, 
 Vous rao parlez, 
 Vou8 le punissez, 
 
 Nous lui parlous, 
 
 ( We speak to her. 
 II nous doivent do I'argent, 7Vie^j owe us 7noney 
 
 You blame me. 
 Yoit S2)eak to me. 
 You punish him. 
 j We sjiealc to him. 
 
 II nous entendent, 
 
 They hear us. 
 
 ] 
 
 2. The relative pronouns : 
 En, Of it, ofthem^ some, any. 
 Y, To it, to them, at that place, tJiere, thither : 
 come also before the verb. 
 
 J'enparle, Ispeahofit. 
 
 J'en donne, j giy^ ^ome. 
 
 J'y vais, I go there. 
 
 3. En and y are used generally with reference to 
 things, and must be expressed in French, although the 
 corresponding words may be left out in English. 
 
 Avez-vous des livres ? Have you hooks ? 
 
 J'^n ^^' I have {some). 
 
 Y allez-vous ? j)o you go there f 
 
 .^'>^^^^«" I do. Ui.,I go there. 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 
 Me louez-vous ? Do you praise me f 
 
 Je ne vous loue pas, je vous / do not praise you, I blame 
 
 blame. you. 
 
 Est-ce que je vous pr^te un Do I lend you a hooh ? 
 
 livre? 
 
 Vous ne me pr^tez rien. Tou do not lend me anything. 
 
n f^ 
 
 \ 
 
 Je V0U3 rends votro argent 
 Je lo rends 4 rotre p6re 
 Avoz-vous <Jo I'argent ? ' 
 'Tt' fi'cu ai pas. 
 Nous en devons beaucoup. 
 "Ne nous attendez-vous pas? 
 ^ous les attendons co matin. 
 
 JNousyalJonsmainteuant 
 
 'NTBODUCTOBT 
 
 \''^^^rn you yo^tr money. 
 I return it to your father. 
 Jf'^^e you any money? 
 I ^^dve not {any), 
 
 ^ye owe much (of it), 
 ^^younotrrpectus? 
 We expect them this morning. 
 We are goiny there now. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 Jo"ar, m. Dollar. 
 
 maker. 
 Entendre, 4. 7b >^,«^. 
 Fauteuil, m. ^m-c'^a,>. 
 
 ^cajou, ra. Mahogany. 
 Acheter, 1. r^^ 
 
 Aller,*!. Tb^a. 
 Ann^e, f. Year. 
 Argent, m. J[/o;2ey. 
 
 expect. r^j ' ■^^'^trmer. 
 
 Chaise, f. c/,air. ?'"r°,"'' '' ^'' '•^''«''«. 
 
 Domain, To-morro^o IT^ '^"■ 
 
 •'^', i- -10 ask for. Venii-to tj, 
 Conner, z. 7b ^,-„,. VoTr , 7- '• 
 
 '^ "i'j o. lo see. 
 
 * See lesson 34. 
 
 f See Lesson 37, 
 
BY 
 
 money, 
 father, 
 .ey? 
 
 ). 
 
 8? 
 
 morning, 
 now. 
 
 to wliich it 
 
 Cabinet' 
 
 ar, 
 
 'hair, 
 
 r. 
 
 r. 
 
 we., 
 
 !• BENCH COUltSB. 
 
 Exercise 83. 
 
 155 
 
 1 Lg menuisier vient mo parler. 2 Lo librairo va 
 V0U8 donner du papier. 3 Ne deraandez-vous pas mon 
 cousin ? 4 Je Ic demande. 5 Nous no lo demandons 
 pas. G Nous venons vous voir. V Aliez-vous voir lo 
 fermier aujourd'liui ? 8 Nous allous lo voir. 9 Quel 
 beau livre nous donnez-vous ? 10 Jo no vous donno 
 pas do livro, jo n'en ai pas. 11 Mo vendez-vous lo 
 drap ? 12 Jo no vous vends jjas do drap. 13 Jo n'cu 
 vends pas, car je n'en ai pas. 14 No nous entondcz- 
 vouspas? 15 Nous ne vous entendons pas. IG No 
 les attendez-vous pas cetto annee? 17 Nous no les 
 attendons pas cette annce. 18 Votro froro ne reqoit- 
 11 pas tout son argent? 19 II no lo regoit pas. 
 20 Vous les blamez, uous les louons, ct Ic meuuisier lea 
 flatte. 
 
 EXEECISE 84. 
 
 1 Do you break the arm-chair ? 2 I do not break 
 it. 3 Does the cabinet-maker give you the mahogany 
 chair? 4 He does not give it, he sells it to the joiner, 
 5 Does the cabinet-maker corao to speak to you ? 
 G He goes to speak to my father. 1 Do you expect 
 me ? 8 1 do not expect you this morning. 9 Do you 
 not hear mo ? 10 I do not hear you. 1 1 Do you not 
 receive your money? 12 I do not receive it. 13 Da 
 you not pruisu liiui to-day ? 1 4 No, sir, I do not praise 
 him, I blame him. 15 Why do you not sell us the 
 cloth? 16 Have you the money this morning? 
 17 Yes, sir, we have it. 18 Have you any money to- 
 
 ll. 
 
 II' 
 
156 
 
 FASQUBLLB'fl I NTB D tJ CT BT 
 
 dolla. 20 Does the cabinet-maker give you all his 
 ^"oney .1 He does not pve it. 22 Do you cxn c 
 me to-Uay? 23 Wo do not expect you to-day /"o 
 expect you to-mon•o^v. 24 Do you not sell nie the 
 nahogany chan-? 25 I do not sell it. 20 The cabinet- 
 naker sells it. 21 We sell the chairs, .vc do not give 
 
 H I i 
 
 LEgON XLIV. LESSON XLIV. 
 
 rilONOU.VS, CONTINUED. 
 
 1. When the French personal pronouns arc preceded 
 by a preposition, (in English, uy a preposition other than 
 fo), they coine after the verb. They assume the follow 
 m^^ lorras : 
 
 Be ™°'. Avec moi Apr^s moi, &c. 0/ov/mn me, WUh me, After me- 
 
 D elk, Avec ello, Apros die. o/her, \vm her. After her. 
 
 Be nous, Avoo nous, Avant nous. Of us, With us. Before us 
 Bo V0U3 Avec vous. Apres vous. Of you, WUh yov, After you. 
 B eux. Avec eux, Apr^s eux. Of them. With ih J, After them 
 Belles, Apres elles, Avec elles. Of them. After them, WUh Zi 
 \ otre fr6re parle de moi, Tour brother speaks of me. 
 Is ous sommes avec vous. We are xoith you. 
 Mon ami vient apr6s moi, My friend comes after me. 
 2. The preposition ciiez, used in connection M'ith a 
 TH ^LT.""^^^'' '^^"' pronouns, means literally, ai 
 
 
 >/' 
 
OHT 
 
 have twenty 
 e you all his 
 *o you expoct 
 u to-day, wo 
 sell me tlio 
 The cabinet. 
 ' do not give 
 
 irilENCU COUltSB. 
 
 157 
 
 Chez nion cordonnier, \ ^^ '''^ shoemaker^s house. 
 
 I At iiiij shoonaker^s. 
 Jo vais chez lo serrurier, / am <join(j to the lock- 
 smith's. 
 Chez nous, At our house. 
 
 Chez hii. At his house. 
 
 CirtTz eilo. At he)' house. 
 
 Vcnez cUcz nous. Come to our h ju.:e. 
 
 XLIV. 
 
 irc preceded 
 •n other than 
 e the follow 
 
 'i 7nc, After ma- 
 Before thee. 
 After him. 
 ''ier her. 
 >re us. 
 fter you. 
 After them. 
 With them. 
 
 3aks of me. 
 
 I. 
 
 < offer me. 
 
 tion with a 
 itcrally, at 
 
 Model Skntences. 
 
 Vcnez-vou3 choz luoi ? 
 
 Nous allons chez votro mar- 
 
 chand. 
 Lui offrez-vous lu livre ? 
 Je ne lui offrc rion, 
 II n'attend rien de moi. 
 Vous fcrrnez k porte apres moi. 
 Vous m'ouvrez la poito. 
 Nous SOI tons avant cux. 
 Nous les conduisons a I'ecole. 
 Nous les y conduisons. 
 Ne cueillc'Z-vous pas les fleurs ? 
 Je ne les cueille pas. 
 Je n'en cueille pas. 
 Pourquoi les punissez-vous ? 
 Je re^ois des fleurs d'eux. 
 
 Arc you (joing to my house f 
 We are goiit<j to your merchant' t. 
 
 Do you offer him the hook? 
 
 I offer him nothing. 
 
 He expects nothing from me. 
 
 You shut the door after me. 
 
 You open the door to mc. 
 
 We go out before them. 
 
 We take them to school. 
 
 We take them there. 
 Do you nut pick the flowers f 
 I do not jnck them. 
 I do not pick any. 
 
 ]Vhy do you punish them f 
 I receive flowers from them. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 Amitle, f. Friendship. 
 Api-e.s, After. 
 Argent, m. Money. 
 
 Attendre, 4. To expect., to 
 loait for, 
 
 t' 
 
 Au moins, At kast. 
 
 ■ f m 
 
 i\ 
 
158 
 
 If 
 
 PASQUBLLE's INTRODUCTOST 
 
 Avant, Before. 
 Avec, With. 
 Billet, ra. Kote. 
 Chambre, f. Room. 
 Charbon, m. Coal. 
 
 Officier, m. Officer. 
 Offrir^ 2. To offer. 
 Paysage, m. Landscape. 
 Peindre.§ 4. To paint. 
 Pour, For. 
 
 Compagne, f Companion. Qui, ' Whom 
 Connaitre,* 4. Jb know. Recevoir, 3. To receive. 
 
 Demander, 1. To ask, to nize. ^ 
 
 «5/&/cr. se,re, £ Hot-house, green- 
 
 Intimc, Intimate. house 
 
 Jai-dinier, m 6^arc^,,,,,. Sortir,|| 2. 7b ^o out. 
 Maison, f. i^,,,,. Voyagcur, m. 2f...^^,,. 
 
 Exercise 85. 
 
 1 Attenrlez-vous un billet du voyageur ? o t,„. 
 tends un billet do lui. 3 Peignez-vous ce paysag; poui" 
 elle ou pourlui? 4 Je le peins pour elle. 5 Votre 
 compagne 6tait-elle avec sa soeur ? 6 Elle etait avcc 
 Clle et avec moi. 1 Nous vous attendons chez moi 
 8 Les officiers sont-ils chez mon p6re ? 9 Oui mon- 
 sieur lis sont chez lui. lo Construisez-vous une maison 
 pour le jardmier ? llJe constr-is une serro pour lui. 
 12 Sortez-vous avant lui? 13 Je sors au moins un. I 
 heure apr^s lui. 14 Je lui uonne de I'argent et ie I 
 reeois du charbon de lui. 15 Ou les attendez-vouJ? *' 
 10 Je les attends chez leurs amis intimes. 17 Ke les 
 
 * See Lossoa 41, 
 I Lesson 3G. 
 
 t Lesson 40. | Lossou 34. § Lcssou 42. 
 
CTOaT 
 
 Officer. 
 To offer. 
 . Landscape. 
 . To paint. 
 
 I. 
 
 • To receive. 
 
 ,* 4. To recog- 
 
 -it-house^ green- 
 
 go out. 
 1. Traveller, 
 
 eur? 2 J'at- 
 3 pay sage pour 
 elle. 5 Votre 
 Elle etait avec 
 ons chez moi. 
 Oiii, mon- 
 'U3 line maison 
 serre pour lui. 
 au moius uno 
 I'argent et je 
 itendez-vous? 
 3. 1 7 Ne lea 
 
 § Lessou 42. 
 
 FRENCH COUESE, 
 
 169 
 
 connaissez-vous pas? 18 Je ne les rcconnais pas. 
 . ID Je vous demandc cela. 20 J'attends ccla de vous 
 et de votre amitie. 
 
 Exercise 86. 
 
 1 For whom do you construct tliat house, for him or 
 or me ? 2 I construct it for you. 3 We construct it 
 for her. 4 Does he not paint with you ? 5 No, sir, 
 he paints with lior. 6 Are not the travelers at your 
 father's with him ? 1 No, sir, they are at my intimate 
 friend's. 8 Do you expect a note from mo ? 9 I ex- 
 pect a letter from her. 10 For whom does the mason 
 construct that hot-house ? 11 He constructs it for me. 
 12 Do 3'ou go out before him? 13 I go out of tho 
 room after him. 14 Do you offer mo that book? 
 15 1 offer the book to him. 16 Do you receive letters 
 from her? 17 I receive letters from them. 18 Do 
 you live at their house? 19 I live at my brother's 
 house. 20 Do you know them? 21 I do not know 
 them. 22 Do you know the officers who live at my 
 house? 23 I know them. 24 "Where do you expect 
 me ? 25 I expect you at your brother's or at your 
 eister'a, 
 
 I 
 
 LEgON XLV. LESSON XLV. 
 
 EESPECTIVE POSITION OF THE PEONOUNS. 
 
 1. When there are two pronouns, they are placed in 
 the following order; 
 
160 
 
 FASQUELLE'S INT 
 
 RODUCTORY 
 
 Me le,* 1dm or it. 
 Me la, her 
 
 or it 
 
 T 
 
 iE LE, him or it 
 
 Te 
 
 LA, 
 
 her 
 
 Nous LE, h 
 
 or eV, 
 
 ^0 7w^. Me les, them to 
 
 me. 
 
 to thee. Te 
 
 LES, 
 
 ihc7n to thee. 
 
 , mm or tt. 
 
 I 
 
 Nous LA, her or it, \ ^^ ^'** ^^^'^ ^^s» ^^'^^ ^o w«. 
 
 Vous LE, him or eV, ) 
 
 Vous LA, her or it, \ ^^ ^^''* ^^°^'^ ^^^» '^"'^ 'o yow. 
 
 ' some, 
 
 M'EN, J «'*y' 
 
 of them, 
 some, 
 
 r some, 
 
 Nous EX, J "^^^' 
 
 . of them, 
 f some, 
 
 Vous EX, J ^^2/, 
 
 ^0 7?2e. 
 
 ■ ^o thee. 
 
 to ics. 
 
 Vous me le donnez, ro2. ^^Ve it to me. 
 
 Vous ne me le donnez pas, Zbi. do not give il to me. 
 Nous vous I'envoyons, We sendit to you. 
 
 I nous le prete, He lends it to us. 
 
 II nous en donne, //, gi^,, ,,, ,^„,^ ^^^ .^^^ 
 
 * ie ana U become, of course, ^' belbre a vowel or a sUent K 
 
' ORY 
 
 FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 161 
 
 them to me, 
 them to thee. 
 
 them to us. 
 
 them to you. 
 
 le. 
 
 ■ it to me. 
 ne. 
 
 » 
 
 ^ (of it), 
 i silent h. 
 
 It will be seen that the pronoun reproscntmg the 
 object tbllow.s me, te, nous, vous ; the literal transla- 
 tion of the first of the sentences above would be: 
 
 Yoa to rue it (jive. 
 
 2. The pronoun representing the object comes before 
 the pronouns lui, to Idm, to her ; leuu, to tliern ; en 
 
 m or 
 
 however conies after ixi and leuu. 
 
 Le lui, him or it, ) to him or t , . , ^.^ .t^,^, ) to him 
 ' ' \ -LLrf LI I, litem, >■ 
 
 La lui, her or it, ) to her. ) to her. 
 
 Le leur, him ov it, } ^^ ^^^^^^^_ ^es leuk, them, to them. 
 
 La leur, her or it, ) 
 Lui en, 
 
 Leur en, 
 Je la hii vends, 
 
 to him or 
 to her. 
 
 to them. 
 
 some, 
 any, 
 of it, 
 of them, 
 some, 
 any, 
 of it, 
 of them, J 
 
 / sell it to him or to her. 
 Vous la lui recommandez, You recommend her to him 
 
 or to her. 
 Vous lui en donnez, You give him some {of it.) 
 
 Nous la leur donnons We give it to them. 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 
 A qui pretez-vous ce canif ? To whom do you lend that pew 
 
 knife ? 
 Je vous le prtte. I lend it to you. 
 
162 
 
 fasqtjelle's 
 
 Le marchand nous le donne. 
 
 II ne me le donne pas. 
 
 Le lui pretez-vous ? 
 
 Nou? le lui pretons, 
 
 Nous ne vous le pretons pas. 
 
 Nous ne vous en donnons pas. 
 
 Ne m'en apportez-vous pas ? 
 
 Jo lui en demande. 
 
 Je ne vous en demande pas. 
 
 M'apportez-vous ma canne ? 
 
 Je ne vous I'apporte pas. 
 
 Je la lui apporte. 
 
 Me rendez-vous mon encrier ? 
 
 Je vous le rends. ' 
 
 Nous vous le reudons. 
 
 INTRODUCTORY 
 
 77ie merchant gives it to us. 
 He does not give it to me. 
 Do you lend it to him or to her? 
 We lend it to him or to her. 
 We do not lend it to you. 
 We do not give you any {of it). 
 Do you not bring me any? 
 I ask him for some. 
 I do not ask you for any. 
 Do you bring me my cane .? 
 Ida not bring it to you. 
 I bring it to him ov to her. 
 Do you return my inkstand to 
 me? 
 
 I return it to you. 
 We return it to you. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 Apporter, 1. To bring. 
 Aussi, Also. 
 Banquier, ni. Banker. 
 Beaucoup, 3fuch, many. 
 Certaineraent, Certainly. 
 Cherc:.er, 1. To seek, to 
 
 look for. 
 Cueilli, Picked, gathered. 
 Cueillir,* 2. To gather, to 
 
 2nck. 
 Devoir,! 3. To owe. 
 
 * See Lesson 34. 
 
 Encore, Yet, again. 
 Encrier, m. Inkstand. 
 Entrer, I.Togo in, to come in. 
 Expres, On purpose. 
 Faute, f. Fault. 
 FJeur, f. Flower. 
 Offrir,* 2. To offer. 
 Ouvrier, m. Workman. 
 Oiivrir,* 2. To open. 
 Pardonner, 1. To forgive. 
 Porte, f. Door. 
 
 f See Lesaoa 38. 
 
 
FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 1G.3 
 
 Pour, Mr. Toiijonrs, Always. 
 
 Pourquoi, Why. Tics, Verij. 
 
 li^>i^oy\.(iv,\.'ro bring bach Trouver, 1. To find. 
 Rendre,* 4. 5'b return, to Venir,f 2. To come, 
 give or bring back. Volontiers, m. Willingly. 
 
 Exercise 87. 
 
 1 Rcndez-vous I'argent a votre banqiiier ? 2 Je le 
 lui rends toujours. 3 No me rapportez-vous pas le 
 mien ? 4 Je ne vous le rapporte pas encore. 5 Pour- 
 quoi ne le lui offrez-vous pas ? 6 Je le cherche et je 
 ne le trouve pas. 7 Pourquoi ne lui ouvrez-vous pas la 
 porte ? 8 Je la lui ouvre, mais il n'entre pas. 9 Avez- 
 vous cueilli cette belle fleur pour moi ? 10 J'ai cueilli 
 la fleur pour vous ou jjour votre amie. 11 Ne me 
 devez-vous jDas cet argent? 12 Je vous le dois cer- 
 tainement. 13 Votre ouvrier ne lui doit-il pas de 
 I'argent ? 14 Oui, monsieur, il lui en doit beaucoup. 
 15 Ne m'en devez-vous pas aussi ? 16 Je ne vous en 
 dois pas, monsieur. 17 M'apportez-vous I'argent que 
 vous me devez? 18 Je vous I'apporte, monsieur, jo 
 viens expres. 19 Ne leur pardonnez-vous pas leura 
 fautes ? 20 Je les leur pardonne volontiers. 
 
 \ you 
 
 Exercise 8S. 
 
 1 Do you bring us the money ? 2 We bring it to 
 •u, sir. 3 Why do you not bring them money? 
 
 * See Lesson 39, 
 
 f See Lesson 37. 
 
 PI 
 
 1 li.i 
 
I 
 
 '/ii 
 
 164 
 
 fabquelle's introductory 
 
 4 We have not any, sir. 5 Why do you not return to 
 
 you, sir. 7 My 
 to you. 8 Do you not forgive {a 
 
 me my inkstand? 6 I return it, to 
 
 sister brings it back to you. 8 Do y 
 
 ces) those poor children? 9 I forgive (leur) lit, ni their 
 
 fault willingly. 10 Do you not ovve me thui money ? 
 
 11 I owe it to you, sir. 12 Our workmen do f,ot owe 
 
 g 
 
 It to you. 13 Do you not bring it to me ? 14 I bri 
 it to you, I ov/e it to you. 15 Do you not pick my 
 flowers for your bi other '? IG No, sir, we pick them 
 for our friend. 17 Do you, bring them to me on pur- 
 pose ? 18 We do not I ring them to you on purpose. 
 19 Do you not open the door to him? 20 I open it 
 to him. 21 Your workman owes me the money. 
 22 He owes it to me certainly. 23 Do you not return 
 money to the blinker ? 24 1 return him some. 25 I do 
 not find them. 
 
 LEgON XLVI. LESSON XLVI. 
 
 THE PAST TARTICIPLE. THE PAST INDEFINITE. 
 
 1. The terminations of the past participle are : 
 
 1st conjugation. 2d conjugation. 3d and 4tli conjugation. 
 
 D 
 
 onn-o. 
 
 given. 
 
 Fin-i, 
 finished. 
 
 Rec-u, 
 received. 
 
 Vend-ii, 
 sold. 
 
 2. The past indefinite is formed of the present of 
 the indicative of Avoir, '.o have, or in a few cat^tv-j 
 
L Y 
 
 FRENCH COUKSE. 
 
 165 
 
 ot return to 
 sir. 1 My 
 t forgive {a 
 
 tiu ni their 
 lat money ? 
 do iot ou'e 
 
 14 I bring 
 ot pick tny 
 
 jDick them 
 me on pur- 
 n purpose. 
 ) I open it 
 be monev. 
 not return 
 i. 25 I do 
 
 LVI. 
 
 FINITE. 
 
 ai'e : 
 
 igation. 
 
 Vend-ii, 
 sold. 
 
 )resent of 
 few ca.- ' 
 
 ^ 
 
 of i/TRE, to ie,* and the past participle of the principal 
 
 { ver!.».f 
 
 3. Past Indefinite of Donnek, to give, Fixiii, to 
 |i FiXKH., Devoir, to owe, and Yendre, to sjsll, etc. 
 
 J'ai donne. J have given. 
 
 Tu as fini. Thou hast fjiished. 
 
 II a rcQU. lie has received. 
 
 Nous avons vendu. We have sold. 
 
 Vous avez porte. You have carried. 
 
 lis out parle. They have spoken. 
 
 INTEBEOGATIVE FOEM. 
 
 Ai-je donne ? Have I 
 
 Est-ce que j'ai fini ? \ 
 
 As-tu reQU ? 
 
 A-t-il vendu ? 
 
 Avons-nous porte ? 
 
 Avez-vous parle ? 
 
 Ont-ils regu? 
 
 given / 
 Have I finished .^ 
 Hast thou received? 
 Has he sold ? 
 Have loe carried ? 
 Have you spoken ? 
 Have they received? 
 
 4. Sometimes the jjast indefinite is rendered in En- 
 glish by the verb preceded by did., or by the imperfect 
 alone. 
 
 * AUer, to go, Arriver, to arrive, Mourir, to die, Naitre, to he born, 
 Tombor, to fall, Venir, to come, &c., take eire. See " Larger Course," 
 § 46, p. 324. 
 
 f The rules on the variations of the past participle would only 
 embarass the youug student. They are therefore reserved for the 
 " Larger Course." 
 
 + The first person of this tense may be used without est-ce que; in 
 familiar conversation, however, tliis form is preferable. 
 
■ f i 
 
 166 pasqoelle's introductory 
 
 Ayez-vous vu luon fvbve Did you see m,, hrother yes. 
 
 ^''^''^ terday/ ' 
 
 Je I'ai vu la sciuaiiic Jei- I ^aio him last w,.Lk. 
 
 uiere. 
 
 Model Sexte.vces. 
 
 Nous avons fini notre le^on. 
 Avez-vous parle au chirurgien ? 
 Noas avons vendu nos mar- 
 
 chandises. 
 Avez-vous apporte ma lettre ? 
 Ma scBur a apporte mes beaux 
 
 livres. 
 Nous n'avons pas re§u notre 
 
 argent. 
 
 Vous avez donn6 de bons con- 
 seils. 
 
 N'avez-vous pas fini votre 
 theme ? 
 
 Est-r 9 que j'ai parle beaucoup ? 
 
 II a rencontre votre frere. 
 
 II ne I'a pas rencontre. 
 Quand avez-vous vu mon cou- 
 sin? 
 Je I'ai vu ce matin. 
 Lui avez-vous parle hier ? 
 Je ne lui ai pas parle. 
 
 We have finished our lesson. 
 Have you spoken to the sunjton ? 
 We have sold our yoods. 
 
 Have you hrought my letter ? 
 My sister has brought my hand- 
 
 some hooks. 
 We have not received our money. 
 
 Ton have given good advice. 
 
 Have you not finished your exer- 
 cise? 
 
 Have I spoken much ? 
 He has met your brother. 
 He has not met him. 
 When did you see my cousin f 
 
 I saw him this morning. 
 
 Bid you speak to him yesterday f 
 
 I did not speak to him. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 Acheter, 1. To buy. Apporter, 1. To briny. 
 
 Apercevoir, 3. To percewe. Argent, m.. Money. 
 
 J 
 
ORY 
 
 !// h'other yes* 
 t li'i.Lk. 
 
 FRENCH COURSE, 
 
 our lesson. 
 
 to the suryton f 
 
 (/oods. 
 
 ' my letter ? 
 ught my hand- 
 
 'Jed our money. 
 
 lod advice. 
 
 hed your exer- 
 
 oh? 
 
 rother. 
 
 n. 
 
 my cotisin f 
 
 "ning. 
 
 m yesterday ? 
 
 lim. 
 
 brmff. 
 
 ■J 
 
 167 
 
 Chez, Af or to the house of. 
 j Conduit, Taken, conducted, 
 I from Conduire. 4. 
 ^ Demoiselle, f. Yotmg lady. 
 
 Donner, 1. To give. 
 Encore, Yet, again. 
 Finir, 2. To finish. 
 Foin, m. Hay. 
 Hier, Yesterday. 
 Manger, 1. To eat. 
 Marchandises, f. pi. Goods. 
 Matin, m. Morning. 
 Panier, m. Basket. 
 
 Parapluie, m. Umbrella. 
 Parce que, Because. 
 Peignc, ni. Co^nb. 
 Perdro, 4. To lose. 
 Personne, Nobody. 
 Porter, 1. To carry. 
 Portrait, m. Portrait. 
 Quand, When. 
 Recevoir, 3. To receive. 
 Revenu, ra. Income. 
 Tasse, f. Ciq). 
 Vendre, 4. To sell. 
 Vu, see7i, from Voir. 3. 
 
 Exercise 89. 
 
 1 Je vous ai donne le parapluie. 2 Vous m'avez 
 vendu des marchandises. 3 Oil avez-vous porte la 
 tasse ? 4 N'avez-vous pas perdu votre peigne ? 5 Je 
 ne I'ai pas perdu, je I'ai apporte. 6 N'avez-vous pas fini 
 mon portrait ? 7 Je ne I'ai pas fini. 8 Avez-vous manc.6 
 le pam? 9 Nous ne I'avons pas mangcj. 10 K'avei 
 vous pas mango du pain chaud? ll ^on^ en avons 
 mange. (Lit.: We have eaten some of it.) 12 Ma 
 soeur n'a pas re^u son revenu. 13 Mon cousin a requ 
 lesien. 14 N'avez-vous pas vu mon ami? 15 Nous 
 ne I'avons pas encore vu. 16 Pourquoi n'a-t-il pas 
 :achet6 de foin? 17 II n'en a pas achete parce qu'il n'a 
 pas d'argent. (Lit., He ho^ not bought any of it) 
 18 On avez-vous conduit 3 parents? 19 J^ai con- 
 duit vos parents chez vous. 20 N'avez-vous pas 
 
 * i 
 
168 
 
 PASQUEL 
 
 ^ - J « D U C T O R T 
 
 'I i 
 
 I 
 
 aper9a ces deux cU 'iioisellea ? 21 Nous n'avons vu 
 persomie. 
 
 Exercise 90, 
 
 1 Have you flnishetl the basket ? 2 I have not yet 
 finislicd it. '] Did you not buy the house yesterday ? 
 4 Wo have bought it tliis morning. 5 What has your 
 brother bi-ouf^ht ? 6 He has brought money. 7 Have 
 you not >:(. ju my brother ? 8 I saw him yesterday, sir. 
 (Lit., I ham seen hlui yesterday). 9 My friend has 
 taken the young lady to your house. 10 We have 
 eaten the bread and {the) meat. 1 1 We have not lost 
 your brother's umbrella. 12 My co.isin has not yet 
 received his income, 1 3 We have bought no hay, we 
 have no horse {pas cU cheoal). U He has no money, 
 he has bought no liorse. 15 When did you see my 
 friend? 16 I saw him yesterday morning at your 
 brother's. 17 Have you given thorn my letter ? 18 I 
 gave them your brother's letter. 19 We have not 
 brought the cup. 20 We did not pe^ jeive the youno" 
 ladies. 21 We have n.i eatea warm bread. 22 We 
 have not eaten any {of it). 23 We have eaten some. 
 
 LEgON XLVIi. 
 
 THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE. — THE 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 LESSOR" XLVII. 
 
 ''ERI ECT OP THE 
 
 1. The termination of the preseni participle of every 
 Fre:ioh verb, is ant. In the regular verbs of the second 
 conjugation, however, that ending is preceded by iss. 
 
TORT 
 
 US n'avons vu 
 
 I have not yet 
 ISO yesterday ? 
 What has your 
 3iiey. 7 liavo 
 yesterday, sir. 
 My friend has 
 10 We have 
 5 have not lost 
 n has not yet 
 :ht no hay, we 
 has no money, 
 :1 you see my 
 rning at your 
 letter? lb I 
 We have not 
 ive the young 
 read. 22 We 
 3 eaten some. 
 
 ' XLVII. 
 
 FECT OF THE 
 
 iciple of every 
 J of the second 
 3eded by iss. 
 
 PRENCn COURSE, 
 
 lat, 3d, and 4tli (Jonjugations. 
 ANT. 
 
 109 
 
 i 
 
 2 J Conjugation. 
 ISSANT, 
 
 Finiss-aut, 
 
 Donn-ant, Recev-ant, Vend-uut. 
 g'mny. receivluy. sillinj. 
 
 2. The imperfect may bo formed from tlio pres^'iiC 
 paniciplo by changing ant into ai.^, ais, d'a, hu», i,z^ 
 H'tnt. The irroguliir vorijs also come under this rule." 
 
 rUESK.VT PAUTICIPLE. 
 
 Donn-ant, nlmng. 
 Fin-issant, fmUh big. 
 Rccov-ant, receiving. 
 Vend-ant, selling. 
 All-ant, ij'^ing. 
 ^\'n-ant, caning. 
 Voy-ant, st^ 'ng. 
 
 IMPEUl KCT. 
 
 Je doim-ais, / was gh'big. 
 Je iin-issais, I icas finish hig. 
 Je recev-ais, I a-as recelring. 
 Je vond-ais, I was selling. 
 J'all ais, I u'(ts going. 
 Je ven-ais, I was coming. 
 Je voy-ais, / used to see. 
 
 "• Imperi- I OF DoNXKi:, TO GIVE, Recevoir, to 
 
 RECEIVE^ AND VeNI 'E, TO SELL. 
 
 Je donu- 
 Je recev- 
 Je vend- 
 I'u donn- 
 Tn recev- 
 Ta vend- 
 31 doiin- 
 Tl recev- 
 II vend- 
 Xous donn- 
 Nous recev- 
 Nous vend- 
 
 ais. 
 
 ais. 
 
 . ait. 
 
 ions. 
 
 IS iiiciiig 01' ii-sal to give. 
 J was rtcdvimj or used to receive. 
 I ivas sdliiKj or used to sdl. 
 T'ifm luast givlwj or icasi wont to give. 
 Thou least nctlviivj or xasl word to receive. 
 Thou wast selling or wast wont to sell. 
 He was-giving or vjos wont to give. 
 U'' was receivii]^ or used to receive. 
 He was selling ov used to sell. 
 We icere giving or used to give. 
 We ivere recdving or iLsed to receive. 
 We ivere sdling or used to sell. 
 
 Except .ivoir. to have, and Savuir, to knutc ri-L'seiit participiu; 
 Ayaut, Sat! mt ; Imperfect: J'avais, Je .-^.ivaU. 
 
 8 
 
 '• ij 
 
iro 
 
 fasquellk's introductobt 
 
 li! 
 
 • / 
 
 Voua donn- 
 Voua recov- 
 Vous vend- 
 Us donn- 
 Us recev- 
 lis vend" 
 
 !V- \, I 
 d- J 
 
 Tou wfre givmj or used to give. 
 You were nceiving or used to receive. 
 You were stlUwj or used tu ntU. 
 They were givimj or used to ,jive. 
 Tliey were receiving or used to receive, 
 I^iey were selling or used to sell. 
 
 INTERROGATIVE FORM OF DONNEU, TO GIVE, 
 
 Donnaisje? or ) 
 
 Est-ceque jodonnais?* \ ^^'^ ^ 'J^^^^O or did I use to gwe ? 
 
 Wiist thou giving or diiM thou use to gvvet 
 Was he giving or dia he use to givp i 
 Were we giving or did we use to give f 
 Were you giving or did you use to give? 
 Were they giving or did they use to givet 
 
 Donnais-tu ? 
 Donnait-il ? 
 Donnions-nous ? 
 Donniez-vous ? 
 Donnaient-ils? 
 
 4. Like the above models are conjugated in this 
 tense : 
 
 1. All-er, to go,' J'all-ais, &e., Tims going, c&c. 
 
 2. Coiivr-ir, to cover; Cueill-ir, to gather, c&c. See 
 Lesson 34, R. 4. 
 
 3. Verbs ending in tir, such as Sort-ir, to go out • 
 Seut-ir, to feel or smell. See Lesson 36. ' 
 
 4. Those ending in enir, such as Ven-ir, to come; 
 Ten-ir, to hold. See Lesson 37. 
 
 Je couvr-ais, Jy^as covering. 
 
 Je cueill-ais, I^oas gathering. 
 
 Je sort-ais, I loas going out. 
 
 Jesent-ais, I used to feel. 
 
 tie ven-ais, I was coming. 
 
 Jeten-ais, I used to hold. 
 
 ^ * In conversation or familiar writing, this form is nreferable to the 
 first. ^ 
 
rOBT 
 
 give. 
 
 ' to receive, 
 sdh 
 > :/u'<?. 
 
 i to receive. 
 • sell. 
 
 TO filVB. 
 
 to give f 
 
 hou me to give t 
 
 t to give f 
 ise to gift f 
 I use to give f 
 nj use to give f 
 
 gated ill this 
 
 her, (&e. See 
 
 '•, to go out ; 
 
 ■ir, to come / 
 
 ering. 
 
 hering. 
 
 ng out. 
 
 feel. 
 
 ling. 
 
 hold. 
 
 )referable to the 
 
 french course. 
 Model Sentences. 
 
 171 
 
 L'annt'e derni(jro, j'etuiliais 
 deux beures tous les jours. 
 
 Jo vondaia du foiu. 
 
 Je recevaia de3 lettres de mes 
 amis, 
 
 Jo respectais mes parents. 
 
 Lo serrurier m'apportait la clef. 
 
 Alon maltre de musique venait 
 
 •i dix heures. 
 Nous leur donnions des livres. 
 lis etudiaient leurs luyons. 
 lis rendaient leurs parents 
 
 lioureux. 
 lis vendaient leurs marchan- 
 
 dises tr^s char. 
 
 Nous les recevions cordiale- 
 
 raent. 
 Nous aimiona notre soeur. 
 
 Last year I used to studj tiro 
 
 hours every day. 
 I used to sell hay. 
 I used to receive letters from lutj 
 
 friends. 
 I respected my paren ts. 
 Tfie hcksmith was bringimj ni" 
 
 the key. 
 My music teacher used to come at 
 
 ten o'clock. 
 We used to give them booh. 
 Tliey ivere studying their hmns. 
 Tliey rendered their parents 
 
 happy. 
 
 Theg used to sell their goods very 
 dear. 
 
 We med to receive them cor- 
 dicdly. 
 
 We loved our sister. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 Acheter, 1. To buy. 
 
 Beau, Fine. 
 
 Bien, Well. 
 
 Bouilli, ra. Boiled meat. 
 
 Campagne, f. Country. 
 
 Cher, Dear. 
 
 Drap, m. Cloth. 
 Envers, Towards. 
 Gant, m. Glove. 
 Heure, f. Jljvr. 
 Maitre de musique, M/fsic- 
 teacher. 
 
 Cordonnier, m. /Shoemaker. Manger, 1. To eat. 
 Dechirer, 1. To tear. Marchand, ni. Merchant. 
 
 Donner, 1. To give. Marchandise, f. Goods. 
 
Mi 
 
 172 pasquelle's introductory 
 
 Maroqiiin, m. Morocco. 
 Nettoyer, 1. To clean. 
 Noisette, f. Hazel-nut. 
 Orange, f. Orange. 
 Peintre, m. Painter 
 Quatre, Four. 
 Que, What, lohlch. 
 Quel, What, which. 
 
 Rien, Nothing. 
 Roti, m. Moast meat. 
 Tableau, m. Picture. 
 Travaillei-, 1. To loork, 
 Veau, m. Calf-skin. 
 Vend re, 4. To sell. 
 Venir, 2, To come, 
 Viande, f. Meat. 
 
 Exercise 91. 
 
 1 Corabien d'argent doniiiez-vous a ce petit garden ? 
 2 Je ne lui donnais rien. 3 Cette demoiselle ne tra- 
 vaillait-elle pas bicn? 4 Elle travaillait tres bien. 
 5 Le peintre vendait-il un tableau ? G Le petit gai-^on 
 dechirait ses gants. 7 Que vendiez-vous au cordonnier ? 
 8 Je lui vendais du veau et du niaroquin, 9 Le marcliand 
 recevait-il de bon drap ? 10 II recevait de bon drap, 
 mais il le vendait tres cher. 11 Achetiez-vous de 
 belles oranges ? 12 J'achctais des oranges et des noi- 
 settes. 13 Quo mangiez-vous ce matin? 14 Kous 
 mangions du roti et du bouilli. 15 Je ne mangeais* 
 pas de viande. IG A {in) la campagne je mangeais 
 beaucoup. 17 A quelle heure veniez-vous? 18 Jo 
 venais a quatre heures. 19 Xe dechiriez-vous pas vos 
 gants? 20 Non, monsieur, je les nettoyais. 
 
 * In verbs ending in ger, e is put before the a of the imperfect, to 
 preserve the soft sound of the <j, Sec Larger Course, page 336, 
 Edo 1. 
 
ORY 
 
 FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 173 
 
 i 3 
 
 >t meat, 
 ^Icture. 
 To work, 
 "skin, 
 sell, 
 ome. 
 It. 
 
 >etit gar^on ? 
 iselle ne tra- 
 t tres bien. 
 petit gai-Qon 
 cordounicr ? 
 Le marchand 
 le bon drap, 
 Liez-vous de 
 s et des noi- 
 ? U :N'oa8 
 e mangeais* 
 je mangeais 
 us? 18 Jg 
 oiis pas vos 
 s. 
 
 le imperfect, to 
 rse, page 336, 
 
 Exercise 92. 
 
 1 How many books were you giving him ? 2 I was 
 giving him no books. (See Lesson 28, K, 0.) 3 How 
 were they selling tlieir goods? 4 They sold {were sell- 
 ing) their goods very dear. 5 What were you giving 
 them? 6 I was giving them letters. 7 Did tiie merchant 
 receive mucli cloth ? 8 He received much. 9 Wiiat 
 were you buying ? 10 We were buying good cloth. 
 11 Tlie Elioemaker was buying line calf and good 
 morocco. 12 Did the merchant sell you good cloth? 
 13 He did not sell me cloth, but he soM leather to the 
 shoemaker, 14 At Mhat hour did your merchant use 
 to receive iiis letters? 1.5 He used to receive them at 
 four o'clock. 10 AVhat were y(»u selling him? 17 I 
 Avas selling him good books. 18 What were you eat- 
 ing this morning? 19 I was eating boik'd meat. 20 At 
 what hour did you use to come? (or dkl you come 
 usuaUy ?) 21 I used to come at leu o'clock {dkc 
 heurcs.) 22 Who was selling a picture this morning? 
 23 The painter was selling a i)icture. 24 The little 
 boy was not tearing his gloves. 2o Tlie music-tea'-lier 
 used to come at ten (/clock. 
 
 LE(;OX XLVIII. LESSOX XLVIII. 
 
 TUB IMPEHFI-XT, CONTINUED. — IUKE(iUI-AU VERBS. 
 
 1. There nvo about twohmub'ed rogn);!r verbs of the 
 second conjugation. The teriniuation of the present 
 
174 PASQUfil/LB's INTKODUCIOEY 
 
 I 
 
 participie of these verbs is issant* Those of tlio ira, 
 perfect are issals, issais, issait, iaslons, issiez, issaient. 
 
 2. Imperfct op Fixrn, to finish. 
 Je fin-issais. Iwasjitushing or used to finish. 
 
 Tu. lin-issais. Thou icast finishimj or imst wont to 
 
 finish. 
 TI fiii-issait. He was finishinrj or used to finish. 
 
 Nous fiii-issions. We tm-e finishing or used tofijilsh. 
 Vous fin-issiez. You were finishing or used to finish. 
 lis lin-issaient. They loere finishing or used to finish. 
 
 2. Imperfect of Irregular Verbs exdixg ix 
 ^/Tift^-.— Coxx-AiTRE, ETC. See Lesson 41. 
 
 Je conn-aissais. 
 Tu coiin-aissais. 
 II conii-aissait. 
 Kous conu-aissions. 
 Vous conn-aissiez. 
 lis conn-aissaient. 
 
 I used to know or hnew. 
 Thou 'U.-.o:dst to hiOW., dbc. 
 He used to knov\ 
 We used to knoii\ 
 You used to knoii\ 
 Theg used to know. 
 
 3. Verbs endixg ix rA7^.~CoxDui-RE. See list, 
 Lesson 40. 
 
 Je condui-sais. 
 Tu condui-sais. 
 II condui-sait. 
 Nous condui-sions. 
 Vous condui-sioz. 
 lis condui-saient. 
 
 IvKis leading, dbc. or led. 
 Thou loast leading, <bc. 
 He loas leading. 
 We were leading. 
 You were leading. 
 Theg were leading. 
 
 * See end of Rule 1, last Lesson 
 
 h 
 
EY 
 
 J of tho inii 
 '^s, issaient. 
 
 finish, 
 ast wont to 
 
 finish, 
 tofijiish. 
 
 1 to finish. 
 d to finish. 
 
 ;NDIX(r IX 
 
 I' hnew. 
 iou\ <Jbc, 
 
 to. 
 
 See list, 
 
 ?. or led. 
 7, dtc. 
 
 PRENCH COURSE. 
 
 175 
 
 4. Verbs ending in indre. 
 son 42. 
 
 Je crai-gnais.* 
 Tu crai-gnais. 
 II crai-gnait. 
 
 -Crai-ndre. See Les- 
 
 Nous crai-gnions. 
 Vous crai-gniez. 
 lis crai-gnaient. 
 
 I used to fear 
 Thou used to fear. 
 He used to fear. 
 We used to fear. 
 You used to fear. 
 They used to fear. 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 
 Que finissiez-vous ce matin ? 
 
 Je finissais mon travail. 
 Connaissiez-vous ce monsieur f 
 
 Je ne le connaissais pas. 
 
 Ou conduisiez-vous votre cou- 
 sin? 
 
 Je le condui3£.Is chez nous. 
 
 Lo peintre que peignait-il ? 
 
 II peignait le portrait de ma 
 soeur. 
 
 A quelle heure veniez-vous ? 
 
 Je venais de bonne heure. 
 Mes freres venaient tard. 
 Ou allaient les ouvriers ? 
 lis allaient a leur travail. 
 Ne craigniez-vous pas le chien ? 
 
 What were you finishing this 
 
 morning ? 
 I was finishing my work. 
 Were you acquainted with thai 
 
 gentleman? 
 I was not acquainted with hi?n. 
 Wiere were you taMng your 
 
 cousin f 
 I was talcing him to our house. 
 What was the 2Jainter painting ? 
 He was painting my sister' s por- 
 trait ? 
 At ivhat hour did you use to 
 
 come. 
 I used to come early. 
 My brothers used to come late. 
 WJiere were the workmen going ? 
 They toere going to their work. 
 Did you notfi:ar the dog ? 
 
 * Gn is pronounced like ni in minion. 
 
f ! 
 
 ' 
 
 u 
 
 176 
 
 FASQUELLE'S I N T It D U C T O B F 
 
 /e ne Ic- craignais pas. 
 Nous ne craignions riea 
 
 ■I did not /ear it. 
 
 ire did not /ear any thing. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 Affligo, Grieved. Ef<.i,ulrn a m 
 
 Aoir s 7;.^,./ . 7 7 :^''^"itlie, 4. To extinguish, 
 
 7 ' ^'^'''^' Oa, Where 
 
 Ciiandelle, f. Candle, Personno f p , ^^ '"'* 
 
 /^//.^ / 7 -ti'iiMuie, 4. lo pity. 
 
 take., to conduct. 
 I)e bonne Jicure, J^arly, 
 Ecole, f. ;Sc'/ioo^. 
 Eglise, f. Church. 
 Eleve, m. 7^w/jz7. 
 Envers, Towards. 
 
 Reconnaitie, 4. To recog- 
 
 nize. 
 Salir, 2. 7}> so27. 
 Tard, Z«^c. 
 
 Theme, ni. Exercise. 
 Tout, ^1//. 
 Travail, ni. Work. 
 
 EXEECISE 93. 
 
 . ^ \°^ ^"^^'^ • 3 J'agissais bien envers env 4 t 
 peintre blanchis.sait-il ]e plafond? 5 I ne je hh 
 
 7 1^ ne ]es sahssait pas. 8 Salissions-nons les „6 "e ? 
 
 beaZ " " """"^ ^"^- ^^ ^^^^ eonnai.sie.-vo, 1 
 beaucoup de personnes ipi 9 1 1 xt . ^ 
 
 personnp i9 .^ ""^^ '" • ^^ ^^^"^ ne connaissions 
 per.onne. 12 Cea enfants paraissaient-ils bien aises? 
 
 
 ^"■•"iBBfcBfcBfc^ 
 
rOEY 
 
 wiy thing. 
 
 o extinguish, 
 np. 
 
 '^orkman. 
 
 ' cfpjjear. 
 
 erson. 
 
 ody. 
 
 iling. 
 
 jnty. 
 
 • To recog- 
 
 FRENCH COURSE 
 
 17 
 
 'cise. 
 
 s-vous bien 
 !ux. 4 Le 
 e le blan- 
 5es gants ? 
 es notres ? 
 z-vous pas 
 nnaissiops 
 en aiscs? 
 
 13 Us paraissaient bien affliges. li Ou conduisai.rit. 
 lis leurs amis ? 15 lis les condui.aient chez leur pOr. 
 16 ^e recomiaissiez-vous pas vos anciensainis ^ i; J,, 
 ne leareconnaissais pas. is Xe plaignicz-vous oas ce 
 pauvre ouvrier ? 19 >s^ns le plaignions de {unth) tout 
 notre coeur. 20 N'eteigniez-vous pas la chandelle ? 
 n JNous cteignions la chandelle et la lampe. 
 
 Exercise 94. 
 
 1 What were you finishing ? 2 I was finishing mv 
 exercise. 3 We were finishing our work. 4 AVliere 
 were you taking your pupil ? .5 I was taking him 
 to {a V) church. G You were not taking thos- chil- 
 dren to {a P) school. 7 My brother was acting as a 
 friend toward you. 8 Was that gentleman behavino- 
 well toward us? 9 We Mere not behavin.r ^veU 
 towai-d him 1 You were not acting as a {en) Iriend. 
 11 We did not fear you, we f.ared your cousin. 
 i^ You did not fi^ar us, you feared our sister. 13 Did 
 you pity the poor man ? 14 I pitied him with all my 
 heart. 15 Did you use to know that workman ? 
 16 W e used to knoNv him very well. .7 We did not 
 recognize all {tous) our friends. 18 Where were thev 
 goiiig? 19 They were not going to their M-orl' 
 ZO Uid you -.se to come early or late ? 21 We used 
 to come very early. 22 We were leading our little 
 brother to school ; he feared the dog. 23 The painter 
 rW ^'"h "^ »^y f'-iend's portrait. ^4 I did not know 
 _ja^ gen v.emaa, out I knew his brother. 
 
 12 
 
 i 
 
 
178 
 
 t-«iBODUCTORY 
 
 lEgON XLIX. LKSSON XLIX. 
 
 THE PLUPERFECT PTAr^r- ^r, 
 
 ^^i. PLACE OP ADVERB 
 
 of the?;!;!refr:;i''°™«' "^ "- -.P-fe't of o™ 
 cai.e prinoiparvert °'' ''"'■ "" "" "-' "-'-Ple 
 
 J'avais donne. 
 Tu avals lini. 
 II avait regu. 
 Nous avions vendu. 
 'V'ous aviez donne. 
 lis avaienf, fini. 
 
 I had given. 
 Thou hacht finished. 
 ^^e had received. 
 We had sold. 
 You had given. 
 They had finished. 
 
 INTERnOGATrvK! FORM 
 
 Avaisje donne? or 
 Est-ce que j'avais donne ? 
 
 Avais-tii fini ? 
 
 Avait-il VQqw ? 
 
 Avions-nous vendu ? 
 Aviez-vous donne ? 
 Avaient-ils fini ? 
 
 I Had I given f 
 
 Hadst thou finished? 
 Jfad he received? 
 Had we sold? 
 Had you given ? 
 ^I^id they finished ? 
 
 2. The adverb whifh \n +^ 
 ^^^e, follows the ve b •: in H T' '•*"'S -<"> o.' 
 
 l>articipk. ° ^ '''""^'' *'^'»<'«' "'^'^e and the 
 
 r4. 
 
rORY 
 
 XLIX. 
 
 VERli. 
 
 •erfect of one 
 ast participle 
 
 :CEVOIR, AND 
 
 i finished. 
 
 eiced. 
 
 Id. 
 
 wen. 
 
 'nished. 
 
 I 9 
 
 ^nished? 
 
 'md? 
 
 en? 
 Uhed? 
 
 r avoir or 
 
 med with 
 
 and the 
 
 FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 179 
 
 Je parle souvent. 
 
 J'ai sonvent parle. 
 
 Je finis bientot ma legon. 
 
 J'ai bientot fini ma legon. 
 
 Je regois toujours mon ar- 
 gent. 
 
 J'ai toujours requ mon ar- 
 gent. 
 
 I often speak. 
 
 I have often spoken. 
 
 T soon finish my lesson. 
 
 I have soon finished my 
 
 lesson. 
 I alomys receive my money. 
 
 I have always received my 
 money. 
 
 Model Sentences 
 
 Aviez-vous fini -a temps ? 
 
 Je n'avais pas fini trop tard. 
 
 Nous avions vendu notre 
 maison. 
 
 Vous n'aviez pas emprunte le 
 livre. 
 
 II n'avait pas cherche son as- 
 socie. 
 
 II nous avait envoye du fruit. 
 
 lis ne vous en avaient pas en- 
 voye. 
 
 Nous Tavions souvent rencontre. 
 
 Nous vous en avions envoye. 
 
 N'aviez-vous pas offense -votre 
 ami? 
 
 Nous ne I'avions pas offense. 
 
 \ CO* ne m'anez jamais ren- 
 contre. 
 
 Vous m' J, viez Jonne une ardoise. 
 
 Elles avaient allume la chan- 
 delle. 
 
 You3 aviez lu votre leeou. 
 
 Had you finished in time? 
 I had not finished too late. 
 We had sold our house. 
 
 You had not borrowed the book. 
 
 lie had not looked for his partner. 
 
 He had sent us fruit. 
 
 They had not sent you any. 
 
 We had often met him. 
 We had sent you some. 
 Hadyou not offendedyourfriend? 
 
 We had not offended him. 
 You had never viet me. 
 
 You had given me a slate. 
 They had lighted the candle. 
 
 You had read your lesson. 
 
 \i 
 
 pj 
 
180 
 
 PASQUELtK's INTRODUCTOET 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 Beaucoup, Much. 
 Bonne, f. Nursery-maid. 
 Bu, Drank. 
 Cafe, ra. Coffee. 
 Casse, Broken. 
 Chaleur, f. Heat. 
 Dechire, Torn. 
 Deja, Already. 
 Delace, Unlaced. 
 Denoue, Untied. 
 Deshabille, Undressed. 
 Eaii, f. Water. 
 Edit, Written. 
 Encore, Yet., ayain. 
 Excellent, Excellent. 
 Fenetre, f. Window. 
 Ferme, &hut. 
 Froid, m. Cold, 
 
 Gateau, ra. Cake. 
 
 Gilet, ni. Waistcoat. 
 
 Ilivbille, Dressed. 
 
 Lacet, m. Lace. 
 
 Lu, Mead. 
 
 Marchandise, f. Merchanr 
 
 disc. 
 Mauvais, Bad^ poor. 
 None, Tied. 
 Oavert, Opened. 
 Persienne, f. Blind. 
 Porte, f. Door. 
 Senti, Felt. 
 Soulier, m. Shoe. 
 The, m. Tea. 
 Tiroir, m. Drawer. 
 Tout, All. 
 Vendu, Sold. 
 
 Exercise 95, 
 
 1 N'aviez-vous pas onvert la porte ? 2 J'avais ou- 
 vert la porte et la fenetre. 3 Nous n'avions pas ferme 
 les persiennes. 4 N'aviez-vous pas ferme le tiroir? 
 5 Je ne I'avais pas ferme. 6 i!^'avait-elle pas habillo 
 I'enfant? 7 Elle ne I'avait pas encore habille. 8 La 
 bonne avait deshabille la petite fille. 9 X'aviez-vous 
 pas bu beaucoup d'eau ? 10 Nous avions bu beaucoup 
 de the et de cp+'e. 11 Aviez-vous mange du pain? 
 
FREJrCII COURSE. 
 
 181 
 
 oat. 
 
 Merchan- 
 
 ,^ 
 
 12 Nous avions mango d'excellent pain et de mauvais- 
 gateau. 13 Aviez-vous noue les lacets tie vos souliers? 
 14 Nous avions casse nos lacets. 15 Mon trure avait 
 deehire son gilet. 16 Nous avions senti le froid. 
 
 1 7 Cette paiivre femme avait beaucoup senti la chaleur. 
 
 18 Le marchand n'avait pas beaucoup veudu. 19 II 
 L'avait pas veiidu toute sa marchandise. 
 
 }or. 
 
 .d. 
 
 'avais ou- 
 pas ferme 
 le tiroir? 
 as habillo 
 le. 8 La 
 iviez-vous 
 beaucoup 
 du pain ? 
 
 Exercise 96, 
 
 1 PLad you unlaced your shoe? 2 I had not unlaced 
 my shoe, I had broken iny lace. 3 Had you not tied 
 your lace ? 4 I had not tied my lace, I had untied it. 
 5 What bread had you eaten ? G I liad eaten excellent 
 bread. 7 Had the nursery-maid dressed the child? 
 8 She had dressed the cliildren. 9 Had you not un- 
 dressed your little brother ? 10 I had not undressed 
 him, I had dressed him. 11 Had you not opened my 
 door ? 12 1 had not opened your door, I had oi)ened 
 your window. 13 Had we not shut our A\indo\vs ? 
 
 14 You had shut your doors and {ijour) windows. 
 
 15 Had not the merchant felt the heat much ? IG He 
 had felt the heat much. 1 7 Had you not untied my 
 shoe? 18 Yes, my child, I had untied it. 19 Wiiat 
 had you torn ? 20 I had torn my waistcoat and my 
 gloves. 21 Had she shut the blinds of her room ? 
 22 She had shut the windows and {the) blinds. 23 Had 
 you already received a letter? 24 I had {.Ven avals) 
 already received one. 25 I liiive already read my book 
 and written my lesion. 
 
182 
 
 FASyUKLLE's I N T B O D U C T O B T 
 
 LEgON L. LESSOxY L. 
 
 THE PAST DEFINITE,— ITS USK. 
 
 1; The terminations of tiie past definite of the first 
 conjugation are, ai, as, «, cunes, dies, Irent. 
 2. Past Definite op Doxner, to oive 
 
 Je (lonn-ai. 
 Tu donn-as. 
 II donn-a. 
 Nous donn-ames. 
 Vous donn-ates. 
 lis donn-cirent. 
 
 INTER'.' 
 
 Donnai-je? or 
 Est-ce queje donnal ; 
 Donnas-tu ? 
 Donna-t-il ? 
 
 Donnames-nous ? 
 Donnates-vous ? 
 Donn^rent-ils ? 
 
 I gave or did yb^e. 
 Thou gavest or didst give. 
 He gave or did give. 
 We gave or did give. 
 Tou gave or did give. 
 They gave or did give. 
 
 . i 'E FORM. 
 
 I 'id I give? 
 
 Didst thou give ? 
 Did he give P 
 Did ice give f 
 Did you give ? 
 Did they give f 
 3. All verbs ending in er, including All-er, to go, and 
 
 Envoy-er .0 send, are conjugated in this tense Hk the 
 
 above models. 
 
 4 To use this tense, the time should be named or 
 alluded to, and entirely past. 
 
 Je parlai hier d mon frere, I spoke to my brother yes- 
 
 Je lui envoyai uue lettre I sent him a letter last .,.ar 
 Paunee derniere. "" * 
 
FRENCH COURSB. 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 
 188 
 
 Hier au soir, je aoupai chcz moi. Yesterday evening I took supper 
 
 at honie. 
 
 Alors,^ils me blamerent beau- Then, they l^amed me much, 
 
 ^ NeTtork ™'^''' ^'' '"'""^ ^' ''"^' ^^'^' ^^"^ ^-^• 
 
 LedkdejuinJ'arrivaiuBoston. 7%e tenth of June, I arrived in 
 
 Boston. 
 
 , '" ■ went hunting. 
 
 Hier au soir, j'arrivai Chez V0U3. YeJday 'evening I arnv,d at 
 
 J, , , your house. 
 
 II parla de vous, hier matin. He spoke of you, yesterday morn^ 
 
 II chassa deux heures, hier. He hunted two hours, yesterday. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 Acheter, 1 To buy. Assurer, 1. To assure. 
 
 '""'' "J'- Dernier, Zuet. 
 
,%. 
 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 
 
 
 ^V 
 
 
 7 
 
 y/ 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 11.25 
 
 
 M 
 
 2.2 
 
 lU 
 
 lis 20 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 ^1^ 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 <0 
 
 \ 
 
 5V 
 
 \ 
 
 C\ 
 
 \ 
 
 ^- ^^\n>^ 
 
 
 -^-U 
 
 ^%^ 
 
 -^^o- 
 
^ A 
 
 ,^ 
 
 
 C/j 
 
 w 
 
184 
 
 pasquellk's 
 
 t)omestiqno, ni. or f. Ser 
 rant. 
 
 Donner, l. 2\) gh-e. 
 Envoyer, 1. 7h send. 
 Etro, 4. To be. 
 I'^ariae, f. J^'iour. 
 Jiier, Yestenlnj. 
 Journee, f! Z>(ry. 
 
 MarchcM-, 1. To walk, 
 J^Jatin, ,n. 3Iomin,j. 
 Hauvrtise liei-h;-, t; 7f7,,,,^_ 
 
 iXTRODrn ,)RTp 
 
 0^1, TrV^cvu 
 ^^'Hif; Kew. 
 l*aniei-, jn. Bn.<<l'et. 
 
 I'oste, f! Post.<,lfice. 
 Qiiand, 7r^c;^ 
 
 '■iout (.j„) At oil. 
 Travail, If^,;./.. 
 
 Tnnailler, 1. To work, 
 irouvrr, 1. 7;,/j,,(/. 
 
 ^ <^yao'e, j,i. Journey. 
 
 1 Ilier matin, nous alla.nos d.ez vous o v 
 von« trouvames pas a la n.aison \ v , ? '"' "" 
 uous assura que vous etie/ .1. ' ? fi<^"iestiquG 
 
 '"- ictLio a la itosfc K XT^ 1 
 
 de pom,„es. 8 Jo vo ,, , 1, ,?••'■■" "" »'■■"■'' I«"'i"- 
 « No,, achetam; I ;t;V ■ '' 'r'*^ " J"'"'"-- 
 
 <3au. „„(,.„ ja,.di„ , , \\ '""«» e--^ nm,u'a,se.s hcbes 
 
 13 I).-...s Ino,, ,oy^! .;;'.?'';'•'' i.»'"-«»" '■■■■.vuil. 
 
FRENCH COURSE 
 
 185 
 
 n'aclictcrcnt rien du tout. 10 Xous restamcs (Iou.y 
 moisaParis. 17 Xous allanies a Versailles. 18 Nous 
 aJmirames les beaux jardins. 10 Jc marehai deux 
 Leures liier. 
 
 Exercise 98. 
 
 1 Did my brother go to Paris last year ? 2 IIo wont 
 to Paris and to Versailles. 3 Did he not admire the 
 gardens ? 1 Yes, sir, he admired the gardens. 5 Did 
 he not praise the pictures ? {tableaux.) Yes, sir, he 
 praised the pictures much. 7 Where {ou) did you go 
 yesterday morning? 8 We went to your tluher's. 
 9 Did you Hnd him at home? 10 We did not iind 
 him at home. 1 1 Did you speak to the servant ? 
 12 We did not speak to the servant. 13 Did the gar- 
 dener pull up all the vegetables in your garden yester- 
 day ? 14 He did not pull up the vegetables, he pulled 
 lip the weeds. 15 Did you praise my brother tlie other 
 day? {P autre jour.) 16 We praised him, when ho 
 spoke to his friend. 1 7 His teacher praised him. 1 8 My 
 father gave us a dollar last month. 19 He sent us a 
 large basket of apples last year. 20 He gave us much 
 fruit. 21 Did you send your letter to the post-offico 
 yesterday ? 22 We did not send our letters. 23 In 
 our journey to London {Londres) we bought many 
 books. 24 We remained two months in {a) London. 
 25 Did you admire the Thames ? {la Tamke) 26 Wo 
 admired the Thames. 
 
186 
 
 fasquellb's inteoductory 
 
 LEgON LI. 
 
 LESSON LI. 
 
 THE PAST DEFINITE, CONTINUED.— SECOND AND FOURTH 
 
 CONJUGATIONS. 
 
 1. The terminations of this tense, in the second nm\ 
 fourth conjugations are, is, is, it, imes, ites, irent. 
 
 2. Past Definite of Finir, tofinisu, and Vendre 
 
 TO SELL. ' 
 
 Je fin- 
 Je vend- 
 Tu iin- 
 Tu vend- 
 II fin- 
 II vend- 
 Nous fin- 
 Nous vend 
 Vous fin- \ 
 Vous vend- j 
 lis fin- 
 Ils vend- 
 
 is. 
 
 IS. 
 
 I 
 
 lit. 
 
 ■i 
 
 imes. 
 
 ites. 
 
 I finished or did finish. 
 I sold ox did sell. 
 Thoufinishedst or didst finish. 
 Thou soldest or didst sell. 
 He finished or did finish. 
 He sold or did sell. 
 We finished or did finish. 
 We sold or did sell. 
 You finished or did finish. 
 You sold or did sell. 
 They finished or dldfiji ish. 
 They sold or did sell. 
 
 3. The irregular verbs of the second eonjno-ation 
 ending in tir (Lesson 36), as also eueillir, ofrtr etc' 
 (Lesson 34, Rule ), take the above termiliations iii 
 the past definite. 
 
 *^^ ^^*'^- 1 Iioent out or did i/o out, 
 
 J« ''^^"t- I .^ I felt or did feel. ' 
 
 •'^^^"^^^'"l * I gathered ov did gather. 
 
 ^'^^''- J J ofi'ered or did ojfer. 
 
 I irent. 
 
FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 187 
 
 4. Irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, which 
 end in nire and i7ulre, (see Les., 40 and 42,) take also 
 the above endings, but the tirst part of the word is 
 
 13. 
 
 somewhat changed. 
 
 5. Past Definite 
 Peindre, to paint. 
 
 Je conduis- 
 Je peign- 
 Tu conduis- 
 Tu j)eign- 
 II conduis- 
 II peign- 
 Nous conduis- 
 Nous peign- 
 Vous conduis- 
 Vous peign- 
 Ils conduis- 
 Ils peign- 
 
 [•is. 
 
 \ 
 I 
 
 V 
 
 imes. 
 
 ites. 
 
 irent. 
 
 OF CON-DUIKK, TO CONDUCT^ AND 
 
 I conducted or did conduct. 
 I painted or did paint. 
 Thou didst conduct. 
 Thou didst paint. 
 He conducted or did conduct. 
 He didpai7it or painted. 
 We conducted or did conduct. 
 Wejxdnted or did paint. 
 You conducted or did conduct. 
 You p>ainced or did paint. 
 They conducted or did conduct. 
 They painted or did paint. 
 
 6. In those irregular verbs of the second conjuga- 
 tion, which end in enir, (see Les., 37,) n is put after the 
 » ot the above terminations. 
 
 7. Past Definite op Venir, to come. 
 
 I came or did come. 
 Thou earnest or didst come. 
 He came or did come. 
 We came or did come. 
 You came or did come. 
 They cayne or did come. 
 
 Je v-ins. 
 Tu v-ins. 
 II v-int. 
 Nous v-inmes. 
 Vous v-intes. 
 lis v-inrent. 
 
 *3r 
 
I il 
 
 188 fasquellk's introductory 
 
 Model Sextencks. 
 
 Je finis ma traductiou hier I finished imj tmmlation y ester- 
 
 n:ifitin. day mornin<j. 
 
 Yous vondites votre maisou You sold youi^ house last year. 
 
 I'annee deruiere, 
 
 Est-ce que je finis mon livre la Did I finish my hook last weehf 
 
 semaine dcrniOre ? 
 
 Tons conduisitcs votre ami en You took your friend lo Bnghnd 
 
 Angleterre avaiit hior. the day before yesterday. 
 
 Notre jardinproduisitbienl'ete Our garden j^roduced ivell tost 
 
 Vernier. summer. 
 
 Alors, il feignit de craintlre mon Tlien, he feigned to fear my father. 
 
 pi^re, * 
 
 Je sortis liier i cinq heures. / went out yesterday at five 
 
 o'chcJc. 
 II vint chez nous dimanche lie came to our house last Su7i- 
 de'-nier. ,/,/,, 
 
 Nous ne sortimes pas du tout. We did not go out at all 
 
 A quelle heure sortites-vous, At what hour did you go out the 
 
 avant hier ? day before yesterday ? 
 
 Jeudi dernier, je lui offi-is de Last Thursday I offered him 
 
 I'argent. money. 
 
 Nous lui offrimes aussi des We offered him clothes also. 
 
 habits. 
 
 lundi, nous cueillimes tout Monday, we picked cdl our fruit, 
 notre fruit. 
 
 Nous ne le vendimes pas alors. We did not sell it then. 
 
 V O C A n U L A R Y . 
 
 Absent, Absent. Apres, After. 
 
 Agir, 2. To act., to behave. Aussi, Also. 
 Ancien, Old. Avec, With. 
 
 \^ 
 
P II E N (J ir C O U K S E 
 
 139 
 
 Cinq, Five. 
 
 Combien, IIoio much, how 
 many. 
 
 Coininis, tn. Clerk. 
 
 Conauiro, 4. To conduct, to 
 
 take. 
 Connaissanoo, \\ Acquaint- 
 ance. 
 I->ei-iiier, Last. 
 lleui-e, f. ITour, o'clock. 
 Iiituressant, Interesting. 
 Jeiidi, in. Thursday. 
 Lonclres, London. 
 Mai, liadly. 
 Neveu, in. JSFephew. 
 Officier, m. ojjlcer. 
 OltVir, 2. To offer. 
 I'artir, 4. To set out. 
 
 Perdre, 4. To lose. 
 l*lusieur,s, ISeoeral. 
 l*our, lor. 
 Punir, 2. To punish. 
 Qiiatre, lour. 
 licvolte, f. Jiecolt. 
 ►Samedi, m. ^Saturday. 
 Suvurement, >Secerely. 
 Soir, m. Evenlny. 
 Soklat, m. Soldier. 
 Sortir, 2. To yo out. 
 Tk'hc, f. 2\isk. 
 Temps, m. I'lmc 
 Tout a fiiit, ^^///e. 
 Vendre, 4. To sell. 
 Venir, 2. :7l< co//ie. 
 Veige, f. Yard. 
 Voir, 3, To see. 
 
 Exercise 99. 
 
 1 Los officiers puniront-ils los soldats apr^s la rd- 
 volto? 2 lis les punirent eev^reniont. 3 Finites- 
 VO..S votre t^c.lie, hier ? 4 Jo no la finis pas tout t. 
 fuit. 5 Ml's .soeurs la finirent pour moi. 6 Oil coii- 
 duisites-vous votre neveu lundi? 7 Je le conduisis a 
 I'ecole. 8 Nous conduisimes aussi nos nieces chez leur 
 anc.eune amie. 9 Vos commis ne vinrent-ils pas chez 
 vous hier an soir ? 10 lis ne vinrent pas chez moi, ils 
 agirent tres mul. H Combieu de verges de dran ven. 
 
t7 
 
 
 1 ! I 
 
 I 1 
 ! i i 
 
 100 
 
 pasquelle's intb oductory 
 
 dites-vous hier? 12 Nous en {of it) venclimes cinq 
 verges. 13 Ne penliteri-vous" pas beuueoup do teiiip!< 
 •X Londres? 1-i Xous no perdiint'S jias do temps. 
 
 15 Votre oncle voii.s oftrit-il do I'argent, jeudi dernier? 
 
 16 II ne ni'offrit rien. 17 ISTos eonnaissaiicea vinrent 
 nous voir saraedi dernier. 18 Nous leur offrimes 
 plusieurs livres intoressants. 19 lis partirent u quatre 
 heures, et uous sortimes avec eux. 
 
 EXEECISE 100. 
 
 1 Did you conduct your 
 2 We did not conduct her to 
 
 niece to school 
 school. 
 
 yesterday ? 
 Did you finish 
 that book last Saturday ? 4 Wo did not quite finish 
 it. 5 At what hour did you come yesterday mornino- ? 
 6 I came at ten o'clock {d dix heures), but you were 
 absent. 7 We came to your house the day before 
 yesterday. 8 The officers came with us. 9 Your clerks 
 did not come to my house yesterday. 1 They came to 
 my brother's, Saturday {cm) evening. 1 1 Did you offiir 
 them interesting books? 12 Did you not act badly 
 towards {eiivers) your friend ? 13 I sold much cloth 
 yesterday. 14 We lost many booka in {a) London. 
 15 Your uncle lost much time. 16 We went out yes- 
 terday at four o'clock. 17 We did not go out last 
 Thursday. 18 My brothers set out yesterday at four 
 o'clock. 19 Did you go out with them ? 20 We did 
 not go out with them. 21 Did your acquaintances 
 come to see you last year ? 22 They did not come to 
 see us. 23 My brother came to my house yesterrlay, 
 but I was absent. 24 The officers did not punish the 
 
 t-gUL-IUUII 
 
limes cinq 
 do teiii|):«i 
 lIo temps. 
 li dernier ? 
 lea vinrent 
 I" offrinies 
 t u quatre 
 
 esterday ? 
 you finish 
 lite finish 
 morning: ? 
 you wero 
 ly before 
 our clerks 
 y came to 
 you offer 
 ict badly 
 ich cloth 
 London, 
 out yes- 
 out last 
 y at four 
 We did 
 aintances 
 come to 
 3sterday, 
 inish the 
 
 ^Hfi^CIi COURSE. 
 
 soldiers before the revolt 25 TI.« 
 severely after the r.v.u '" ^^'y 
 
 191 
 
 punished them 
 
 Nous res-flmea b' '''"'"' "'' *''' '•«■««•''■ 
 ■in conn-US tv,^ / 
 
 t:r:.rff-S= 
 
 «. The following a,, the ,.indpa! in-egu.ar vc.b. of 
 
 "'^EsSBSi-jA 
 
193 
 
 fabquelle'b introductoey 
 
 the secoiKl find i;,u,Hi coiiji,irati(,„s, which take the 
 t'u<hn<rs of the third m thi.s tense : 
 
 Coiirir, to run. 
 Mourir, to die. 
 Boiro, to (JrtnJc. 
 Croire, to believe. 
 Lire, to read. 
 
 PAST DEFINITn, 
 
 Je cour-us, tfcc-., / ran. 
 Je inoui'-us, I died. 
 Je b-us, I di-anh. 
 Je cr-iis, I believed. 
 Je 1-iis, I read. 
 Je i»l-us, IpleasLd. 
 
 Piaire, to please. 
 
 ^ G. Avoir, to ham, and fltre, to be, are quite irregular 
 in this tensu ; the terminations, however, are hke the 
 above. 
 
 7. Past Definite of Avoiu axd Ktke. 
 
 J'eus. I had. 
 
 Tu eus. jyiou hadst. 
 
 11^ eut. He had. 
 
 Nous eilnies. We had. 
 Yous elites. You had. 
 lis eurent. The^j had. 
 
 Je fus. I was. 
 
 Tu fus. Thou mast. 
 
 II fut, JTe ivas. 
 
 Nous fumes. We were. 
 
 Yous fates. You loere. 
 
 lis fureut. Theij were. 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 
 Je re^us des marchandises, hier. / received mercharidke yesterday. 
 Lundi dernier, nous lumos deux Last Monday we read two panel 
 pages, 
 
 Alors, nous aper^^umes Ten- Tlien, we perceived the enemy 
 
 Je lus six pages mardi dernier. Tread six par,,s last Tuesday 
 Mercredi, nous fftmes bien sur- Wednesday, we were much sur. 
 
 P"^- imsed. 
 
 Nous ne fumes pas tres faches. We were not very sorry 
 
rOBT 
 
 iiich t:ilco the 
 
 .TTr. 
 
 dial. 
 
 ieved. 
 
 iSCll. 
 
 Liito irregular 
 uro like the 
 
 E. 
 
 I icas. 
 T/iou loast. 
 He v'((s. 
 We were. 
 You were. 
 They were. 
 
 disc yestei'day. 
 ead two pages. 
 
 the enemi/. 
 
 st Tuesday, 
 '■re much sur^ 
 
 'orry. 
 
 FItKNciI COLI4SE. 
 
 193 
 
 Vossc.ursfurc.ut...naouu..s. W^«^. ,,,,, ,,,, „^^^^. 
 
 Alo^^vou. reconn.tes votro C,' y.^, acl.nou,Ud,ea your 
 
 T ,. ■ error. 
 
 t't'Udi, vuus recutc'3 vdtr.. r,. 77. j 
 
 Vfnu. * ^7*'"-«cfey, yow received your in- 
 
 T , *,. ., come. 
 
 xiialud.., dimauchc dornicr. la,i Sunday. ^ 
 
 Vo 
 
 <-' A I!UI. An Y. 
 
 Afnifife, Grtei)p<7 ry • ~ 
 
 Ai.sor^7.. • Cron-0, 4. r. Me... 
 
 \ Bejouiiei-, Ml. Breakfast 
 
 Associo, m Partner. Erreur, f. ^>,;, 
 
 Aus. ot, T^n^neauuely. E,an.i,e, n. ^^^.^ 
 
 as. r • 
 
 4 . -Lire, 4. Zb irad 
 
 Billet, m. iVo^e. 
 Boire, 4. To drink 
 Chapitre, ni. Chapter 
 
 Mourir, 2. 71> f^/e. 
 Page, f. P.^ye. 
 
 Paraitre, 4. To appear. 
 
 Commencement, m. i?e. Plnis;,. ' '^''^'^ 
 ginning. o ' "^.f^^"^^^^- 
 
 Kecevoir, 3. 2& receewe. 
 13 
 
f 
 
 IM fasquellb's intboductokt 
 
 neconiinilro, 4. To or- 'Vvonxw^ \, To P',hI 
 knowlcd(fe,Jo recofjnize. Vendrcli, m. /'W(/r/y. 
 
 Scmaiiic, f; Week. 
 Surpris, ISurpriseil 
 
 Verre, m. (Uass. 
 Voir, 3. 7I> see. 
 
 E X K R c I s E 101. 
 
 1 Qn.-inrl rcciHes-voiis ce billot? 2 Jo le rpr„s nu 
 comrnoncomont do la somuino dornioro. n Nous re- 
 sumes nos a.nis avcc plaisir. 4 Noun linncs liier, luio 
 Jnstoiro instructivo. 5 Nous couruinos aus.si'.'.t q„o 
 nous les ai)on;uraes. G Nous eilines boaucoup de j.laisj,. 
 qunnd nous los roconmunes. 1 Mon associe rccon.iut 
 bientol son orreur et fut bien afHigo. 8 Di.nnndio 
 dornier il lut un chapltre do I'ovangilo. 9 Vous cnUos 
 noustrouvcr a la maison. 10 Nous cnlmes quo vous 
 etiez bion fucho. 11 Nous f.lmes bion aisos do vous 
 voir. 12 Nous reconnumos bientot nos amis. 13 H 
 but deux verros d'eau liier matin avant le dejouner. 
 14 Nous n'eumes pas le temps de lire boaucoup 
 I'annee derni^re. 15 Mon frere parut bien afflig6 de 
 votre maladio. 16 lis parurent bien aisos de noug voir 
 samedi dernier. 17 Vendredi il lut une page do son 
 livre. 18 Nous fumes surpris de vous voir lundi. 
 19 Cot horame mourut I'annee derni6re. 
 
 Exercise 102. 
 
 _ 1 My brother was very glad to {de) see you yester- 
 <iay. 2 I was much {Men) grieved at {de) your side- 
 
PORT 
 
 ^o fimh 
 Fi'idni/, 
 
 tss. 
 e. 
 
 FRENCH COUU8E. 
 
 108 
 
 3 Nous rc- 
 nos liicr, uiio 
 
 ai:ssi»5t quo 
 ouj) (1(; |)Iaisii- 
 Dciu rccontiut 
 
 8 Dininnclio 
 
 Voiis criUo.s 
 lies que vous 
 lises de vous 
 amis. 13 II 
 
 le dejeuner, 
 •e beaucoup 
 sn afflige de 
 de notig voir 
 page de son 
 
 voir lundi. 
 
 you yester- 
 ) your sict- 
 
 ouTllT ^'"; V ^''" ''^"^'^'^'^ ^'^'^'^^y - "-te from 
 oui lather. 4 \ou received it witii pleasure. 5 Wo 
 
 we read tour chapters of that book. 7 You read one 
 chapter ot the gospeh 8 Vou behoved that we wero 
 
 iee r^ 'l7v "''"'* ' ^"^ "''^'""•^•^ '^'^y ^''-^ ^<^ (<^^) 
 bu. us. 10 \ ou soon recoguizc-d your friends. 1 1 \Vu 
 
 drank yesterday four glasses of water. 12 You wero 
 surprised {dc) to see us Sun<lay. 13 Wo had time to 
 read much yesterday. U Wo read mu,h yesterday 
 morning. 15 At the beginning of the year, I received 
 a note from my friend. 10 I received it with pleasure. 
 17 Wo read your letter with much pleasure. 18 You 
 believed that we were (ction.) sick. 19 You ran as 
 soon as they appeared. 20 They appeared last week. 
 ^1 Uur friends recognized us soon. 22 You believed 
 to hnd us (nous trouver) at home. 23 We were absent 
 all day yesterday. 24 We had much pleasure yester- 
 day. 25 Our partner soon acknowledged his error 
 
 LEgON LIII. 
 
 LESSON" LIII. 
 
 THE PAST AXTERIOR.~AUSSI, ^^.-PLUS, MORE.-^ 
 MOINS, LESS, ETC. 
 
 1. The past anterior is composed of the past definite 
 of Avoir or Etre, and the past participle of the priu 
 cipal verb. 
 
T. 
 
 196 
 
 'ASQUBLLK S INTBODUCTOET 
 
 2. Past Anterior of Donner, Finir, Recevoib, 
 
 AND Vendre. ^ 
 
 J'eus donno. 
 Tu ens fini. 
 II eut re^ii. 
 Nous Climes vendu. 
 Vous eutos donne. 
 lis eurent fini. 
 
 INTKKROGATTVr FOEM. 
 
 Eus-je donne ? or 
 Est-ce que j'eus donne? 
 Eus-tu fini ? 
 Eut-il re9u ? « 
 Eumes-nous vendu ? 
 Eutes-vous donne ? 
 Eurent-ils fini ? 
 
 I had given. 
 Thou hadst finished. 
 He had received. 
 We had sold. 
 You had given. 
 They had finished. 
 
 i Had I given? 
 
 Iladst thou finished? 
 Had he received? 
 Had we sold? 
 Had you given ? 
 Had they finished ? 
 3. Tlie past anterior is almost ahvays preceded bv 
 Biich words as-a peine, scarcely; quand, lorsque, 
 y^lien ; des que, aussitot que, as soon as, &c. 
 Quand il eut fini, il partit, When he had finished, he 
 
 imnt out. 
 Des qu'il m'eut vu, W As soon as he had seen me 
 ^°''^'*' he went out. 
 
 4. Aussi, 4s. 
 Plus, More. 
 
 Pas aussi, Pas si, Kot so, not as. 
 JVfoiNs, Zess. j 
 
 A«s,si bon q„e son frere, As good as his hrotU,. 
 Ile.ntrao,n,quesonfr6re, lU writes less than hU 
 
 brother. 
 
 Que, As, than. 
 
 \ 
 
rOET 
 
 IE, Recevoib, 
 
 ven. 
 
 istfinished. 
 
 'eceived. 
 
 )ol(l. 
 
 given. 
 
 ^'finished. 
 
 mi ? 
 
 11' finished f 
 ceived f 
 M? 
 jiven f 
 finished? 
 
 ireceded by 
 nd, lorsque, 
 
 ;c. 
 
 piished, he 
 icid seen me 
 
 E, As^ than. 
 
 trother, 
 than his 
 
 P R E X C II COURSE. 
 
 197 
 
 5. In Englisli, r or cr, st or est, is sometimes added 
 to an adjecuve or an a.lvcrb, instead of puttin. more 
 or most before it : in French, ,>/.. or /. ^las nu.t bo 
 put before such word. 
 
 Pl„s beau, m„<Uomcr. (Lit., More hamUomc) 
 Le,,lusbca,, ne ha,uUo,m,t. {U^., TUe ,no.t hand- 
 
 some.) 
 6. Meilleur, lietfer. (Instead of more oood) 
 Mmxjx, Better. {In a hetteri wer) 
 Voire li vre est meillenr, Yo^^r book is better. 
 Votre lyre est mieux 6crit, Yorcr book is better written. 
 inat IS, /6' loritten in a better manner. 
 
 Model S e x t e x c e s . 
 
 Quand j'eus tu6 I'oiseau, jo 
 
 pleural. 
 Aussitot que je lui cus fait un 
 
 joli present, je partis. 
 Quand vous eutes oblige votre 
 
 anii, il partit, 
 Nous ewmes fini notre travail de 
 
 bonne heure, lundi dernier. 
 Nous ne feumes pas fini tard. 
 Quand il eut tcrit mioux que 
 son fr^re, son maitre le loua. 
 
 Quand il eut ecrit plus que !ui, 
 
 il sortit. 
 Nous eumes fini le miroir dans 
 
 une heure. 
 Ce pomraier est plus beau que 
 
 ce cerisier. 
 
 Wlten I had MUed the bird, I 
 wept. 
 
 As soon as I had made him a 
 
 pretty present, Heft. 
 When you had obliged your 
 
 friend, he ivent. 
 We had finished our work early^ 
 
 last Monday. 
 You had not finished it late. 
 Wicn he had vjritten better than 
 his brother, his master praised 
 him. 
 
 Wlien he had written more than 
 
 he, he went out. 
 We had finished the mirror in 
 
 an hour. 
 That apple-tree is more he-autiful 
 than that cherry-lree, . 
 
ii! 
 
 198 
 
 fasquelle's introduotoey 
 
 Votre habit est meilleur que le Your coat is better than mine, 
 mien. 
 
 II est aussi bien fait que le It is as weU made as rmne. 
 mien. 
 
 Elle travaiUe aussi bien que sa She works as well as her sister, 
 soeur. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 Allor, 1. Toffo. 
 
 A])pris, Learnt. 
 
 Assoz, Enough. 
 
 A temps, In time. . 
 
 Attontif, Attentive. 
 
 Aussit6t que, As soon as. 
 
 Dejeuner, 1. To hreahfast. 
 
 Dei)];ii.sir, m. Displeasure. 
 
 Dette, f. Debt. 
 Devoir, ra. Duty. 
 Dix, Te)i. 
 
 Doiiuer, 1. To give. 
 Ecole, f. School. 
 Ecrit, Written. 
 Etudier, 1. To study. 
 Eu, Had 
 Gate, fSjJoiled. 
 
 Fini, Finished. 
 
 Habit, ni. Coat, Clothes, 
 
 Jouer, 1. To play. 
 
 Mantean, in. Cloak. 
 
 Parler, 1. To speak. 
 
 Pleurer, 1. To loeep. 
 
 Ote, Taken off. 
 
 Ouvrage, m. Work. 
 
 Partir, 2. To go away^ to 
 
 set out. 
 Pave, Paid. 
 Present, m. Present. 
 Quand, When. 
 Reconnu, Jlecognised. 
 Kemercier, 1. To thank, 
 Sineerite, f. Sincerity. 
 Sortir, 2. To go out. 
 
 Exercise 103. 
 
 1 Nous eumes fini hier a dix heures. 2 Nona 
 n'eumes pas fini a temps. 3 Quand j'eus ecrit, jo 
 jouai. 4 Votre scEur 6tudie aussi bien que vous. 
 6 Ellc est plus attentive h scs devoirs (jue vous. 6 Quand 
 
rOBT 
 
 ter than mine, 
 le as mine. 
 ■U as her sister. 
 
 PEENCH COURSE. 
 
 199 
 
 !^ Clothes. 
 
 'lay. 
 
 lloak. 
 
 'peaJc. 
 
 loeep. 
 
 • 
 
 York. 
 
 go away^ to 
 
 'esent. 
 
 (jnised. 
 To thank, 
 icerity. 
 • out. 
 
 '. 2 Nona 
 
 us ecrit, jo 
 
 que vous. 
 
 s, G QuauJ 
 
 \ 
 
 ib eurent Mc! lour mantea,,, ib sortircnt. V Q„and il 
 
 c lent fi,n leur ouvago. 9 Q„a,ul j-eus do„„6 „,. 
 
 m c. ,„e,.e,e, JO parti., n J-e.., ,„„i,.3 j, 3,,^.,^ j' 
 12 No„3 cuuies beaucoup plus Jo duplaisir. 13 Q„.,„d 
 ikeu,-e„tgat<'> Icm,™ habit,, ils (.IcMu-irent. u Q J 
 
 J BUS paile a son (rcro, je sortis. 10 Dia quo io I'on, 
 
 joua 18 l)es qu'il eut jouo, 11 dcjomia. 19 Quand 
 J.™t^d,ouno.daUaaK.eoIe. .0^0^ ^2^ 
 
 ExEECISE 104. 
 
 1 men lie ]iad studied his lesson, he went out 
 2 lYhen we had finished we went a'way. 3 When 
 they had studied enoncrh (asse-\ thov 1. 1 ) . 
 
 wotliu s? 7 It IS handsomer tlian my brotlior's 8 h 
 .« as good as my cousia's. 9 As sooa as ho ad tain 
 off h,s ooat he played. ,o As soon as he had played h 
 
 lesson. 12 We went a»-.ay when we had ilnished 
 
 co" s"°'i; Av . ''"'•: ^~"''' ""™ "'^^ '■^"j ^i"" '^^ i 
 
 coats. 4 M went out as soon as we had spoken lo 
 
 lo^' it! 1 '■'-' "'' '''•^'''<''''«t<'d, we wen to 
 school. 17 I went away when I had thanked him 
 1^ SI- l-lays less than her brother. 19 Her co sia 
 
200 
 
 fasquelle's intboductokt 
 
 
 studies more than she. 20 I spoke to your father as 
 soon as I had recognized him. 21 When he had 
 spoken to me, he Avent away. 22 She is not more at- 
 tentive than you. 23 Your cousin is more attentive to 
 his duties. 24 Your sister does not study as well as 
 you, 25 When we had written, we played. 
 
 LEgON LIY. LESSON LIY. 
 
 THE FUTUEE.— FIRST AXD SECOND CONJUGATIOXS. 
 
 1. The terminations of the future of every verb in 
 the French language are, mi, ras, ra, rons, rez, rant. 
 
 2. The future of the regular verbs of the first and 
 second conjugations, maybe formed from the infinitive 
 by adding the above endings without the r, 
 
 8. Future of Do^^xer and Finir. 
 
 Je donne- 
 
 Je lini- 
 
 Tu donne- 
 
 Tu fini- 
 
 II donne- 
 
 II fini- 
 
 Kous donne- 
 
 Nous fini- 
 
 Yous donne- 
 
 Yous fini- 
 
 Ils donne- 
 
 lis fini- 
 
 t rai. 
 (• ras. 
 [ra. 
 I" rous. 
 [■ rez. 
 i ront. 
 
 I shall or loill ghe. 
 I shall or loill finish. 
 Thou shalt or loilt give. 
 Tlwu shalt or icilt finish. 
 He shall or loill give. 
 He shall or will finish. 
 We shall or loill give. 
 We shall or will finish. 
 You shall or loill give. 
 You shall or will finish. 
 They shall or loill give. 
 They shall or will finish. 
 
our father as 
 ''hen he had 
 not more at- 
 e attentive to 
 Jy as well as 
 id. 
 
 LIV. 
 
 lUGATIOXS. 
 
 very verb in 
 ', rez^ rant. 
 
 the first and 
 :he iutinitive 
 
 iwe. 
 Inish. 
 nit give, 
 nltjinish. 
 give, 
 finish. 
 
 I give. 
 Ifinish. 
 
 II give. 
 II finish. 
 >U give, 
 llfinish. 
 
 FRENCH CO UKSE. oq^ 
 
 4. Irregular verbs of the second conjugation, cndin^ 
 in .^. (Lesson 36), as also Couvrir, DC-c^uvrir Olfri,^ 
 Ouvnr, Waller (Lesson 34), are regular 'in tin.: 
 tense, and conjugated like the above model. 
 
 l-VFIMTIVE. 
 
 Sentir, to ^ed, &c. Je sentirai, Is/udlfee! 
 
 feortw, to go out. Jo sortirai, I shall go out. 
 
 O^nr, to ofer. J ^oimra\, I s/udl ojrr. 
 
 Couvnr, to cover. Jo cou^•rirai, I shall eover. 
 
 5. Cueillir and its compounds take e instead oU be- 
 lore those endings. 
 
 Cueillir, to gather. Jc cueillerni, I shall gather. 
 
 but h1"'' r"'^ ^"''^^'' "'■' ^"'^^"^^^ "^ ^^'^»- first part, 
 out the endmgs are regular. 
 
 Aller,^o^o. ^'\y^^. I shall ov ,oill go. 
 
 i^nvoyer, to send. J'enverrai, I shall or y^iU send. 
 
 ^ r. L-roguIar verbs of the secon,! conjugation, endin.^ 
 in .m. (Lesson 37), are o„,v irregular in^the fir t ptv 
 then- endmgs are regular. ^ ' 
 
 Venir, to come. Je viendrai, I shall come. 
 
 lunr, to hold. Je tiendrai, I shall hold. 
 
 8 In speaking of a future time, the Frencli generally 
 ^se the future where the present is often used in^ncl^f 
 
 Iz vZ "'"''" """ ^^--yo-^ome^shalUome) 
 nez votre sQeui- 7 • . ' 
 
 "• oring your sister. 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 Je vousdonnerni nnvprrp fTpoTi r,^7' • 
 
 Nous VO„Q nr U ! f '^' ^'^'"' '^''" '^ ^'«^« "/ '"<^^^' 
 
 iNous V0U3 preterons un fasil. We will lend you a gun 
 
 9* 
 
--.iimWBifiinMiii 
 
 202 
 
 Mil I 
 
 i ! ! : jt 
 
 i I 
 
 FASQtJKLLK's INTBODUCTOEY 
 
 J'irai a New York demain. 
 Nous quitterons Now York 
 
 samt'di. 
 J'enverrai iin chcval k mon 
 
 frere. 
 Je lui enverrai un cheval. 
 Nous soitirons demain matin, 
 
 Vous nc sortircz pas aujourd'liui. 
 Sa soeur cassera le miroir. 
 Elle ne le cassera pas. 
 Le marchand gagnera beau- 
 coup. 
 II nous ofFrira du fruit. 
 II eueillera une belle rose. 
 "Vous ne finirez pas voire lettre. 
 Vous agirez bien envers lui. 
 
 IshaUgo to New Torh to-morrow. 
 We will leave New York Satur^ 
 day. 
 
 I shall send a horse to my brother. 
 
 I shall send him a horse. 
 We will go out to-morrow morn^ 
 ing. 
 
 You will not go out to-day. 
 His sister will break the mirror. 
 She will not break it. 
 The merchant will gain mtich. 
 
 Be wiU offer us fruit. 
 He will pick a beautiful rose. 
 You will not finish your letter. 
 You will act well toward him. 
 
 VOCABULAKY. 
 
 Agir, 2. To act, to behave. 
 Alior, 1. To go. 
 An, m. Year. 
 Apporter, 1. To bring. 
 Assit'tte, f. Plate. 
 Aujourd'hui, To-day, 
 B.igiio, f. Blng. 
 Be], Handsome. 
 Bonne heure (de), Early. 
 Casser, 1. To break. 
 Cueillir, 2. To pick. 
 Bans, l7i. 
 Demain, To-morrow, 
 
 Envoyer, 1. To se?id. 
 
 Fleur, f. Slower. 
 
 Heure, f. O'clock, hour. 
 
 Jardin, m. Garden. 
 
 Londres, London. 
 
 Meilleur, Better, Best. 
 
 Offrir, 2. To offer. 
 Oiseau, m. Bird. 
 Parler, 1. To speak. 
 Partir, 2. To go, to set out. 
 Peche, f. Peach. 
 Quand, WJien. 
 Quatre, f. Four. 
 
TOEY 
 
 ' TorTc to-morrow, 
 iew York Satur- 
 
 rse to my brother. 
 
 ' a horse, 
 o-morrow morn* 
 
 out to-day. 
 ''cah the mirror, 
 ik it. 
 ill gain much, 
 
 ^ruit. 
 
 '.autiful rose, 
 sh your letter. 
 '■ toward him. 
 
 send. 
 
 °r 
 
 ck, hour. 
 
 "den, 
 h)i. 
 
 r, Best. 
 
 rer. 
 
 I 
 
 oeak, 
 
 ', to set out. 
 
 F K E N C II c O U K s K . oog 
 
 Quelle, f. What, xohkh. Tar,l, Late 
 
 Quitter, 1. To leave. Tenins ih\ T",. y, 
 
 Rpcfp,. 1 rp . r.^ 'i^^ vM» ^n time. 
 
 ^orur, 2. To r^o out. Voiinre, f. Oarrlaffe. 
 
 E.\-j:i:cise 105. 
 1 Jo quitterai Pnn.s .lans uu an. 2 Jo ne rcsterii 
 
 5 A 
 
 4 JNotro ami nous enverra sa voiture. 
 
 v,..,^..^^ ^^ \uiLure. 5 A 
 
 quelle houre I-envcM-ra-t-il? II „o,„ I-enverra do 
 
 bonne ho„,e. 7 Jo sortirai .lc,„ai„ a six „eu,-e.. 8 Jo 
 
 part,nu a qwafo l.euros x\o„, „„ partiron. pas 
 
 taid 10 Quaml nous v.endrons, no,,,, lui parloron,, 
 
 11 Nous vo„s donnc-o,,., le plus bol oiso.,,,. ]2 Nous 
 
 vous appovtorons ,u,e belle bague. 13 Elles casse,-out 
 
 nos me,l!eures ass.ettc. It Nous vous offrirons les 
 
 plus belies fleu,-s do .,ot,e ja,di„. 15 Nous sorti,-o,^ 
 
 quand vous vie„d,-ez. 10 Nous agL-ons mieux a 
 
 18°'no "• ," """"^ '"""'''""^ <"--' ""- -rthZ 
 38Nouspa,-le,-o„s,u,e„xdans<p,eiquote,nps. 10 Nous 
 off,„-o„s „„e plus belle peehe a nofo .nere. 20 Vous 
 lu. offnrez la meilleuro <piQ vous cucillerez. 
 
 EXEKCISE 106. 
 
 1 I Shall speak to the bi,-d. 2 You ,vill not give me 
 a bu-d. 3 \„„ will go to London to-day. 4 You 
 mil not b,-eak my plate. 5 You will ofTer me a phte 
 6 We will offer a plate to our fi-iend. 7 I .haU fi'th 
 my lesson early. 8 Shall I send you my best ri.'.g? 
 
204 
 
 pasqiJklle's introductory 
 
 9 When yoii come you will bring your gold ring. 
 
 10 To-morrow, I will send you u beautiful flower! 
 
 11 You will come to-morrow morning at lour o'clock. 
 
 12 Wo will como early. 13 At what hour shall wo 
 come? 14 Will you oiler me beautiful flowers? 
 15 Wo will givo you the most be:uitiful flowers. 
 la You will go out when I come. (Lit., shall come) 
 17 Your sisters will speak better after {dans) somo 
 tmie. 18 We will go to New York to-day. 19 Wo 
 will send you a fine pe.ch. 20 We shall £ro out to- 
 morrow morninn:. ; 21 The gardener will offer ns fruit. 
 22 You will not break the looking-glass. 23 You will 
 Ofier a beautiful rose to your mother. 24 You will 
 come in {dans) ouo year, 25 Yoii will behave better 
 to-morrow, 
 
 I 1 
 
 LECON LV. 
 
 LESSON LV. 
 
 THK FUTUKE, CONTINUED.— TIIIKl) AXD FOURTH 
 CONJUGATIONS. 
 
 1. To form the future of the regular verbs of the 
 third and tourth conjugations, the terminations of the 
 mHmtive, oir and re, are dropped, and the terminations 
 ol the future substituted. 
 
 INFINITIVE. ppTURE. 
 
 Kecev-oir, to receive. .Te recev-rai, I shall receive. 
 Vend-re, to sell Je vend-rai, I shall sell. 
 
 2. Irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, ending 
 in uire, aitre, and indrcy are regular in this tense. 
 
rORY 
 
 >ur gold ring. 
 
 iiilit'ul flower. 
 
 t four o'clock. 
 
 hour shall wo 
 
 tilul flowers? 
 
 itit'ul fl(nvcrs. 
 
 , shall come,) 
 {dans) Koiuo 
 
 (lay. 19 Wo 
 
 ill ffo out to- 
 
 offer us fruit. 
 
 23 You will 
 
 24 You will 
 
 jchavo butter 
 
 X LV. 
 
 » POURTH 
 
 verbs of the 
 ations of the 
 terminations 
 
 all receive, 
 ill sell, 
 
 tion, ending 
 tense. 
 
 3. FuTLrBB 
 
 ^ArriiK, AND 
 
 •Jc rucev- 
 •^e vend- 
 ue condui- 
 J«-' oounait- 
 JtJ poind- 
 
 Tu I'ecev- 
 Tu vend- 
 Tu condui- 
 Tu coiiualt- 
 Tu peind- 
 
 II recev- 
 II veud- 
 II condui- 
 II connait- 
 II peiud- 
 
 Xous recev- 
 ^ous vend- 
 Nous condui- 
 Nous connait- 
 Nous vend- 
 
 Vous recev- 
 Vous vend- 
 Vous condui- 
 Vous connait- 
 Vous peind- 
 
 rai. 
 
 ras. 
 
 ^ItifiNCII COUItSE. 205 
 
 OF JtKCKVOIii, VE.Vi,KK, CONOUIKK, Co^- 
 
 I shall or ^oill receive. 
 
 I shall or y/.v7/ sell, 
 I shall or w/// conduct. 
 I shall ov lotll kuoio. 
 I shall or iv ill paint. 
 
 Thou Shalt or z<j//^ receiw. 
 Thou shalt or ?o<7^ ^g//^ 
 Tliou Shalt or ?6v7^ co/^f^wc^. 
 Thou Shalt ov wilt hnoxQ. 
 Thou Shalt or loilt paint, 
 
 TI<i shall or will receive. 
 Tic shall or will sell. 
 Tie shall or iviU conduct. 
 Tie shall or loill know. 
 Tie shall or to ill paint. 
 
 "We shall ov loill receive. 
 We shall or loill sell. 
 We shall or loill lead. 
 We shall or tcill know. 
 We shall ov willjKiint. 
 
 You shall or will receive, 
 You shall or will sell. 
 You shall or loill lead. 
 You shall or will know. 
 You shall o- will^jaint. 
 
 ra. 
 
 rons. 
 
 • rez. 
 
206 
 
 fabqukllk'8 introductory 
 
 lis recev- 
 Ils vcnd- 
 Ils coiKlui- 
 Ils coiinait- 
 Ila peind- 
 
 ' rent. 
 
 They shall or will receive. 
 They shall or loHl sell. 
 They shall or will conduct. 
 They shall or will know. 
 They shall or will paint. 
 
 4 Tlie frjture of Avoir and 1^:trk is irregular in th, 
 trst part of the word, but regular in the ending 
 
 6. Future of Avoir and Eiue. 
 
 J'au-rai. 
 Tu aii-ras. ' 
 II au-ra. 
 Nous au-rons. 
 Vous au-rez. 
 lis au-ront. 
 
 Je sc-rai. 
 Tu se-ras. 
 II se-ra. 
 Nous se-rons. 
 Vous se-rcz. 
 lis se-ront. 
 
 I shall or will have. 
 Thou shall or wilt have.- 
 Ile shall or will have. 
 We shall or will have. 
 You shall or will have. 
 They shall or ivill have. 
 
 J shall or will he. 
 Th^ u shall or vnlt he. 
 Jle shaU or will he. 
 We shall or will he. 
 You shall or will he. 
 T/iey shall or will he. 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 
 Je les recevrai avec plaisir, 
 "Vous recevrez vos freres cor- 
 
 dialement. 
 Nous ne les recevrons pas bien. 
 Je connaitrai men devoir. 
 Nous reconnaitrons nos amis. 
 Nous paraitrons satisfaila. 
 
 I shall receive them with pleasure. 
 You will receive your brothera 
 
 cordially. 
 We will not receive them wetl. 
 I shall know my duty. 
 We shall recognize our friends. 
 We will appear satisfied. 
 
 \ 
 
. --MHOHMta 
 
 TORT 
 
 >r will receioe. 
 '!• will sell. 
 
 V 10 ill couduct. 
 
 V will hl02C, 
 
 V will paint. 
 
 rrogulai' in tho 
 ending. 
 
 l hare. 
 ' viilt have* 
 'ill have, 
 "ill Jiave. 
 villi have, 
 will have» 
 
 he. 
 
 ivilt he. 
 'II he. 
 ill he. 
 oill he. 
 will be. 
 
 FRBNCII COURSE. 
 
 207 
 
 *i with pleasure, 
 your brothera 
 
 e them well. . 
 luty. 
 our friencU. 
 
 tisfied. 
 
 Le teinturior teindra cetto sole. 
 Vou3 r^-'indrez un beau tableau. 
 Nou3 serons bica aises do voua 
 vor. 
 
 Vols aurez boaucoup do plaisir. 
 Vou3 aurez tort, oertainement. 
 Votrs soeur n'aura pas honte. 
 7'aurai bien froid ce soir. 
 Est-ce que j'aurai trop chaud? 
 N'aurai-je pas biea froid ? 
 
 Tlie dyer will dye this silk. 
 
 You will paint a beautiful picture. 
 
 We shall he very <jlad to see you. 
 
 You will have much p''easure. 
 You will be wrong, certainly. 
 You; sister loill not he ashamed. 
 I shall he very cold, this evening^ 
 Shall I he too warm ? 
 Shall I not be very cold f 
 
 Vocabulary, 
 
 Amiti6, f. Prienchhip. Loyer, m. nent. 
 
 Apercevoir, 3. To perceive. Marche, ni. Market, 
 Attendre, 4. To wait for, Onclo, ni. Unde 
 
 BibIioth6que, f. Zihrary. Question, f. Questior,. 
 
 Bient6t, Soon. Repandre, 4. To spill. 
 
 Chalo, m.Shaiol R^pondre, 4. To answer, to 
 
 Charrae, Delighted. reply. 
 
 Concevoir, 3. To conceive. Reconnaitre, 4. To recoa 
 \ Connaissance, f. Acquaint. nize. 
 i Cultiv6 Cultivatea. [ance, Salle a manger, f. Dining 
 
 ^ncie, t. infc. room. 
 
 Esperance, f. JTope. Tante, f. Aunt. 
 
 ^ache, Sorry, angry. Tapis, m. Carpet. 
 
 l-eindre, 4. To pretend, to Teindre, 4. To dye 
 
 JT^""' ^ Teinturier, m. ^y.k 
 
 Gater, 1. To spoil. Tort, m. Wrong. 
 
 JLibraire, m. Tionhofj?^^ v;^ q ti 
 
'"AgQUKLLB R INTRODUCTORY 
 
 ^xEncisE 107. 
 
 1 Voufl aporcovrcz vos connamancos. 2 aVoiKmn 
 ceyrons dcs csporancos. 3 Nous „o rocovrcs pas 
 nou-e loycr. 4 Votro librairo n'aura-t-il pas tolt ? 
 5 iVotro tanto nou.s roconnaitra lncnt6t. G Kilo pavu 
 tra el.arm^,e do nous voir. 7 Lo teinturicr no toin.l'r; 
 pa,s l„on CO clmlo. 8 Ello.s foin.lront boaucoup d'amitio 
 pou^nous. Nous no Ics conaui.-ons pa. au rna,.hc.. 
 
 10 Wo quo JO les conduirai chcz moi ou chez vous '^ 
 
 11 Nous no Borons pas fTvchcs do tout cela. lo j; 
 
 mien" iVlTT ""f' "" '""""'^' ^^'"'^ ^'-'-^"^ 'I- ^^' 
 mien. 13 II sora boaucoup mioux cultivo. U Vous 
 
 ne ropondrc;: rion a sos questions. 15 Vous r<:.pondrcz 
 
 a ce monsieur quo vous etes bion flu-h<:, 10 Vous no 
 
 repandrcz pas I'oncro sur lo tapis. 17 Nos froros no 
 
 gateront pas Jours chapcaux nouft. 18 Vous nous at- 
 
 tendroz dans la sallo a mangor. 10 Nous vous atton- 
 
 drons dans ]a biblioth^juo ou dans lo jardiu 
 
 Ex EXCISE 108. 
 
 II shall receive a handsome f^Iiawl from (dc) mv 
 mo her 2 Wo shall porceivo our uncle. 3 You ^"iI 
 go o (the) market to-morrou-. 4 Wo shall not ansu'or 
 ^ ell. . AV o shall expect you to-morrow at four o'clock 
 G 1 ou ^yv not spill the water on the carpet. 7 Wo 
 
 Wrong to ((I") 
 
 cold. 
 
 yoK- cousin. 9 You will not bo 
 
 evenmg. 
 
 . . -". .^ a.wu >vin not 00 
 
 (Less.^ .. i ^0 Wo shall bo very cold this 
 
 ' '• 1 reply to 'ae lady that I cm very 
 
 11 I 
 
 \ 
 
TORT 
 
 . 2 Xouspon- 
 rocevroris pas 
 -t-il jias toit? 
 EIlu par;u- 
 rier no toiridri 
 ucou]) (I'iimitio 
 pas nil rnaniho. 
 oil chez vous ? 
 cola. 12 Lo 
 » grand quo lo 
 v6. 14 Voiia 
 oua rci)ontlrc'z 
 10 Vous no 
 S'os fro res no 
 Vous nous at- 
 is vous atton- 
 in. 
 
 FUKxcri counsE. 
 
 209 
 
 'om ((7e) m'^ 
 3 You wiil 
 U not answer 
 four o'clock, 
 •pet. 7 Wo 
 Yon will bo 
 1 will not bo 
 ly cold this 
 t I cni very 
 
 sorry 12 ^^ o will conceive great {^/c grandes) hopt-.. 
 13 Iho dyer wiil not dyo your shawl, u My [,,0,1,,.,. 
 will spoil hi. new coat. 15 My cousin will wait for us 
 m tl.o dinin.^-r<.oni. 10 You will wait lor ns in the 
 l'»>rary. 17 Wo will come soon. 1,0 We will soon ^^o 
 into [dans) iho library. 19 Wo shall know our f.ienTu 
 agani. 20 Wo shall know our brother. 21 My garden 
 Will bo better cidlivated than vours. 22 Wo shall bo 
 sorry for {de) that. 2:} You will paint the best picture. 
 2-t lou will reply to my brother's questions. 2o Wo 
 shall receive our rent to-morrow mornin<'. 
 
 LEgoX LVI, 
 
 LESSON LVI. 
 
 THE FUTURE ANTERIOn.— AUTANT I)E, AS MUCTT.—Vl.V^ 
 
 DE, MORE^ ETC. 
 
 1. The future anterior is composed of the future of 
 the verbs Avoir or I^Jtre, and the past participle of tho 
 principal verb. 
 
 2. FuTURV Anterior op Do^'^-ER, Fixir, Re,'e- 
 voiR, AND Vendri:. 
 
 I shall or will have given. 
 TIi<'( Shalt or wilt have finished. 
 JTi shall or will have received. 
 We shall or loill ham sold. 
 You shall or inill have given. 
 Tliey shall 01 will have finished, 
 14 
 
 J'aurai donne. 
 Tu auras tini. 
 II aura requ. 
 Nous aurons vendu 
 Vous aurez donne. 
 lis auront fiui. 
 
j t 1 
 
 i I ' 
 
 lill 
 
 I 
 
 im 
 
 270 
 
 PAflQUKLLK's INTKODUCTOBY 
 
 INTEUKOOATIVE FOKM. 
 
 Aiirai-je donne? or 
 
 Est-ce que j'aunu[ ^hall I ham given ? 
 
 doiJiie ? 
 Aiiras-tu fini ? 
 Auia-t-il requ ? 
 
 ^A^//<J thou have finished? 
 
 ■ ^^^-f-^ll he have recelced ? 
 
 Aurons-nous vendt, ? ^/,,,/^ ^r ,./// ,,, have sold P 
 
 A.n-ez-vousdonno? _ ^halUn- vnll you have given f 
 Aurunt-ils hn. ? ^hall they have finished ? 
 
 3. AuTANT DE, As much, as many. ] 
 Plus de, llore. 
 Pas AUTANT DE, ^Tot as much or I ^^^ ^^' ^«> 
 
 WiS- tnany. ^/ia^i. 
 
 MoiNs DE, Less.feioer. 
 
 The above words come almost ahvays before a noun 
 Autant d'or que d'argent. As much gold as silver. 
 Jaurai donne moins ^^ I shall have given less paper 
 
 papier que de carton. than pasteboard. 
 
 Model Senten 
 
 CES. 
 
 D-main, j'aurai quitte la viUe. To-morrov., I shall have Uft the 
 
 city. 
 
 v!,!;?™!.'f!f E!"^"."™ '™,P- if'^" »<" '"»«' '«' ^y time. 
 
 Nous "^'Zn'" "* """"''■• ^'"* "'" ™' ""'■' *-" ««-*«• 
 lUr '" '■" "■"^ "'-«-"«<«« too ™.«4 
 
 Elle 
 
 aura recu trop de lettres. She will have received too 
 
 letters. 
 
 manif 
 
 Vous aurez vendu trop cher. You mU have sold too dear. 
 
3T0BT 
 
 en ? 
 
 finished? 
 '■eiced ? 
 have sold? 
 have given ? 
 'nished ? 
 
 QUK DE, ASy 
 
 tha?i. 
 
 before a noun. 
 
 I as silver. 
 
 wen less paper 
 oard. 
 
 FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 mil have left the 
 
 ost my time. 
 e been attentive. 
 '■ had too much 
 
 eived too many 
 
 I too dear. 
 
 211 
 
 Elles n'auront pas vendu k 
 
 credit. 
 Vous aurez donne plus d'or que 
 
 d'argent. 
 Elles auront lu moins de lettres. 
 Sa soeur aura etudie moins de 
 
 lecons. 
 Elles auront eu autant de mo- 
 
 destie. 
 Ce jeune homme aura eu autant 
 de courage que de modestie. 
 II aura eu plus de vanite que 
 de merite. 
 
 They will not have sold on credit. 
 
 To2i will have given more gold 
 
 than silver. 
 They will have read fewer letters. 
 His sister will have studied fewer 
 
 lessons. 
 Tliey u'ill have had as much 
 
 modcsfy. 
 This young man will have had as 
 
 much courage as modesty. 
 He will have had more vanity 
 than merit. 
 
 V^OCABULARY. 
 
 Annee, f. Year. 
 Attend u, Waited for, ex- 
 pected. 
 Attendre, 4. To wait. 
 Autant, As much, as many. 
 Berger, m. Shepherd. 
 Ble, m. Wheat. 
 Chagrin, m. Grief. 
 Demain, To-morrow, 
 Demi, Half 
 Disoours, m. Speech. 
 pit, Said. 
 Ecrit, Written. 
 Entendu, Heard. 
 Laine, f. Wool. 
 Longteinps, Long. 
 
 Lu, Head. 
 
 Mais, m. 3Taize, corn. 
 
 Meilleur, Better, best. 
 
 Modestie, f. Modesty. 
 
 Moins, Less. 
 
 Moitie, f: Half 
 
 Montre, Shown. 
 
 Mouton, m. Sheep. 
 Or, m. Gold. 
 Orge, f. Barley. 
 Orgueil, m. Pride. 
 Plaisir, m. Pleasure, 
 Plus, More. 
 Page, f. Page. 
 Quitte, Zeft., 
 Seigle, m. Bye. 
 
li 
 
 I 
 
 I ' 
 
 ! 
 
 212 PASCJUBLLE'S INTKODUCTOKY 
 
 Tlicijie, m. Exercise, 
 Toiidu, IShorn, 
 Tout, All 
 
 Trop, Too much. 
 Vendu, ;Sokl 
 Verite, f. Truth. 
 
 E X E K c I s E 109. 
 
 D. ' ;^"''77?"^" ^'"^^ longtemps ? 2 Vous n'aurez 
 pa^ at endu le bei-er u„e denii-heure. 3 Auroiis-aous 
 em^ndutoutiedi^cou.? 4 Vous en aure. eat: I 
 U moitic. 5 \ ous n'aure. pas dit toute ]a verity 
 C Aurons-nous ai.tunt de ble quo do sei^do cette annoo ^ 
 ' Vous auroz plus d'orgo que do mais. 8 Koui 
 auronseu beaucoup moins do chagrin quo de plui^h- 
 9 Ces demoiselles auront montre plus d'orgueil quo do 
 modesue. lO Au..ont-ellesparle.^ouxquo?eurs2:i 
 11 Elles aurout parlo beaucoup mioux qu'elles. 12 Le 
 berger n aura-t-il pas tondu tons ses mLtons ? 13 II 
 aura tondu ses moutons et vendu sa laine. 14 Domain 
 "^atna j'aurai quitte votre maison. 15 N'aura^rpl 
 eon plus de themes quo vous? 10 Vous c'n'aurez 
 
 18 II aura apporto moins d'or que d'argent. 19 Est- 
 
 Exercise 110. 
 
 I We shall have had more wheat than harley. 2 Yo,. 
 shall have had less rye than wheat. 3 We dM Inve 
 Bho,.„ „„. »heep. 4 My si.te,. have sho«„ mo^ p mI 
 than modesty. 5 You will have read „„.ro than'y 
 
'TOHY 
 
 luch. 
 
 FKENCH COUBtiF. 
 
 21* 
 
 uth. 
 
 2 Vous n'aurez 
 J Auroiis-iioiis 
 aurez entendu 
 'Utc ]a verite. 
 Q cette annee ? 
 lis. 8 Nous 
 lie de plaisir. 
 >i'gueil que de 
 elcHirs amies? 
 'elles. 12 Lq 
 tons? 13 II 
 14 Demain 
 J"'aurai-je pas 
 )us en aurez 
 J denii-pa,s,''e. 
 lit. 19 Est- 
 rai-je otfeiiso 
 
 ey. 2 You 
 B shall have 
 more j)ride 
 "0 than your 
 
 friend. G His friend will have written more exercises. 
 7 Wc shall have sold all our corn. 8 They will havJ 
 heard half liis discourse {the half of his discourse). 
 
 9 The shepherd will not have told all the truth. 
 
 10 We shall have had more jjleasure than griet! 1 1 Tho 
 eliepherds will have shorn all their sheep. 1- They 
 Avill not have sold all {toute) their wool. 13 To-morrow 
 they will have left our house. U Shall we have heard 
 /our father? 15 We shall have heard him. 10 Wo 
 shall not have waited too long. 17 You will have 
 written two letters. 18 The gentleman will not havo 
 left London. 19 You will have read my book. 20 You 
 will not have spoken better than I {moi). 21 The 
 6hei)herd will have had {eu) more wool. 22 They will 
 not have waited too long. 23 You will have brought 
 more gold than silver. 24 They Vill have heard their 
 best friend. 25 Wo will not have oliended our lather. 
 
 LEgON LVII. LESSON LVII. 
 
 THE CONDITIONAL.— FIRST AND SECOND CONJUGATION, 
 
 1. The endings of the conditional of every French 
 verb are, rais, rais, rait, rions, riez, raient. 
 
 2. The conditional may be formed from the future 
 by putting, instead of the terminations ai, as, a, onsy 
 ez, out, those of the imperfect of the indicative, ais^ ais^ 
 ait, ions, iez, aient. 
 
"t: 
 
 i i 
 
 i! 
 
 214 
 
 asquelle's inteoductoet 
 
 FtTTUEE. 
 
 Je douncr-ai, 
 Je finir-ai, 
 Jg recevr-ai, 
 Je vendr-ai, 
 
 CONDITIONAL, 
 
 Je donner-aia. 
 Je finir-ais. 
 Je recevr-ais. 
 Je veudr-ais. 
 
 1st Conj. Donner, 
 2d Conj. Finir, 
 3d Conj. Rccevoir, 
 4tli Conj. Vendre, 
 
 3. Tlie conditional of verbs of the first and second 
 conjugations, may also be formed, by adding the ter- 
 mmations of the inii^erfect of the indicative, to the in- 
 iimtive oftlie vei-b.* 
 
 W n . T^ INFLMTITE. CONDITIONAL. 
 
 1st Conj. -Donn^v.togive. So^onncv^h^ Ishoidd give. 
 2d Conj. Finir, tojinish. Je finir-ais, I should finish. 
 
 4. Irregular verbs ending in tlr are regular in this 
 tense, as are also Oifrir, Couvrir, Ouvrir, <fco. Cueilhr 
 and Its compomids take e instead of i before r in this 
 tense as in the future. (Lesson 34.) 
 
 5. Conditional of Donner, Finir, Sentir, Ouvrir 
 and cueillir. ' 
 
 IsJwidd, could, or would give. 
 I should, could, or would finish. 
 rais. I should, could, ov would feel 
 I I should, could, or would open, 
 
 j -^ should, could, or would gather. 
 
 Je donne- 
 Je fini- 
 Je seiiti- 
 J'ouvri- 
 Je cueille- 
 
 Tu donnc- 
 Tu fini- 
 Tu senti- 
 Tu ouvri- 
 Tu cueillo- 
 
 rais. 
 
 TIiou shouldst, couldst, or woiddsi give. 
 Thou shorddst, coiddst, or wouldst finish. 
 Thou shouldst, couldst, or xuouldst feel. 
 Thou shouldst, couldst, or wouldst ojoen. 
 Tliou shouldst, couldst, oy woiddst gather. 
 
 * Except Aller. to go, Euvover, to send, and verbs cudiiig iu enir. 
 
WIH 
 
 CTOET 
 
 CONDITIONAL. 
 
 Je doiiner-ais. 
 Je finir-ais. 
 Je recevr-ais. 
 Je veiidr-ais. 
 
 irst and second 
 adding the tei- 
 iative, to the ia- 
 
 DITIONAL. 
 
 s, I should ghe. 
 T should finish. 
 
 regular in this 
 r, Sua. Cueillir 
 before r in this 
 
 ENTIR, OUVRIR, 
 
 Id give. 
 Id finish. 
 Id feel. 
 Id open, 
 ^■d gather. 
 
 or ivoiddst give. 
 31- ^oouldst finish. 
 )r loouldst fed. 
 )r roouldst open. 
 r woiddst gather. 
 
 s ending ia enir. 
 
 W 
 
 PRENCII COURSE. 
 
 215 
 
 H donne- 
 II fini- 
 II senti- 
 II ouvri- 
 II cueillo- 
 
 Nous donnc- 
 Nous fini- 
 Nous senti- 
 Nous ouvri- I 
 Nous cueiile- J 
 
 Tous donne- ^ 
 Vous fini- 
 Vous senti- 
 Vous ouvri- 
 Vous cueille- 
 
 Ils donne- 
 IIs fmi- 
 Ils senti- 
 IIs ouvri- 
 IIs cueille- 
 
 \- rait. 
 
 rions. 
 
 nez. 
 
 raient. 
 
 He should, coidd, or loouldgive. 
 lie should, could, or wouM finish. 
 He shoidd, could, or would feel. 
 He should, could, or would open. 
 He should, could, or would gather. 
 
 We should, could, or would give. 
 We should, could, or would finish. 
 We should, could, or would feel. 
 We should, could, or would open. 
 We should, could, or would gather. 
 
 You woidd, could, or should give. 
 You would, could, or should finish. 
 Yomvoidd, could, or should feei. 
 You would, could, or should open. 
 You tvould, could, or should gather. 
 
 Theg would, could, or shotdd give. 
 Tliey would, could, or should finish. 
 They would, could, or should feel. 
 Tliey would, could, or should open. 
 Tliey would, could, or should gather. 
 
 o. In AUer, to r/o, Envoyor, to send, as also in verbs 
 ot the second conjugation ending in enir, the first part 
 of the verb is changed, but the terminations are like 
 the above. 
 
 INFIXITIVa CONDITIONAt. 
 
 Aller, to go. J'i-rais, I should go. 
 
 Envoyer, to send. J'onver-rais, I sJiould send. 
 
 V enn-, to come. Je viond-rais, r should come 
 
 Tenir, to hold. Je tiend-rais, T should hold. 
 
f; 
 
 >■/ 
 
 ' -'V II • 
 
 •mmmmm 
 
 
 I 
 
 216 
 
 pasquklle's intboductoby 
 
 Model Sextences. 
 
 Je donnoraia du fil ,au tailleur. 
 "Vous finiriez cette page. 
 Nous ne sentirions pas ]e froid. 
 lis ouvriraient les porte.='. 
 II cuoillerait de belJes flours. 
 Nous irions a I'ecole. 
 Ma soeur enverrait son domes- 
 
 tiquo. 
 Vous viendriez a trois heures. 
 Nous tiendrions le cheval. 
 Est-ce que je parlerais bien ? 
 Vous oflririez de la \^iande. 
 Nous n'ouvririons pas le tiroir. 
 Nous couvririons les fleurs. 
 Vous iriez chez votre ami. 
 
 I would give thread to the iaihr. 
 
 You would fiimh that page. 
 
 We should not feel the cold. 
 They looidd open the doors. 
 lie would pick beautiful flowers. 
 
 We luould go to school. 
 My sider would send her servant. 
 
 Ton would come at three o'clock 
 
 We woidd hold the horse. 
 
 Should I speahiuell? 
 
 You would offer meat. 
 
 We should not open the draioer. 
 
 We should cover the flowers. 
 
 You luoidd go to yourf lend' a. 
 
 V O C A n U L A R Y . 
 
 Acier, m. Steel 
 
 Aujouid'Imi, To-day. 
 
 Ce que, That w/iic/i, what. 
 
 Chez, yl?; or to the house of. 
 
 Commode, f. Bureart, 
 draioers. 
 
 Envers, Towards. 
 Fenetre, f. Wind(yu}. 
 Fer, m. Iron. 
 Fruit, m. Fruit, 
 Gazette, \\ Paper, Mies- 
 
 paper. 
 Logement, ra. Lodging. 
 
 Maintenir, 2. To maintain. 
 Micux, J3etter. 
 Monsieur, m. Gentleman. 
 Olfre, f. Offer. 
 Opinion, f. Opinion. 
 Ouvrir, 2. To open. 
 Peine, f! Trouble. 
 Polir, 2. To polish. 
 Pour, For. ^^lly, 
 
 Ponctuellement, Functus 
 Porte, f. Boor. 
 
 Refuser, 1 . To refuse. 
 
 Serrurier, m. Locksmith. 
 
"««p 
 
 )BT 
 
 d to tlie iaihr. 
 that page. 
 ' the cold, 
 'he doors. 
 
 'Pitiful flowers, 
 hoot. 
 
 id her servant. 
 
 t three o'clock 
 
 ' horse. 
 
 II f 
 
 eat. 
 
 I the drawer. 
 
 e flowers. 
 
 >urf, iends. 
 
 'maintain, 
 
 ntlcman. 
 
 'on. 
 m. 
 
 h. 
 
 {^ally, 
 Punctu* 
 
 "use. 
 ksmith. 
 
 FRENCH C U U K S Ji . 
 
 217 
 
 I 
 
 Table, f. Board. 
 Temps, 111. Time. 
 Teiiir, 2. To hold. 
 Tiroir, m, Drawer. 
 
 Tort, Wrong. 
 Toiijoiii'.s, Ahoai/s. 
 Tout, All. 
 Viaude, f. Meat. 
 
 EXEKCISE HI. 
 
 1 Je liii parlerais, si j'uvais le temps. 2 Le serrurier 
 pohrait le ter et I'acier. 3 Vous ouvririez les portes et 
 lesleiietres. 4 Kous viemlrioiis ponctuellement. 5 lis 
 ne viendraieiit pa.s chez nous. G Vous vieiidriez eliez 
 ce monsieur. 7 lis nous enverraient la gazette d'au- 
 jom-d'liui. 8 Vous ne cueilleriez pas tout mon fruit. 
 9 JSTous ne tiendrions pas ce livre. 10 Vous ne lui 
 offrinez nen pour sa peine. 11 Xe lui offririez-vou« 
 pas la table et le logement ? 1 2 Js^ous n'ouvririons pas 
 tous les tiroirs de cette commode. 13 Est-ee que je 
 tiendrais le cheval de mon cousin ? 14 Vous ne sentiriez 
 pas tous vos torts envers lui. 15 Vous ne maiutien- 
 dnezpastoujoursvotre opinion. 16 Kousvousoffririons 
 toujours, tout ce que nous avons. 17 Est-ce que ie 
 parlerais beaucoup mieux ? 1 8 Nous leur olfririons du 
 pam et do la viande. 19 Kou. refuserions leurs offres. 
 
 Exercise 112. 
 
 1 Would you speak to him ? 2 We would not speak 
 to mm. 3 I would not give liim the fruit. 4 The 
 ocksmith would not polish the iron, he would polish 
 the steel. 5 We would offer you bread and meat. 
 6 We would not open that drawer. 1 Your locksmith 
 wouiu opcu uli the drawers. 8 He would give me 
 
 10 
 
218 
 
 fasquelle's intboduotoet 
 
 10 We should open the door; we should not open the 
 
 T,?; /^^^^•^"^^"otmahitain my opinion. 12 Wo 
 l^hould feel our wrong towards you. 1 3 I should speak 
 
 "dt K T 't "^Ir "^^^' "^^ ^^-^ ^^ -"• ^-- 
 
 16 The gentleman would come punctually. 17 Slie 
 would offer us all (that) she has. 18 We would off 
 
 20 We should not refuse your offer. 21 We should 
 refuse his offer. 22 You would come in time. 23 He 
 
 r w ^''^'\'}'''^^^' 24 We should open your door 
 25 We should not give you the trouble. 
 
 LEgON LVIII. LESSON LVIII. 
 
 TUB CONmTIONAL, CONTIXUED.-THIRD AXD POUETII 
 
 CONJUGATIOIS-S. 
 
 1. What has been said in the last lesson (Rule 2) 
 With regard to forming the conditional from the future 
 apphes also, as the examples m4I1 show, to these two 
 conjugations. ^ 
 
 2 In order to form the conditional of the third and 
 fourth conjugations from the infinitive, the endings of 
 the infinitive must be displaced, and those of the con- 
 ditional (reus, reds, rait, rlons, riez, raient) substituted 
 
 , . INI'INITIVE. CONDITIONAL. 
 
 8d Conj. Recev-oi,-. Je recev-rais, I should receive. 
 ^th oo„j. Vcnd-re, Je vend-rais, J./,,„« ,,«. 
 
 !! 
 
 IH- 
 
"Kmm 
 
 ORT 
 
 ousin's horse, 
 not open the 
 lion. 12 Wo 
 slionkl speak 
 to our house 
 ' newspapei: 
 
 ly. 17 siio 
 
 would ofter 
 ck fine fruit. 
 
 We should 
 me. 23 He 
 1 your door. 
 
 VIII. 
 
 D FOURTH 
 
 n (Rule 2) 
 the future, 
 these two 
 
 } tliird and 
 endings of 
 >f the con- 
 ibstituted. 
 
 'Id 7'eceive, 
 'd sell. 
 
 FBENCII COURSE. 
 
 219 
 
 ^1 
 
 3. This rule will also apply to those irregular verbs 
 of the fourth conjugation, endhig m uire, aitre, and 
 indre. (Lessons 40, 41, 42.) 
 
 4. Conditional of Recevoir, Vendre, Conduire, 
 
 CONNAiTRE, AND PeINDKE. 
 
 Jo recev- 
 
 Je vend- 
 
 Je con''ui- ^ rais. 
 
 Jo connait- 
 
 Je poind- 
 
 Tu rccev- 
 
 Tu vend- 
 
 Tu condui- ^ rais. 
 
 Tu connait- 
 
 Tu jioind- 
 
 II rccev- 
 II vend- 
 II condui- 
 n connait- 
 II peiud- 
 
 Nous recev- 
 Nous vend- 
 Nous condui- 
 Nousconnait- 
 Nous peind- 
 
 Vou3 recev- 
 Vous vend- 
 V^ous condui- 
 Vous connait- 
 Vous peind- 
 
 rait. 
 
 rions. 
 
 > riez. 
 
 I should, could, or would receive. 
 I should, could, or woidd sell. 
 Ishoidd, could, or would conduct 
 I should, could, or would know. 
 Ishoidd, could, or would paint. 
 
 Tlwu shouldst, couldst, or wouldst receive. 
 Thou should'-t, couldst, or wouldst seU. 
 Tfiou shouldst, couldst, or wouldstconduct. 
 Thou shouldst, couldst, or woukht know. 
 Thou shoiddst, couldst, or wouldst jMini. 
 
 He should, could, or would receive. 
 lie should, could, or loould sell. 
 He shoidd, could, or xoouU conduct, 
 lie shoidd, coidd, or would hiow. 
 He should, could, or would paint. 
 
 We should, could, or would receive. 
 We should, could, or woiold sell. 
 We shoidd, could, or woidd conduct. 
 We should, could, or would know. 
 We should, could, or loould paint. 
 
 You woidd, shoidd, or coidd receive. 
 You would, should, or could sell. 
 You would, should, or could conduct. 
 You would, should, or cotdd know. 
 You would, should, or could paint. 
 
120 
 
 FASQUELLR'S INTRODUCTORT 
 
 Us reccv- 
 Ils vend- 
 Ils condui- 
 Ils connait- 
 IIs peind- 
 
 Th^y loonld, could, or should receive. 
 Tltey would, could, or should sell 
 raient. ney would, could, or should conduct. 
 They would, could, or shnuld know. 
 They would, could, or should paint. 
 5 The con.litior.al of Avoir, to have, and fitre to b. 
 
 6. Conditional 
 J'aurais. 
 Til aurais. 
 II aiirait. 
 Nous aurions. 
 Vous auriez. 
 lis auraient. 
 
 «Te serais. 
 Tu serais. 
 II serai t. 
 Nous serious. 
 Vous seriez. 
 lis seraiont. 
 
 OP Avoir ^nd trnE. 
 
 I should have. 
 
 Thou looukht have, 
 
 JTe would have. 
 
 We should have. 
 
 You would have. 
 
 They %ooidd have. 
 I should he. 
 Thou wouldst he. 
 Jle icould he. 
 We shoidd he. 
 You loould he. 
 They woidd he. 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 Je recevrais des orano-eg T cf,^,.i^ 
 
 V ous apercevr ez votre faijtP v., i^ <^« much. 
 
 Vous perdriez I'es .^0 "vl rZ ZtllT' ^""/"* 
 
 Ti„ , . esteem. 
 
 lis vendraient a perte 7^^, u ^ 
 
 J^st ce que je repondrais bien? ShouU I answer well? 
 
 iV' 
 
ORT 
 
 ouhl receive, 
 onld sell, 
 ould conduct, 
 'yuld know, 
 ould paint 
 
 '1 fitre, to be, 
 of the word 
 
 FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 e. 
 
 t have. 
 
 ve. 
 
 we. 
 
 2ve. 
 
 ave. 
 
 be. 
 
 ges. 
 
 four fault, 
 ir brother's 
 
 'oss. 
 
 II con<Iiiirait cos enfants :\ 
 
 reglisc, 
 
 ' j Nous connaitrions notre devoir. 
 . Nous peindrions un grand 
 ,) tableau. 
 
 Nous craindrions leur coKto. 
 »■ Ma socur aurait bien tort.* 
 
 Nous serious extremement 
 
 faclu's. 
 J'en serais bien aise. 
 Je n'aurais pas raison. 
 Ma scour aurait tort 
 
 221 
 
 He loom take those children to 
 
 church. 
 We should know our duty. 
 We should paint a large picture, 
 
 Wp wmihl fpnr thilr angrr. 
 My sister would b, 'cry wrong. 
 We should be extremely sorry. 
 
 I should he very glad of it. 
 I should not he right. 
 My sister would be wrong. 
 
 VOCAUULAKY. 
 
 AisG, Giad 
 
 Apercevoir, n. To perceh;e. 
 
 Chambre, f. Room. 
 
 Credit (a), On credit. 
 
 Dame, f. Lady. 
 
 Devoir, 3. To owe. 
 
 Dollar, m. Dollar. 
 
 Etudior, 1. To stiuhj. 
 Facilement, Easily. 
 Froid, m. Cold.\ . 
 Ilonte,* f. Shame, ashamed. 
 Libraii-e, m. Bookseller. 
 Malade, m. Sick man. 
 Mille, Thousand. 
 Mordre, 4. To bite. 
 
 Onclo, m. Vacle. 
 
 Oblige, Ohliyed. 
 
 Pan V re. Poor. 
 
 Peine, f. Trouhle. 
 Perdre, 4. To lose. 
 PJaindre, 4. To jrity. 
 Plaisir, m. Pleasure. 
 Raison, f. Eight. 
 Reconnaitre, 4. To recoy^ 
 
 mze, to acknowledge. 
 Rendre, 4. To render, to 
 return. 
 
 Repondre, To atisioer, to 
 
 reply. 
 Teindre, 4. To dye. 
 
 * See Lesson 20. f Froid, Chaud, Tort, Raisou, ^a, are nouns. 
 
ooo 
 
 I'AflQTTEM.E'fl TNTROnuCTORT 
 
 rt'i.aui-.or, Ml. Dyer Soi..-, f. .S^ 
 
 lo.;t,n,. Wron<j. 8oin, nu 6W 
 
 oocicte, t. >St>c'<tVy, companj. many. 
 
 EXEIICISE 113. 
 1 Je no (levrais pas millo .lollurs. 2 Nous n'.inerco- 
 
 tctes Ic-urs qucvstions. 4 II auruit raisou* et volh 
 aune. to.-t * 5 Nous no pordrions pa.s touto notro 
 I)t'nio. VoiLs lour ron.lriez tous leurs livres. 7 Vous 
 reconnaUrie. cetto bonne dan.o. 8 Lo tdnturi.-r lei,: 
 duu a so.o et lo .saUn. 9 Xouh peindnons deu. ho.uvs 
 
 raison et ma s(pui. aurait tort. 12 Ce Lon cl.ien no 
 vous mordrait ivi^ t? r n • 
 
 credit UK , ^^'-'"'^ "' ''''"•^•■•'"^ P-^^ ^' 
 
 I'V, , ^^."•' condun-ions co pauvro niahule aveo 
 
 ueaiicoui) do soiii i ■; T^ i i • • «*»v.u 
 
 do olai • u -It "^ ^'ondun-ais avcc beauooup 
 
 <■ ^ l>Iai.n . J a Nous lo plaindrions beaucoup. 1 7 Kst- 
 ^^ quo je no connaitrais pas mon oncle? 18 Vous lo 
 
 connaitroz faoilemi'iit to Tvr • / ^ ""^ '^ 
 
 iauicmtiit. 19 Nous serious bien (rcr//) 
 
 a .OS do votro sociote. 20 Nous vous serious fort Ly 
 obhgos. 21 Je n'aurais pas honto* de ma conduit" ^^ 
 
 Exercise 114. 
 1 Wo should be very glad of your company. 2 My 
 biother would owe a thousand dollars. 3 We should 
 
 ♦ Froid, Chaud, Tort, Ruison, &c., are nouns. 
 
i-jw-nf ;:^'_^-^ 
 
 :)RY 
 
 e. 
 
 tnuc/iy too 
 
 US n'aporce- 
 tliic'z pas u 
 u* et voihs 
 touto iiotru 
 ->^. 7 Vous 
 iturier teiii- 
 leux hoiiivs 
 ii'aurions* 
 oils aiiriuz 
 1 cliioii no 
 Ira it pas a 
 alado avuu 
 ! buaucoup 
 . 17 Est- 
 8 Vous lo 
 ien (oe)')/) 
 fort (vety) 
 nduite. 
 
 r. 2 My 
 ^e should 
 
 i 
 
 FliKNVll COUR8B. 
 
 2;i3 
 
 rcco-nizo your l)rothcM-. 4 You would n^cnmrnv tim 
 bookseller. 5 \Vu should lead (,ur frh-ud^s hor^. 
 6 I should K'ad that sick man. 7 Vou uould sl.MJy 
 . three hours. 8 Wo .should paint lour liours. U Wo 
 phouUl be wrong and you would be ri-hl.* 10 Should 
 I recocrnizo my uncle ? 1 ] Yo.i w(.uld know hi.n cvr- 
 tanily. 12 My br.>th(M- Mould conduct the bookseller 
 with much care. 13 We should ^\yo the silk, and iho 
 dyer the satin. 14 You would answer tlu> bookseller 
 and the dyer. (Put au bell,re the two nouns.) ] r, Wo 
 Phould be cold, and you would be ashamed.* IG Wo 
 should i)ity the poor sick man. 17 We wouhl lu.t sell 
 on credit, wo would sell for casl, {eomjytaut). 18 We 
 Bhould study easily. 19 Our sister w,)uld study with 
 pleasure. 20 Would our dog bite ine ? 21 Our crood 
 dog would not bite you. 22 You would lose your 
 trouble. 9.3 I should be obliged to you. 24 My 
 father would be very glnd of your company. 25 He 
 would not perceive his friends. 
 
 LEgON LIX. LESSORS- LIX. 
 
 THE CONDITIONAL PAST.-TIIE RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 1. The past of the conditional is composed of the 
 conditional of one of the verbs, avoir and £tre, and 
 the past participle of the principal verb. 
 
 » y 
 
 roid, Cliaud, Tort, Raison, &c., are nouns. 
 

 224 
 
 FASQUELLe's INTKODUCTOBT 
 
 I 
 
 2. Past of the Conditional of Donneu, F'inir, 
 RECEvoiii, AND Vendue. 
 
 J'aurais doiiiic. 
 Til aurais lini. 
 II aurait recjii. 
 Nous aurioiis vendu. 
 Vous auiiez doniie. 
 lis auraiciit liiii. 
 
 I should have given. 
 Thou toonldst have JinisJied. 
 lie viould have received. 
 We should have sold. 
 Y^oii could have given. 
 Theij loould havejinished. 
 
 INTEKROOATIVE FOUM. 
 
 Aurais-je donnu ? or ) 
 
 1,^ . ., -1 ,r, Y Should I have qlven? 
 
 -Lst-ce que j'aurais donnu? [ j ^^ ' 
 
 Aurais-tu lini ? 
 Aurait-il regu ? 
 xVurions-nous vendu ? 
 Auriez-vous donne ? 
 Auraient-ils lini ? 
 
 Wouldst thou havejinished? 
 /Should he have received.'^ 
 Would we have sold ? 
 /Should you have given ? 
 tSIiould theg liave finished ? 
 
 3. Qui, TF/io, whlch^ that. 
 
 La dame qui parle, The lady who speaks. 
 
 La rose qui sent bon, The rose which smells good. 
 
 4. Qui, Who?n^ in asking a question. 
 
 Qui auriez-vous vu ? Whom loould you have seen ? 
 
 5. Que, Whom, which, ichat. 
 
 Le iibraire que vous louez. The bookseller whom you 
 
 praise. 
 Le livre que vous deehirez, The book which yon tear. 
 Que lisez-vous? What do you read'i 
 
 Que eannot be omitted iu French, as which^ whoht^ 
 thaty ofteii are iu English. 
 
BY 
 
 mi, FiNiB, 
 
 'mn. 
 
 ve JlnisJied. 
 
 eceiveil. 
 
 sold. 
 
 yioen. 
 
 ijinished. 
 
 wen r 
 
 ejvnhhedf 
 'eceived/ 
 ',old? 
 given ? 
 'JinUJied f 
 
 cs. 
 
 Us good. 
 
 lave seen f 
 
 )ho7n you 
 
 'otc tear. 
 
 d? 
 
 :hy whoiny 
 
 ^^1 
 
 '.'e 
 
 OOligkt. 
 
 L'ami dont i'ai mrl/. m, ^ 
 
 I^t-' papier dont lo mrlo T/,^^^ ^^^' 
 
 ^"^''^''^'^^'^^""'"^g of a. sentence. 
 '■^^^Qvr, Of,a/,om,fromu'kom. 
 
 •L>o qui p.irlez-voiis '■' n^' , 
 
 ^JODEL SeXTENCES. 
 
 J'anrais donne un parasol. / ,in„j j ; 
 
 L<e marchand aurait vendu i,n r/ 
 voile. '' "" ^'' "l''''^^"'^^ ^oidd have sold a 
 
 ^e..on.eur,ui au.it pan. ^. ...^ .;....,, ,„,, 
 
 I^a flour qui est sur la table n'T' ; 
 
 Qui serait bien aise '^ ^;,^'"^'''' ""^'^'^ ^ ^^ t^e talk. 
 
 le tapis que vous auriez achetr. nl' Z'.^, f !!7 ^^«^-^ 
 
1^ 
 
 
 i III- 
 
 1 1 
 
 226 FASQpKLLE'S 
 
 Le cordon que vous a^riez noue. 
 
 Le monuisior dont vous parlez. 
 Le poissou (lout il i)arle. 
 Do qui avcz-vous reyu cola ? 
 
 Do quoi auriez-vous parle ? 
 
 J aurais cu besoinf d'argent. 
 
 J'aurais ete bien aise de vous 
 voir. 
 
 Aurions-nou3 enteadu notre 
 ami? 
 
 INTRODUCTORY 
 
 2^ie string (which) you would 
 
 have tied. 
 T7ie joiner of n;hom you speak, 
 lliefish of which he speaks. 
 From whom have you received 
 
 that ? 
 Of what (uhout what) would you 
 
 have spoken f 
 I shoidd have been in need of 
 
 money. 
 I should have been very glad to 
 
 see you. 
 Should we have heard our friend? 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 Affaire, f. Afair. 
 Aise, Glad. 
 Ap])orte, Brought. 
 Arrivee, f. Arrival. 
 Associe, m. Partner. 
 Beignet, m. Fritter. 
 Bois, m. Wood. 
 Conduite, f. Conduct. 
 Crayon, m. Pencil. 
 Cueilli, Picked. 
 Cuisiniere, f. Cook. 
 Dans, In. 
 Dc^eune, Breakfasted. 
 
 Dont, Of which 
 
 Ete, Been. 
 
 Eu, Had. 
 
 Fait, Made. 
 
 Fleur, f. Flower, 
 
 *IIonte, f. Shame., ashamed. 
 
 *Huit, Eight. 
 
 Janibon, m. Ilatn. 
 
 Jartlin, ni. Garden. 
 
 Loner, 1. To ^^^aise^ 
 
 Mange, Eaten. 
 
 Mill-, Ripe. 
 
 Ouvert, Opened. 
 
 i 
 
 f See Lesson 20 
 
 A 
 
iY 
 
 yoii ivould 
 
 you spcah. 
 spcahs. 
 you recdvcd 
 
 t) would you 
 
 in need of 
 
 very glad to 
 
 lour friend? 
 
 PRENCH COURSE. 
 
 ashamed. 
 
 I. 
 
 .H 
 
 I 
 
 ■] 
 
 Parasol, m. Parasol, 
 Porte, f. Boor. 
 Pour, For. 
 Plus, 3Iore. 
 
 227 
 
 Pupitre, m. Desk. 
 Kien, Nothituj, not any 
 thing. 
 
 Taille, Mended, cut. 
 
 Exercise 115. 
 
 1 Le parasol que nous vous aurions (lonu6 est beau 
 2 ^ ous ne i'aurions pas louo. 3 II nous aurait parle de 
 nos aftaires. 4 De quoi vous aurait-clle parle ? 5 Kile 
 ne in'aurait parlo de rieti. G xXous aurions ole bion 
 nises de leur anivee. 7 Nous aurions re^u plus ouo 
 notre associe. 8 Nous n'aurions pas eu tort.* 9 Elles 
 auraient eu lionte de leur conduite. 10 Le bois dont 
 vous nous parlez n'aurait pas ete bon pour nous. 
 11 >.o..s n'aurions pas cueflli cette fleur. 12 Vous 
 n'aunc. pas ouvert la porte du jurdin. 13 Nous 
 n aunons pas mang6 le jambon que vous avez aj.porte 
 4 La cuisiniere nous aurait fait de bons beignets. 
 1- Nous aunons dejeun6 ee niatin a huit heures. 16 Le 
 nut que vous auriez apporte n'aurait pas ete mur. 
 17 II n'aurait pas taille ce crayon. 18 Le erayon dont 
 vous parlez est daus mon pupitre. 10 De qui I'avez- 
 vous re^u ? , 
 
 Exercise 116. 
 
 1 Would you have mended my pencil ? 2 I would 
 have mended your pencil. 3 You would have given 
 
 * See Lesson 20. 
 
228 
 
 fasquelle's inteoductobt 
 
 u« a fine parasol. 4 We should have praiso.l your 
 conduct. 5 What would you have brouol.t ? 6 Wo 
 wouhi have brouo-ht good ^vood. 7 Would you have 
 been glad of their ar,-ival ? 8 We sliould have been 
 very glad of their arrival. 9 We should not have been 
 ashamed of our conduct. 10 We should not have 
 eaten ripe fruit. 11 We would iiave eaten the fritters. 
 12 VV^ouId you not have received more than your 
 partner? 13 My partner would have opened the 
 garden door. 14 They would have eaten the fruit 
 winch you have brought. 15 The ham of which vou 
 speak .good. 16 You would have praised the ij.n. 
 17 Ai^e flower ot which you speak is beautiful. 18 Of 
 whom do 3^ou speak? 19 The wood of which you 
 spea. IS good. 20 You would not have praised hin. 
 ^1 .>ly SIS er would have praised our garden. 22 The 
 C00.C would have made good bread. 23 You M'ould 
 have given us the beautiful flower. 24 We should not 
 have breakfasted at eight o'clock. 25 Wlf r wo ^ 
 you have opened ? 20 I would havo opened your desk. 
 
 LEgON LX. LESSON LX. 
 
 THE IMPERATiyE.-TlIE FQUE CONJUGATIONS. 
 
 1. The imperative lias no first person in the singular. 
 
 2. The terminations of the other persons, in thi first 
 conjugation, are the same as those of the present of the 
 mdir r, ve, with the exceptioi. of (he secoml person, 
 
tT 
 
 lised your 
 t ? G * Wii 
 1 you have 
 liuvo been 
 have been 
 
 not have 
 le fritters. 
 ;han your 
 )enetl tlie 
 
 llie fruit 
 
 iJlicll YOU 
 
 the ham. 
 I. 18 Of 
 'hich you 
 ised him. 
 22 TJie 
 >u M'ould 
 lould not 
 It would 
 our desk. 
 
 FEENCH COURSE. 
 
 'XS. 
 
 iingular. 
 
 the first 
 
 it of the 
 
 person, 
 
 ;^ 
 
 • 1 
 
 229 
 
 Jhich, in the imperative, has no .. The endin<.s are 
 ^j c, onsj ez, e?it. ° '^' ®> 
 
 3. PUKS.XT o. TUB IMPEHATXV^ OP DoN.VEn, TO 0,r,. 
 
 Donn-e 
 Qu'il domi-e. 
 Bonn- oils. 
 Bonn-ez. 
 Qu'ils donn-ent. 
 
 Give or gU^e thou. 
 Let him give. 
 Let us give. 
 Give or give ye. 
 Let them give. 
 
 4. In the other conjugations, the endinc^s are thp 
 
 ^d Conj. ,,, isse, issom, issez, zsse?it. 
 1, ^^"J; ois, Give, evons, evez, oivent. 
 4tli Conj. ,/,, de, dons, dez, dent. 
 
 ', ^™--^^'-' OP FixiK, Recevoib, .xb Yexdrb. 
 
 Fin-is, 
 
 Finish (jthou). 
 
 Qn'il fin-isse, 
 
 I^et him finish. 
 
 Fin-issons, 
 
 Let us finish. 
 
 Fin-issez, 
 
 Finish {yori or ye). 
 
 Reg-ois, 
 
 Receive (thou). 
 
 Qu'il rec-oive, 
 
 Let him receive. 
 
 Rec-evons, 
 
 Let its receive. 
 
 Rec-eveL, 
 
 lieceive {you or ye). 
 
 u lis fin-issent, Qu'ils re^-oivent, 
 
 Let them finish. Let them receive. 
 
 Ven-ds, 
 
 Sell (thou). 
 
 Qu'il ven-de, 
 
 Let him sell. 
 
 Ven-dons, 
 
 Let us sell. 
 
 Ven-dez, 
 
 Hell (you or ye). 
 
 Qu'ils ven-deut, 
 
 Let them sell. 
 
 6. Negative Foem of i„e lMrERAT,VE 
 Ne donne pas. ^„ „„, .^,^_ 
 
 Nerecevonspas. Z.« ,„„„, ,,-;;,/ 
 
980 
 
 i ii 
 
 FASQ17ELLb'8 intboductoey 
 
 Ne vendez pas. Do not sell 
 
 Qu'ils ne donnent pas. Let them not give. 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 
 Donnez ce beau cheval. 
 Qu'il parle a son ancien ami, 
 Ne pre tons pas notre argent. 
 Finissoz aussitut que possible. 
 Ne recevez pas sa lettre. 
 Qu'ils vendent meilleur marohe. 
 Vendez toutes vos marchan- 
 
 dises. 
 Agissez bien envers lui. 
 Agissons toujours bien. 
 Cherissez toujours vos parents. 
 Qu'ils finissent bientot. 
 Ne donnons pas cette belle 
 
 peche. 
 Mangez un morceau de pain. 
 Apportez ce livre, demain 
 
 matin. 
 Ne perdez pas patience, 
 
 Oive that heauilful horse. 
 Let him speak to his old friend. 
 Let us not lend our money. 
 Finish as soon as possible. 
 Do not receive his letter. 
 Let them sell cheaper. 
 Sell all your goods. 
 
 Act ivell towards him. 
 
 Let ns always behave well. 
 
 Always cherish your parents. 
 
 Let them finish soon. 
 
 Let us not give that beautiful 
 
 peach. 
 Eat a piece of bread. 
 Bring that book to-morrow morn' 
 
 ing. 
 Do not lose patience. 
 
 "VOCABULAEY. 
 
 Acier, m. Steel Avertir, 2. To warn, to in- 
 
 Admirer, 1. To admire. form. 
 
 Adoucir, 2. To soften, to Bonte, f. Kindness. 
 
 allemate. Coramencer, 1. To com' 
 
 Agir, 2. To act., to behave. mence. 
 Arrivee, f. Arrival Ecolier, m. Scholar. 
 
 { 
 
:y 
 
 PRENCU COUKSE. 
 
 t give. 
 
 iorse. 
 
 old friend. 
 
 Tioney. 
 
 ssible. 
 
 'ter. 
 
 I. 
 
 3 well, 
 parents. 
 
 2t beautiful 
 
 rrowmorn" 
 
 'n, to in- 
 
 s. 
 
 Tb com- 
 
 Effets, m. pi., Things. 
 \^{ En vers, Toioards. 
 
 I V Gardor, 1. ro>(-ee^,. 
 
 Gateau, m. Cake. 
 ' *ii6ros. 111. Hero. 
 
 Ileureiix, Ilappy. 
 Juste, Right, correct. 
 Loner, 1. Tojimise. 
 Meriter, 1. To deserve. 
 Mesdemoiselles, Young 
 
 ladies. 
 JMisei-o, f. Misery. 
 Monde (tout le), Evenj 
 body. 
 
 t 
 
 231 
 
 Oiseau, m. Bird. 
 
 Pauvre, ni. Poor man. 
 
 Perdro, 4. 7h lose. 
 
 Proter, 1. To lend. 
 
 Piix, ra. Price. 
 
 Puiiir, 2. Tojnmish. 
 
 Kc'pandre, To spill. 
 liendre, To render, to re 
 
 turn. 
 Reputation, f. Reputation. 
 Tapis, m. Carpet. 
 Ternir, 2. To tarnish. 
 Theme, ni. Exercise. 
 Tuer, 1. To kill. 
 
 Exercise 117. 
 
 1 Donnez du gateau h ces enfants. 2 Donnez une 
 plume d'acier a cette petite fille. 3 Ke louez pas ce 
 petit garcjon, il ne le m6rite pas. 4 Gardez le livre que 
 je vous ai prete. 5 Mesdemoiselies, commencez votre 
 tlieme. 6 Ne tuez pas ce pauvre oiseau. 1 N'admi- 
 rons pas ce heros.f 8 Ne punissons pas ces ecoliers ils 
 sont attentifs. Qu'il avertisse son pere de notre'ar- 
 iivee. 10 Adoucissez la misere du pauvre 11 Ke 
 termssez pas la reputation de vos parents. 19 Qu^n 
 regoive toujours ses amis avec bonte. 13 Vendons 
 tonjours a juste prix. 14 Agissons toujours bien 
 
 f The h is aspirated. 
 
232 
 
 fasqukj^le's introductokt 
 
 envers tout lo morulo. 15 Rendons toujonrs nos pa- 
 rents hcuroux. IG Ne r^pandons pas I'oncre sur le 
 tapis. 17 Xe perdez pas vos diets, et Ics cffcts de 
 votrc soDur. 
 
 ( 
 
 Exercise 118. 
 
 1 Praise that good girl, slio deserves it. 2 Givo 
 that good steel pen and keep the pencil. 3 Do not 
 keep the steel pen. 4 Do not keep the book which I 
 have given you. 5 Do not punish that little o-i,.J 
 C Let us receive our friends kindly (uith kindness) 
 - Act always well towards your friends. 8 Young 
 ladies, fiuish your exercise. 9 Sell always at a iust 
 price. 10 Do not kill those poor birds. 11 Let him 
 not tarnish his father's reputation. 12 Let us pity the 
 poor man's misery. 13 Admire those heroes.* 14 Al- 
 eviate their misery. 1 5 Act always well towards every 
 body. IG Render your parents happy. 17 Do not 
 ose your things. 18 Let us not spill the ink upon the 
 table. ^19 Punish your scholars, they are not atten- 
 tive. 20 Let us commence our exercises. 21 Let us 
 inform our father of our friend's arrival. 22 Liform 
 ray mother of their arrival. 23 Keep the cake which 
 your mother has given you, 24 Behave well towards 
 hnu {lui). 
 
 * Tlie h is aspirated. The s of ces is therefore not carried to the 
 next word. 
 
i" It E N c n O O tr K S E . 
 
 233 
 
 ;v 
 
 LEgOX LXI. 
 
 LESSOR LXI. 
 
 THE IMPEKATIVE, COXTINUED.-IRKEGULAR VEUBS. 
 
 1. The verb Aller, to </o, is irregular in tliis tens.- 
 tlio second person singular, however, is like the third 
 person snigular of tiie present of the indicative, and the 
 lirst and secon.l persons plural are like the correspond- 
 mg persons of that tense. 
 
 2. Imperative op Aller, to go, Affirmatively 
 
 AND XeGATIVELY, 
 
 Va. 
 
 Qu'il aille; 
 Allons,* 
 Allez. 
 Qu'ils aillent. 
 
 Ne va pas. 
 Qu'il n'aille i)as. 
 N'allons pas. 
 N'allez pas. 
 Qu'ils n'aillcnt pas. 
 
 Go thou. 
 Let him go, 
 ■Let lis go. 
 
 Go {ye). 
 Let them go. 
 
 L>o not go. 
 
 Let him not go. 
 Let us not go. 
 Do not go. 
 Let them not go. 
 
 3. Couynr, Cueilhr, OfFrir, <fcc., (Lesson 34, R. 4 1 
 although belonging to the second conjugation, take, in 
 the imperative, the regular endings of the/r6^^ 
 
 "^AUon^ is used as an intorjectiou, ana is then rendered in English 
 by Come! °^^ 
 
 AUons I mes amis, a Touvrage 1 Come, my friends, to work/ 
 
I 
 
 
 I' 
 
 234 fasqukllk's inteoductort 
 
 , IMPERATIVK. 
 
 Couvrir, to cover. Coiivrc, Cover thou. 
 
 Ciieillir, to gather, CaeilJo, Gather thou. 
 OfT.ir, «;o f>/^l7-. OfFro, Offer thou. 
 
 4. Those verbs of the second conjugation, which end 
 in ^«> and e;i^>, (Lessons 3G and 37), and those of the 
 fourth, ending in nire, aitre, and indre, (Lessons 40, 
 41, and 42,) are also like the present of the indicative, 
 except in tiio third person singular. 
 
 r, . TIUKD PERSON OT IMPERATIVK, 
 
 bcntw, to feel. . Qn'il sento, Zct him feel. 
 Venn-, to come. Qu'il vienne, Zet him come. 
 
 Condmvc, to co,iduct. QuMl conduise, Zet him conduct. 
 Connaitro, to knoio. Qu'il connaisse, Zet him knoio. 
 Pemdrc, to paint. Qu'ii peigne, Zet him paint. 
 
 5. The imperative of Avoir and Etkk is quite ir- 
 regular. 
 
 Aie, ITave thou. Sois, 
 
 Qu'il ait, Zet him have. Qu'il soit, 
 
 Ayons, Zet us have. Soy on s, 
 
 Ayez, Have {ye). Soyez, 
 
 Be thou. 
 Zjct Idm he. 
 Zjct us be. 
 Be {ye). 
 
 Qu'ils aient, Zet them have. Qu'ils soient, Zet them be. 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 
 Allons a Paris, demain matin. Let us go to Paris to-morrow 
 
 morning. 
 Qu'ils aiUent a I'ecole de bonne Let them go to school early. 
 heure. 
 
 Allons! mes enfants, etudiez Come! my thildren, study your 
 
 votre lecoru 
 
 lesson. 
 
FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 235 
 
 u. 
 
 'hich end 
 ie of the 
 isons 40, 
 dicative, 
 
 IVE, 
 
 ne. 
 
 onduct. 
 knoio. 
 Int. 
 
 quite ir- 
 
 hou. 
 him be, 
 us be. 
 
 "hem be» 
 
 ■morrow 
 \dy your 
 
 / 1 
 
 N'allez pas au marche aujour- 
 d'hui. 
 
 Ne cueillez pas cotte poramo. 
 
 N'ouvrez pas la lerietre. 
 
 Offrc'z cette tlfur ii votre amie. 
 
 Fermez cette porte bieu vite. 
 
 Venez a deux lieures. 
 
 Ne venez pas trop tard. 
 
 Qii'ils viennent avant trois 
 
 lieures. 
 Conduisez ce pnuvre aveuglc. 
 Ne paraissez puL- afilige. 
 Ne craiguons pas nos amis. 
 N'ayez pas peurf de ce chien. 
 Soyons contents de notre sort. 
 
 Do not go to market to-day. 
 
 Do not pick that apple. 
 
 Do not open the windoio. 
 
 Offer thutjluwcr to your friend. 
 
 Shut that door very quickly. 
 
 Come at two o clock. 
 
 Do not come too lute. 
 
 Let them come before three o'clock. 
 
 Lead that poor blind man. 
 Do not appear grieved. 
 Jjct us not fear our friends. 
 Do not he afraid of that dog. 
 Let us he satisfied with our lot. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 Animal, m. A?iimal. 
 Chat, m. Cat. 
 Coniniission, f. Urrancl 
 Conduite, f. Conduct. 
 Contre, Against, with. 
 Craindre, 4. To fear. 
 Defendre, 4. To defend. 
 Desespoir, m. Despair. 
 Dc'sirer, 1. To loish, to de- 
 sire. 
 Ecole, f. School. 
 Eglise, f. Church. 
 
 Fache, Angry., sorry. 
 Gater, 1. To spoil. 
 General, ni. Goieral. 
 *Hache, 1'. Axe. 
 *nonte, f. Shame, ashamed. 
 Jours (tons les), Every day, 
 Malade, Sick. 
 Mechant, Cross. 
 Morceau, ni. Piece. 
 Oublier, 1. To forget. 
 Pom me, f. Apjjlo. 
 Peur, f. Fear, afraid. 
 
 f See Lesson 20. 
 

 l\ 
 
 236 
 
 PAflQufeLLE's INTKODUOTORT 
 
 Pl;iii)(lro, 4. To pity, 
 Qiiolqiios, A few. 
 Kc'duirc, 4. To reduce. 
 Tard, Znte. 
 Temps (a), In time. 
 
 Toucher, 1. To touch. 
 Troj), Too 7nuvh, too mamj. 
 Vieille, Old woman. 
 Vite, Quick, quickly. 
 Voir, a. 2h see. 
 
 Exercise 119. 
 1 Allez cliez co monsieur, il desire vou.s voir. 2 N,.^,j^^ 
 pas a Pecoie co matin, vous etcs malado. 3 Allons ' 
 mesam.s,cuei!le. ciucIques],ommes. 4 x\o soyez ,m 
 fache SI nous venons' trop tard. 5 X'ayo. pas peur * 
 mon enfant, le chat n'est pas HK-chant. G Xe toudlo^s 
 pas la hache, nous la gaterions. 7 X'oftrez i)as dc naiu 
 u cet enflu.t. 8 Ome. un morceau do v!I^ Ho 
 
 10 Qu'elles viennent a huit heures. 11 Xe conduisez 
 pas CO garyon chc. lo general. 12 Plai-mez cetto 
 pauvi-e ^.eUle. 13 Xo eraigne. pas tons le^ animau.^ 
 U Noubhez pas ma commission. 15 Xe soyons pa. 
 faches contre elie. IG Xo reduisons pas nos parents au 
 desespon-. 17 Defendonstoujoursnosamis. 18 Venez 
 
 20 Qu'ils aillent a I'eglise tons les jours. 
 
 Exercise 120. 
 
 1 Come to my house in time. 2 Do not go to vour 
 brother's. 3 Go to her house, she wishes to see you. 
 
PUKNCII COUKSE. 
 
 ■.yi 
 
 237 
 
 4 Come, young la.lios, pick s^omo flower^.. 5 Como u 
 Hgl.t O'clock. Let us not bo afniid of the ,1,,'.. 
 . Do not bo afWiid of the horse, my chiUl. 8 Do not 
 touch the cat, ho is cross. 9 Let us go to church this 
 'nonm.g. lo Let us pick a fe^v apples in the gar.leu. 
 11 Do not bo angry with that little girl, sho i. not 
 m.ss._ 12 Let hiui not reduce (drive.) his parents to 
 despair. 1;} Let us not fear that n.an. 11 Defend 
 always your friends, my chihl. 15 Let us not co.uo 
 00 late 10 Go to school to-day at eight o'clock. 
 1/ Coiuluct our triend to the general's, l.s Ofll.r a 
 piec. of bread to that child. 19 Do not spoil the axJ, 
 20 Go to church every day. o| j^,.^^i ^,,.^^ . ^j^ 
 
 nian to your house. 22 ^> . uo, bo angry with us. 
 23 Go o my i^ther's, he wishes (to) speak to you. 
 
 LEgox LXII. LESSON LXII. 
 
 PLACE OP PEOXOUNS WITH THE IMPERATIVE. 
 
 1. We have seen, Lesson 43, that certain personal 
 pronouns are placed before the verb. 
 
 2 When however, the verb is in the second person 
 of the singular, or m the first or second person of the 
 >Iural ot the Imperative not conjugated .e^ati.oi^ 
 those pronouns come after the verb ; two of them, me 
 and te, however, are changed into moi and xoi. We 
 Avill Jicre repeat the list. 
 
1 ■!!: 
 
 2S8 
 
 fasquelle's inteoduotobt 
 
 Moi, J/e, to me. 
 
 Toi, Thee, to thee. 
 
 Le, Him, it, masculine. 
 
 La, Her, it, in the feminine. 
 
 Lui, To him, to her. 
 
 Nous, Us, to us. 
 
 Vous, You, to you. 
 
 Les, Them, ) 
 
 Leur, To them, \ ^""^^ ^^^^^ genders. 
 
 En, Of it, of them, some, any. 
 
 Y, To it, to them, there, at that ^ylace. 
 Donnez-moi du lait, Give me some milh. 
 
 Parlez-lui cordialement, ^peah to him cordially 
 
 Conduisez-le chez son frere, Take him to his brother^s. 
 Donnez-cn, Give some of it. 
 
 ^"ez-y, Q^ ff^^^,^^ 
 
 3. With those persons of tlie Imperative used affir- 
 matively, tlie pronoun representing the object comes 
 before that representing the person. 
 
 Donnez-le-nioi, Give it to me. 
 
 Conduisez-le-lui, TaJce him to him. 
 
 4. E7i and Y, however, follow the other pronouns. 
 Donnez-lui-on, Give him some. 
 Conduisez-1'y, Take him there. 
 
 /5. With those persons of the Imperative used nega-^ 
 tively and with the third person of the singular and 
 plural, the pronouns precede the verb according to 
 Lessons 43 and 44. 
 
 '>;■:§! 
 
 "■» 
 
FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 239 
 
 ■ 1 
 
 I : 
 
 lilh, 
 
 rdially, 
 
 brother^s. 
 
 sed affir- 
 it comes 
 
 im. 
 
 nouns. 
 
 !<3 nega' 
 liar and 
 dinof to 
 
 
 Ne le lui donnez pas, 
 Xe lui parlez pas, 
 Xe lui en donnez pas, 
 Qu'il lui parle, 
 Qii'il ne lui parle pas, 
 
 Do not give it to him. 
 Do not speak to him. 
 Do not give him any. 
 Let him speak to him. 
 Let him not speak to him. 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 
 Prt'te»-moi de I'argent. 
 Ne me pretez pas d'argent. 
 Vendez-nous cette maison. 
 Ne nous vendez pas cette 
 
 raaison. 
 Tendez-Ia-Iui. 
 Ne la lui vendez pa?. 
 Racontez-nous cette aventure. 
 Ne nous la racontez pas. 
 Racontez-nous-Ia. 
 Conduisez-nous dans la biblio- 
 
 th^que. 
 Ne les y conduisez pas. 
 Conduisez-nous-y. 
 Envoyez-leur de belles p^ches. 
 
 Envoyez-leur-en." 
 
 Ne leur en envoyez pas. 
 
 Lend me some money. 
 
 Do not lend me any money. 
 
 Sell us that house. 
 
 Do not sell us that house. 
 
 Sell it to him. 
 
 Do not sell it to him. 
 
 -Relate that adventure to us. 
 
 Do not relate it to tis. 
 
 Relate it to us. 
 
 Take us into the library. 
 
 Do not take them there. 
 
 Take us there. 
 
 Send them {some) heatdiful 
 
 peaclies. 
 Send them some. 
 Do not send them any. 
 
 Voc 
 
 ABUL AR Y. 
 
 Accepter, 1. To accept. Amitie, f. Friendship. 
 Acheter, 1. To buy. Attentivement, Attentimly. 
 
 Anner, 1. To like, to love. Autrui, Others. 
 
 Aisc, Glad. 
 
 UieuLot, /Soon. 
 

 I 
 I ■ 
 
 :M 
 
 240 
 
 FAS<iUELLK's INTBODUCTOBT 
 
 Bijou, 111, Jeioel. 
 
 Cacher, 1. To conceal. 
 
 Cliorchcr, 1. To seek. 
 
 Coiiduire, 4. To conduct, 
 
 to lead, to take. 
 Defeiulro, 4. To defend. 
 Demander, 1. To ask. 
 Desirer, 1. To wish. 
 Euvoyer, 1. To send. 
 Faiite, f. Fault. 
 Feuille, f. Sheet. 
 Frangais, ni. Fi-ekch. 
 Ilistoire, f. History. 
 Lettre, f. Letter. 
 Meriter, 1. To deserve. 
 
 Offrir, 2. To offer. 
 Orfovre, ra. Goldsmith. 
 Papier, m. Pa2)er. 
 Pieter, 1. 7h lend. 
 Pi-opre, Ow)i. 
 Piinir, 2. Tojnmish. 
 Qiuind, When. 
 Racoiiter, 1. To relate. 
 Refuser, 1. To refuse. 
 Rien tlu tout, Nothing a% 
 all. 
 
 Siueei-ernent, Sincerely, 
 Toujours, Always. 
 Tout, All. 
 Y, There, 
 
 E X E n c I s E 121. 
 
 1 Donnez-leur tout ce quails deniaudent. 2 N"e leur 
 refusez rien du tout. 3 Xe ]e cherchez pas co matin 
 il n'est pas cliez lui. 4 OilVez-lui votre aniitie, il 
 I'acceptera. 5 Ne la lui oftVez pas, il nc I'acceptera pas 
 6 Condmsez-nous chez I'orfevre, nous desirous acheter 
 desbijou.Y. 7 Conduisez-nous-y bientot. 8 Ne nous 
 punissez pas pour les fautes d'autrui. 9 Punissez-nous 
 pour nos proprcs fautes. 10 Xe leur cachez pas tou- 
 jours vos flutes. 11 Xe les leur cachez pas, lis vous 
 aiment suicereraent. 12 Defendez-les toujours, lis 
 mentent votre amitie. 13 Etudiez le fran^ais, etudioz- 
 le attontivement. 14 Xe leur envoy ez pas cette lettre 
 cette semaine. 15 Envoyez-la-leur quaud ils seront 
 
 'i% 
 
BT 
 
 b'. 
 
 'dsmith. 
 •ir. 
 id. 
 
 lis/i. 
 
 relate, 
 'fuse, 
 Vothiuff at 
 
 \cerely^ 
 s. 
 
 FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 241 
 
 2 Neleur 
 ce matin, 
 ainitie, U 
 l)tera pas. 
 IS achetur 
 Ne nous 
 issez-nous 
 ; l)a8 tou- 
 , ils vous 
 jours, ils 
 , etudicz- 
 tte lettre 
 Is seront 
 
 
 (Lesson 54, Rule 8,) a la niaison. lo Protcz-nioi uuo 
 leiiille de papier. 17 Pretez-m'en une. 18 Ne tu'cii 
 pretez pas. 19 Xo me racontez i)as cutto histoirc. 
 20 Racontez-la-Ieur, ils seront bieu alses, 
 
 E X E 11 c I s E 122. 
 
 1 Give tliem those jewels. 2 Do not give tliose 
 jewels to tlie goldsmilh. 3 Give them to me. 4 Do 
 not give them +o uim. 5 Accei)t all that he olFers 
 you. G Offe :. .n those jewels, do not ofler them to 
 me. 7 Do uji punish them, punish us. 8 Punish 
 them for their ow i faults. 9 Do not defend them, 
 they do not deserve your friendship. 10 Send tliem 
 that letter. 11 Send it to them this week. 12 Do 
 not lend them those jewels. 13 Let us study French 
 {le fra/ifais), let us study it attentively. 14 Do not 
 lend them a sheet of paper. 15 Take us to the Look- 
 seller {libmire), we Mish to buy some paper. 16 Do 
 not take the child to the goldsmith. 17 Do not punish 
 them. 18 Punish him, do not punish her. 19 Relate 
 that story to us. 20 Relate it to him. 21 Do not 
 relate it to them. 22 Do not offer him your friend- 
 ship. 23 Send it to them when they are at home. 
 {See No. 15 of the exercise above.) 24 Offer her that 
 jewel, she will accept it. 25 Offer it to her, 26 Do 
 not offer it to her, 
 
 16 
 
242 
 
 IlfTEODUCTORT 
 
 ^EgO.V xxin, I.ESSOK LXIIr 
 
 '•T'.oe„di„g3 of author " ^°"^'""'«-. 
 
 --' ^. -. ., .04 fc, :","" ^'■™'^" ^'-b^ - »..•» tense 
 
 2- These terminations it „.;„ , 
 'hose o^he present . f the iKil- T'""'' '"' "^e 
 fe-'t'on, with the except on o , 7 "'" "'''' '""J"" 
 
 ».■o^i:e:t;^c•^thr • '^ f •" --^--s--. *,., 
 
 »f «.e ph„.a,. ^F those Z"" ' '"^ '" ""-^ P<="o» 
 nwt Lesson. " '''° 'Conjugations, sec the 
 
 5- Present of n™ o 
 
 X'i^'T ^™'- "- ~™ ^^"' ^''-«- - 
 
 Q"e je donn- 
 Q»eje vend- 
 Q"e je sent- 
 Que j'offr- 
 Q»e je cueill- 
 
 Qtie tu donn- 
 Qiie tu vend- 
 Que tu sent- 
 Que tu offr- 
 Que tu cueill- 
 
 es. 
 
 ■^/^«^ Ima^ sell. 
 
 ^lat Immjfeel 
 ^at I may offer, 
 -i^at I may gather. 
 
 ^'lat thou mayest sell, 
 ■^utt tho^c mayest feel. 
 
 j^^^^fou mayest offer, 
 ^-fiat thou mri^i^cf ^.j 
 
 /5. 
 
F K E N C U C O U It S E . 
 
 243 
 
 <v 
 
 /'' 
 
 Qii'il donn- 
 Qu'il vend- 
 Qu'il sent- 
 Qii'il offr- 
 Qu'il cueill- 
 
 Que nous donn- 
 Que nous vend- 
 Que nous sent- 
 Que nous ofFi-- 
 Que nous cueill- - 
 
 Que vous donn- 
 Quo vous vend- 
 Que vous sent- 
 Que vous offr- 
 Que vous cueill- . 
 
 Qu'ils donn- 
 Qu'ils vend- 
 Qu'ils sent- 
 Qu'ils oifr- 
 Qu'ils cueill- 
 
 That he may give. 
 That he tnay sell. 
 • e. That he may /eel. 
 
 That he tnay offer. 
 That he may yather. 
 
 That loe may ylve. 
 That we may sell. 
 ■ ions. That toe may feel. 
 That we may offer. 
 That toe may yather. 
 
 That you may give. 
 That you may sell. 
 iez. That you inay feel. 
 That you may offer. 
 That you may gather. 
 
 That they may glue. 
 Tliat they may sell. 
 ent. TJiat they may feel 
 That they may offer. 
 That they may gatJier. 
 
 6. The student will perceive by the above mcdel» 
 that Sentir, and the other verbs of the second conjuga- 
 tion, ending in tir (Lesson 36), and also Ouvrir, Couvrir, 
 Offrn-, Cueillir (Lesson 34), are conjugated in this tense 
 like the verbs of the first conjugation. 
 
 
 T erbs of the second conjugation, ending in enir, 
 also take the above endings, but vary in the first part 
 
944 
 
 F^BQni.r.T,E's INTKODUCTOBT 
 
 0. PUKSE.VT O, S.B„.^CT,V. OP All.„, „ ,0 
 
 Qnetuaii.es. ^ l^'""^^"' 
 
 Quo nous anions. ^^a tr^'^- 
 
 Qu'ils aillcut. n f/"""^^"' 
 
 ^/i«? i/iei/ 'may go. 
 
 Model Sextexces. 
 
 m 
 
 Que j'e vous donno du papier. 
 Qu'il etudie ses lecons. 
 Qu'il m'offre son amitie. 
 
 Je desire qu'il vienne. 
 
 Je Eouhaite quo vous alliez a 
 
 recole. 
 Que vous peigniez un portrait. 
 Que nous allions on Anglotcrre. 
 Qu'elle cueille une belle flour. 
 
 Que nous ouvrions cette porte. 
 Qu'elle arrive au point du jour! 
 
 That I may give you paper. 
 That he may study his lessons. 
 Tlmt^ he may offer me hisfrimd^ 
 chip. 
 
 Iioish that he may come. 
 
 I wish that you may go to school. 
 
 Tliat you may paint a portrait. 
 That we may go to England. 
 Tlmt Hhe may pick a heautifvl 
 
 flower. 
 Thd ive may open that door. 
 Tnai she may arrive at daybreak. 
 
 'r 
 
 f I 
 
OBT 
 
 Ii those verbs 
 nd huh-e. 
 ' Immj come. 
 That I mai) 
 
 conduct. 
 ImaijjMint. 
 
 first part of 
 
 , TO 00. 
 
 yo. 
 
 -fyest go, 
 (JO. 
 go. 
 
 vgo. 
 y go. 
 
 'J' paper, 
 his lessons, 
 le his friend- 
 
 :ome. 
 
 go to school 
 
 a portrait. 
 
 England, 
 a heautifiX 
 
 T,t door, 
 ■t daybreak. 
 
 r 
 
 'r' 
 
 FKEXCII COURSE. 
 
 Qu'il sente scs torts. 7>7,.w 7 . , , 
 
 A / n. -'''^^ '^^ "2«'/ feel his rrrarf 
 
 Aj Q"e vous mangiez un morceau. nut you may eat a ML 
 
 24* 
 
 ; 
 
 V O C A II 
 
 U L A n Y . 
 
 AUemagno, f. Oer>?m„i/. 
 
 Aller, 1. Jhffo. 
 
 Aiigleterro, f. Emjlana. 
 
 Annee, f. J^a;\ 
 
 A temps, In time. 
 
 Aussi, .d/50. 
 
 Chez, At or ^0 ?;<t^ house of. 
 
 Couoher, in. Setting. 
 
 Craindro, 4. To fear. 
 
 Ciieillir, 2. To pick. 
 Ciiltivor, 1. To cultlmte. 
 Dire, 4. To sag, to tell, 
 Ecule, f. School. 
 En-eiir, f. Mi.stal-e. 
 Faire, 4. 7b W2«^-e. 
 Desircr, 1. To ?/j^Vj. 
 Ici, Here. 
 
 Jardinier, m. Gardener. 
 Jour, Dag. 
 
 Legmne, ni. Vegetable. 
 Lever, m. i^/^e, ;7"s//iy. 
 
 Littc'raturo, f. Literature. 
 ^latin, m. Morning. 
 Officier, in. (9^W. 
 Offrir, 2 2I> o/er. 
 Oiivrir, 2. lb open. 
 Parent, li-ehuion. 
 Parole, f. TFo^y/. 
 Porte, f. Z)oo;-. 
 
 Produire, 4. To jJroduce, 
 Prune, f! 7^/<^;,,. 
 licster, 1. To remain^ 
 Rue, f. Street. 
 Service, m. Service. 
 Soleil, m. Sun. 
 Souhaiter, ]. To loislu 
 Sortii-, 2. lb r/o out. 
 Tard, Za^e. 
 Tenir, To keep. 
 Toujours, Ahmgs. 
 Tout, Zl'ery, rt//. 
 Vt'rite, f. 7)'«^/i. 
 
 Exercise 123. 
 1 Je souhaite que vous venioz :V temn^ ^^ o-,- n 
 a:iIea.eeoIetouslesjou.s. 3 Que nousLr^J^^^:!;: 
 
246 
 
 'ASQUEtLE's INTKODtrCTOHT 
 
 tout CO qu'ils .Icsiront. 4 Q,..o vo„s lea conduiaiez chez 
 
 ' Jo,; ,^"" T' '^■■•■'«'»°'" 'I" &"■" <lo3 erreurs. 
 
 ■ ~ """■;; J^"-''"""- <=-'"« toujour^ lo, plus belles 
 
 9 Q!l.offi .•"""" *"""™ '""J"'^-^ "°t^« parole. 
 9 Quo 1 oftcer tienue toujour sa parole. 10 J„ so* 
 
 'or ,•::,:• , '^ "^^ j^ '"» °*" »- --vices. 
 
 1. Que je ne eur ouvre pas la porte de la rue 
 13 Queso„jard,nproduise toujours de bous l&„res' 
 
 ■ o„ M- "°'",«»'""'"" to'U""™ la litterature. U Q^e' 
 ous a hons chez votre frere tous les matins. 10 Qu- s 
 
 s:r::L''t"Qur^"'""^'-'™'^--^-' 
 
 tard 1 q Kr ■- • ^ "°"'' "" '°''"™s Pa^* trop 
 magno. 20 Votre mere desire qu'dle reste ici. 
 
 E X E U c I S K 124. 
 
 „./i !?"; f''^' "'■■" ^ "•'^ sH-0 you paper. 2 They 
 w.sl, that I may go to («) Germany. 3 We wth thi 
 ^ .0 may go to school every day. I You wish t at she 
 may cou.e every day. 5 That you may always cu tn 
 rate hterature. 6 I ,vish that you m.ay always ke™ 
 
 n T , ? ^'"" "-'^ '=°'"'^ '^"•« every mornins 
 10 I wish that you may fear the officer, n That th^' 
 
 rr:rjsrr?n\vi:^rhf-^™" ' 
 
 before («...) sunset. Z. I ^S^ ^ JrmTyX 
 
 r 
 
■:.'v-i;-Kii&~~ 
 
 TORT 
 
 conduisiez chez 
 mais de dire la 
 des erreurs. 
 les plus belles 
 iiotre parole. 
 '• 10 Jo so li- 
 te annee, car 
 mes services, 
 e de la rue. 
 3ons legumes, 
 ure. 15 Que 
 IS. 16 Qu'ila 
 Jtent jusqu'au 
 ions ])as trop 
 aille eii Alle- 
 te ici, 
 
 er. 2 They 
 Ve wish that 
 rah that she 
 ilways culti. 
 ihvays keep 
 always keep 
 ther's every 
 •y morning. 
 LI That the 
 le gardener 
 may come 
 LI may oSbr 
 
 FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 247 
 
 :\ 
 
 them your services. 15 Tliat you may not open the 
 street door to tlieni. 10 You wisii that our gardener 
 may pick the phuns. 17 You wish tiiat we may rro to 
 the gardener's every morning. 18 I wish that ''they 
 may set out at sunrise. 19 I wish that you may cul- 
 tivnte literature. 20 I wish that they may go to 
 England th.s year. 21 That you may not go out too 
 late. 22 Ti)at you may remain until sunset. 23 I 
 M'lsh that you may fear to make mistakes. 24 You 
 wish that my sister may go to Germany. 25 Tliat I 
 may offer you my word, 20 That the gardener may 
 cultivate vegetables. 
 
 LEgON LXIV. LESSOX LXIV. 
 
 THE SUnJUXCTIVE, CONTINUED.-SECOXD AXD THIRD 
 
 COXJUGATIOXS. 
 
 1. As we have said in the last lesson, the termina- 
 tions of the present of the subjunctive of regular verbs 
 ot the second conjugation are, in the present of the 
 subjunctive, preceded by iss. They are then isse 
 isses, isse, issions, issiez, issent. 
 
 2. Those irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, 
 
 ending in aitre or oitre, have the same endings Such 
 
 verbs, however, retain the a or o of the first part of the 
 word. i - - - 
 
248 
 
 I ! I 
 
 ^AflQr,«,,^B's INTBODtrCTOET 
 
 3. PlJESENT OP 'rtii> Q, 
 
 J-'iat Imay grow. 
 
 Quo tU fill. 
 
 Que tu conna- 
 Qiio tu cro- 
 
 Qu'il fin- 
 Qii'il conna- 
 Qu'il cro- 
 
 isses. 
 
 isse. 
 
 ^l^^^^ thou mayest finish, 
 ■that thou mayest hioio. 
 That thou mayest groio. 
 
 That he mag finish. 
 That he mag know. 
 That he mag grow. 
 
 Que nous fin- \ m, , 
 
 -^/<rt; we may grow. 
 Que vous fin- i rp, , 
 
 Quo vous conna. issiez 7^1 ^'" ^^'^^UMish. 
 Que vous cro- f ?!"' ^^'^ ^'^«y /^v.o... 
 
 ^/ia^ gou mag grow. 
 
 Qu'ils fin- 
 Qu'ils conna 
 Qu'ils cro- 
 
 That theg mag finish. 
 ■ assent. That theg may knoio. 
 That theg mag grow. 
 
 -ns of the Zsi^j^iiTT'r '" ''^ '"■•'^^ p»'-- 
 
 «.e endings of . , ' T , ''^ l'"''^"" P''"'"' ''^'ore 
 
 ^ cedilia ( 5 ) before o. ^^ "" ^^^"^ 
 
E OF FrxiR, TO 
 KOiTKE, TO GROW. 
 
 nay know, 
 nny grow. 
 
 u mayest finish, 
 u mayest know, 
 u mayest grow. 
 
 ^^ay finish, 
 'lay know, 
 lay grow. 
 
 ^(lyfinish. 
 ^<(y know, 
 lay grow. 
 
 nay finish, 
 nay know, 
 nay grow. 
 
 nay finish, 
 nay know, 
 ^^ay grow. 
 
 i ligation take, 
 
 he three per- 
 
 plural before , 
 
 tions become 
 
 Tile c takes 
 
 FRENCH counsE. 
 
 5. SrBJuxcTivE OF Hecevoih, to ueceive. 
 
 249 
 
 .\{ Q"e JG re^-oive. 
 Quo til rc^-oives. 
 Qii'il re9-oive. 
 Q»e nous rec-evions. 
 Que vous rec-eviez. 
 Qu'ils re(;.oivent. 
 
 ^hat I may receive. 
 T/iot thou mayest receive. 
 Tluit he may receive. 
 That ice may receive. 
 That yoH may receive. 
 That they may receive. 
 
 '■ 0,™""= "' •^™"'' - - -. -- fix.., .. ... 
 
 Quej'aie. 
 Qne til aies. 
 Qu'il ait. 
 Que nous ayons. 
 Que vous ayez. 
 Qu'ils aient. 
 
 Que je sois. 
 Que tu sois. 
 Qu'il soit. 
 Que nous soyons. 
 Que vous soyez. ' 
 Qu'ils soieut. 
 
 That I may have. 
 Tliat thou mayest have. 
 That he may have. 
 That toe may hare. 
 That you may have. 
 That they may have. 
 
 That I may be. 
 That thou mayest he. 
 Tliat he may he. 
 That v)e may be. 
 That you tnay be. 
 That they may be. 
 
 Ho DEL Se>^TENces. 
 
 Todesirequovousagissicbien. / „« „,ai "you „,„, m.„» 
 
 yu U fini3se do bonne heure 77,^/7,. ^ ., 
 
 Qu'elle soit bien attentive ^ ; ''""^'^""^ ^"'*^^- 
 
 i^cenuvu Tl.at she may be very attentwe 
 
 11* 
 
»"»^fc,„. 
 
 i-v him. ■' 
 
 Vuovou3connaissit"zvo3 devoirs nnt ,.«. 
 Q.nl. a.co„„ai..e,.. ,... a,r ^: /'l;;: ^-f *f- 
 
 '"py ni«y recoynize their 
 n,,^ „ , friends. 
 
 yue nous n'ayons pas tort n«y . 
 
 Que vous ayez toujour Tai.on n """' "'' ^^ ^^''"^• 
 
 josouhaite^ueoe^a:;;:.:^^:^::^::!'^'^^^^^^^ 
 
 sent bien. , ^'^"^^ ^^'''"' ^''^''^ "^oy r^row 
 
 On ^'^"- 
 
 Qu'i. soicot toujou. trop ura. T,a, tHe, „., „„„„,, ,, ,„„ ,,^ 
 
 V O C A B U L A 11 Y . 
 
 Amitiu, f. Fnendship. 
 
 Apertievoir, 3. To perceive. 
 
 Beaucou]), ^/,,cA, ^;i(^>,y. 
 
 Candeur, f! Ca^^f^y;.. 
 
 Concevoir, 3. 7b conceive. 
 
 Oonnaltre, 4. 7b /Cv^oi^. 
 
 Content, Contented. 
 Ooraialenient, Cordially. 
 Croitro, 4. 7b grow. 
 l^.inio, f. Zady. 
 J^'^'^Ji'it, ni. 7></c'C(;. 
 iX'siror, 1. To desire. 
 pevoir, 3. 7b owe. 
 I>^'\'oir, m. Z)^^^^^ 
 
 ^^'olier, m. Scholar. 
 EievG, m. P//yj//. 
 Envers, Toward.^. 
 Esj)tM-ance, f. 7/?,^,^. 
 Estinie, f: JS'6Yee;«. 
 Grand, (y^-eft^, large. 
 Ici, 7/6';'e. 
 
 Jamais, iV^yer, 
 
 T^c'^^unio, ni. T%6^'«J/^. 
 
 JMontrer, 7b show. 
 
 Paraitre, 4. 7b r(;j^;ear. 
 Ponctnol, Pitnctnal. 
 Prect'ptcur, in. Tlrw/^er. 
 Prospore, Prosperous. 
 Rapideinent, Bapidly, 
 
CTORT 
 
 be very studious, 
 receive him well, 
 have friendship for 
 
 ' know your duties. 
 ay recoynize their 
 
 not he wrong, 
 always he riyht. 
 '■I'! trees may grovj 
 
 ■Iwaya he happy. 
 
 always he too late. 
 
 'holar. 
 ml. 
 
 tlope. 
 °xm. 
 large. 
 
 Ggefable, 
 \oio. 
 
 ((ppear, 
 'tnal. 
 Teacher, 
 uerous. 
 (pidly. 
 
 \ ( 
 
 < > 
 
 FBENCU COURSB. 251 
 
 Reconnaitre 4. To recog- Soulmiter, 1. To ^cish 
 
 nize to acknowledge. Stu.lieux, Studious. 
 Remphr, 2. To/uljill. Tar.l, Zate. 
 
 j Re«ter, 1. To remain, Tot.jou.s, Alwags, 
 
 Exercise 12% 
 
 2 Nous desn-ons quo vot.s rcstiez toujour, id. a Quo 
 nos e eves Hoient toujours attontit:.. 4 Que cos da.ncs 
 oient toujours ponetuelles. 5 Quo vous aycz toujou s 
 laison, et jama.s tort. Quo vous montHe. tou our. 
 beaucoup d'amit.e potir nous. 7 Qu'ils agissent tou- 
 jours avec candour. 8 Que vous conceviez boaucoup 
 1 estnno pour hn. 9 Que vous connaissiez vos devoirs 
 10 Que Hies enfants ren.plissent tonjours leurs devoirs.* 
 n Quo nous no devious pas beaucoup. 12 QuMIg 
 aper^oivent la inaison do leur frere. 13 Que nous no 
 rcconuaissions pas nos amis. U Je souhaite que vous 
 soyez toujours prosp^ros. 15 Quo ces legumes ne crois- 
 sent pas trop rapidoment. 16 Quo nos 6coliers soient 
 bien studieux. 17 Qu'ils agissent toujours cordiale- 
 ment envers leurs precepteurs. 18 Que vous n'ayez 
 pas toujours tort. 19 Que nous connaissions nos cl6. 
 tauts. 20 Que vous paraissiez toujours couteut. 
 
 Exercise 126. 
 
 bim ^ r'il*''"^ ^^'' "'-'^ '^"'"^^" "^"^'^ friendship for 
 mm. 2 That vnur Kv/^+i.^« ^-- „,- . ^ 
 
 ,, _ui ......v.ivi may not conceive great 
 
252 
 
 P Al 
 
 know his duti J T I ' ''"'■"'"• ' '^''"" '"^ '"■■'y 
 
 8 Tta\ the volt bt-r,T '■""='"'" ^•""'- «°'"1^- 
 M-i.h that y„; ,..;'' ^'''''"■«"''™I-".v. 10 1 
 
 11 That thosr sc hoh,. , ^■°"'' "■'^■'"'■^ ""'■''■••■'"y. 
 
 scholars ,nay ,,e,ceivo my fri„>LT;i -n T "'" 
 "ot alu-ays be ,vro„.. n Tha ' " ^''^" I '"'V 
 cordially towards incC lo T t,i?" "''^' "^'"'^'' "'' 
 osteem for me 17 T ' ; I n ^^' ™""'-""'" '"'"'b 
 
 » That the t/ya:„.;:f^ ,;■;?"■ >"" "^•'■-'^• 
 wish that tlie child ,LT "•■'■ ''"'"-"'• 20 I 
 
 -y .■eco,„i4t:rZr.?:iSi ,-/'- >- 
 
 I'omain here. 23 Tl,« ,.„ ^^ '"='y "»' 
 
 2-1 That my children mfvl' '"Y '"" ""■<= ""«=''■ 
 
 their teacher. ^TtI at tiev ,'""°", "''""^ '"'■ ("<""■) 
 tented. ' '""^ '""y "'^'^^ appear con- 
 
 l^EgO^ LXV. LESSON LXV 
 
 ™^ r.sx 0. x„. St.B,t,.CTXV..-..00H., .K .„s 
 
 pa.t participle of the pri..;:' f^ "'' "'" '"^ 
 
iinctiial. 4 Tliat 
 5 That he may 
 
 may always be 
 fly always grow 
 20 your friends, 
 o rapidly. 10 1 
 iends cordially. 
 ^11 their duties, 
 • jo That the 
 t-i That I may 
 ^ay always act 
 conceive much 
 ii'iy always be 
 
 your defects. 
 ' duties. 20 I 
 
 21 That you 
 they may not 
 ^ owe much, 
 em for (pow) 
 i appear coa- 
 
 FEENCU COURSE. 
 
 o 
 
 o'd 
 
 , NE PLUS. 
 
 'osed of the 
 KE, and the 
 
 •^^ 
 
 2. Past op ruK ,Su,«l-.>,ctive ot Dovvpp t.' 
 
 Q"0 nous ayons vendu nf, , ""'^ f "' '''''•«■"«'• 
 
 ■l/uu they may hacefinisk l 
 
 . . KEGATIVE FORM. 
 
 yuo je n'aio pas donne T/i^n r. 
 
 Que tu n'aie pas fid tZ t ' ""' '"'' ''''''' 
 
 ^ "• ^''^'ithou may est not have 
 
 (\ ,M . finished. 
 
 trs'pasSsr-^'^''''' '--■"• 
 
 vendu. ' "^^ ""'y ""' ''«»« "oW- 
 
 Q.^^ ™us „vez pas 77.. ,„„,„„,„, ,„„^ ^.^^,^^ 
 
 Qu'ils n'aient pas fi„i. r/««/.^,,„«^„,,,„,,^,,,,^^^ 
 
 ..sed-Sfveir^erT """V"' "'°'^' ^^^' ^ -' 
 iast example "^ ' *''''""S "^ '""^. "^ '" the 
 
 ^ai encore de I'argent, ZAa„, ,nore money 
 V ous avez encore des li wpq t- / '^^o^^ey. 
 
 T] , tiesiivies, i o^< have more hnnlo 
 
 I.^. a pas encore fi„Uay/« ,..„,,, ;;:^^,^,^.^ 
 
 lesson. 
 
 vousn'avezp usdemnipi- i- / -^ 
 
 Nous n-avon plu d'Z ' m '""^ '" '"'"■^^^"^^'•- 
 1 u encie, ^^e /iaye not any ink left. 
 
254 
 
 FASQUELL e's 
 
 INTROD rCT 
 
 R V 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 Ono ,r^ ^, ^'^'^^'^<^ -may have spoken Ennlish 
 
 Q" -b a,ent ripandu le oaffi. »«, fl,^ ,„„^ ,,^„ ,^.,,^ ^^^^ 
 Q.,^s^n„„s aient renJu nos 77.««S.j,™., Aa.e „,„„,,„„, 
 
 Que ™u3 ayez attendu votra r/«»<,»«..y to.«,^,,,,,,„„, 
 
 n .-, ". father. 
 
 Qu ds aient balaye la maison. 77.a^ they rr^ay have swept the 
 
 ^ '■ house. 
 
 Que nous ayons encore du drap. n.ai we may have more cloth 
 
 Que nous en ayons encorp TV,.,* . 
 
 J' uus encore. -Ihatwe may fiave more 
 Vue nous n en ayons nluq 77,r,i .... i 
 
 n„ . ^ ^'^"^ ^"^ '""2/ ^avs 710 more 
 
 Que sa soeur at reou une lettro TJ,ni Uo • / 
 
 ««, u une lettre. J hat his sister may have received 
 
 r» , „ • ^ letter. 
 
 Qu die au visiK le jardia n.l ,7« ,„«, ,,« „-,,,, ,,^ 
 
 ^ garden. 
 
 Quenousayonseneoredupapier. lUt we may /,«» „<,„ „„„ 
 
 Que nous en ayons encore. n<u „e Jy ;„. J^ ^''^"- 
 
 Quo nous n'en ayons nlus m^r.* i 
 
 yvwi pius. i/iat we may have no more. 
 
 "Vocabulary. 
 Afiable, Affable. Bon, Good. 
 
 Appns Ze«r«,?. Caoh«, C<,Hc,«fe<?. 
 
 Attc-ndu, .Eq^oferf. Carotte, f. Carrot. 
 
 Avantageu8ement,^&a„. Chou, m. Caiba>,e 
 tageously. Commis, m. Cfo-1' 
 
 * Tor the use of capitals, see « Larger Oo.i.-ae.» page 4G1. 
 
 t 
 
(^ T U Y 
 
 ES. 
 
 have spoken French, 
 have spoken English, 
 'y have studied Ger- 
 
 ay have spilled ihs 
 
 y have returned our- 
 s. 
 
 f have expected Tjouf 
 
 ^y have swept the 
 
 have more cloth, 
 have more, 
 have no more, 
 may have received 
 
 I have visited the 
 
 have more paper, 
 have more, 
 lave no more. 
 
 ?akd. 
 irrot. 
 
 llerh. 
 
 page 461. 
 
 PEENCII CO U USE. 
 
 :v\ 
 
 vl 
 
 Conduite, £ Conduct. 
 
 Correctement, Correctly. 
 
 Craint, Feared. 
 
 Demoiselle, f. Young lady. 
 Domestique, m. and f. ^'e;-- 
 
 vant. 
 Douceur, f. Mildness. 
 Encore, More, yet, still, 
 Ete, Been. 
 Eu, Had. 
 
 Famille, f. Family. 
 *Honte, f. tihame. 
 Langue,-f. Language. 
 Loup, m. Wolf, 
 Marchandise, f. Merchan 
 
 dise. 
 
 255 
 
 ^""avet, m. Turnip. 
 
 Kouvelle, mm. 
 
 Obtenu, Obtained. 
 
 Parle, Spoken. 
 - Place, f. Situation. 
 Plaisir, m. Pleasure. 
 Plus, More, No more. 
 Pois, m. Pea. 
 Rave, f. liadish. 
 Sole, f. Silk. 
 Teint, Pyed. 
 Teinturier, Pyer, 
 Traite, Treated. 
 Vendu, Sold. 
 Veiite, f. Truth. 
 
 EXEECISE 127. 
 
 1 Que nous ayons parle correctement. 2 Que ses 
 freres aient eu beaucoup do plaisir. 3 Je so ha to 
 qu.ls a:ent vendu leurs n.archaudises avanta.eu,^:^ 
 4 Qu'ils aient, obtenu une bonne n.aison. 5 Que son 
 eommis ait obtenu une bonno place. 6 Qu'il ait trak" 
 Bes domesfques avec douceur. 7 Quo .ot e an 1 
 re^u de bonne nouvelles de sa il.nille. 8 Qu'n'. 
 ^euhontedesa conduite. Que cette 1 iLl^ 
 
 oie 1^ O ^'' " ^-"tunerait teint beaucoup de 
 
 fi'Lise ^uT "'""""'^ "^"^ '-^^^^^^ '^ ^-^»'- 
 iidn^aise. 13 (Jue nous n'nynnai^o- "t*.--r * ? 
 
 - ..J — ^ ^u^ jj^^ utcuuciu notre pure. 
 
4(r^ 
 
 260 
 
 ill 
 
 'iSQUSLLB's lUTBODUCTOUV 
 
 .i.^"li"ier n'a pi,,., d, e>o„V i, n ' '■•■'™'- '' J^« 
 
 '9 ^^ous en avo„s enoot 20 L-. t 0^,"-'" '"'-^- 
 lil„9. -" -^'""'ojai-dmiern'oua 
 
 E X E n c I s E 128. 
 1 Tliat yo« may l.ave been aff),I,|o or,-. , 
 
 may have t.-eate,! your family;,,, , , ^ ;,,f ^ '« ^^o', 
 llmt yo,i may not Jiave conoeaie,! ,\1 , '"* 
 
 -hose young ,a„ie, may l.av , ^j rt'; ^, ?»' 
 
 grago- Tliai those vo„n, ?, ™'='' '•■"'- 
 
 vo.-y affable. 7 TbatL , ' °, "' "''"^ ''"^ "^««' 
 8 Tl,,u be mar not I . 7 T '"'•'^'^'«' ''^^ '^i'^to,-, 
 'l.at the .a, W.„ay ,::„"""' "" """^ » ^ «->> 
 ga,,,ene,.^b,... „o m,: ;'„;,;::" Tfn't^- " ^"° 
 '"™il«. 13 ire 1,1, ,„!: I > H« li.-« no mo,-o 
 
 Wemo,.e. U wtb" no"'™'' ""'' ''""• '' ^^° 
 i.ave spoken co,.,.!,:" ,7 Th"' '^ T'>at tboy may 
 
 sold V0,„- me,ehan,lii'o 1 ^'°" "'•'^ "<" 'we 
 
 clerk m.ay ba -o ■ ^d r"?'°°"^'^'- '' That tbe 
 18 Tbat be n!ay iZ ow" T" ^''""^ '"^ '^'^''y- 
 10Tl,attl,edy7mavb' ""T ''' """'' '^"''''°"- 
 may have lear^:d S:„; ?' "'""''• -'« '^'•••" J™ 
 
 -'- .nay have expeet, t friitat f '""! "'^ 
 expected my brothe,- 93 Tb. , ! "■''^' ''■■'™ 
 
 a good house. 24 That vmf ^°" T^ ''"™ ""^'"i™'' 
 French language cone tp- '% '^f ."T ''"'™ *"'' ' 
 spoken coiTCctfy. ■" -" ^"""^e may not have 
 
 I 
 
:; T o li Y 
 
 p. 1.3 K'avoz- 
 -» j'en ai eiieoic, 
 s raves, 1 7 Lo 
 'ICO re (les pois. 
 iardiuier n'eu a 
 
 2 I wish that 
 
 3 T]iat you 
 3SS. 4 I wish 
 uth. 5 That 
 
 ^''onch Jan- 
 y iiavo been 
 Gcl Jiis sister, 
 If: 9 1 wish 
 'cs. 10 Tho 
 lias no more 
 IS. 1.3 \7o 
 at they may 
 y not have 
 7 That the 
 his family. 
 
 situation. 
 > That you 
 
 That my 
 may have 
 e obtained 
 Joken the . 
 ' not have 
 
 t ^'^ 
 
 |{ 
 
 I 
 
 PEE2^CH COUESE. 
 
 267 
 
 LEgOxX LXVI. LESSON LXVI. 
 
 JUG ATI ON. 
 
 ^^_3. Ever, verb of tho first conjugation is Pog„,ar in .Lis 
 
 » ^^ OfO, AxND LXVOYER, TO SJ^JVD. 
 
 Que je donn- 
 Que j'aJl- 
 Que j'envoy- 
 Qiie tu donn- 
 Quo tu all- 
 Qiie tu envoy- 
 Qu'il donn- 
 Qu'il all- 
 Qu'ii envoy- 
 Que nous donn- 
 Que nous all- 
 Que nous envoy 
 
 asse. 
 
 asses. 
 
 assions. 
 
 That I might fjive. 
 That I m'ujht go. 
 
 That I might send. 
 That *hou mightest give. 
 That thou mightent go. 
 That thou mightest send. 
 That he might give. 
 That he might go. 
 That he might send. 
 That we might give. 
 That we might go. 
 That we might send. 
 
258 
 
 Fi.SQUELLE'B 1 1.' TE D U CT Ofi Y 
 
 
 Qnc voiis donn- 
 Que vous all- 
 Que vous envoy- 
 
 Qu'ild donn- 
 Qu'Ils all- 
 Qii'ild '..Mvoy- 
 
 assiez. 
 
 T//,at you might give. 
 That you mitjht go. 
 That you tmnja send. 
 
 That they might givr. 
 assent. That they might go. 
 That they might send. 
 
 NEG.r'-rvr:: Pouir o;.' donner. 
 
 Que je no donnasso pa^. That T m^n.* .. * • 
 
 (\,,^ . 1 ^ '^^'^'' -^ niig/it not qive, 
 
 »4jiie tu ue domiassGSTiai That //,^., ■ i/ 
 
 ^^w> ji.ti. j./iat thou mightest not 
 
 Qa il ne donnat pas. That he might not give. 
 
 Que nous ne donnassions pas. That we might not aive 
 
 Que vous no donnassiez pas. That you might njgi^e. 
 
 Qu ils ne donnassent pas. That they might not give. 
 
 Model S 
 
 Vous dfcsiriez que je vous 
 
 parlasse. 
 Qne vous allassiez a la ville. 
 Que j'envoyasse une tulipe a 
 
 ma soeur. 
 Que vous ne donnassiez pas un 
 
 abficot au petit garcon. 
 Qu'ils achetassent un beau 
 
 cheval. 
 Qu'il ohassat toute la journee. 
 Qu'il nous apportat la gazette. 
 
 Que reedier ne dechirat pa^: 
 son livre. 
 
 EXTENCES. 
 
 You wished that I might speak to 
 you. 
 
 That you might go to the city. 
 That I might send a tulip to my 
 
 sister. 
 Tliat you might not give an 
 
 apricot to the little hoy. 
 TJiat they might buy a beautiful 
 
 horse. 
 Tliat he might hunt the whole day. 
 That he might bring us the news- 
 paper. 
 
 : rit the scholar mght not ■■../• 
 ills book, 
 
CTOE Y 
 
 might give. 
 might go. 
 nv.'jh.t send. 
 
 might give, 
 might go. 
 might seyid. 
 
 ER. 
 
 ■ight not give, 
 u mightest not 
 
 light not give, 
 light not give, 
 might not give, 
 might not give. 
 
 '' I might speah to 
 
 fjo to the city, 
 nd a tulip to my 
 
 ht not give an 
 little boy. 
 buy a beautiful 
 
 nt the whole day. 
 ing us the news- 
 
 inight not ,<,a/' 
 
 FRENCH COUBSB. 
 
 259 
 
 s \ 
 
 .nI 
 
 Que vous taillassic. votre Ka< ,ou „,,Ht „e„. ,„„. 
 „ ■^ ■ pencil. 
 
 leson '"""' """"^ '^''t-'^r,^i,J^t.,uiy our lesson. 
 
 Que^^on cousin C'tadiat Thia- m,tkU cousU r.i,kt .m,j ku. 
 
 tory. 
 
 V O C A B U L A K Y . 
 
 Aelieter, 1. To buy. 
 
 Algobre, f. Algebra. 
 
 Aller, 1. To go. 
 Amener, 1. To bring. 
 An, ni. Year. 
 Caller, m. Copy-booh. 
 Chez, At or to the home of. 
 Connaissance, f. Acquaint- 
 ance. 
 
 Correctcment, Correctly. 
 Dans, In. 
 
 Dechirer, 1. To tear. 
 Domoisdle,f. Young lady. 
 Desirer, 1. To desire. 
 Dix, Ten. 
 
 Douceur, f. Mildness, hind- 
 
 ness. 
 Drap, m. Cloth. 
 £colier, m. Scholar. 
 Espagnol, m. Spaniard. 
 Etudier, 1. To study. 
 
 Gens, Peojyle. 
 
 Geometric, f. Geometry. 
 
 Gibier, m. Game. 
 
 Ileure, f. IIci,. 
 
 Italien, Italian. 
 
 Jeune, Young. 
 
 Maitre, m. Teacher. 
 
 Marclier, 1. To walJc. 
 
 iVIathematiques, f. pl.,Jf^, 
 thematics. 
 
 Mutlecin, m. Physician. 
 
 JMeilleur, Tietter. 
 Mener, 1. To take, to lead. 
 Monsieur, m. Gentleman. 
 Plume, f. Pen. 
 Precepteur, m. Teacher. 
 Rester, ]. To remain. 
 Rien, Nothing. 
 Tailler, 1. To mend. 
 Trailer, 1. To treat. 
 Ville, f. (7/^^. 
 
2G0 
 
 ^ASQUELLE'S INTRODUCTORY 
 
 KXERCISE 129. 
 
 1 Je di 
 
 lesirnis quo voiis m'cnvova.s.s.oz dii mhJnr 
 , 2 Que men a.nio ies traitut blon. ' 3 Qno nonf t J" 
 ' tassions ncs ontants avec douceur A On 
 Chez Jeur r.reeoteur - O ^ ''' '''"^'•'""<^ 
 
 ent .talien. lo Q„e jo „o j,a,-la.,so pas l'esi,a<v„oI 
 Jieuios. 18 Qu'il aclictat beaucoup do dran ion 
 
 Exercise 130. 
 
 1 You ironld wish (Conditional, Lesson «n tl.nt T 
 ^..Sht send yon a copy-book. 2 That C J, t t] 
 yon game. 3 Tl,at „.y bvotho.. .night send /o e " ' 
 4 rhat yon ™,ght send me those yonng peon e 
 6 Tl at I ,n,ght take my children to (dA my acina t' 
 ance s. That the physician's chi d,-en JiX^ZZ 
 
 \„A- .",■ 8 ^ *0"lil wish that tl]ose vouno' 
 lad.es m,ght speak correctly, 9 That we might takf 
 
ly 
 
 dii gibier. 
 
 nous trai- 
 ls allassGiit 
 ^Mienassicz 
 es connais- 
 5. 8 Qu'il 
 J'allassions 
 
 ne dechi- 
 iidiassions 
 issent Ics 
 X Ja gc'O- 
 
 correcte- 
 
 espagnol. 
 
 otte ville. 
 
 ions deux 
 
 19 Que 
 
 that I 
 flit send 
 )u cloth. 
 
 people, 
 cquaint- 
 t study 
 e might 
 
 young 
 ht take 
 
 »N 
 
 FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 our cousin to your liouso. 
 
 261 
 
 "light speak Sj^aiiisl 
 
 10 That tlio pi 
 
 '• 1 1 That the teacher nii.ri 
 
 lysieiaii 
 "ly pen 12 Tiw. ,J., . .""-7"." ''^"^"^'i- niignt niend 
 
 gontlema,,. iVtI t, 2 ]"f'"°' S" to that 
 copybook 1 3 T • ° '"'^' ""-'" "°t "■•'"• I'"- 
 
 yo" o ,ou.. CO ,sh : ■ :"T,:.:riT'- Tr "T '"-^ 
 
 correctly. 17 Tin tl,o f„, I '* ^l'^'* Vnish 
 
 l^use. 18 Tin! t r ,"■■'■ ""g''t ™«i" at your 
 
 "»<.. i» llut lie might buy cloth in 'ni . i 
 
 ™.gl.t take l,k consh, to our ho,fse »n T , ., , " 
 -ia„ ,„i„|, b„y the best cCr^rTIn .":,!/; 
 desne to speak to yon 2" Thot ) • ='" 
 
 LEgoX LXVII. LESSOy LXVII 
 
 rHK ,,,rBnPKcr o. the st,B,™cT,yE, co.vt,™^^ 
 
 SEC„™ .Kt. Kouura co«„«l„o,, ''^'•- 
 
 1. The terminations of the imperfect of i1,„ - i,- 
 tive, in the seeorM and f,„„.,l snbjuno- 
 
 j- , >^i"i"i ana tonrth e(Miiu<'at oii« t.,1-,. .■ \ 
 
 tore the <.niliiK-s ..iveri in ti„. « . J 'o''™ns, take ^ bo- 
 
 . , "'o'^ t5** " n ni tile first rile nffli/i 1.. .t 1 
 
 Q'le je fin- . v^/ . r . , 
 
 Que je vt'11,1- [ 
 
 ^/<a^ Im'ujJit sell. 
 
'4 ■ " 
 
 2'jJ 
 
 FASQUiCLLB S INTRODUCTORY 
 
 Que tu fin- 
 Quo tU VGIUI- 
 
 Qu'il fin- 
 Qu'il vend- 
 
 Qiie nois lin- 
 Que noui vend- 
 
 Quo Tons fin- 
 Qiie YoiH vend- 
 
 Qu'iis fin- 
 Qii'ils vend- ' 
 
 ) 
 
 isses. 
 
 h. 
 
 I issiei 
 
 issions. 
 
 iscnt. 
 
 T/iat thou mightest finish. 
 That thou mijjhtest sell. 
 
 Tliat lie might finish. 
 That he might sell. 
 
 That ice might finish. 
 That ice might sell. 
 
 That you might finish. 
 That you might sell. 
 
 That they might finish. 
 That thei' might sell. 
 
 3. Cueillir, Offrir, and those irrognlnr verbs of tk(f 
 Seconal conjuoation named in Rule 4 of Lesson 34, take 
 the above rei^nilar terminations; so do also the verbs 
 of the second conjugation ending in tlr, such as Sentlr, 
 Partli\ tfcc. Lesson 30, Rule 1. 
 
 Que je cueill- 
 Que j'ottV- 
 Que je sent- 
 Que je part- 
 
 ■:^e. 
 
 That 1 n tight gather. 
 That I >lght offi.r. 
 That I might feel. 
 That 1 might set out. 
 
 4. In those irregular verbs of the fourth conjugation, 
 ending in iilre and Indre (Lessons 40 and 42), tho 
 above endings are used; the f - t part of tho word, 
 however, is a little chanrred. 
 
 5. Lmperfect of the Subju^-ctive of Conduii. ' 
 
 AND PeINDKE. 
 
 Que je conduis- ) That I might conduct. 
 
 Que je peign- f ^ ^' That I might paint. 
 
rORT 
 
 fhtest finish, 
 (htcst sell. 
 
 ^^ finish, 
 ! sell. 
 
 t finish, 
 
 t sell. 
 
 ht finish. 
 
 ht sell. 
 
 ht finish, 
 ht sell. 
 
 verbs of tkdf 
 isson 34, take 
 Iso the verbs 
 icli as jSentir, 
 
 ff other, 
 of'.r. 
 feel, 
 set out. 
 
 conjugation, 
 iiid 42), tho 
 3f the word, 
 
 F COXDUIR 
 
 io)iduct, 
 
 jainL 
 
 FRENCH COURS 
 
 E 
 
 ?63 
 
 Que tu coiKluis- 
 Quu tu puigu- 
 
 isses. 
 
 Qu'il conduis- 
 / Qu'il peign- 
 
 Que nous conduis- \ . 
 Que nous poign- j ' 
 
 Que ^ous conduis 
 
 That thou mir/htest conduct 
 That thou ml^/hte 
 
 jjuint, 
 jj^ That he might conduct. 
 
 That he tniyJtt ^xiint. 
 
 issions. ^'''^'^ ''"^ ""'^'^'^ conduct. 
 That c might jjaint. 
 Que ^ous conduis- ) T>hr.t .. • » 
 
 Quo vnn« . . r \ i'^^ioz. t,^''^ -^^^ '"'"'l^'^ conduct. 
 v^ue V ous DCMT'n- i n'h,.* . > 
 
 i'^'n" ) -^'Mt you might 2xtint. 
 
 Qii'ils conduis- \ Ti...* *j 
 
 ' = ' T'Mt they might paint. 
 
 com',/' 7""'' r" ""•'"• "'"^ "'°^"= ^■'■'■*^ "f '1"^ «'00na 
 tlie ^oU., above enj.ngs, and tl,„ e ,,f cnir Jro,>pea. 
 
 Que jo v-insse. 
 Que tu v-insses. 
 Qu'il v-int. 
 Que nous v-inssions. 
 Que vous v-ins$iez. 
 Qu'ils v-inssent. 
 
 That I might come. 
 That thou mightest come. 
 That he might come. 
 That loe might come. 
 That you might come. 
 That they might come. 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 
 n,,^,- 1- * , -f^''^^-"' {^'^'^^ to finish) VI u work 
 
 Que V tre fr^re rendit justice a Tnat your J.n/A.r mi-^hf So a\, 
 
 render) justice to his enemies. 
 
864 
 
 FASQ t; KI, LkVr INTROnUCTORT 
 
 i 
 
 I ill 
 
 -, .ki 
 
 i 
 
 Que le profcsseur vint toujoura 
 
 VI temps. 
 Quo nouH amissions loujours bien. 
 
 Quo je lui off:i.<s(! mon amitio. 
 
 Que nous partissions de bonne 
 
 heure. 
 Que V0U3 cueillissiez tie belles 
 
 roses. 
 Que nous no lo conduisissions 
 
 pas. 
 Que vous no detruisissiez pas 
 
 vos Iiabits. 
 Qu'ils ne peignissent pas bien. 
 Qu'ils craignisseut leurs parents. 
 
 Tliat the professor might ahi;ay$ 
 
 come in time. 
 That we mijltt always behave 
 
 well 
 
 Tlxat Imi<jhtofferhim my friend' 
 
 ship. 
 Tliut we might go away early. 
 
 Tliat you might pick heaiitfnl 
 
 roses. 
 That we might not lead him. 
 
 That you might not destroy your 
 
 clothes. 
 Tliat they might not paint well. 
 Tliat they might fear their parents. 
 
 Vocabulary. 
 
 Affaire, f. J fair. 
 Agir, 2. To act, to behave. 
 Amitie, f. Friendship. 
 Beau, bel, Fine, handsome. 
 Blame, ra. Blame. 
 Bonne heure (do), Early. 
 Chez, At or to the house of. 
 Couduire, 4. To conduct^ 
 
 to lead. 
 Construire, 4. To construct. 
 Craindre, 4. To fear. 
 Cueillir, 2. To (jathcr^ to 
 pick. 
 
 Delai, m. Delay. 
 Dt'sirer, 1. To loish. 
 Detruire, 4. To destroy. 
 Edifice, m. Edifice. 
 Es[)erance, f. IIop)e, 
 Favour, f. Favor. 
 Fleur, f. Flower, 
 Jamais, Never, 
 Jardin, m. Garden. 
 Maison, f. House. 
 Marcbandisc, f. Merchan,' 
 
 dise. 
 Offrir., % To offer. 
 
 [if 
 
ORT 
 
 r mi(jht ahvuys 
 
 always behava 
 
 hhn my friend' 
 
 away early, 
 
 pick beautiful 
 
 t lead him. 
 
 jt destroy your 
 
 ot paint well. 
 r their 2Jarenis. 
 
 FliENCll COURSE, 
 
 200 
 
 ji'sh. 
 destroy. 
 
 ice, 
 'ope, 
 
 r. 
 
 Jen. 
 
 o 
 
 Merchari' 
 r. 
 
 ^ 
 
 i 
 
 Oiivrir, 2. 71 
 
 
 
 open. 
 
 iSc'iilir, 2. 7b feel. 
 
 Partir, 2. To go away^ to Sortir, 2, To yo out. 
 
 set out. 
 l\'iii(]re, To pmint, 
 riiis tut, Sooner. 
 Porte, f. Door. 
 I'ossiblo, l^oHHiUe. 
 Professoiir, in. Professor. 
 Kc'poiulro, 4. To reply. 
 Sans, Without, 
 
 Souliuiter, 1. To loinh, to 
 
 desire. 
 Tiird, Lute. 
 Tot, Soon. 
 Troj), Too., too 7niff/i, tuo 
 
 many. 
 Vuiulro, 4. To sell. 
 Vonir, 2, 2o come. 
 
 Exercise 131. 
 
 1 Vons souhaitiez que jo vinsso clicz vous. 2 Vons 
 desirioz que je vous veii.lisso celte inuisoii. 3 (^ue ces 
 jcunea gens poigiiissent bien. 4 Qii'lls no craigtiissent 
 pas le blame. 5 Qu'ils conduisissetit bien leurs allUires. 
 6 Que nous sortissions le plus toL possiljle. 7 Que ces 
 messieurs partissent sans dc'lai. 8 Qu'ils detruisissent 
 ces belles esperances. 9 Que nous construisissions lui 
 bel editice. 10 Je souhaiterais que vous agissiez tou- 
 jours bien. 11 Que nous ne vinssions jamais trop 
 tard. 12 Quo vous sentissiez ces favours. l:{ Que jo 
 n'oftrisse pas inon amitie. 14 Qull nous ollVit sea 
 services. 15 Que nous cueillitsions les ])lus belles lleurs 
 de votre jardin. IG Que nous iui offrissions ces belles 
 marchandises. 17 Que nous lui ouvrissions la porte. 
 18 Que le professeur vint toujours cliez nous. 19 Qii'il 
 Vint de bonne heure. 20 Qu'ils vinssent toujours trop 
 tard. 21 Qu'ils repondissent a notre lettre. 
 
 12 
 
f 
 
 ^1 
 
 1 1 i 
 
 266 FAflQUKLLK'fl INTRODUCTORY 
 
 E X K li C I S K 132. 
 
 1 You wished that we might go out early, 2 Those 
 gcntleuH'U wished tiiat wo niiglit sot out hito. li That 
 you might reply to our letter. 4 That you might 
 buihl (construct) a beautiful house. 5 That ou»- tricud 
 might always act well. I wished that you might 
 8ot out without delay. 7 That you might not Tear my 
 frieudohip. 8 Tiiat you might always come to our 
 house. 9 That you might feel my friendship. 10 That 
 you might never come too late to our house. 1 1 Thii.t 
 wo might ollei" luni our frieiulship. 1 -2 That the gentle- 
 men might oiler us their services, lo That the pro- 
 fessor might not conu? to our house. 14 Tiiat you 
 might feel your friend's favors. 15 That you might 
 pick the most beautiful ilowers. 10 Tiiat he mi^ht 
 pick the beautiful roses (w.sv .s-) . 17 That they might 
 not destroy my hopes. 18 That you might destroy 
 that merchandise. 19 That my friend might coma 
 without delay. 20 That they might not fear his favors. 
 21 That they might sell their merchandise. 22 That 
 you might not go away too soon. 2S That they migiit 
 not come too late. 24 That you might come to m/ 
 house, 25 That they might come to tliQ physician's. 
 
 I 
 
 LEgON LXVIII. LESSON LXVIII. 
 
 THE IMPERFECT OF THE SUBJUXCTIVB, CONTINUED. — 
 THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 1. The general terminations of the imperfect of the 
 subjunctive vj the third coniun'ation are »M'eceded 
 
)RT 
 
 ly. 2 Those 
 ite. o Tlmt 
 ' you might 
 ;it our friend 
 t you niiulit 
 
 not ll'ur my 
 ;ome to our 
 ip. 10 That 
 ;c'. 11 That 
 it the tiiiiLlc- 
 liat tho [)ro- 
 -t That you 
 : you miglit 
 at lie might 
 
 they might 
 ght destroy 
 iniglit como 
 If his favors. 
 2. 22 That 
 , they migiit 
 ;ome to my 
 (hysiciaii's. 
 
 XVIII. 
 
 iTINUED. 
 
 rfcct of the 
 e preceded 
 
 \ 
 
 >^ 
 
 FRENCH (lOU II H V. . 
 
 207 
 
 by 7,, and become usse, usses, ut, msions, mslcz, 
 
 2. Tiiose irregular verl.s of tiie fourth conjiK-iLi.^n 
 ^vhich end in cfitre and oitre, lake in this tense, as iu 
 tlu) past delinite, ti»e terminations of the tiurd coniu- 
 galion. "^ 
 
 '■'. Impeufkct ok Tine SiiuirxrrivK of HiTEvuni 
 
 TO RECEIVE, AM) COxVNaItkk, TO KNOW, ' 
 
 Que je ree- 
 Que je coim- 
 
 Qiie tu rer- 
 (2ue tu comi- 
 
 Qii'ij reg- 
 Qii'il conn- 
 
 t usse. 
 V usses. 
 
 f 
 
 Que nous rer;- \ 
 Qiic nous conn- [ 
 
 (^iie VOU3 re(;- 
 Qiie vous conn- 
 
 iit. 
 
 ussion^ 
 
 ussicz. 
 
 Qu'ils re(;- 
 Qu'ils conn- 
 
 ussent. 
 
 Tluit I tiiitjlit recelne. 
 Thdt Iuu(jht kiioio. 
 
 That UhjH iHi'/hfcst reeetue. 
 That thou tuiijhtcst htouh 
 
 Th.at lie itntjJd rcccioe. 
 That he, iiihjht kiioto. 
 
 IViat 'ire viif/ht reeeim. 
 That we inhjlit know. 
 
 That yon mhjJtt rcecim. 
 That yott hiiyht knoin. 
 
 That the;/ vin/ht receii^e. 
 That they iniyht kuom. 
 
 4. Those irregular verbs of tho second an.l Iburtfi 
 conjugations whicli take the endings of tlie j)ast dcfinifo 
 of the third conjugation, lake also the endings of tlia 
 imperfect of the subjunctive of the same. 
 Courir, to run. Qno, j(. cour-usse, 2yait I mhjht ran, 
 Mourir, to die. Que je mour-usse, That I nwjht die. 
 
268 
 
 FA3QI7EL7, 3'0 I^CHOD-JCIORT 
 
 Boire, to drink. Que je b-usse, That I might drink. 
 Croire, to believe. Que je cr-usse, That I ) night believe. 
 Lire, to read. Que je 1-usse, That I might read. 
 Plaire, to phase. Que je pl-usse, That 1 might please. 
 
 5. Avoir and Etre have also the above terminations, 
 "but are irregular in the tirst part of the word. 
 
 6. Imperfect of the Subjunctive of Avoir, to 
 HAVE, AND Etre, ro be. 
 
 Que j'eusse, 
 Que tu eusses. 
 Qu'il eut. 
 Que nous eussions. 
 Que vous oussiez. 
 Qu'ils eussent. 
 
 Que je fusse. 
 Que tu fusses. 
 Qu'il fut. 
 
 Que nous fussiong. 
 Que vous fussiez. 
 Qu'ils fussent. 
 
 That I might have. 
 That thou mightest have. 
 That he might have. 
 That toe might have. 
 That you might have. 
 That they might have. 
 
 That I might be. 
 That thou Slightest be. 
 That he might be. 
 That ice might be. 
 Tfiat you might be. 
 That they might be. 
 
 Model Sentences. 
 
 Je desirais quo vous connussiez I wuhed that you might know 
 
 vos devoirs. your duties. 
 
 Quo vous reijussiez mes amis. T/iat you mitjht receive mij friends. 
 
 Qu'il aper^ut la colline de sa T/iat he might perceive the hill 
 
 maison. from his house. 
 
 Que je courusse plus vite que 77iat I mvjht run quicker than 
 
 mon fr^re. ray broiher. 
 
'(jht drink, 
 l(jht believe, 
 '/ht read. 
 Ight please. 
 
 jrrainations, 
 I'd. 
 
 Avoir, to 
 
 am. 
 
 itest have, 
 have, 
 have. 
 \ have, 
 t have. 
 
 test be. 
 ><?. 
 be. 
 be. 
 t be. 
 
 might know 
 
 ve my friends, 
 ceive the hill 
 
 quicker than 
 
 FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 269 
 
 ■1 
 
 Que je busse trop d'eau. 
 
 Qu'il crut tout le monde. 
 
 Que nous bussions une tasse de 
 the. 
 
 Que nous n'eussions pas tou- 
 jours tort. 
 
 Que vous fussiez tres dillgente. 
 
 Qu'ils n'eussent jamais raison. 
 
 Qu'ils parussent toujours con- 
 tents. 
 
 Qu'ils lussent ce livre attentive- 
 ment. 
 
 27iat I might drink too much 
 
 toaier. 
 TJiat he might believe every body. 
 TJiat we might drink a cup of 
 
 tea. 
 That ive might not ahoays he 
 
 tcrong. 
 That you might be very diligent. 
 Tliat they might never be right. 
 Ttiat they might always appear 
 
 contented. 
 T/iat they might read that book 
 
 attentively. 
 
 V O C A B U L A R Y . 
 
 .Affiibilite, f. Affability. 
 Apercevoir, 3. 'To perceive. 
 Avec, With. 
 Beaucoup, Much. 
 Boire, 4. To drink. 
 Convaincu, Convinced. 
 Courir, 2. To run. 
 D'aborcl, At first. 
 Dans, In. 
 
 Decevoir, 3. To deceive. 
 Dusirer, 1. To desire. 
 Diligent, Diligent. 
 Eaii, f. Water. 
 Erreur, f Error. 
 Fatigue, Tired. 
 Fille, Girl. 
 Horn me, m. Man. 
 
 *ITonte, f. Shame, ashamed. 
 
 Jamais, Never. 
 
 Jeunc, Young. 
 
 Lire, 4. 7o read. 
 
 Mieux, Better. 
 
 Paraitre, 4. T'o appear. 
 
 Petit, Little. 
 
 Peur, f. Fear, afraid. 
 
 Plus, More. 
 
 Raison, f. Reason, right. 
 
 Reconnaitre, 4. To recog* 
 
 nize. 
 Soiihaiter, 1. To loish. 
 Tort, m. Wrong. 
 Tout h, fait. Quite. 
 Trop, Too, too much, 
 Vite, Quick^ quickly. 
 
I ill! 
 
 1 Que JG roconnusso la petite fille. 2 Que son frere 
 ne la reconnut pas d'abord. 3 Qu'il ne panU pas tout 
 a fait convaincu. 4 Qu'ils ne nous apercussent pas. 
 5 Que vous aper^ussiez votre crreur. Que vous ne 
 lussiez pas nies lettres. 7 Que jo Lusse trop d'eau. 
 
 8 Que je ne courusse pas toujours dans le jardin. 
 
 9 Que la petite lille courut trop vite. 10 Que nous 
 ne fussions jamais fatigues. 11 Que vous ne nous 
 re^ussiez pa^ avec affabilitc. 12 Que le jeune liomme 
 de(;ut k>s amis de son frcre. 13 Nous desirerions quo 
 vous fussiez Leaucoup plus diligents. 14- Nous sou- 
 haiteiions que vous nous recussicz niieux. 15 Quo 
 nous n'eussions jamais tort. 16 Que vous eussioz 
 toujoui-s raisou. 17 Quo \os frorcs n'eusseut ni lionte 
 ni pour. 
 
 ExEnciSE 134. 
 
 1 That wo might know our duties. 2 That you 
 miglit receive your friends Milh aftlibility. 3 That 
 your brother might appear quite convinced. 4 That I 
 might no\-er be tired. 5 That you might never de- 
 ceive the young man. That the young man might 
 never deceive his brother. 7 That I miglit drink 
 water. 8 Tliat wo might not drink too much Avater, 
 9 That M-e mioht not run too fast. 10 That you niicrht 
 not be too tired. 1 1 That the little girl might run in 
 the garden. 12 He wishes that M'c migh^. be more 
 diligent. 13 We would wish that lie might be more 
 diligcui. 14 That he might recognize us at lii'st. 
 
 I J 
 
roRT 
 
 Quo son frere 
 par lit pas tout 
 ercussent pas. 
 
 Que vous no 
 ;g trop d'eau. 
 ins le javdin.. 
 
 10 Quo nous 
 ,-ous no nous 
 jeune lioramo 
 C'sirerions quo 
 1-i Nous sou- 
 eux. 15 Quo 
 
 vous cussioz 
 sseut ui iionte 
 
 FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 271 
 
 2 That you 
 ility. 3 That 
 3d. 4 That I 
 >ht never do- 
 g man miglit 
 
 miglit drink 
 
 mucli water, 
 mt you miglit 
 
 might run in 
 ig!-^; be moro 
 ight be more 
 
 us at first 
 
 15 "We Avould wish that you might perceive your error. 
 10 We would wish that you miglit receive him well. 
 { 17 Tliat you might never be wrong. 18 That I might 
 always be right. 19 That you might be neither 
 ashamed nor afraid. 20 That you might be convinced. 
 21 That he might be diligent. 22 That the little girl 
 might not run fiist. 23 That you might not run too 
 fast. 24 That you might recognize me at first. 
 25 That you might not recognize him. 20 That we 
 
 mi 
 
 iilht not read his letters, 
 
 LEQOX LXIX. LESSON LXIX. 
 
 THE PLUPERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 1. Tiie pluperfect of the subjunctive is formed of the 
 imperfect of the subjunctive of Avoir or Etiie and the 
 past participle of the principal verb. 
 
 2. Pluperfect of Donneu, Fixiu, Recevoir, and 
 Vendre. 
 
 Que j'eusse donne. Tliat 1 might have given. 
 
 Que tu ousses lini. TJmt thou mlghtest have 
 
 Jill I shed. 
 Qu'il eut roQU. T/tat he might have received. 
 
 Que nous eiissions vendu. Tliat vui might have sold. 
 Quo vous eussiez donne. That you might have given, 
 Qu'il.s eussent fini. TJiat they might have fin-. 
 
 ished. 
 
 '^ms. 
 
272 
 
 FASQUffLI. B S INTRoDUCTOav 
 
 NEGATIVE FORM. 
 
 Que jo n'eusse pas doniie. That I might not have given. 
 Que tu n'eusses pas fiiii. That thou mightest not have 
 
 finished. 
 Qu'il n'eut pas requ. That he might not have re- 
 
 ceived. 
 Que nous n'eussions pas That v;e might not have sold, 
 
 vendn. 
 Que vous n'eussiez pas That you might not have 
 
 donne. given. 
 
 Qu'ils n'eusscut pas fini. That they might not have 
 
 finished. 
 
 Model S ]c x t e n c e s , 
 
 i 
 
 Que I'oratcur cut fini son dis- 
 
 cours. 
 Que nous eussions amuse les 
 
 cnfants. 
 Qii'ils eussent rcussi dans leurs 
 
 aflliires. 
 Qu'ils eussont etc affablcs. 
 Que votre tVere eut achete cette 
 
 maison. 
 Que nous n'eussions pas ecrit. 
 Que je ne lui eusse pas raconte 
 
 cette histoire. 
 Que vous lui eussiez dit ccla, 
 
 Que le marchand eut vendu 
 
 tout son drap. 
 Que nous eussions cultive notrc 
 
 jardio. 
 
 Thai the orator might have fin- 
 
 ished his speech. 
 Tliat loe might have amused the 
 
 children. 
 Tliut they might have succeeded 
 
 in tlieir affairs. 
 That tlicy might have been affalile. 
 Thai your brother might have 
 
 bought that house. 
 Tliat we might not have written. 
 TJuit I might not Iiave related to 
 
 him that history, 
 Tliat you migJit have told hint 
 
 that. 
 Tliat the merchant might have 
 
 sold all his cloth. 
 Tltat W" might have cultivated 
 
 our garden. 
 
» E'V 
 
 F R E X C ':I COURSE. 
 
 273 
 
 t have given. 
 'est not have 
 
 not have re- 
 
 othave sold. 
 
 \t not have 
 
 \t not have 
 
 ight have fin- 
 
 ve amused the 
 
 ave succeeded 
 
 }e heeii affable. 
 - miyld have 
 
 o 
 
 have written, 
 ave related to 
 
 ave told him 
 
 1 migld have 
 
 we cultivated 
 
 ■H 
 
 Que votre jardiuier cut planie Tliat your gardener might have 
 
 un verger. 
 
 planted an orchard. 
 
 V O C A li r L A R Y . 
 
 Agi, Acted, 
 
 Aiiii\\\\\Qn\Qx\\., Attentively. 
 
 Avant, Before. 
 
 Avis, m. Advice. 
 
 ]>ai'riero, f. Gate. 
 
 Bien, Well. 
 
 Cela, That. 
 
 Cg quo, That, v:hat. 
 
 Dit, Said, told. 
 
 Donne, Given. 
 
 Ecolier, m. Scholar. 
 
 Ecrit, Written. 
 
 Entreprise, f. Undertak- 
 
 Eto, Been, 
 
 Eu, Had. 
 
 Fait, Done, made. 
 
 Fenetre, Window. 
 
 Fermc', Shut. 
 , Fleur, f. Flov;cr. 
 Honorable, Honorable. 
 Interessant, Interesting. 
 Lii, Bead. 
 Obtenu, Obtained. 
 Occupe, Occupied. 
 Oiivert, Opened. 
 Perdu, Bost. 
 Position, f. Bosition. 
 Progres, in. Brogress, 
 Rapide, Bapid. 
 Reussi, Succeeded. 
 Rion, KotJiing. 
 Satisfait, Satisfied. 
 Succes, m. Success. 
 Tout, All. 
 Yerite, f. Truth, 
 
 Exercise 135. 
 
 1 Que vous cussicz fiui avant moi. 2 Que vous 
 n'cussiez pas reussi. 3 Qu'ils eussent obtenu tout ce 
 qu'ils desirent. 4 Que les ecoliers eussent fait des 
 progres rapides. 5 Que nous eussions lu attentive- 
 ment. 6 Que vous n'eussiez pas perdu votre aro-enf. 
 1 xiU'il eut occupe une position honorable, 8 Qu-iis 
 
 18 
 
r 
 
 '74 
 
 ,^ '^ -"^ ^ r E /. 7 P ' « 
 
 «"cec.., dans Icm-, n,,/ V" ''" '^"«sc„t toui„ "* 
 
 ic, !/'"■' '"'^■'■^■^^•■"'. l'^ O ^ "' "'"'^^ontpas 
 
 "« ieur eussicz ,7;f 7 , ■'^'^ ^^en a^rj 7 .- ^ 
 
 "'^•^'•™s dit eela ' '' '^''''^- '" «'•« no, . P"° 
 iiotroavis lo A ^"^ "ous voin ^m • ""'' 
 
 E-^EKciSE 136, 
 
 1 TU ^ ***"• 
 
 ^ -I flat Tre mio-jif i 
 .■"'Si" not !,ave nnlh.r'l '°^* T""'"^- ^ That „.. 
 
 ""g'" iiav-o s, c° '■"■"'°''' t''« truth l r, '"''• 
 '■■•^ -.nde,.ta r "• , / 1,'^"'^' "« -feft hav ^ I"/- 
 
 -insfte.I your f,iond 70 n,, ^^^^t Jon tni^ht h-^Z 
 
 »^^iiit have fiiiisJied our 
 
 li I 
 
o nv 
 
 dissent satis, 
 ^'i'^'i'-s eu (It, 
 "'^;"ssGnt pas 
 '««iez onvei-t 
 
 ; nous leur 
 ^Jons donnc 
 '' line fleur. 
 Quo nous 
 
 FRENCH COURSE. 
 
 275 
 
 That We 
 - ^'ii.shed 
 ^'-^ your 
 fiiiied ali 
 /led our 
 fi'iends. 
 lat you 
 3cess in 
 opened 
 indo\K. 
 
 book, 
 dvice. 
 
 That 
 
 they 
 have 
 'sfiod 
 
 our 
 
 book 21 That our fnend.s nnght have lost nothin,.. 
 ^- Ihat you might not have lost all, 23 That you 
 might not have opened the gate. 24 That you niitht 
 bave occupied an honorable position. 25 That my 
 triend might not have lost his money 
 
 The young student, having now become somewhat 
 famihar with the easier principles of the French lan- 
 guage, and acquainted witli the regular verbs and 
 those parts of the irregular verbs which have been 
 classihed in the foregoing lessons, will now be able to 
 t^ikethe Larger Course, or "JS^ew French Method."' 
 The earlier and easier lessons of the book will give him 
 a good opportunity of reviewing what he has'already 
 found m the Introductory Course, and enable him tu 
 study understandingly the more difficult portions of 
 the work. The verbs, in the larger work, are pre- 
 sented m different groupings ; and when the student 
 has passed through the lessons, he will, if his study has 
 been diligent, be conversant with the verbs, as well as 
 with the other j.ortions of the language. May success 
 attend him on that path whicli we have endeavored to 
 render pleasant as well as proHtable !* 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 •*• — TnE Days op the "Week TT Tut^ \t 
 
 Les Jours. 
 
 Biiniincho, 
 
 Lundi, 
 
 Mardi, , 
 
 Mercre';;, 
 
 Jeudi, 
 
 Ve:,dr«a;. 
 
 Samuui, 
 
 Les Mois. 
 
 Janvier, 
 Fevrier, 
 Mars, . 
 Avril, . 
 Mai, 
 Juin, . 
 Juiilet, 
 Aoiit,* . 
 Septembre, 
 Octobre, 
 Noveinbre, 
 Decembre, 
 
 Les Saisoxs. m. 
 
 Le printemps, 
 L'ete, . .' : • 
 L'automne, . 
 L'biver, 
 
 ^' The Days. 
 
 Sunday. 
 
 Monday. 
 
 Tuesday. 
 
 Wednesday. 
 
 TJ) ursday. 
 
 Friday. 
 
 Saturday. 
 
 II- The Months. 
 
 January. 
 
 February. 
 
 Marcli. 
 
 April. 
 
 May. 
 
 June. 
 
 July, 
 
 August. 
 
 September. 
 
 October. 
 
 ^'ovember. 
 
 Deeeinber. 
 
 The Seasons. 
 
 S prill;?. 
 Summer. 
 Autumn. 
 Winter. 
 
 • Pronounced nearJy like 
 
 00 in Engliib. 
 
,-^^' 
 
 OF THE Year, 
 "he Auxiliary 
 BS.— VII. Taa 
 
 )ays. 
 
 THS. 
 
 NS. 
 
 Les Nombues. 
 
 ,r(tintiux, 
 
 n, maec. \Jue,/im 
 
 . 3UX 
 
 Troirt 
 
 Quatro 
 
 Cinq 
 
 Six . 
 
 Sept 
 
 Huit 
 
 Neuf 
 
 Dlx . 
 
 Ouzo 
 
 Douzo 
 
 Treizo 
 
 Qiiiitorzo . 
 
 Quiuze 
 
 Seize 
 
 Dix-scpt . 
 
 Dix-huit . 
 
 Dix-ueuf . 
 
 Viiitft 
 
 Wuirt ct im 
 
 Vin<,'t-deiix 
 
 ViiiLft-tn/H 
 
 Viugt-qtiutro 
 Viii;.'t-einq 
 
 Vliiijt-six 
 
 Vingt-scpt 
 
 Vii)j,'t-liuit 
 
 Viij„'t-ueuf 
 
 Treute . 
 
 Trente et un 
 
 Trciite-deiix 
 
 Treute-troid 
 
 Trente-quiitrc 
 
 Treute-ciuq 
 
 Trente-six 
 
 Trente-sept 
 
 Trente-huit 
 Tiente-ueuf 
 Quaraiite . 
 Quarante et un 
 Qiiarante-deux 
 Quarante-trois 
 Qiiarante-quatro 
 Quarante-einq 
 Qiiarante-six . 
 Quaraule-sept . 
 Quarante-huit . 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 IV. The 
 
 Cardlniil V^itnhrrt 
 Nuuibera. "'■liwiii.-, 
 
 1 ' Premier, ma«c. Prem 
 
 2 ^ Di ixioiiie, secout) 
 
 3 ; Troi.siemo 
 
 4 (.iiiatriciiie . 
 
 5 <'iiKjui(:.|no . 
 fi : Sixieiiio 
 7|SeptiiJino 
 
 8 Iluitiumo . , 
 
 9 N'euviemo . . 
 
 10 Dixieme 
 
 11 <)iizitJmo 
 1- Dou/.ii'iiio . 
 
 13 Treizieme 
 
 14 QtiatoTziemo . 
 !•"> ciuiuzieino . 
 I'j Sfiziemo 
 n I Dix-septieino 
 l-^ I Dix-Luitieino 
 !'■' i Dix-iieuvieino 
 2" \'iii;i;tieino . 
 i^l V'iuift et iinieme . 
 2J yiiiiTt-deiixieino . 
 2-1 Viiigt-troisieme . 
 24 Viiiii:t-(iuatrii-mo . 
 
 yiiiu't-eiiu|iiietuo . 
 \iiiirt-sixieiiio 
 \^iuu't-se}>tienio . 
 yiiiirt-liuitieniG . 
 yiiigt-neuvieiue , 
 Treulieme . 
 'rreute et uiiiemo 
 Treiite-deuxieiiie 
 Treiite-troisieme . 
 Trente-quatrieino 
 i"reiite-ciiiqnieinG 
 Treiite-sixieme . 
 Trcnte-septietno . 
 Trente-liuitierno . 
 3'J rrente-iieuviemo 
 
 40 (iuarantit-nio 
 
 41 Ciuarante et iinieme 
 
 42 ^iuariinte-deuxieino 
 
 43 Qiiarante-troisieine 
 
 44 Quarauto-quatriemo 
 4;) Quaraiite-ciiinuieino 
 
 46 (iuarantc-sixienie 
 
 47 Quaraiite-septieme 
 
 45 Quuniute-luiitieme 
 
 27r 
 
 i> L'MDERS. 
 
 2"i 
 ■A7 
 2-^ 
 2 'J 
 30 
 31 
 
 33 
 34 
 3.5 
 3(5 
 37 
 SS 
 
 NiMiiljvrik 
 
 ■•'■rf'./em. Ut 
 
 do 2d 
 
 . 3d 
 
 . 4th 
 
 . 5th 
 
 . 6th 
 
 . 7th 
 
 . 8th 
 
 . 9th 
 
 • 10th 
 . 11th 
 . 12th 
 
 • 13th 
 . 14th 
 . 15th 
 . 16th 
 . 17th 
 . 18th 
 . 19th 
 . 20th 
 
 . 2isr. 
 
 . 22d 
 
 . 23d 
 . 2-ltlx 
 . 2.-,tli 
 . 26th 
 . 27th 
 . 28th 
 • 29th 
 
 . 30tli 
 
 , 31st 
 
 . 32d 
 
 . 33d 
 
 . 34th 
 
 . 35tlx 
 
 . 36th 
 
 . 37th 
 
 . 38th 
 
 . 39th 
 
 . 40tl» 
 
 . 41st 
 
 . 42d 
 
 . 43d 
 
 . 44th 
 
 . 45th 
 
 . 46th 
 
 . 47th 
 
 . 48th 
 
,?u 
 
 
 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 y 
 
 
 1V 
 
 S° 
 
 C/j 
 
 z. 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 11.25 
 
 1^ 
 
 128 
 
 tut 
 
 M 
 
 1^ 12.0 
 
 1^ 
 
 M- 11 1.6 
 
 ' 
 
 <^ 
 
 /; 
 
 
 
 '^^i 
 % 
 
 
 
 Piiotographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTCR.N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 '^^ 
 
 V 
 
 -^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 ■^ 
 
 
 .^\ Wr\ 
 
 yl^ 
 
 f^ 
 
 
 "^^ 
 
o 
 
 f/j 
 
ri 
 
 278 
 
 APPEXDIX. 
 
 
 Nijtnhro 
 CardinauT, 
 
 QuarautG-neuf 
 
 Ciiiquaute 
 
 Cinquante et im 
 
 Cinquante-deux 
 
 Ciuq^lallte-troii^ 
 
 Ciiiqiiante-quatre 
 
 €inquaiite-(.iiiq 
 
 Cinquante-!<ix . 
 
 Oiuquaiite-.-^ept 
 
 Cinquaute-luiit 
 
 Cinquaiite-iieuf 
 
 Soixaiite . 
 
 Soixante et un 
 
 Soixante-deux 
 
 Soixaiite-trois . 
 
 Soixante-quatre 
 
 i?oixaiitL'-ciiiq . 
 
 Soixaiite-six 
 
 Soixante-sept . 
 
 Soixaute-lmit . 
 
 Soixaute-neuf . 
 
 Soixante-dix . 
 
 JSoixaute ct onzo 
 
 Soixante-douze 
 
 Soixaiite-treize 
 
 Soixante-qiiatorzo 
 
 •Sojxaiite-qiiinze 
 
 i?oJxante-.xeize 
 
 Soixaute-dix-sept 
 
 6oixante-dix-}iuit 
 
 Soixaiifc-dix-ueuf 
 
 <^uatro-vinnrts 
 
 Qiiatre-viuL't-im 
 
 Qiiatre-vino't-denx 
 
 Qiiatre-viiiirt-trois . 
 
 <2uatrc-viu£rt-qnatre 
 
 <.iuatrc-viiiurt-einq 
 
 Qiiatre-viu^ft-six 
 
 <iuatre-vino^t-scpt 
 
 Qiiatre-viiiirt-luiit 
 
 Quatre-viust-iieuf 
 
 Quatre-vingt-dix 
 
 Quatrc-vinart-onze 
 
 Quatre-viiigt-douze 
 
 Quatrc-vinjjt-treize 
 
 Quatre-viii<rt-quntofze 
 
 Quatre-viiipt-quinzc 
 
 Quatre-viiifirt-seize . 
 
 Qnatre-vinet-dix-sept 
 
 4iuatre-viuart-di x-liuit 
 
 Cardinal 
 
 NuiiibiTs. 
 
 . 4'J 
 
 5l) 
 51 
 
 5 -J 
 54 
 55 
 5ij 
 57 
 5S 
 
 CO 
 (jl 
 0:i 
 
 01 
 Co 
 C'J 
 G7 
 
 O-'/in'i'fx, 
 
 •■iiiarante-neuvieme 
 Ciiiqiiaiitieiiie 
 Ciuquauto et iinieme 
 Ciiiqiiaiite-deuxieiiie 
 «'in iUaale-truisiLine 
 CiiUiUaiite-quatriOme 
 CiiKiiiaiite-einqnieme 
 Ciiiqiiaute-sixieme 
 <-'inquaiite-septicine 
 * 'iuqiiaiite-liuitieine 
 <'in(iuaiite-neuvienie 
 ■^oixmitieiiie . 
 >oixauto ct iinieine 
 ^^Kixaiite-deiixieme 
 ^oixaiite-troisieme 
 Soixaiite-qiuitrieine 
 ■Soixanto-einquioino 
 Soixante-j^ixicine . 
 , Soixante-septicme 
 CS I f?oixaute-!iuitleine 
 GU tSoixaute-iicuvienio 
 
 70 ; Soixaiite-dixieme 
 
 71 I Soixante et oiizieme 
 
 72 Soixante-douzicme 
 
 73 Soixante-treirieme 
 
 74 
 75 
 
 70 
 1 1 
 7S 
 7'J 
 80 
 81 
 82 
 
 Soixaiite-qiiatorzieme 
 Soixaiite-quinzieme 
 Soixanto-t^eizienie 
 Soixante-dix->:e.ptieme 
 Boixante-dix-liuitiemo 
 Soixantc-dix-neuvieme 
 ' j Quatrc-viugtierne 
 
 I Qnatre-viuirt-unieme . 
 
 ! Qiiatre-vino-t-denxieme 
 
 83 Quativ-vintrt-troi^icme 
 
 84 Qiiatre-viiigt-quatrieme 
 8-J ■ Quatre-vingt-cinmueme 
 
 86 I Quatre-vingt-sixietue . 
 
 87 ; Quatre-viiigt-scptiemo 
 83 Qiiatre-viiifft-liuitiemo 
 89 ' Quatre-vingt-nenvieme 
 00 Qiiatre-vinsTt-dixieme . 
 91 ' Uuatre-viiiirt onzieme . 
 y-' Qiiatre-viiigt-donzieme 
 Jj Q'latre-viiinrt-treizieme 
 -'* Qnatre-viiifft-qiiatorziome 
 Ji) Quatre-vinirt-quinzieme 
 00 I Qiiatre-viugt-seizieme . 
 
 il •■ Ji""f'-e-vingt-dix-septieme 
 v» i tiuatre-viugl-dL\-liuiiicme 
 
 Ordinal 
 
 Mumbem. 
 
 . 49th 
 . 50th 
 
 . 5l8t 
 . 52d 
 • 5Sd 
 . 54th 
 . 55th 
 . 56th 
 . 57th 
 . 58th 
 . 59th 
 . 60th 
 . 61st 
 . 62d 
 . 63d 
 • 64th 
 . 65th 
 . 66th 
 . 67th 
 . 68th 
 . 6yth 
 ■ 70th 
 , 71st 
 72d 
 73d 
 74th 
 75th 
 76th 
 77th 
 78th 
 79th 
 80th 
 81st 
 82d 
 83d 
 84th 
 85th 
 86th 
 87th 
 88th 
 89th 
 90th 
 91st 
 92d 
 93d 
 94th 
 95th 
 96th 
 97th 
 96th 
 
 1< 
 
 \ 
 
 / 
 
APPENDIX 
 
 270 
 
 Ordinal 
 
 Numberj. 
 
 . 4yth 
 . 50th 
 
 . 5l8t 
 
 . 52d 
 
 • 5Sd 
 
 . 54th 
 
 . 55th 
 
 . 5t3th 
 
 . 57th 
 
 . 68th 
 
 . 59th 
 
 . 60th 
 
 . 61st 
 
 . 62d 
 
 . 63d 
 
 . 64th 
 
 . 65th 
 
 . 66th 
 
 . erth 
 
 , 68th 
 , 69th 
 70th 
 71st 
 72d 
 73d 
 74th 
 75th 
 76th 
 77th 
 78th 
 79th 
 80th 
 81st 
 82d 
 83d 
 84th 
 85th 
 
 86th 
 
 87th 
 
 88th 
 
 89th 
 
 90th 
 
 91st 
 
 92d 
 
 93d 
 
 94th 
 
 95th 
 
 96th 
 
 97th 
 
 y8th 
 
 ■1 
 
 <in 
 
 yrimirti 
 Curdiiutiix, 
 
 Quatre- vingt-dlx-neuf 
 
 Cent . 
 
 Cent-im 
 
 Cent-deux 
 
 Cent-troid 
 
 Ceut-dix 
 
 Cent-onzo 
 
 Ceut-vhiyrt 
 
 Deux cents 
 
 Deiix ceiit-un 
 
 Deux cent-deux 
 
 Mille . 
 
 Deux mille . 
 
 Mil huit cent quarante 
 
 Un million 
 
 ■huit 
 
 Cariiinnl 
 Numbers. 
 
 . yy 
 
 100 
 101 
 l(,t2 
 108 
 
 no 
 111 
 
 120 
 
 200 
 
 201 
 
 202 
 
 1000 
 
 2000 
 
 184S 
 
 Xi.inltrtf Oriiinnl 
 
 llri,,i.v,.r. 'Samhvn. 
 
 Quutre-vingt-dix-neuviumo yytli 
 
 Centieine 
 
 Cent-uniumo 
 
 Cent-deuxieine 
 
 Cfut-troisitjine . 
 
 C'ent-dixiOnie . . 
 
 Ccut-onziuine . . . 
 
 Ccut-vingtiemo 
 
 Deux oentieine . 
 
 Deux cent-uniemo . 
 
 Deux cent-deuxieme 
 '• Millienie . . . . 
 ; Deux inillieme . 
 { Mil huit cent quarante- 
 huitiemo 
 
 A million ! Milhouemo 
 
 lootk 
 lulsti 
 I02d 
 lo3d 
 110th 
 111th 
 l^iOth 
 200tlv 
 201st 
 202d 
 1000th 
 2u00tk 
 
 1848th 
 Millionth. 
 
 V. The Auxiliahy Vkki5.s. — Avoik, to cave; 
 
 A.'-^FIK.MATIVELY. 
 
 lNDicATr\-E Mode. 
 
 SIMPLE TE:M3ES, 
 PRESENT. 
 
 J'ai, 
 
 Tu u.-^, 
 II a, 
 
 Nous avons, 
 Vous avez, 
 lis out, 
 
 COMPOUND TENSES. 
 PAST INDEFINITE. 
 
 I hire \ J'ai en, 
 tliuK ha-st Tu as en, 
 
 he has II a eu, 
 we have Nous avons cu, 
 you, have Vous avez eu, 
 theij have lis oat eu, 
 
 I have had 
 
 tlion hast had 
 
 he has had 
 
 we have had 
 
 y.'U have had 
 
 they have had 
 
 IMPEHFECT. 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 J'avais, Ihad^ was having, or limed J'avais en, 
 
 to have 
 Tu nvais, thou hadst 
 
 II avait, he had 
 
 Nous avions, we had 
 
 Vous aviez, 
 lis avaient, 
 
 Ihad had 
 
 Tu avals eu, 
 II avait eu, 
 ^ Nous avions eu, 
 you, had Vous aviez eu, 
 they had \ lis avaient eu. 
 
 thou hadst had 
 
 he had had 
 
 we had had 
 
 you had had 
 
 they had had. 
 
 PAST DEFINITE. 
 
 PAST ANTERIOR. 
 
 J'eus, Ihad, or did Jiave J'eus eu, 
 Tu ens, thou Mdsf, etc. Tu cus eu, 
 
 II eut, ^ he had _ 11 cut eu. 
 
 Nous eumes, we had ! Nous eunies eu, 
 
 Vous elites, mu had Vous elites eu, 
 
 lis eurent, ihey had lis eurent eu. 
 
 Ihad had 
 
 thou hadst had 
 
 he had had 
 
 we had had 
 
 you had had- 
 
 they had had, 
 
 I i m p 
 
 MM 
 
280 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 I 1( 
 
 3 I t 
 
 BIUPLE TENSES. 
 FUTCUE. 
 
 J'aurai, 
 Tu auras, 
 II aura, 
 Nons aurons, 
 Vou^ aurez. 
 Us auront, 
 
 COMPOUND TENSES. 
 FUTURE ANTEUIOK. 
 
 I shall or will have J'anrai eu, 
 
 t}u)u wilt have 
 
 he ivill have 
 
 we shall hare 
 
 you will hun 
 
 they will ha ci 
 
 'p 
 
 I shall, will have had 
 '■J auras eu, thou shall have had 
 Ilfuracu, he will ham had 
 
 N 0U3 aurous eu, we will have had 
 
 \'oun uurez eu. 
 Us aurout eu. 
 
 you tvill have had 
 they will have had 
 
 J'anrais. 
 Tu aurais, 
 II aurait. 
 Nous aurions, 
 Vous auriez, 
 lib fturaiont. 
 
 CoiCDmoNAL Mode. 
 
 PEE8ENT. 
 
 I should have J'aurais eu, 
 thou couldst have Tu aurais eu, 
 he would have II aurait cu, 
 \tce ivould have Nous aurions eu, 
 you would have . Vous auriez eu, 
 they would have \ lis auraieut eu. 
 
 PAST. 
 
 I should' 
 
 thou wouldst 
 
 he should 
 
 tve should 
 
 you should 
 
 they should ^ 
 
 -3 
 
 AiSj 
 Qu'il ait, 
 Ayous, 
 Ayez, 
 Qu'ils aient, 
 
 Impebative Mode. 
 
 have thou 
 let him have 
 let us have 
 have ye or tjou 
 let them har 
 
 SuBjuNCTrvE Mode. 
 
 Pretext. 
 
 PAST. 
 
 Quej'aie, t^iat /may ?iave> Qwq Vak en, that Tmav\ 
 
 gue tu aies, that thou mayest have ' Que ^u aies e'u, that SouL^^i^ 
 
 <4u il ait, that he may have Qu'il ait eu, that he mav 
 
 Su^ila alpn? ' tff,"' "'^^ )''"' ■ ^^?.r''^ ^^^z eu, that younJy 
 
 <ia lis aieut, that they may have , Qu'ils aieat cu, that they may 
 
 
 LMPEUFECT. 
 
 Que j'cusse, t?iat I might have 
 
 Que tu eusses, that thou migUest 
 
 Qu'll eut, that he might have 
 
 •Que nous eussions, that we might 
 ^ have 
 
 Que vous eussiez, that you might 
 ^ ,., have 
 
 Qu'ils eussent, thai they might ?iave 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 that I might' 
 eu, that thou 
 
 mightest 
 that he might 
 
 Que j'eusse en. 
 Que tu eusses 
 
 Qu'il eiit eu, 
 
 Que nous eussions eu, that'we 
 
 might 
 Que vous eussiez eu, that you 
 ^ ... mi/fht 
 
 Quila eussent eu, that they 
 
 miaht 
 
 
 ; ^ 
 
 V 
 
FENSES. 
 
 rEKion, 
 
 I, will have Jiad 
 ushalt have had 
 le will ha oe had 
 )e will have had 
 u ivill have had 
 y will have had 
 
 I should 
 
 ou wouldst 
 
 he should 
 
 ive should 
 
 you, should 
 
 hey should ^ 
 
 
 'OU 
 
 hat I may 
 ou mayest 
 at he may 
 '.at we may 
 tyoumay 
 they may _ 
 
 it Imiqht' 
 that thou 
 'lightest 
 ■ he might 
 I, that we 
 
 might 
 
 that you 
 
 mimt 
 that they 
 
 ■miaht 
 
 
 5 \ 
 
 "-1 
 
 'i'i 
 
 Avoir, 
 Ayant, 
 
 ?RE8KNT. 
 
 PUE8ENT. 
 
 PAST. 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 Infinitive Mode. 
 to have I Avoir eu, 
 
 P.UITICIPLE. 
 
 COMPOUND. 
 
 having \ Ayant eu, having had 
 
 281 
 
 to have had 
 
 £a, 
 
 PAST OK PASSIVE. 
 
 had 
 
 P«ESE.NT. 
 
 Avoir, to iia ve: Conjugated Negatively. 
 
 Indicative Mode. 
 
 SIMPLE TEN3E3. COMPOUND TENSES. 
 
 PAST INDEFINITE. 
 
 Je n'ai pas eu, I have 
 
 1 u n'us pii3 eu, thou hast 
 
 n u'a pas cu, he has 
 
 Aoas ii'avous pas eu, we have 
 ^ ous n'avez pas eu, yo>j, have 
 lis n'ont pas eu, they have 
 
 Jo u'ai pas, 
 Tu ii'us pas, 
 ^". u'a pas, 
 Nous n'avons pas, 
 Vous n'avez pas, 
 Us u'out pas,, 
 
 I have not 
 thou hast not 
 
 he has not 
 
 we have not 
 
 you have not 
 
 they have not 
 
 "3 
 
 5S 
 
 IMPEKFF.CT, 
 
 Je n'avais pas, 
 Tu n'avais pus, 
 U^ n'avait pas, 
 Nous n'avious pas, 
 Vous n'avioz pas. 
 Us u'uvaioat pas. 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 Ihad not : Jo n'avais pas en, 
 thau hadst not \ Tu n'avais pas eu, 
 he had not II n'avait pas eu. 
 
 we had not 
 you had not 
 they had not 
 
 Ihad-] 
 thou hadst 
 he had 
 
 PAST DEFINITE. 
 
 Jo n'ous pas, /had not 
 
 Tu n'ens pas, thou hadst not 
 
 11 n"eut pas, he had not 
 
 Nous n'eumos pas, we had not 
 
 \ ous n'eutes pas, you had not 
 
 3Sou3 n'avions pas eu, we had 
 Vous n'aviuz pas eu, yon had 
 lis n'avaieut pas eu, they had 
 
 PAST ANTERIOR. 
 
 Jo n'eus pas en, Ihad^ 
 
 Tu n'eus pas eu, thou hadst 
 
 II n'eut pas eu, he had 
 
 had 
 had 
 
 3 
 
 Nous n'eumes paa eu, tve 
 Vous n'eutes pas eu, you 
 
 ,, , It a~ • " — — >.^"" ■ v^l..3 LX VUHViC) L>UO CU, lltJU null 
 
 lis u eureut pas, they luid not \ Us n'eurent pas eu, they had , 
 
 "« 
 
 3 
 
 FUTURE. 
 
 Jo n'aurai p.is, I shall not have 
 Tu n'miras jias, thou ivilt not have 
 II n'aura pas, he ivill not have 
 
 Nous n'auronspas, we shall not have 
 Vous n'aurez pas. mu shall nM hniw 
 lid u'uurout pas, they will not have 
 
 FUTURE ANTERIOR. 
 
 I.^^hall^ 
 thou shall 
 he will 
 
 Je n'aurai pas eu, 
 
 Tu n'auras paa eu, 
 
 11 n'aura pas eu, ,.„ ^.,„ 
 
 Nous n'aurons pas eu, we will 
 
 Vous n'aiire?. pas eu, you tvill 
 
 Us n'aurout paa eu, t?iey will 
 
 •3 
 
'^'sW--, 
 
 282 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. 
 PUESENT. 
 
 Je n'auram pas, J ,j,^„id 
 
 Iuiiuiirai,spu.s, tlwuwouldst 
 
 11 n'aiiniit pas, ^, uwdd 
 
 ■'^""'^ u iiiinous pas, zee ivotdd 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 CoNDmoN-AL Mode. 
 
 COMPOrND TENSES, 
 PAST. 
 
 Je n'nurais pas eu, Islmim 
 lu nauraid pas eu, thm 
 
 5; , Ti , . shoaldft 
 
 . ^ , II n aurait j-as eu, he would 
 •^ ii>oiis uaimoiis pas eu, we 
 
 Vous n'aurlez pas. vownmnhA ^ U-„ - . would 
 
 Us u'auraieut pus,' !l2 IZld I °"' " """'^^ J^"'' '^^'' ^'^« «"^"W 
 
 1 , ^^e^M-yi/wj |lIsuauraieutpascu,;/^,^M;(,a^(i^ 
 
 
 N'aie pas, 
 Qu'il iraif pas, 
 N'ayons pas, 
 N'ayez pas, 
 Qu'ils iPaient pas, 
 
 Imperative Mode. 
 
 have not 
 let hun not have 
 let us not have 
 have not ye or you, 
 let them not have 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 Subjunctive Mode. 
 
 Quejeii'aiopas, thatlmay\ 
 <2iie tu n'aies pas, that thm 
 
 /^ vi 1 . mayest 
 
 Qu il n'ait pas, that he ma >/ 
 <4iie nous ifayons pas, that we 
 
 may 
 
 PAST. 
 
 Que vous n'ayez pas, that you 
 
 Qu'ils n'aient pas, thaT^dey 
 
 may 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 Que je n'eusse pas, that I might 
 
 Que tu n'eusses pas, iJntt thou 
 /-v VI , , tnighted 
 
 Qu il n'eut pas, that he inhiht ^ 
 (iuenous ifeussions pas, ihat}^ 
 ^ ^ ■wemiaU " 
 
 Quo vous n'eussiez pas,' that 
 
 Qu lis n'eusaeut pas, that they 
 might j 
 
 I Que je n'aie pas eu, that Imav) 
 I Que tu n'aies pas eu, that thou 
 
 oj !/-» VI , . mayest 
 
 g ! <4u 1] n'lut pas eu, that he ma>, 
 ^ ■ Que nous n'ayoiis pas eu, that 
 01^ we may 
 
 s Que vous n'ayez pas eu, that 
 
 Qu lis u'aient pas eu, that they 
 may 
 
 r 
 
 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 Quo je n'eusse pas eu, that I 
 
 f\ » , miqht 
 
 Que tu n'eusses pas ou,' that 
 
 n„-i 7 -. '''''^" ''lightest 
 Qu il n eut pas eu, thatU might 
 Que nous n'eussions pas eu, 
 
 that tve might 
 Que vous n'eussiez pas eu, that 
 
 r»„ri , .'/"" might 
 
 Quils neusseut pas eu, that 
 they mioht 
 
 >3 
 
 I 'I 
 
 S 
 
ND 
 
 TENSES. 
 
 'AST 
 
 . 
 
 CU, 
 
 /should' 
 
 JUS 
 
 eu, ("A'TM 
 
 
 skould-tt 
 
 u, 
 
 he would 
 
 pas CU, we f 
 
 
 ■would 
 
 ^eu 
 
 ,y'juu'ould 
 
 eu, 
 
 the y would ^ 
 
 1 
 
 'T yoii, 
 
 5T. 
 
 u, that I may' 
 eu, ^//a«! ^■/iort 
 
 mayest 
 that he may 
 
 •^ 
 
 e 
 
 
 pus eu, that 
 
 we may 
 pas eu, that 
 
 you may 
 eu, that they 
 may 
 
 fECT. 
 
 s eu, that I\ 
 
 might 
 >as CU, that 
 ' miohtest 
 hat he might 
 »9 pus eu, > § 
 toe might -^ 
 piis eu, ^^a^ 
 ou might 
 IS eu,' ^-/ia^ 
 ley might 
 
 
 ^'■^ 
 
 .*) 
 
 h 
 
 
 A Jf !• K N D I X . 
 
 Intinitive Mode. 
 
 2£3 
 
 Ne pas avoir, 
 
 PKE8KNT. 
 
 PAST. 
 
 N'ayant pas, 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 rwt to have \ N'avoir pas eu, not to Juive had 
 
 P.UtTICirLE. 
 
 COMPOUND. 
 
 not having \ X'ajaut pas eu, not ' \;ing had 
 
 Pas eu. 
 
 P^V^T OK PvVSblVE. 
 
 Sot had 
 
 Atoir : Intekrogatively. 
 IxDicATivE Mode. 
 
 SntPLE TENSES. COlIFOraO TEN3ES. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 Ai-je ? 
 As-tu ? 
 A-t-il ? 
 Avons-nou9 ? 
 Avez-vous i 
 Ont-ils ^ 
 
 PAiT INDEFINITE. 
 
 have I? Ai->e eu J ^^a^.^ /^^j / 
 
 ^as^ thou. / A» CU .u ? 
 Am*' /-.•', A->, li eu ? 
 Aai't e<;i / 1 Avons-nous eu ? 
 /iai'e yoa f i Avez-vous eu { 
 have they tiOnt-ih eu? 
 
 ^aA'< <^OM had t 
 
 has he had f 
 
 have we hadf 
 
 have you hadt 
 
 have they had f 
 
 IMPEP.FECT. 
 
 Avaia-je ? 
 Aviiis-tu ] 
 Avait-il i 
 Avions-nous ? 
 ^viez-vous ? 
 Avuieut-ils ? 
 
 PLUPEEFECT. 
 
 had I? Avais-je eu ? 
 Iiadnt thou t Avais-tii eu i 
 had he ? ' Avait-il eu .< 
 ?iad we f , Avions-nous eu ? 
 had you f | Aviez-vous eu ? 
 had they f , Avaient-iJs eu \ 
 
 had I had? 
 
 hadst thou had f 
 
 had he hud f 
 
 had we had f 
 
 had you had t 
 
 had they had f 
 
 PAST DEFINITE. 
 
 Eus-je ? 
 £us-tu \ 
 Eut-ii ? 
 Euuies-iious ? 
 Eutcs-vous i 
 Eureut-ils } 
 
 PAST ANTEKIOB. 
 
 had If ] Eus-je eu ? 
 hadst thou ? ! Eus-tu eu ? 
 
 had he ? 
 
 had we f 
 had you, f 
 had they f 
 
 Eut-il eu ? 
 Eiimes-nous cu ? 
 Eutes-vous eu ? 
 Eureut-ils eu ? 
 
 had I hadf 
 
 hadst thou had f 
 
 had he had f 
 
 had we had f 
 
 had you had f 
 
 had they hadf 
 
 Punrp.E. 
 
 Anrai-je ? 
 Auras-tu ? 
 Aura-t-il i 
 Aurons-uous ? 
 Anrez-vous i 
 Aurout-ils? 
 
 FUTtJRE ANTE RIO B. 
 
 shaU Ihave f i Aurai-je eu ? 
 Shalt thou have ? \ Auras-tu eu ? 
 ivill he have f ' Aura-t-il eu ? 
 shall we have f \ Aurons-nous eu ? 
 
 (jnj/7/»./^^. 7i/y^. yidl A,-.» — _, — 3 
 
 ;,./!.i. tf'Hf rf.lix .- j ,n.Uiez-\ OUS CU * 
 
 thcUi they have f \ Auront-ila eu ? 
 
 shall I 
 
 shalt thou 
 
 shall he 
 
 shall we 
 
 shall you 
 
 shall they ^ 
 
 

 284 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 CoxDmoxAL Mode. 
 
 SIMPLE TEN.SE8. 
 
 COMPOrS'D TEN'SEg. 
 PRESENT. 
 . • Past 
 
 Auriez-vous ? sloMyu t ' / Am-I'f" "'"'^ '^'J ' ''^^^ we 
 
 PRESENT, 
 
 Avom: Negatively axd Ixterrogatively. 
 
 Inuicativb Mode. 
 
 past indefinite. 
 
 ^ a-t-iJ pius eu ? ^„, ;^, 
 
 K'ai-je pas ? 
 N'as-tu pas ? 
 N'u-t-il pas ? 
 N'avoiis nous pas ? 
 N'avez-vous pas ? 
 I^'oiit-ilspas ^ 
 
 have I not? 
 
 hast thou not f 
 
 has he not / 
 
 have we not f 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 N'avais-je pas ? 
 IS'avais-tu pas ? 
 N'avait-il pas ? 
 N'avions-nous pas ? 
 N'aviez-vous pas ? 
 I^'avaient-ils pas ? 
 
 PLUPEUFECT. 
 
 . hadhenot?^~^Zt;}^y'^^^} had si thou 
 
 -- — . ^, «viu.-^-iu lias eu 
 
 
 PAST DEFINITE. 
 •»Ti . , PAST ANTERIOR. 
 
 ^ ,eus-je pas ? Ud j,,,^ ^ ^ 
 
 hadst thou not ? \ N'eus-tu nn^ Vn a ; 7 .J ^^ 
 
 N'eus-tu pas ? 
 N'eut-il pas ? 
 K(|f^umes-nous pas ' 
 ^/^iites-vous pas ? 
 JN'eureut-ils pus ? 
 
 FUTITRE. 
 
 N'anrai-je pas ? .,;,„^/ / 
 
 Nauras-tupas^ «;^a^< /^,,, 
 
 N aura-t-il pas ? .,;;aZ<! ;,, 
 
 N aurons-nous pas ? sAa^^ m;^ 
 
 N aurez-vous pas ? 5^a« yow 
 
 •N'auront-ils pas ? e^aZ^ Me^ 
 
 FirrURE ANTERIOR. 
 
 iN'aurai-jepaseu? ^hall I^ '^ 
 
 N auras-ta pas eu ? shall thou 
 ,Naura-t-ilpaseu? ,/,„^^7,, 
 I ^,a«i-ons-nous pas eu ? s/z^^^ „.e 
 I N aurez-vpus pas eu ? shaU you 
 
 
 s 
 
 
rs'D TEN3E9. 
 PAST. 
 
 should J) 
 
 mukht thou 
 
 would he 
 
 u ? should we 
 
 ' should you 
 
 * Would they 
 
 >GAT1VELY. 
 
 ^'DEFINITE. 
 
 ^,V 
 
 -3 
 
 
 have I 
 hast thou 
 
 has he 
 's eu? have we 
 cu ? have yuu 
 ^ have they ^ 
 
 EliFECT. 
 
 ' had /"I 
 
 ' ? hadst thou •^ 
 ? had hell 
 
 •sen? had zee] "< 
 o« ^ //«(/ ?/«« I 
 
 fTERIOR. 
 
 had 71 
 
 ^'fir(/.v< thou 
 
 had he 
 
 » eu ? ;«,fl^ «<.e 
 
 eu ? had you 
 
 u? had they ^ 
 
 NTKRIOR. 
 
 ? *Aff/'i! Mom 
 
 eu ? shall we 
 u ? «/(ai^ you 
 I? shall ffieu 
 
 
 it' 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 Conditional Mode. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. n^,„ 
 
 compound TEN8Efl. 
 I'KESE.VT. 
 
 PAST. 
 
 285 
 
 N'aurai.s-je pas ? ,,;;o,/W /^ 
 
 N'uurais-tu pas ? «^o«W*i (hou 
 
 N|anrait-il pas ? s;,,,,^;^/ /,, 
 
 JN aunona-uous pas ? should ue 
 
 N'auriez-vouspas? should you 
 N'auraieut-ils pas ? «;,o«W //if^ 
 
 1 N"aurais-je pas eu ? «Afl!/W /) 
 iS aurais-tu pas eu ? «/<ot*^./«< 
 X --, . thou 
 
 ^ ^^aurnit-il pas eu ? should he 
 . _^ : IS aurions-iioiis pas eu i should 
 
 I ' X'aurlez-vou3 pas eu ? «Ao«W 
 
 N'auraieut-ils pas eu ? X«W 
 ' ihey j 
 
 
 tTRE, TO be: Affirmatively. 
 
 Indicath-e Mode. 
 
 Je suis, 
 Tu es, 
 II est, 
 
 Nous sommes, 
 Vous etes, 
 lis sont, 
 
 PKE3E.VT, 
 
 PAST IKDEFIN-ITE. 
 
 lie is 11 a etc, 
 we are j Xous avons (Jtd 
 ye or you are Vous avez ^te, ' 
 they are \ lis out «$te, 
 
 J'dtaiSj 
 Tu 6tais, 
 II etait, 
 Nous (5tions, 
 Vous <5tiez, 
 lis etaient, 
 
 IMPEP.FECT. 
 
 thou hast been 
 
 he has been 
 
 we have been 
 
 you have been 
 
 they have been 
 
 I was or Imed fo he ' J'n-. nis dt^, 
 thou wast Tu avais ih, 
 he was II avait ^t(5, 
 we we/'e IS'ous avions itL 
 you were Vous aviez ^te, 
 they were lis avaieut et^, 
 
 PLUPEEFECT. 
 
 PAST DEFINITE. 
 
 Je fus, 
 Tu fus, 
 II fut, 
 
 Nous fumes, 
 Vous lutes, 
 lis fureut, 
 
 I ha «»ft 
 
 thou hadst ,'-i.-n, 
 
 he had he n 
 
 loe had been 
 
 you had been 
 
 they Jiad been 
 
 Iwas 3' Qmdti, 
 thouwastiTa eus etc, 
 he was \ II eut ete, 
 we ivere ' Nous eiimes dtd, 
 you were ' Vous cutes dte, 
 they wera \Ih eureiit 6t6, 
 
 PAST ANTERIOR. 
 
 I had been 
 
 thou hadst been 
 
 he had been 
 
 we had been 
 
 you had been 
 
 they had been 
 
 Je serai, 
 Tu seras, 
 II sera, 
 Nous serous, 
 Vous serez, 
 lis seroiit. 
 
 FtTTTTRE. 
 
 r 7 „ .„ , , FUTURE ANTERIOR. 
 
 J Shall or wdl be J'aurai etc T .^inii i i 
 
 thou wilt he Tamnnl% n^ ^ TH ^"^^ )''"* 
 
 hesUaihe II ui?a1^tl ' ^Vsh 1^''^^'' 
 ire xTinll h^ "u.u tie, fie Shall have been 
 
 mu shall t \-T ''"'''"^ ¥^ '^'^ *'''«^^ /'^^-^ heen 
 IJ.. S, t : ,V"' ""'•'^^/te, you will have been 
 t„.y suall uc , lis aurout a.^, tUy wiU have been 
 
 mm 
 
280 
 
 APPENDIX 
 
 CONDITION.VL MODK. 
 SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOCND TENSES. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 PAST. 
 
 ( 
 
 Je serais, IshoM be J' anralu 6t6, I should' 
 
 Tu semis, thou shoiiUd he Tu aurais 6te, thou sliouldd 
 
 11 serait, he would he II uuruit et6, he would 
 
 Nona seriona, we would he Ncins uurions ct6, tve should 
 
 Vous seriez, poti should he Voiw auriez M, you should 
 
 Ilfc Bcruient, thei/ would he lla auruieut cte, they should^ 
 
 Impekative Mode. 
 
 Sois, 
 
 Qu'il soit, 
 SoyonSj 
 Soy«z, 
 Qu'ild Boient, 
 
 he thou 
 let him be 
 let u8 be 
 he ye or you 
 let them tte 
 
 w 
 
 ScBjuNCTrvE Mode. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 PAST. 
 
 Quo jo sois. 
 Que tu sois, 
 
 Qu'il soit, 
 
 Que nous soyons, 
 
 Que Tous soyez, 
 Qu'ils Boieut, 
 
 that I may he \ Que j'aio 6t(?, that I may' 
 
 that thou maytst he Que tu ales 6t(5, that thou 
 
 mayest 
 that he may he Qu'il ait (5te, that he may 
 
 that we may he Que nous ayons (5t6, that we 
 
 I nuxy 
 
 iliat you may Je; Que vous ayez etc, thatyoumay 
 that they may he Qu'ils aieut etc, that they may 
 
 
 imperfect. 
 
 Que jo fusse, that I might he 
 
 Que tu fusses, that thou mightest he 
 
 Qu'il fut, that he might he 
 
 Que nous fussions, that we might he 
 
 Quo vous fussiez, that you might he 
 
 Qu'ils fusseut, that they might be 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 Quo j'eusse <5t6, that I might' 
 Que tu eusses dtd, that thou 
 
 mightest 
 Qu'il eut ^t(5, that he might 
 Que nous eussions (St<;, that we 
 
 might 
 Quo vous eussiez 6i6, that you 
 
 might 
 Qu'ils eusseut 6t6, that they 
 
 might 
 
 J 
 
 ^ 
 
 Stre, 
 
 Infinitive Mode, 
 present. past. 
 
 to be I Avoir 4t6, to have been 
 
POUND TENSES. 
 PAST. 
 
 I should' 
 , thou shouldst 
 
 he would 
 > <5t6, we should 
 6t(5, you should 
 ;tc', they should^ 
 
 hou 
 um be 
 IS be 
 e or you 
 hem be 
 
 PAST. 
 
 , that I may' 
 
 » (5t<5, that thou 
 mayeKt 
 that he may 
 rom dt6, that we 
 
 nuiy 
 i6ti, thatyoumay 
 to, that they may 
 
 LtTPERFKCT. 
 
 t(5, that I might' 
 ea ^t(5, <^«< thou 
 mightest 
 that he might 
 isions dte, ^Aai! we 
 
 might 
 isiez 6t6, <^/i yo« 
 
 might 
 it 6t6, <^ai <Aey 
 
 might 
 
 N A 
 
 ^ 
 
 .') 
 
 
 PAST. 
 
 to have been 
 
 r 
 
 i 
 
 £tant. 
 
 PHESE.VT. 
 
 £tu, 
 
 A I' I' E N D I X . 
 
 Pakticiple. 
 
 being. \ Ayant Jtc, 
 
 Past or. Passive. 
 
 teen. 
 
 287 
 
 COMPOCND. 
 
 having been. 
 
 \ I. — i'liE Four Conjugations. 
 First Conjioation ; Ending in ER. 
 muukl veku. 
 PAULEU, TO SrEAK. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES. 
 PRESENT. 
 
 Indicative Mode. 
 
 Je parle, 
 Til paries, 
 II parle, 
 Nous parlous, 
 Vous parlez, 
 lis parleut. 
 
 COMI'OL-ND TEN9E3. 
 PAST INDEFINITE. 
 
 Ixpeaii, J'ai parle, 
 thou speahM Tu a.s jtarle, 
 he xpcak-^ 11 a parle, 
 we !>peak ■ Nous avons parif, 
 you xpeuk j \'ou3 avoz parle, 
 they qxak \ lis out parle, 
 
 I haw ffpol-en 
 thou hast sjxihen 
 
 he has spokm 
 
 we have Kpokm 
 
 you have spoken 
 
 they have spoken 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 Je parlais, I was speaking or I used | J'avais parle, 
 
 to speak 
 ill parlais, thou toast speaking 
 
 11 parlait, _ he was speaking 
 
 Nous parlions, we tvere spea'.-'ng 
 Vous parliez, you were sp, . g 
 lis parJaient, tjiey ivere spu [■ ig 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 /had} 
 
 1 PAST DEFINITE. 
 
 > Je parlai, I spoke or did speak 
 
 Tu parlas, thou spokest 
 
 l\ P"i"l"> he spoke ; 
 
 Nous parlames, u^e spoke : 
 
 Vous ixirlates, pou spoke j 
 
 lis parlereut, tkey spoke \ 
 
 FL'TURE. 
 
 I shall or will speak 
 
 i Tu avals parle, 
 1 11 avait parle, 
 ! Nous avions parld, 
 J Vous aviez parle, 
 I lis avaient parle, 
 
 thou hadst 
 
 he had 
 
 we had 
 
 you had 
 
 thty had ^ 
 
 I 
 
 J 
 
 Je parlerai, 
 Tu parleras, 
 11 parlera, 
 Nous purlerons, 
 Vous parlerez, 
 lis parlerontj 
 
 PAST ANTERIOR. 
 
 J'ous parle. Had 
 
 iu eus parle, thou hadst 
 
 II cut parl^, le had 
 
 Nous euines parl(5, ve had 
 
 V'ous elites parle, you hud 
 
 lis eureiit parle, they had ^ 
 
 FUTURE ANTERIOR. 
 
 
 thou wilt speak 
 
 he will speak 
 
 we shall speak 
 
 you will speak 
 
 they will spidk 
 
 J'anrai parle, 
 Tu auras parle, 
 II aura parle, 
 Nous auroiis parl(5, 
 Vous aurez parle, 
 II auront purlu, 
 
 Iwiin 
 
 thou shalt 
 
 he will 
 
 we shall 
 
 you will 
 
 they sluill ^ 
 
 % 
 
 -I 
 &1 
 
 
288 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 Conditional Mode. 
 
 PnrPLF, TF.N9F.fl. COMPOCND TENSES. 
 
 I'llF.SENT. PAST, 
 
 Jc narlcrais / sh'uld, would spcuk ! J'aurnis parle, ^ / xhoiill 1 
 
 Tu piirleruis thou i*hould.4 speak- 'I'li aunii:*, jmrlc, thouwouUd 
 11 niirliTuit, htshonldniMk \\Mmi\\.yM\y-', hi won id 
 
 NcliiH parlcrioiis, ue Wi>uld yp^k Nuns aiinoiis i.ark-, we would 
 Voiifl uarlcrifz, you wo,dd spenk . Vous uunez parle, y<>u woidd 
 lis purlcrakut, they would xptuk \ lU uuruieut parlu, they would J 
 
 Id 
 
 -3 
 
 lan-EKATivE Mode. 
 
 Parlp, »/'««• ^^'>« , 
 
 (.iu'il parlo, htmmHpeah 
 
 I'arluns, Ut u.ypeak 
 
 I'arlcz, */^«^' .'/<• <^r .V?" 
 
 (^u'ild parlcut, let </«='« ^'^i'* 
 
 ScBJC^fcnvE Mode. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 PART. 
 
 Quo io parle, that I may speak ^ Quo j'aio parle, ^ <;^aif /may" 
 
 QXLQ i\xvvcc\(i9,AhUthoumayed speak il\XQ tu aies purlc, </<«^ thou 
 * ' I 7nay<tt 
 
 Qa'il parle, ^/«a< /<« w«.v «/)«(/i- Qu'il ait parle, that he may 
 
 Ouc i)0U3 parlions, that ive may line uous ayous par.e, that we 
 ^ ^ speak ^nay 
 
 Quo V0U9 narlicz, that you may Quo vous ayez parle, that you 
 
 Qu'ild parlent, that they may speak Qu'lls aicnt parle, that they may . 
 
 _2 
 
 1.MPERFECT. 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 Quo ie parlasse, that ImigU speak Que yensso parle, tTiatljniaht 
 Que tu parlasses, that thou mUjhtest Que tu eu#:^cs parle, that thou 
 ^ ^ .s^tayt mtahteH 
 
 Qu'il parlat, //<c<< Ae 7»/'(//^^ .f/Jf/i- Q""il eut parle, that hemioht 
 (S\x^\\omviir\&t^\oi\>i, that we mi'jht Quo non^ eussious parle, ^//a/: 
 
 Que vous parlassiez,^Aa<2/0Mm/V/<< Quo vous eu^r^icz parle, that 
 ^ .'-Tiffi/t you might 
 
 Qu'ils parlassent, ^Aai ^Aey might Qu'ild eusseut parle, </-a< they 
 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 Parler, 
 
 iNFiNnivE Mode. 
 to speak \ Avoir pari "5, 
 
 PAST, 
 
 to have apoien 
 
 \\ 
 
A 1' 1' K N J) I X 
 
 289 
 
 Pahticii'Le. 
 
 :nd tenses. 
 
 PAST. 
 
 i5, thou woiddxt 
 
 iivlc, ice 
 
 i.e would I 1^ 
 )e would I '' 
 
 rlo, 
 rlo, 
 
 yiiu would 
 thy would ^ 
 
 4 
 
 oti 
 
 spenh 
 teak 
 • or j/ou 
 
 PAST. 
 
 , that I may' 
 
 purlc, that thou 
 
 mayett 
 , that he nuuj 
 IS purle, that we 
 
 inay 
 I p'.irle, that you 
 
 may 
 r\(:, that they 7nay 
 
 UPEKFECT. 
 
 irld, that I mlnW 
 
 piirlii, that thou 
 
 mlifhtet^t 
 
 L', that he ml(lht 
 
 isious parle, that 
 
 tee might 
 ssiez purle, that 
 
 you ynight 
 t parle, thai they 
 
 u 
 
 3 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 PAST. 
 
 might 
 
 to hone npokfftk 
 
 I Parlaiit, 
 
 PUUIKNT. 
 
 fpeaklwj \ Ayiiut purle, 
 
 Compound. 
 
 having npoknn 
 
 I'.VST Ol! I'.vasiVE. 
 
 Skcon'd Co.vjugation : Exdino in Hi. 
 
 iiouEL vtnu. 
 
 FiMi:, ro FINISH. 
 
 iNmoTivii Mode. 
 
 PntPLE fENSES. COMPOITND TEXSE.?. 
 
 pui;:si:.\T. 
 
 Jo finis, 
 
 Til liuis, 
 
 II Unit 
 
 Nou?* tinissons, 
 
 V'ous tinissL'Z, 
 
 lis linis.-,i;iit, 
 
 PAST iM)i:riMTi:, 
 
 ////uVij.Pai fini, 
 thouJi/iishi.it''i\i us tini, 
 he Jinifthci , II ii Uni, 
 wejini-sh I Nous uvons flui, 
 
 yoii.jiiii-l, 
 they'juii-/. 
 
 \'ous avez fiai, 
 lis "ut liui, 
 
 IMPF.KFF.CT. 
 
 Jo flnissai^, Iwas Jinisling or med 
 
 to ftimh 
 Tnflnissais, thou waxtjiniMng 
 W Hnissui'i, _ lie wan'jinl-^hitoj 
 
 Nous finissioiis, tve wa-e jh/n^ldwi 
 Vourt linissiez, yoa u-ere'jinlshin'it 
 lis tiui.s;;aiont, they were jinishing 
 
 I'Ll PI, 
 
 J'avais fini, 
 
 I harijlnixhed 
 thou hunt ji/ii.ihed 
 
 ht Jiu^^ jinislied 
 
 n< havejinixhcd 
 
 you have Jin ii<hed 
 
 thiy hart'Ji/ci,shed 
 
 fhadji/iitihed 
 
 Til aviiis fini, t7io/t htdd fi„i,-i,.d 
 ii avait tini, /„- had' finished 
 
 Aou8 avions fini, ue had' fini.shed 
 \ ous avic'z fini, you had'jininhed 
 lis uvaient liui, tit. j had Jininhed 
 
 P.VST DEFINITE 
 
 Jo fin 
 
 la. 
 
 Tu ;inis. 
 
 I finished or did finish 
 . , thou didnt nniK.h 
 ll''i'it< hefihislad 
 Nous finimes, we finished 
 Vous finites, yoafitil-ihed 
 ll.s ttuirent, 
 
 PAST ANTEinort. 
 
 J'ons fini, I had finished 
 
 I n ens fini, <Ao« hadst finished 
 
 II out fini, he hud^ finished 
 Nous eiinies fini, ive had' finished 
 
 -, ~ . , Vous futcs fini, y,>a had' finished 
 theyjinidied lis eurout fini, thrj hudfinislad. 
 
 FrXURE. 
 
 Je finirai, 
 Tu tiniras, 
 11 finiru. 
 Nous flnirons, 
 Von.s finirez, 
 Ih fkiiront, 
 
 Inhall finish 
 
 thm iviltfininh 
 
 he loill finish 
 
 we shall' finish 
 
 FirTUP.E ANTKIllOK. 
 
 J'aurai fini. 
 Tu uururt flni, 
 H aura fini, 
 
 Nous aurons fin., 
 
 Vous aurez fini, 'lyoM will have 
 
 I shall hai\i^ 
 thou icilf have I "^3 
 he shall have I ~| 
 i, we shall hare [ '^ 
 
 you n^iU'fini^h _ ,_ ^,„ „,„,, , 
 
 my wul finish Ik auront fini, they shall have) 
 

 290 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 r ! 
 
 CoNDiTioN.vL Mode. 
 
 SIMPLE TENSES 
 PRESENT. 
 
 Je Uniraisi, 
 Tu fiuirais, 
 II fiiiirait, 
 Nous fliiirions, 
 Vons fliiiriez, 
 I s fluiraieut, 
 
 Finis 
 
 I would finish 
 thou shouldstjiiiish 
 he tvoidd Jiiiis^. 
 we would\finiish 
 
 COMPOCND TENSES. 
 PAST. 
 
 J'aura.a/im, Ishould-] 
 
 iuaarmsfim, thou icouldsl 
 
 11 aumit fiui, ;,e mi„ht 
 
 ----./w.-eo/t. -Nous annons fini, ive irn'nld 
 
 thy should finuh I lis auraient fiui,' £yZ?!ld\ 
 
 
 IiiPERATrv'E Mode. 
 
 Qu'il fiiiisse, 
 Finissons, 
 Flnis.-jcz, 
 Qu'iJs fiiiissent, 
 
 JiniHu thou 
 let hlmjirash 
 let mjinish 
 finish ye or you 
 let them finish 
 
 ScBjtrxcTivE Mode. 
 
 TRESENT. 
 
 Que jo finisse, tliat T^nay finish 
 Que tu fiuisses, that thou mayest 
 
 finish 
 
 PAST. 
 
 Qncj'aiefini, that I mny^ 
 
 Que tu aies fini, that thou 
 mayest 
 
 Qu'il fiuisse. that he may finish \ Qu'il ait fini ii„t i" 
 
 Que nous dnissions, that ifn^ay ^ue^Sus'ayons flSf^trS^'S 
 
 rm nil 1 
 
 /■i ^ . . finish 
 
 Que vous finissiez, that you may 
 
 r\ >-i J! . finish 
 
 Qu'ils finisseiit, that they may finish 
 
 I.MPniFECT. 
 
 Quo je fiiiisse, that I might fin i.h 
 (iue tu fimsses, tliat thou mljhUst 
 f\ VI y. , finisli 
 
 Qu il finit, that he migld fin Ish 
 
 Que nous flnissions, that we miaht 
 
 r\ ^ . . finish 
 
 (iuo vous finissiez, that you miffht 
 
 Qvi J! • finish 
 
 uils finissent, t/iat they 7n!</ht 
 
 finish I 
 
 Que vous aj-ez fini, that )jou 
 Qu'ils aient fiui, that th^'^nmy ^ 
 
 rLtJPEUFECT. 
 
 Quo j'eusse fini, tliat Iminht 
 Que tu eusses fiui, that thou 
 
 ,-»>•! '^n . lightest 
 
 Qu il eut fini, that he mit/ht 
 Que nous eussions fini, that we 
 ,-, might 
 
 Que vous eussiez fini, t:hat you 
 
 r\ VI might 
 
 Quils eussent fini, that they 
 
 might 
 
 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 Fluir, 
 
 IxFiNiTivE "Mode. 
 to finish I Avoir fini, 
 
 PAST, 
 
 to hxive finished 
 
—■ -««-^™ *~™i3iJii(in_. 
 
 'OMPOUND TENSES. 
 PAST. 
 
 '»''. I^Uuld 
 
 nui, thou uouldst 
 ''I'l he midht ( 
 
 ons fini, we ivo'uld \ 
 
 ez lini 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 , you might j ^ 
 they should I r< 
 
 'mm thou 
 it himjinish 
 itusjtninh 
 hmh ye or you 
 '-t ihemjinish 
 
 PAST. 
 
 ."i) that I may '\ 
 
 les fiiii, that thou 
 
 mayest 
 li, tliat he may 
 
 ayous fini, that ice . 
 
 7na)/ 
 ayez fini, that )/oii 
 
 may 
 ' fiui, that they may ^ 
 
 PLUPEUFECT, 
 
 fini, that I m'irfht\ 
 ?sea fiui, i'7,«< thou 
 
 m'Kjhtest 
 'i, <^a< Ae might 
 missions fiui, ^/^a/'^e 
 
 might 
 issiez fini, ^,^a/i .?/<;« 
 
 might 
 3nt fliii, ^7^,/< ^^f^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 PAST. 
 
 to havpfnisTied 
 
 \ ' 
 
 \^ 
 
 * . ■ *^ 
 
 A 1' 1' 1.; X D I X 
 
 l^UiTICIPLE. 
 
 291 
 
 PRE8F.1VT. 
 
 Finissant, 
 
 COMPOUND. 
 
 finding \ Ayant fini, having finished 
 
 Past or Passive. 
 ^'■^^i finished 
 
 Third Coxjugation : Ending in OIR. 
 model verb. 
 
 EECEVOlli, RECEIVE. 
 
 Indicative JIode, 
 
 enrPLE tenses. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 Je rejois,* 
 Til reyois, 
 II regoit, 
 Nous recevons, 
 Voiis recevez, 
 Wa re9oiveut, 
 
 COMPOUND TENSES. 
 PAST INDEFINITE. 
 
 they receive Ih out re^u, they have received 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 Jo recevais, I was receiving, or I 
 _, . used to receive 
 
 1 u recevais, thoa wast receiving 
 
 Ilrecevait,_ he was receivinn 
 
 IN 0U3 rece vions, we were receiving 
 
 Voua receviez, ymi were receiving 
 
 lis recevaient, they were receiving 
 
 PLUPF.RFECT. 
 
 J'avais re5u, I had received \ 
 
 Tu avaia regu, thou hadst re- 
 T, . ceived 
 
 il avait re§n, he had received 
 ivous avious rcQu, we had re- 
 ,j , ceived 
 
 Vous aviez re^u, you had re- 
 
 T, . ceived 
 
 Il3 avaient regu, they had re- 
 ceived 
 
 
 
 PAST DEFINITE. 
 
 Tn \V^n' ^ '""''"''^ f'" ^^'^ ""'"^^^^ I J'eus recu, 
 lu rc9u^, tJiojj, receh^fidsf I T,, „.,o «„„.'. 
 
 II re^ut, 
 
 Nous re9umes 
 Vous reciites, 
 lis re9iireut, 
 
 PAST AltTEKIOE. 
 
 ,1» l^f f "^ i v''"' '''''"^'' '■^'J"> «'« '^^'^ '•««'*«^ 
 OM recew'e(/ 1 \ ons eutes rt^ou. -,m,. i,„j ^....-Zi 
 
 vou r»Z;Z/ i V ■. ^^"J"' "'^ '^'^'^ received 
 
 you received \ \ ons eutes recu, i/ou had received 
 they rece^ved , lis eureut re^X tie^ had received 
 
 See Lesson 38, page 132. 
 
I F I li 
 
 ono 
 
 A 1» P K N" D I X 
 
 PiMri.:: tensi;3 
 
 FLTUKE. 
 
 Je recevrui, 
 Tu recuvrus, 
 li reodvra, 
 ^ioiis reccvrous, 
 \ OILS rccevrcz, 
 lid recuvroiit, 
 
 COMPOUND TENSEg. 
 rUTUUE ANTKUIOU. 
 
 1 '// ^''''''"'' A^ '""''"•^ ''^^VH, ^A<>« «v7^ have 
 he .hail rtctue , 11 aui'a ref;ii, he wM have 
 
 Mc-y Will receive ; ILs uurout re^u, dey shall /utve^ 
 
 
 rr.nsn.vT. 
 
 Conditional Mode. 
 
 PAST, 
 
 JerooevraH, ^should receive \ J' anrnh rcca r»hm,?,7 
 
 usiLtoM aicut, f/5e^ should receive ; II3 auruient reciu, tfic>/ should ^ 
 
 Ee9ois, 
 Qii'il re^oivc, 
 Kecevous, 
 Eecevez, 
 Qu'lls rejoivent, 
 
 Imperative Mode. 
 
 receive thou 
 let him receive 
 let an receive 
 receive ye or you, 
 let them receive 
 
 TAST. 
 
 Subjunctive Mode. 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 Quo jo re^oi ve, that I may receive 1 Quo faio rcMi tint T ,r,^„ i 
 
 Que tu re^oive., that ^W;..^...: cluc-'^r^iVs Ve.u/S/S?^ 
 
 V€C€ I Cd ' 
 
 Qu'il regoivo, that he may receive ' Qu'il ait roon /z "*/f ""'^ 
 
 Que no.is recevions, thatie r^iay Z^^S^^ r^fhJZ 
 
 Que V0U9 reeeviez, that y.m may Quo vous aye. rcgu, tJ^Lu 
 Qu'iI.re5oivent.^^a^^A.^;„a^m'd.. Qu'ilsaientregu, ^/i«^^A.^S^_ 
 
 1 
 
 IMPKnFEOT. 
 
 Que je re^usse, that I might receive 
 Que tu rcQusses, that thou, miijhtest 
 
 Qu'il re^ut, that he might receive 
 Quo uoud regussions, that we rniijht 
 ^ receive 
 
 Que vous rcQussiez, that you might 
 
 Qu'ils rc9U3scut, that they might 
 
 receive 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 Que j'eusso rcyu, that Imlol'A 
 Que tu eusses re^u, that ilwu 
 
 ,., mighted 
 
 Qu li eut re^u, that he might 
 Quo iious eussions regu, that 
 ^ we might 
 
 Que vous eussiez regu, that you 
 
 f\ VI migfit 
 
 Qu lis eussent regu, that they 
 miaht 
 
 
OlIPOCXD TENSES. 
 '•UTUUE ANTEUIOR. 
 
 ;ii, I'shaUhiivn 
 
 :'c(,'ii, tJiou will ham 
 he Will have 
 
 i^iiTcqu^wea/iaUhave 
 z re?!!, you will have 
 rcQii, the>/ shall have 
 
 
 PAST. 
 
 ?ii, IshoiiW] ^ 
 
 ro^u, thou wouldd .1 
 9», he mi(jht I S 
 
 ms re9u, we should f ^ 
 z re^ii, vou iukM » 
 trcgu, the ij should \ ^ 
 
 ceire thou 
 t him receioe 
 t us receict 
 ceife ye t>r you 
 ! them receive 
 
 PAST. 
 
 ';u, that I may' 
 
 :s regu, Ma/; ^/%c/(^ 
 mayest 
 
 yona regu, that we 
 may 
 
 yez regu, that you 
 may 
 
 regu, that they may ^ 
 
 PLirPEKFECT. 
 
 reyu, i'Zit/^ Im'uill 
 ies rcQii, <y^a(' Mod^ 
 mightest 
 
 issions reQii, that 
 
 tve might 
 is'iezrcqu, that you 
 
 miijfit 
 at re^u, that they 
 
 minht 
 
 
 J 
 
 > i < 
 
 Recevoir 
 
 Becevant, 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 PKESENT. 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 iNFiNrnvK Mode. 
 
 to receive \ x\voir rei,'u 
 I'abticiple. 
 
 293 
 
 I'AST. 
 
 t<i have received 
 
 COMPOtTND. 
 
 receiving \ Ayant rcgu, havin<j received 
 
 Past ok r.vasiv£. 
 
 Ee^u, 
 
 received 
 
 FODRTU COXJUOATION : E.VDIXO IN JiE. 
 MODEL VEHB. 
 
 VEXDliE, TO SELL. 
 Indicative Mode. 
 
 BmPLE TENSES. COMPOrND TENSES. 
 
 PEE8ENT. 
 
 Je vends, 
 Tu vends, 
 II vend, 
 Nous vendous, 
 Vous vendez, 
 lis vendent, 
 
 thou sellest 
 
 he sells 
 
 we sell 
 
 you sell 
 
 they sell 
 
 PAST I.VDEKINITE 
 
 I sell J'ai vcndu 
 
 Tu n.s vendu, 
 II a vendu, 
 Nous iivons vendu, 
 Vous iivez vendu, 
 lis ont vendu. 
 
 I have sold 
 thou hast sold 
 
 he has sold 
 
 ice have sold 
 
 you have sold 
 
 they have sold 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 Je vendais, J was selling or used to 
 
 sell 
 
 Tu vendais, 
 II vendiiit, 
 Nous vendions, 
 Vous veudiez, 
 lis vendaient, 
 
 thou wast selling 
 
 he was selling 
 
 we ivere seUi)io 
 
 you ivere selUu'g 
 
 they were sellbi'j 
 
 PLl-PEHFECT. 
 
 J'avais vendu, I had sold or been 
 
 rr • -, sellinq 
 
 i u avais vendu, thou hadst sold 
 11 avait vendu, he kid sold 
 
 ^om avions vendu, tve had sold 
 \ ous a vioz vendu, you had sold 
 lis avaient vendu, they had sold 
 
 PAST DEFINITE. 
 
 Je vendis, 
 Tu vendis, 
 II vendit, 
 Nous vendimes, 
 Vous vendites, 
 lis veudirect, 
 
 PAST ANTERIOK. 
 
 I sold or did sfU J'eus vendu, j^ad sold 
 
 thou soldist i u eus vendu, thou hadst sold 
 
 he sold II eut vendu, U had sold 
 
 we sold ?Nous eumes vendu, xve had sold 
 
 yousoU Vous euros ven.iu, you had sold 
 
 they sold , lis eureut veudu, they had sold 
 
 .N 
 
I l! 
 
 M 't 
 
 294 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 SlilPLE TENSES. 
 rUTUKE, 
 
 Je vendrai, 
 
 Tu veudras, 
 
 II vendra, 
 
 Nous veiidrons, 
 
 Vous veiidrez, you will se'il 
 
 lis veudront, they will sell 
 
 COMPOCND TENSES. 
 FUTURE ANTERIOR, 
 
 I shall sell J'aurni veiulu, 
 thou wilt Hell • Tu imras veiidii, 
 
 he Will sdl. 11 aura vendu, 
 we shall Hell Nous uurons vendu 
 Vous aurez vendu, ' 
 lis auront veudu, 
 
 Conditional Mode. 
 
 IshaW^ 
 
 thou wilt 
 
 he shall 
 
 we ahall 
 
 you will 
 
 they shall ^ 
 
 .3 
 
 3 
 
 Je vendrais, 
 Tu vendrais, 
 II vendrait, 
 Nous vendrions, 
 vous veudriez, 
 lis veudraieut. 
 
 present. 
 
 PAST. 
 
 y^. ^'■^"^'/j'^^^^tt J'aurais veudu, /should! 
 
 he might sell ] aura.t vendu, he might 
 
 UOU inKlht, X(- I. Vniij .11.1.^^ l._ ' 7 , . 
 
 they would selljh auraieut vendu, they should^ 
 
 Vends, 
 Qu'il veude, 
 Vcudons, 
 Vendez, 
 Qu'ils vendent. 
 
 Imperative Mode. 
 
 sell tlioM, 
 let him sell 
 let us sell 
 sell ye or you 
 let them sell 
 
 Subjunctive Mode. 
 
 PRESENT, 
 f\ • PAST 
 
 Quojovende, '''"?'!/«iay5^?^ Que i'aio vendu \hnt t 
 
 Ciuetuvendes, that thou mayest sell aZ^T.lT}l\.^., i^tjrmy\ 
 
 Qu'il veude, that he man sell 
 
 Que nous vendions, that tve may sell 
 
 Que vous vendiez, that you may sell 
 
 Qu'ils vendent, that, they may sell 
 
 -, - J — .v..iv.iL., uuio 1 may 
 Que tu aies veudu, that thou 
 ,-..., . viayest 
 
 Qu il ait vendu, that he may 
 Quo nous ayons vendu, that we 
 ... may 
 
 Que vous ayez vendu, that you 
 
 Qu lis aicnt vendu, that they 
 ' may J 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 r\ • T ■■ PLUPERFECT. 
 
 3 
 
 s 
 
 
 -V-- J- --v,^v,, wwt. ± iivuini sell, 
 
 Que tu vendisses, tliat thoumightest 
 
 Qu'il vendit, that he might sell 
 
 Que nous veudissions, that we might 
 
 Quovousvendissiez,.A«^,..^|;.jQae vous eussiez vendTifL 
 Qu'ils vendiBsent, that they mi.Jq^^, eussout ven!u:^Si.„ 
 
 **" ' might 
 
 Que tu eusses vendu, that thou 
 ^ ... . mightest 
 
 Qu il eut vendu, t/iat he might 
 Quo nous eussions vendu, that 
 we might 
 
 3 
 f*^* 
 
 a 
 
 
 *^' 
 
PND TENSES. 
 E ANTEUIOB. 
 
 I shall 
 h tliou wilt 
 he shall 
 we shall 
 
 2ndu, 
 
 idu, 
 
 .11. 
 
 you, will 
 the j/ shall ^ 
 
 AST. 
 
 I should 
 1, thoxt, wouldst 
 he might 
 ikIu, we should 
 du, you should 
 Ju, they ahould ^ 
 
 \ov, 
 m sell 
 t sell 
 ? or you 
 sm sell 
 
 \ST. 
 
 thai I may 
 
 du, that thou 
 
 mayest 
 
 that lie may 
 
 eudu, that we 
 
 may 
 ndu, that you 
 
 may 
 lu, that they 
 may ^ 
 
 
 3 
 
 1^ 
 
 RFECT. 
 
 , tMt Imight ' 
 du, that thou 
 
 mightest 
 'hat }ie might 
 i vendu, that 
 we migJit 
 venduj that 
 you might 
 du, that they 
 might J 
 
 3 
 
 ►Si 
 
 \ 
 
 \\ 
 
 PRIWENT. 
 
 Veudre, 
 
 Veudaiit, 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 I.\riNiTivi: Mode. 
 
 to sell I Avoir vondi 
 
 PAST. 
 
 I'ISKSKNT. 
 
 ^^.'udu, 
 
 I'AiniCII'I.E. 
 
 selling J Ayaut vuudu, 
 
 295 
 
 i'l have sold 
 
 having ii,,l,i 
 
 ]*AST OK TaSSIVE. 
 
 mil 
 
 > ': ■ 
 
 VlI.-C\.X.H-.iAT.OX OP A PassIVK Vki;.;; Ktre I 
 
 TO BE LOVED. 
 
 \lMfi, 
 
 iN'DICATrV'E MoUK, 
 
 PKESENT. 
 
 Je suia nim(5, m. itlmOo,/. 
 
 lu es (liiiio o/' aiinue, 
 
 I] est iiiiut', 
 
 Ello est aiiiK'c, 
 
 IVoua soiiiiiicH aime.s r./- aimees, 
 
 \ oils otcs aiines waiuiLCs, 
 
 lis sont aiiiu's, w. 
 
 EUes sunt aiiiniud,/. 
 
 ^A'>'/ art loved 
 he is loved 
 she is loved 
 we are loved 
 yon are lovcd 
 they are hvrd 
 they are luvtd 
 
 J (5tM8 aun6, m. aiim'o,/. 
 lu otaisaimo or ainioo, 
 II etuit aliiie, 
 
 Nous otioiis aiiin5s or aimees, 
 Vous (5tiez aiiiK'S «r aiuiees, 
 iia ctaieut niuics, w. 
 
 IMPF.KFECT. 
 
 I was love J, was being loved, 
 thou wast loved, ivast hein; loved 
 he was loved, was dein'/ loved 
 we were lorod, were be'imj loved 
 you were loved, were heikq loved 
 they ivere hved, were being loved 
 
 
 
 PAST DEFINITE. 
 
 Jo f\ia aiiiu<, vu aimee,/. 
 
 lutuaaiiiieo/'ttimee, 
 11 rut aiine, 
 
 Nous fumes aimes or aimees, 
 vous futes amies or aimdes, 
 iia lurcut aiiiius, m. 
 
 I was loved 
 thou toast loved 
 lie was loved 
 we were loved 
 you were hved 
 they were loved 
 
!l 
 
 A !• 1' E N 1) I X . 
 
 I'AST INDKl'IMTE. 
 
 J"ni ctu iiunt: or nimec,^ 
 Tu us etc aiine or uimeo, 
 U a t-te nime, _ . 
 
 ^*ous avourt ctu unaurt or aimdes, 
 Vons avez etc aituert or aiinLCs, 
 lis out etc aiinus, m. 
 
 J have been loved 
 iJion hud ban loved 
 hi' had bet II 1(1 fed 
 ive have been loved 
 ijiiit have been loved 
 ih' u hace been loved 
 
 TAST ANTKr.IOIi. 
 
 J'cns etc i\'m^6, m. ahneo,/. 
 Tu cus etc ahuco or aiincc, 
 II flit etc iiimc, _ . , 
 
 Koiis euincs etc aimes or wmecs, 
 Vous cutcs etc ainies or aimees, 
 lis curcut etc aiuies, m. 
 
 I hud been laved 
 thou hailn! been loved 
 he hud been loved 
 we hud be<n loved 
 you had been loved 
 theu had been loved 
 
 PHTPEIIFKCT. 
 
 J'avfiis ^\& aim6 or aimec, 
 Tu avals et6 aiinc or aimce, 
 11 aviiit etc aimc, _ 
 
 Isous nvions etc aimds or wmees, 
 Vons aviez etc aiines or aim^es, 
 Ila uvaicut etc ahncs, vi. 
 
 I had been lived 
 ihou hadd been loveS 
 he had been loved 
 tee hud been loved 
 you, hud been loved 
 they had been loved 
 
 FUTlfRE. 
 
 Jo pcrtii ainic, m. aimec,/. 
 Tu scras iiinic or aimce, 
 11 sera aime, 
 
 Nous serous aiiucs or aimces, 
 Vous Hcrez alines or aimees, 
 lis scrout aiiaes, m. 
 
 I shall or iv'dl be loved 
 thou xhult or icdt be lored 
 he f:huU or ^cUl be loved 
 we shall or wdl be loved 
 you shall or ^rill be loved 
 they shall or wUl be loved 
 
 FrTUUE AKTEUIOn. 
 
 J'aurai (^tc aime, m. aimeo,/. 
 Tu auras etc aime or ainiee, 
 11 aura etc aiuie, , , 
 
 Kous aurona etc aiuies orairaces, 
 Vous aurez etc aiuies or aimees, 
 lis auront etc aim63, m. 
 
 I shall, will have been loved 
 thou shall, iriU have been loved 
 he shul>, mil have been loved 
 tve shall, will have been loved 
 you shaU, will have been loved 
 the;/ shall, will have been loved 
 
 Je serais aitnG, m. aimce,/. 
 Tu serais aim6 or aimec, 
 II serait aime, . , 
 
 Nous serious airaes or aimees, 
 Vous seriez aimes or aimees, 
 Us bcraiout aimes, m. 
 
 Conditional Mode, 
 piiesent. 
 
 I should, ivould, could, might beloved 
 thoushouldst, couldst, miffhlesf be loved 
 he would or mi^jht be loved 
 we should or would be loved 
 you would or might be loved 
 they miaht or should he med 
 
 i 
 
APPENDIX 
 
 297 
 
 ved 
 . loved 
 
 , loved 
 I loved 
 
 <:ed 
 
 (11 loved 
 
 (H'td 
 It. ltd 
 . loved 
 I loved 
 
 ived 
 
 ecu loveS 
 
 loved 
 
 loved 
 
 I loved 
 
 n loved 
 
 ill }ic. loved 
 r ivRt he loved 
 will he loved 
 tvili he loved 
 ■ will he loved 
 1- will he loved 
 
 I have been loved 
 wilt have heen loved 
 
 II have heen loved 
 ill have hefii loved 
 cill have leen loved 
 will have heen, loved 
 
 will, could, migh! he loved 
 d, eouldst, mighkkt he loved 
 r mvjht he loved 
 )r would he loved 
 or might he loved 
 or should be loved 
 
 '\, J'aurais ^'te aime, m. ftinu'e,/. 
 • Tu aurais tt6 aiine or uimtc, 
 
 I llauraitete aime, , ^^^,, ^^,^,^ 
 
 I Nous aurions ete aimes or tymees, we might ham heen l()ce< 
 Vous auriez tte aimes or aimeeg, you would have heen l"0< 
 
 l- 
 
 PAST. 
 
 J should, would have been loved 
 thou aouldd have hten loved 
 fie would have been loved 
 I 
 veil 
 
 lid auraieut ete aimes, m. ,* • • '„ they might have been loved 
 
 Ij^^Rative Mode. 
 
 « u 
 
 he thon loved 
 
 6ji.s aime, m. aimee,/*. 
 Qu'il soit aime, 
 8oyons aimes or aimees, 
 Soyez aimes or aimees, 
 Qu'ils soient aimes, m. 
 
 • « « 
 
 let him he loved 
 let us he loved 
 he ye or mu loved 
 let them he loved 
 
 Q « 4 9 • 
 
 Qae je sois aim6, m. aimea,^^. 
 Que tu sois aime or aimee, *- 
 Qu'il soit aiine, 
 
 Que nous soyons aimes or aimees, 
 Que vous soyez aimes oruiraees, 
 Qu'ils soient aimes, m. '...'.„ 
 
 &CBj^?rcTrvE Mode. 
 
 fRESENT. 
 
 that I may he loved 
 that thou mayeitt be loved 
 that h;' may he loved 
 that we may he loved 
 that you may be loved 
 that they may be loved 
 
 ^ ^IMPERFECT. 
 
 Que je fusse aime, m. mmtfo^f.' tfiat Imioht he loved 
 Que tu fusses aime or aiuiee, " that thou miqhtest be loved 
 Qu'il fut aime, that he migl'd be heed 
 
 Que nous fussions aimes or aimees, that we mieiht be loved 
 Que vous fussiez aimes or aimees, that you rniqht be loved 
 Qu'ils fussent aimes, m. that they vdght he loved 
 
 PAST. 
 
 Que j'aie etc aime m. aimee,/. that I may have heen loved 
 Que tu aies ^te aime or aimee, that thou mayest have been loved 
 Qu'il ait ete aimd; that he may have heen loved 
 
 Que nous ayona ete aim(^-s or aimees, that tee may have been loved 
 Que vous ayez ^t^ aimes or aimees, that you mnu have hten loved 
 
 Qu'ila aient ete aimes, m. 
 
 that they m,ay have heen loved 
 
 PUj'PEUFECT. 
 
 Que j eusse (<t6 aime, m. aimee,/. that Imight have heen loved 
 Que tu eusscs (-te aime or aimee, that thou mightest have heen loved 
 Qu'il cut ete aime, that he might have heen laved 
 
 Que nous cussions ^t^ aimes or that we mi'/ht have been loved 
 aimees, 
 
 Que vous eussiez ete aimea or that you might have heen loved 
 
 aimees, 
 Qu'ils eusseut m aimes, m. that they might have been loved 
 
 13* 
 
2&S 
 
 i; 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 Infinitive Mode. 
 Present.— Iltro aime, m. aimee,/. 
 P.^-iT.— Av'>ir etc uime, m. aimee,/. 
 
 Participle. 
 PREaEvr.— JEtaut aimtS w. aimee,/. 
 CoMPOL-Ni;.— Ayaut ete aime, w. aim6e /. 
 
 to he hved 
 
 to havi bteu loved 
 
 being hved 
 having been loved 
 
 VIII.— COXJUGATIOX OP A HhCFLECTIVE VeUB • 
 Se PkoMEN'ER, '?(/ h'ALK. 
 
 Indicative Moue. 
 1 ' 
 
 PKE3ENT. 
 
 Iwaik'ao walk or am walkinn. 
 thou maU'est, dod walk or art walking 
 he walks, does walk or la ivalkino 
 ive walk do walk or are walk!.,./ 
 you waik, do walk or i/re wilkiiuj 
 they walk, do walk or are walking 
 
 Je me promeno, 
 Tu to proinenes, 
 I[ se jtrom^ue, 
 Nous nous promenons, 
 V0U8 vous promenez, 
 lis se promd-ueut, 
 
 Jo me promenuis, 
 Tu te i)romenai.s, 
 II se promenait, 
 Nous nous promenions, 
 Vous vous promeniez, 
 lis se promeuaieut, 
 
 Je me proinenai, 
 
 Tu te ]>rymeuus, 
 
 II se iiromena. 
 
 Nous nous promenames, 
 
 Vous vous i)romeniit.es, 
 
 II se promeuereut, 
 
 IMPERFECT-. , 
 
 / ivas walking or ?/**,/ to iviH- 
 thou ivast walking ovwa.stwont.t.; walk 
 lie was ivalkuig or used to walk 
 tve were walking or used to walk 
 you were walking or used to walk 
 they were walking or as^d to walk 
 
 PAST DEFINITE. 
 
 I ivalked or did walk 
 thou loalkedst or didst walk 
 he walked or did walk 
 we walked or did walk 
 you ivalked or (//,/ walk 
 they walked or did walk 
 
 Je me suis promeni^, 
 
 Tu t'es jironiene, 
 
 II s'est ]iroineue, 
 
 Nous nous sommes promends, 
 
 \ ous vous eies promeues, 
 
 lis se sunt prouienes 
 
 PAST INDEFINITE. 
 
 I have walked 
 thou hast walked 
 he has walked 
 we have walked 
 you have walked 
 they haca walked 
 
 *5», 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 299 
 
 to be hved 
 
 to have bteii. luved 
 
 beiny J/jied 
 having been loved 
 
 t'^LECTivE Verb: 
 
 WALK. 
 
 walk or am walJcing. 
 
 St, dost walk or art wallclna 
 lots walk or is ivalkin,, 
 oioalk or are wulki.r'i 
 do walk or 'tretv/lkii"/ 
 do walk or are walking 
 
 inff or vsed to ivilk 
 'alkimj or wad uont V, walk 
 'cim or iised to walk 
 Ikirxj or ustd to walk 
 alking or usid to wdk 
 alkmg or astd to walk 
 
 did walk 
 '■'it or didi't walk 
 r did walk 
 >r did walk 
 or (//(/ walk 
 
 or did walk 
 
 hi 
 
 iked 
 
 d 
 
 l-ed 
 
 Iked 
 
 iked 
 
 I- 
 
 t 
 
 
 
 k m 
 
 Jo m'^tais promen^, 
 
 Tu t'etaia promene, 
 
 II s'^tait promeue, 
 
 Nou3 nou3 etioiis promenis, 
 
 V0118 V0U3 dtiez promcaeft, 
 
 11a s'etaient promeued, ^ ' ' 
 
 PLUPEKFKCT. 
 
 I had walked 
 thou hadst uulkei 
 he had walhd 
 ', we had walked 
 > you had walked 
 
 they had walked 
 
 Je me fu3 promend, 
 
 Tu te fus promene, 
 
 11 86 fut promend, ' ' * 
 
 Nou3 nous fumes promends ' ' ; 
 
 Vou3 V0U3 fiites pronieneS, " * , 
 
 lis se furent promeuds, • ' ','. 
 
 c » > » I 
 
 .•#A8T ANTEKIOE. 
 
 I had walked 
 thou hadat walked 
 he had walked 
 we had walked 
 you had walked 
 they hid walked 
 
 Je me promdnerai, 
 Tu te promeneras, 
 II se promenera, 
 Nous nous promenerons, 
 Vous vous promenerez, 
 II se promeueront, 
 
 •rPTlTRE. 
 
 » t • • I 
 
 I shall or will walk 
 
 thou shalt or wilt walk 
 he shall or will walk 
 we shall or wiU walk 
 you shall or will walk 
 they shall or will walk 
 
 Je mo serai promend, 
 Tu te seras promene, 
 II se sera promene, 
 Nous nous serous promenes, 
 Vous vous serez promenes, 
 II3 se seront promenes. 
 
 rttVBE ANTERIOR, 
 
 I shall or will have walked 
 thou shalt or wilt have tvalked 
 he shall or will have walked 
 tee shall or will have walked 
 you shall or will have walked 
 they shall or will have walked 
 
 Je mo promenerais, 
 Tu te promenerais, 
 II3 se promenerait, 
 Nous nous promeueriona 
 Vous vous promeneriez. 
 Ha se promeneraient. 
 
 Je me serais promend, 
 Tu te serais promene, 
 II se serait promene, 
 I^ous nous serioris promenes, 
 V ous vous seriez promeuds, 
 lla se seraient promenes, 
 
 CoNDinoN-AL Mode. 
 
 PKESE.VT. 
 
 I should or would walk 
 thou couldst or would walk 
 he would or should walk 
 we would or should walk 
 you could or should walk 
 they should or tcould walk 
 
 PAST, 
 
 I should or could have walked 
 thou wouldst or couldst have walked 
 he could or should haKe walked 
 wp. would or shf,uhl. have ivalke I 
 you w;uld or couU have tvalked 
 they should or could have walked 
 
, i 
 
 i^ 
 
 300 
 
 Prom^ne-toi, 
 Qu'i] se prom^ne. 
 i'rornenons-uoiis, 
 i'romenez-vouB, 
 Qu ih se promenent, 
 
 Quejemeprom^ne, 
 Que tu te promenes 
 Q« il se proinene, 
 Que nous nous promenions 
 
 yu iJa se pronienciit, 
 
 fej«"^epromeca88e, 
 
 Ou'll L*^ ^'•o'nennsses 
 yu " se promenat, 
 
 On! nous nous promenassions 
 Vfu iis se promenasseut, 
 
 &1^ T' promen^,' 
 Qu il se soit promend, 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 iMPKiiATU'E Mode. 
 wall- thou 
 ^*t hlrn walJb 
 lit us walk 
 
 fff^( ye or you) 
 M them WfiUi 
 
 SUBJUNCTITE ALoDE, 
 PKESENT. , 
 
 that JlVoy icalk 
 
 that thou TiMyeH walh 
 that /'.e ^A,y walk. 
 that ux-nmy walk 
 that jm^ruay walk 
 that ffityjaay y-^^ij^ 
 
 IMPERFECT.*' . '* 
 
 that 7 might loalk 
 
 y'^^t/'^'^^vnightesttvaO, 
 thatheffiUjht walk 
 
 t/l<'tye'M{yhtwalk 
 Xl'^ou muM walk 
 ^'tut th^ (night walk 
 
 PAST. 
 
 ^f^^^rnay have walked 
 
 l^f^t you rmy have walked 
 
 ^f^t they may luivc walked 
 
 Que je mo fusse promend ^""^^^"f «'^''- 
 
 Qu lis se fusseut pro.ne^uer ' mt T "'^^J^ ^'^'^ ^'<^& 
 
 ' inat Ihey mujht I- ■ - 
 
 P«E8ENT.-Sepromener, 
 PAST.-S'<§tre promeue, 
 
 PBKBK^.-.Sepromenant, '^"^"'"^"' 
 
 Co^cjD.-S'^tautpro.nene, 
 ^AST.— Promend, m. p' 
 
 r '-J - 1 romenees, /! 2?;. 
 
 iNjxNrrivfi Mode. 
 
 ' have walkeif 
 
 to walk 
 
 to have walked 
 
 walking 
 luiving walktd 
 uxUitd 
 
 " "^'*'*»«*i»«toS!ilBi 
 
IX. 
 
 ODK. 
 
 thou 
 nwullb 
 
 walk 
 
 ye or you) 
 m waSb 
 
 iMr 
 
 J > 
 
 JDS. 
 
 t 
 
 ^oy walh 
 iu 7)MytH walb 
 *"('2/ walh. 
 "n»i/ walk 
 V^.n^uy walk 
 Slimy walk 
 
 ^ight walk 
 %'!niyfUes( walh 
 i^-i</ht walk 
 >dtyht walk 
 
 rn'ujht walk 
 
 •niy fit walk 
 
 I.' 
 
 'y have walked!, 
 "^naueat have walked 
 <iy have walked 
 '«y iMve walked 
 fi^y have walked 
 "nay iMve walked 
 
 ht have walked 
 nighteHt have walked 
 int have walked 
 ght have walked 
 mt have walked 
 ■tyht have waUce't 
 
 to walk 
 
 to have walked 
 
 walking 
 fiaving imlled 
 walked 
 
 A^3 
 
 
 r\ 
 
 Nv 
 
 
 r